Skip to main content

Full text of "Marquesan insects. --"

See other formats 


THE  LIBRARY  OF 

YORK 

UNIVERSITY 


3  9007  0290   1034  5 


Date  Due 

1  ilfp  26"*^  **** 

York  Form  —  Cooper  Graphics 

Digitized  by 

the  Internet  Archive 

in  2014 

https://archive.org/details/marquesaninsectsOOunse_0 


MARQUES  AN  INSECTS 


Bernice  p.  Bishop  Museum 
Bulletin  142 


Pacific  Entomological  Survey 
Publication  8 


TIONOLUT^U,  HAWAII 

PuBi^isiiivD  HY  Tiiiv  Museum 
3939 


PREFACE 


The  studies  recorded  in  this  bulletin  were  made  possible  by  a  cooperative 
agreement  between  the  Hawaiian  vSugar  Planters'  Association,  the  Association 
of  Hawaiian  Pineapple  Canners,  and  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum  for  a  five- 
year  period,  1927-1932,  later  extended  to  include  the  year  1933.  Under  the 
terms  of  this  agreement,  the  Pacific  Ejitomological  Survey  was  organized  and 
its  activities  directed  by  a  committee  representing  the  institutions  concerned. 
As  the  Director  of  the  Survey,  C.  F.  Baker,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture, University  of  the  Philippines,  was  chosen.  On  the  death  of  Doctor 
Baker,  the  directorship  was  ofixred  to  Mr.  E.  P.  Mumford,  Graduate  Fellow, 
University  of  California,  who  accepted  the  position  and  served  as  Director 
until  the  Survey  was  officially  disbanded  (1933). 

As  the  first  region  for  study  by  the  Survey,  the  Committee  chose  the  Mar- 
quesas Islands  because  faunal  knowledge  of  this  isolated  region  was  needed 
for  comparison  with  better  known  regions  and  because  helpful  relations  with 
Government  officials  and  natives  had  been  established  by  previous  Museum 
expeditions.  Under  instructions  from  the  Committee,  Mr.  Mumford,  in  com- 
pany with  Mr.  A.  M.  Adamson  (now  Professor  of  Entomology  at  the  Imperial 
College  of  Tropical  Agriculture,  Trinidad),  collected  in  the  Society  Islands 
(September-November  1928)  and  in  the  Marquesas  (January  1929  to  April 
1930).  Their  collections,  much  enlarged  by  H.  Tauraa  (1929-31)  and 
especially  by  G.  LeBronnec  (1929-32),  comprise  more  than  25,000  specimens. 
In  the  original  plans  for  the  Survey,  studies  in  the  Marquesas  were  to  be 
extended  to  other  parts  of  the  Pacific  but,  because  the  overhead  costs  of  the 
organization  proved  excessive  and  difficulty  was  found  in  maintaining  a  satis- 
factory stafi^,  the  original  program  was  abandoned  (1933)  and  arrangements 
were  perfected  whereby  the  collections  on  hand  should  be  distributed  to 
specialists  for  study,  the  resulting  papers  published,  and  the  work  continued 
under  other  auspices.  The  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  is  thus  essentially 
the  "Marquesan  vSurvey"  and  finds  its  place  in  the  list  of  major  projects 
organized,  financed,  and  directed  by  institutions  in  Hawaii :  Hawaiian  Survey 
(in  cooperation  with  Bishop  Museum)  publications  issued  1899-1913  ;  Tanager 
and  Whippoorwill  Expeditions,  1923-24;  Samoan  Survey  (in  cooperation 
with  the  London  School  of  Hygiene  and  Tropical  Medicine),  1920-30;  Mar- 
quesan  Survey,  1929-32;  Mangarcvan  Expedition,  1934;  Micronesian  Expe- 
dition, 1035-36;  Guam  Survey,  1936;  and  the  Henry  G.  Lapham  Expedi- 
tion to  Fiji,  1938. 

The  i)u1)Hshcd  i)a])crs  of  the  Survey  obviously  comprise  a  regional  study 
of  outstanding  value.   The  technical  re])()rts  (Bulletins  98,  113,  114,  142) 

1  il 


incliuk'  u\:;  papers  in  which  the  characters  and  taxonomic  position  of  some 
i.ooo  insects  are  chscnssecl,  467  of  them  new  species.  The  general  reports 
(Bulletins  i^c).  159)  discuss  in  detail  the  origin,  environment,  and  regional 
relation.s  of  the  known  si:)ecies. 

It  is  a  ])k'asure  to  take  this  occasion  to  congratulate  the  authors  on  the 
resuks  of  their  studies  which  have  been  highly  commended  by  their  colleagues 
and  on  iK'half  of  the  IMuseum  to  express  appreciation  for  their  generosity  in 
gi\  ing  time  and  thought  to  the  intricate  prol^lems  involved. 

In  fuHilling  its  ol)hgations  under  the  revised  cooperative  agreement  the 
]\Iuseum  has  classified,  labeled,  and  made  accessible  for  study  the  collections 
of  the  Survey,  and  has  published  the  description  and  interpretative  papers  that 
(k\'il  with  the  material.  As  a  chapter  in  the  Museum's  program  for  Pacific 
insect  stu(Hes,  the  work  of  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  has  thus  come 
to  an  end. 

AivBKRT  F.  JUDD 

President,  Board  of  Trustees 

Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum 


[ii] 


CONTEXTS 

Article  Page 

1.  A  further  report  on  Marqnesan  Alyriopoda.  by  F.  Silvestri  (3  figures)   3 

2.  Xeuroptera  from  the  ^Marquesas,  by  P.  Esben-Petersen  (4  figures)   13 

3.  Terrestrial  TaHtridae  from  the  Marquesas,  by  K.  Stephensen  (10  figures)   19 

4.  Xouvelles  Araignees  Alarquisiennes.  by  Lucien  Berland  (56  figures)     35 

5.  Terrestrische  Acarinen  von  den  AJarquesas,  by  H.  Graf  \'itzthum  (15  figures)   64 

6.  Scolytidae  of  the  ^Marquesas,  by  C.  F.  C.  Beeson  (7  figures)   101 

7.  Platypodidae  and  Scolytidae  of  the  Society  Islands,  by  C.  F.  C.  Beeson  (3  figures)  115 

8.  A  new  species  of  Tipulidae  from  the  Alarquesas,  by  Charles  P.  Alexander  (1 
figure)   123 

9.  Scale  insects  (Hemiptera:  Ccccoidea)  from  the  Marquesas,  by  G.  F.  Ferris  (3 

figures)   125 

10.  An  apparently  undescribed  mealybug  (Hemiptera:  Pseudococcidae)  from  Tahiti, 

by  G.  F.  Ferris  (1  figure)   133 

11.  X'europtera  from  the  Society  Islands,  by  P.  Esben-Petersen  (2  figures)   137 

12.  Additional  notes  on  the  Dermaptera  and  Orthoptera  of  the  ^larciuesas,  by  Morgan 

Hebard  (1  figure)    143 

13.  Supplementary  notes  concerning  certain  species  of  Rhyncogonus  (Curculionidae) 

from  the  Alarquesas,  by  Edwin  C.  \'an  Dyke   149 

14.  X'ew  serphoid,  bethylid,  and  anteonid  wasps  from  the  Alarquesas  and  Society 

Islands,  by  Robert  Fonts  (1  figure)   151 

15.  Six  new  species  of  Aretas  (Hemiptera:  Aliridae)  from  the  Society  Islands  and 

one  from  the  Philippines,  by  Harry  H.  Knight  (2  figures)   161 

16.  Two  new  species  of  Barichneumon  f  Hymenoptera :  Ichneumonidae)  from  the 

Society  Islands,  by  R.  A.  Cushman   169 

17.  A  new  species  of  Echthromorpha   ( Hymenoptera :  Ichneumonidae)   from  the 

Marcjuesas  Islands,  by  R.  A.  Cushman   171 

18.  Four  new  species  of  Cyrtopeltis   (Hemiptera:  Aliridae)   from  the  ^Marquesas 

Islands,  by  Harry  H.  Knight  (1  figure)   173 

19.  Eleven  new  species  of  Campylomma  (Hemiptera:  ]\Hridae)  from  the  ]Marquesas 

Islands,  by  Harry  H.  Knight  (T  figure)     179 

20.  A  new  -pecies  of  Campylomma  (Hemiptera:  ]\riridae)  from  the  Society  Islands, 

by  Marr\-  H.  Knight  (1  figure)  191 

21.  Xew  Figitidae  from  the  ^Marquesas  Islands,  b}'  Alfred  C.  Kinsey  (1  figure)   193 

22.  Una  nuova  specie  di  Blastophaga  delle  Isole  Alarquesas,  by  Guido  Grandi  (2 

figures)   199 

23.  Tahitian  and  other  records  of  Haplocherncs  funafutensis  (\\'ith)   (Arachnida : 

Chelonethida ) ,  by  J.  C.  Chamberlin  (1  figure)   203 

24.  X'ew  and  little-known  false  scorpions  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  (Arachnida: 

Chelonethida),  by  J.  C.  Chamberlin  (3  figures)   207 

25.  Two  new  genera  of  Hx-dromctridae  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  (Hemiptera), 

by  H.  B.  Hunger  ford  (  1  figure)    217 

I  iii  ] 


PUBLICATIONS  PACIFIC  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SURVEY 
Issued  by  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum 

^larquesan  Insects — I,  Bulletin  98,  1932. 

Check  list  oi  Tipnlidae  of  Oceania,  by  Charles  P.  Alexander,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  IX, 
no.  21,  1932. 

Chock  list  oi  the  l^lateridae  of  Oceania,  by  R.  H.  Van  Zwaluwenburg,  Occasional  Papers, 
vol.  IX.  no.  23,  1032. 

Fresh-water  fishes  from  the  Marquesas  and  Society  Islands,  by  Henry  W.  Fowler,  Occa- 
sional Papers,  vol.  IX,  no.  25,  1932. 

The  lizards  of  the  Alarquesas  Islands,  by  Karl  P.  Schmidt  and  Walter  L.  Necker,  Occa- 
sional Papers,  vol.  X,  no.  2,  1933. 

Check  list  of  the  false  scorpions  of  Oceania,  by  J.  C.  Chamberlin,  Occasional  Papers, 
vol.  X,  no.  22,  1934. 

Society  Islands  Insects,  Bulletin  113,  1935. 

Marquesan  Insects — II,  Bulletin  114,  1935. 

Check  list  of  the  Brenthidae  of  Oceania,  by  Richard  Kleine,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XI, 
no.  1,  1935. 

Check  list  of  the  Rutelinae  (Coleoptera,  Scarabaeidae)  of  Oceania,  by  Friedrich  Ohaus, 
Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XI,  no.  2,  1935. 

Check  list  of  the  Embiidae  (Embioptera)  of  Oceania,  by  Karl  Friederichs,  Occasional 
Papers,  vol.  XI,  no.  7,  1935. 

Check  list  of  the  ants  of  Oceania,  by  William  Morton  Wheeler,  Occasional  Papers, 
vol.  XI,  no.  11,  1935. 

jMarquesan  Insects:  environment,  by  A.  M.  Adamson,  Bulletin  139,  1936. 

Check  list  of  the  Serphoidea,  Bethylidae,  and  Anteonidae  of  Oceania,  by  Robert  Fonts, 
Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XI,  no.  18,  1936. 

Check  list  of  Pacific  Lycidae,  by  Richard  Kleine,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XII,  no.  4.  1936. 

Check  list  of  the  Cicindelidae  of  Oceania,  by  Walther  Horn,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XII, 
no.  6,  1936. 

Check  list  of  the  Cleridae  (Coleoptera)  of  Oceania,  by  J.  B.  Corporall,  Occasional 
Papers,  vol.  XIII,  no.  3,  1937. 

Check  list  of  Neuroptera  Planipennia  of  Oceania,  by  P.  Esben-Petersen,  Occasional 
Papers,  vol.  XIII,  no.  5,  1937. 

Check  list  of  the  Cecidomyidae  of  Oceania,  by  PI.  F.  Barnes,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XIII, 
no.  6,  1937. 

Check  list  of  the  Syrphidae  of  Oceania,  by  Frank  M.  Hull,  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XIII, 
no.  10,  1937. 

Check  list  of  the  Palpicornia  of  Oceania  (Coleoptera,  Polyphaga),  by  Armand  d'Orchy- 
mont.  Occasional  Papers,  vol.  XIII,  no.  13,  1937. 

]\farquesan  Insects — III,  Bulletin  142,  1939. 

Review  of  the  fauna  of  the  Marquesas  Islands  and  discussion  of  its  origin,  by  A.  AI. 
Adamson,  Bulletin  159,  1939. 

Index  to  Bulletins  98,  113,  114,  142  (separate  publication). 

[iv] 


I40  139^ 


^HATUTU 



Hal 

NUKUHIVA  (^^^ 

IJAHUKA 

uAPou  Sy 

Vaitahu  ^^"^ 

^FATUUKU 

-X_HIW\OA 

ituona. 
AHUATA 

^MOHOTANI 
FATUmVA 

I40  LONGITUDE   WEST   OF    GREENWiCM        >  J') 


MAP  OF  THK  MARQUESAS  ISLANDS. 


[v] 


A  FURTHER  REPORT  ON  MARQUESAN  MYRIOPODA* 


By 

F.  S11.VKSTR1 

Laboratorio  di  Entomoi^ogia  Agraria,  Portici 

Of  8  species  of  myriopods  listed  hy  Adamson  and  identified  by  me  ^  from 
the  Marquesas,  5  belong  to  the  Chilopoda,  Scolopendra  morsitans  Linnaeus, 
S.  subspinipes  Leach,  Orphnaeus  hrcvilahiatus  (Newport),  Mecistoccphalus 
tahitiensis  H.  F.  Wood,  and  M.  maxillaris  Gervais,  and  3  to  the  Chilognatha 
(Diplopoda),  Orthomorpha  coarctata  (Saussure),  O.  gracilis  Koch,  and 
Trigoniulus  naresii  Pocock.  To  Adamson's  list  I  wish  now  to  add  5  species, 
1  of  which  {Cryptops  notandus)  is  here  described  as  new.  Of  these  supple- 
mentary records,  2  are  Chilopoda,  Cryptops  liiucnsis  Chamberlin  and  C.  no- 
tandus, 2  are  Chilognatha  (Diplopoda),  Hypocambala  anguina  (Attems)  and 
CyUndrodesmiiS  liirsutus  Pocock,  and  1  is  a  symphylid,  HansenieUa  oricntalis 
Hansen.  In  this  report,  therefore,  the  number  of  Marquesan  myriopods  is 
raised  from  8  to  13. 

With  the  exception  of  Cryptops  notandus,  taken  by  me  in  a  few  hours' 
collection  at  Pago  Pago,  Samoa,  all  the  species  listed  below  have  a  wide  dis- 
tribution in  the  tropics  from  the  Indo-Malayan  to  the  Philippine-Australian- 
Pacific  region.  As  the  smaller  species  of  myriopods  living  in  the  soil  have 
not  been  adequately  studied  in  the  tropics,  we  may  assume  that  C.  notandus 
has  a  wider  range  than  is  at  present  known. 

My  conclusions  regarding  the  geographical  relations  of  this  group  of 
arthropods,  after  examining  the  remainder  of  the  collections  of  the  Pacific 
Entomological  Survey,  are  almost  the  same  as  those  arrived  at  by  Adamson 
in  reporting  upon  my  earlier  identifications,  namely,  the  Marquesan  myriopods, 
as  far  as  they  are  at  present  known,  are  all  migrants  from  the  west  and  none 
of  the  species  can  be  considered  as  endemic.  This  same  statement  also  holds 
true  for  some  of  the  Marquesan  Thysanura  and  Embioptera  described  by 
me,-  but  is  in  striking  contrast  with  the  opinions  reached  by  many  of  the 
entomologists  who  report  a  high  degree  of  endemicity  among  the  Marquesan 
insects.  I  should  like  to  add  that  6  of  the  13  Marquesan  species  have  also 
been  recorded  from  the  Seychelles,  Scolopendra  subspinipes,  Orthomorpha 
coarctata,    O.   gracilis,    Trigoniidus   naresii,   Hypocambala  (Agastrophus) 

1  Adamson,  A.  M.,  Myn'opoda  of  the  Marquesas  Islands:  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  98,  pp.  225- 
232,  1932. 

-  Silvestri,  Filippo,  Marquesan  Thysanura:  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114,  pp.  305-311,  1935 
{J soh't^isntn  111 11 111  fordi  Silvestri,  taken  on  an  endemic  species  of  Cypents  at  4,050  feet  at  Ooumvi, 
Nukuliiva,  is  imt  known  from  elsewhere;  hitherto  undescribed  forms  of  the  Australian  Acrotelsella 
rediicla  ImiIsuih  were  also  found).  Silvestri,  Filippo,  Marquesan  Embioptera:  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus., 
Bull.  114,  p.  271,  1935. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  artid'-  1.    Issued  January  2,  1935. 

[3l 


4 


BcDiicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


anguiua,  and  CyVuidrodesiuus  Jiirsutus.  The  Society  Islands  collection  of  the 
Pacilic  Entomological  Survey  has  been  reported  upon  elsewhere. ^ 

Ordi^r  CHILOPODA 

Family  SCOLOPENDRIDAE 

Scolopendra  morsitans  Linnaeus. 

This  species,  which  is  widely  distributed  in  most  parts  of  the  tropics,  has 
already  been  reported  as  being  taken  by  the  Entomological  Survey  on  Uahuka, 
Fatuuku,  Hivaoa,  and  Mohotani. 

Scolopendra  subspinipes  Leach. 

Uapou:  Hakahetau  Valley,  2  specimens,  Whitten ;  Teepotaootetoiki  [Tee- 
potautetoiki] ,  Hakahetau,  altitude  125  feet,  November  23,  1931,  1  specimen, 
LeBronnec. 

The  species  has  already  been  recorded  from  Eiao,  Nukuhiva,  Uahuka, 
Uapou,  Hivaoa,  Tahuata,  Mohotani,  and  Fatuhiva. 

With  the  exception  of  such  rare  anomalies  as  a  specimen  from  Haka- 
hetau, Uapou,  which  has  2  spines  on  the  right  posterior  leg  and  1  on  the  left, 
and  which  lacks  the  internal  spines  and  has  the  apical  processus  bispinosus, 
all  the  Marquesan  specimens  are  typical  of  the  subspecies  subspinipes. 

Cryptops  niuensis  Chamberlin. 

Hivaoa:  Kopaafaa,  altitude  2,900  feet,  February  25,  1930,  under  dead 
bark  of  Crossostylis  biflora,  1  specimen,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Uahuka:  crest  of  north  range,  altitude  2.350  feet,  September  24,  1929, 
under  bark  of  Hibiscus  tiliaceus,  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

Tahuata :  Amatea,  altitude  2,500  feet,  July,  1930,  in  dead  trunk  of  Musa 
fehi,  2  specimens,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Uapou :  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  2,800  feet,  December  6,  1929,  from 
dead  fern  stipes,  1  specimen,  Adamson ;  Hakahetau  Valley,  6  specimens,  R.  R. 
Whitten ;  Pepehitoua  Valley,  altitude  2,760  feet,  December  8,  1929,  in  petioles 
of  Cyathea,  1  specimen. 

Nukuhiva:  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2,000  feet,  December  27, 
1929,  under  bark  of  Hibiscus  tiliaceus,  1  specimen ;  October  25,  1929,  1 
specimen ;  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Mohotani:  altitude  1,200  feet,  February  2,  1931,  LeBronnec  and  H. 
Tauraa. 

This  species,  here  recorded  from  the  Marquesas  for  the  first  time,  was 
previously  known  from  the  Solomon  Islands,  Fiji,  Nine,  and  the  Cook 
Islands. 


3  Silvestri,  Filippo,  Myriopoda  from  the  Society  Islands:  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  113,  pp.  132- 
134,  1935. 


Marquesan  Insects — ///. 


5 


Cryptops  notandus,  species  nova  (fig.  i). 

Corpus  feminae  flavescens.  Caput  supra  sulcis  posticis  submedianis  brevibus  instruc- 
tum  et  setis  sparsis  sat  numerosis  brevibus  (mm  0.075  longis)  ;  antemiae  17-articulatae, 
articulis  1-4  setis  nonnullis  brevibus  et  brevioribus,  articulis  ceteris  setis  numerosis 
brevissimis  et  setis  paucioribus  brevioribus  proximalibus  instructis ;  clypeo  setis  sub- 
posticis  1  +  1  et  posticis  3  +  3,  labro  unidentato. 


Figure  1. — Cryptops  notandus:  a,  caput  cum  tergitis  tribus  prommi;  h,  pedes  maxil- 
lares  cum  sterno  segmenti  sequenti ;  c,  pedum  maxillarium  subcoxarum  margo  anticus 
magis  ampHatus ;  d,  tergitum  decimum ;  e,  sternitum  decimum ;  /,  segmentum  ultimum 
pediferum  pronum ;  g,  idem  supinum ;  h,  juvenis  segm.entum  ultimum  pediferum  supinum ; 
i,  pes  paris  decimi ;  /,  eiusdem  pars  terminalis  magis  ampliata ;  k,  feminae  pes  paris 
penultimi ;  I,  eiusdem  pars  terminalis  magis  ampliata ;  m,  pes  paris  ultimi ;  n,  maris  pes 
paris  penultimi ;  o,  pes  paris  ultimi. 

Pedes  maxillares  subcoxarum  margine  antico  subrecte  truncato  seta  tantum  minima 
marginali  submediana  aucto  et  seta  brevi  sublaterali  et  seta  brevissima  magis  sublaterali 
praemarginalibus  instructo,  ducto  venenifero  ad  unguis  basim  pertinente. 

Tergita :  primum  antice  a  capite  parum  obtectum,  sulco  transverse  subantico  integro, 
lineis  ceteris  nullis ;  tergitum  secundum  lineis  nullis ;  tergita  cetera  a  tertio  lineis  sub- 
medianis integris,  lineis  subanticis  obliquis  et  lineis  sublateralibus  bene  evolutis,  setis 
parce  numerosis  brevibus  et  brevioribus. 

Sternita :  sulco  transverso  interpedali  integro  et  sulco  longitudinali  mediano  a  sulco 
transversali  obsoleto. 

Pedes  setis  brevibus  instructi,  articulo  quinto  (tarso  auctorum)  integro,  quam 
quartus  (pede  decimo  exempli  gratia),  circa  1/3  longiore,  praetarsi  ungue  clongato 
attenuate,  processu  setiformi  basali  antico  minimo ;  pedes  paris  penultimi  articulis  2-4 
parte  infera  setis  brevioribus  subtilibus,  numerosis  instructo,  articulo  penultimo  biarticu- 
lato,   articulo  ultimo    (praetarso)    attenuate.    Segmentum   ultimum   pediferum  tergito 


6 


BcDiicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


postice  angulato,  sternito  trapezoideo,  subcoxis  area  porosa  longa  poris  19  sat  magnis 
instructa ;  pedibiis  articiilis  seciindo  et  tertio  setis  brevioribus,  robustis,  spiniformibus 
praesertini  siibtus  sat  niimerosis  instructis  et  articnlo  tertio  etiam  setis  nonnullis  attenu- 
atis  lit  articiili  4-6,  articnlo  tertio  etiam  dente  parvo  infero  distali,  articulo  quarto  denti- 
bus  qiiatuor  et  qiiinto  duobiis  armatis,  praetarsi  ungue  simplici. 

Long,  corporis  ad  mm  10,  lat.  capitis  0.65,  long,  pedum  paris  decimi  1,  paris 
ultimi  2.20. 

Alas,  pedes  paris  20'  articulis  2-4  subtus  quam  feminae  aliquantum  magis  pilosis ; 
pedes  paris  ultimi  articulis  4-6  etiam  seta  nonnulla  brevi  parum  clavata  (fig.  1)  instructi. 

Juvenis,  long,  corporis  mm  5.5,  segmenti  ultimi  pediferi  subcoxis  poris  7  instructis. 

Species  haec  ad  C.  neocaledonicus  Ribaut  perproxima  est,  sed  statura  minore ,  tergi- 
torum  lineis  transversis  subanticis  et  lineis  sublateralibus,  nec  non  maris  pedum  paris 
ultimi  setis  nonnullis  subclavatis  distincta  est. 

Uahuka :  Hanatekeo,  Hane  Valley,  altitude  750  feet,  from  coconut  leaf, 
February  24,  1931,  type  female;  Hitikau  Ridge,  1  male;  altitude  2,970  feet, 
from  dead  stipes  of  Cyathea,  March  4,  1931,  1  specimen;  LeBronnec  and 
H.  Tauraa.  I  collected  one  male  buried  in  the  ground,  Pago  Pago,  Samoa, 
and  one  juvenile. 

Family  GEOPHILIDAE 

Subfamily  ORYINAE 

Orphnaeus  brevilabiatus  (Newport). 

This  species,  which  is  widely  distributed  through  the  tropics,  was,  as 
stated  in  the  earlier  report,  taken  by  the  entomologial  survey  on  Hatutu 
[Hatutaa],  Uahuka,  Hivaoa,  Tahuata,  and  Mohotani. 

Subfamily  MECISTOCEPHALINAE 

Mecistocephalus  tahitiensis  H.  F.  Wood. 

Hivaoa:  Temetiu  Ridge,  altitude  3,900  feet.  January  10,  14.  1932,  under 
bark  of  Cheirodendron  species,  numerous  specimens ;  Feani  Summit,  altitude 
3,800  feet,  January  21,  1932,  1  specimen;  LeBronnec. 

Uapou:  Tekohepu  Summit,  altitude  3,100  and  3.200  feet,  November  20, 
21,  1931,  8  specimens,  LeBronnec. 

Previously  recorded  from  Hivaoa,  Nukuhiva,  Uahuka,  Uapou,  Eiao  and 
Hatutu  [Hatutaa]. 

Mecistocephalus  maxillaris  (Gervais). 

Geophilus  maxillaris  Gervais,  Silvestri :  Indian  Mus.,  Rec,  vol.  16,  pp.  61- 
63,  fig.  9,  1919  =  Lamnonyx  maxillaris  (Gervais).  Attems :  Das  Tier- 
reich,  Lief.  52,  p.  134. 
Mecistocephalus  insularis  Lucas,  Attems:  Das  Tierreich,  Lief.  52,  p.  134; 
Insects  of  Samoa,  pt.  8,  fasc.  2,  p.  29,  1929. 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///.  7 

Uapou :  Vaikokoo,  Paaumea,  altitude  1,850  feet,  November  30,  1931, 
1  specimen,  LeBronnec ;  Hakahetau  Valley,  numerous  specimens,  Whitten. 

Mohotani :  altitude  750  feet,  February  1,  1931,  1  specimen,  LeBronnec 
and  H.  Tauraa. 

Previously  recorded  from  Hivaoa,  Nukuhiva,  Fatuhiva,  Uahuka,  Uapou 
and  Eiao. 

Ordi-r  SYMPHYLA 

Family  SCUTEGERILLIDAE 

Hanseniella  orientalis  (Hansen). 

Hivaoa :  Tapeata,  on  east  slope  of  Mount  Ootua,  altitude  2,500  feet, 
May  25,  1929,  from  dead  stipes  of  Cyathca  species,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Fatuhiva:  Ihiota,  altitude  450  feet,  September  10,  1930,  1  specimen,  Le- 
Bronnec. 

A  few  specimens  of  this  widely  distributed  species  from  Indo-Malaysia  to 
the  tropical  Australian  region  are  here  recorded  from  the  Marquesas  for  the 
first  time. 

OrdKr  CHILOGNATHA  (DIPLOPODA) 
Family  POLYDESMIDAE 

Orthomorpha  gracilis  Koch. 

Hivaoa:  Temetiu  Summit,  altitude  4,160  feet,  January  20,  1932,  on  the 
ground,  numerous  specimens,  altitude  3,900  feet,  January  14,  1932,  under 
rotten  leaves  of  Mctrosidcros  colliiia,  numerous  specimens:  Kaava  Ridge, 
altitude  2,500  feet,  January  8,  1932,  on  the  ground,  numerous  specimens, 
altitude  2,820  feet,  January  6,  1932,  in  logs  on  Hibiscus  tiliaccus,  numerous 
specimens;  Feani  Crest,  altitude  3,900  feet,  January  19,  1932,  in  log  of 
Mctrosidcros  coUina,  1  specimen;  LeBronnec. 

Uapou:  Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  3,000  feet,  November  19, 
1931,  numerous  specimens;  Tekohepu  Summit,  altitude  3,000  feet,  Novem- 
ber 30,  1931,  numerous  specimens;  Vaikokoo,  Paaumea  Valley,  altitude  2,200 
feet,  November  26,  1931,  numerous  specimens;  Vaihakaatiki,  Plakahetau, 
altitude  3,020  feet,  December  18,  1931,  numerous  specimens;  LeBronnec. 

Mohotani:  altitude  750  feet,  February  1,  1931,  in  dead  leaves,  numerous 
specimens,  altitude  1,000  feet,  Feljruary  2,  1931,  numerous  specimens,  Le- 
Bronnec and  H.  Tauraa. 

Previously  recorded  from  Nukuhiva,  Plivaoa,  Tahuata,  and  Fatuhiva. 

Orthomorpha  coarctata  (Saussure). 

Phis  s|)ecies  is  recorded  as  having  been  taken  on  Uahuka,  Uapou,  Tahuata, 
and  Mohotani. 


8 


nrniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Cylindrodesnius  hirsutus  Pocock. 

I'aluika  :  I  lanahoua  A^alley,  akitude  750  feet,  March  10,  1931,  in  dead 
kii^-  of  Iiioearpus  edulis,  1  specimen,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Kalnhiva:  Ihiota,  altitude  450  feet,  September  10,  1930,  under  dead  bark 
of  breadfruit  {Arfoearpus  species),  2  specimens,  LeBronnec. 

Eiao :  \'aituha,  akitude  200  feet,  October  3,  1929,  in  damp  wood,  2 
specimens,  Adamson. 

This  species,  which  is  here  recorded  from  the  IMarquesas  for  the  first 
time,  ranges  right  across  the  Pacific  from  the  Indo-Malayan  region  to  South 
Anierica.    I  myself  have  seen  specimens  from  Guayaquil,  Ecuador. 

FAMII.Y  SPIROBOLIDAE 

Trigoniulus  (Spirostrophus)  naresii  Pocock. 

Uapou:  Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  300  feet,  November  19, 
1931,  numerous  specimens;  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  2,500 
feet,  November  18,  1931,  3  specimens  ;  altitude  3,020  feet,  December  18,  1931, 
1  specimen;  Tekohepu  Summit,  altitude  3,000  feet,  November  30,  1931, 
1  specimen ;  Vaikokoo,  Paaumea  Valley,  altitude  2,200  feet,  November  26, 
1931,  1  specimen;  Koputukea,  altitude  1,200  feet,  October  16,  1931,  numerous 
specimens ;  LeBronnec. 

Nukuhiva:  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2,000  feet,  October  25,  1929, 
under  bark  of  Hibiscus  tiliaceus,  1  specimen  (larval),  Adamson;  Keahaatiki, 
altitude  2,000  feet,  August  6,  1931,  numerous  specimens,  LeBronnec  and 
H.  Tauraa. 

Previously  recorded  from  Nukuhiva,  Uahuka,  LTapou,  Hivaoa,  Tahuata, 
and  Fatuhiva. 

Family  CAMBALIDAE 
Genus  HYPOCAMBALA  Silvestri 

Hypocanihala  Silvestri,  Abhand.  u.  Ber.  K.  Zool.  u.  Anthr.-Ethn.  ]\lus. 

Dresden,  Bd.  6,  n.  9,  p.  11,  Taf.  2,  pp.  59-62,  1897. 
Agastrophus  Attems,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Syst.  13,  p.  151,  1900. 

There  is  no  question  as  to  the  synonymy  given  above.  As  the  figures 
I  formerly  gave  of  the  type  of  this  genus  {H.  hcllcn)  from  the  Dutch  East 
Indies  (Celebes  and  Aru  islands)  were  incorrect  and  based  on  an  unsatis- 
factory preparation  in  potash,  I  have  included  in  this  paper  figures  of  the 
principal  parts  of  type  specimens  (fig.  2)  for  comparison  with  those  of  the 
closely  allied      anguina  (Attems)  (fig.  3). 


M arquesan  Insects — ///. 


9 


Hypocambala  anguina  (Attems)  (fig.  3). 

Agastropliiis  anguinii-s  Attems:  Zool.  Jahrb.  vSyst.  13,  p.  152,  Ta£.  16,  figs. 
25-30,  1900;  Insects  of  Samoa,  p.  8,  fasc.  2,  p.  30,  figs.  1-4,  1929. 
Hivaoa:  Mount  Temetiu,  altitude  1,500  feet.  May  27,  1929,  1  specimen, 
Mumford  and  Adamson;  Feani  Ridge,  altitude  3,900  feet,  January  21,  1932, 
on  the  ground,  3  specimens,  LeBronnec. 

Nukuhiva:  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2,000  feet,  October  27,  1931, 
from  dead  stipes  of  Angioptcris  species,  1  specimen,  Mumford  and  Adamson; 


Figure)  2. — Hypocambala  hclleri:  a,  caput  pronum  (aliquantum  depressiini)  ;  cly- 
pei  pars  antica ;  c,  hypostoma ;  d,  feminae  pedes  paris  secundi  antice  inspecti :  S ,  sternum, 
i-vi  articuli  primus  ad  sextum ;  e,  feminae  pedum  paris  secundi  pars  proximalis  postice 
inspecta  cum  vulvis,  Vu ;  /,  pes  paris  decimi ;  g,  eiusdem  tarsi  apex  et  praetarsus  magis 
anipliati  ;  //,  sc.^menti  decimi  mctazonae  pars  dextera :  P,  porus  repugnatorius ;  maris 
pnu  tnnu-i  ^tcnuim  ])riinnni  cum  pcdibus  paris  primi  postice  inspectum  :  S,  sternum,  i-vi 
articuli  prinuis  ad  sextum;  / vesicula ;  sternum  idem  cum  pedis  subcoxa  antice  inspecta; 
k,  maris  pedis  primi  paris  tarsus  et  praetarsus  magis  ampliati ;  I,  organi  copulativi  pars 
antica  inspecta :  S,  sternum,  i-ii  articuli  primus  et  secundus  ;  vi,  organi  copulativi  pars 
postica  antice  inspecta:  ►S',  sterna. 


10 


Ihiiiicc  P.  Bishop  Mitscuui — Bulletin  142 


Tekao  Hill,  altitude  3,-'5o  feet,  July  23,  1931,  in  dead  stem  of  Piper  lati folium, 

3  SjXTimens,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

I  aluika  :  crest  of  north  range,  altitude  2,350  feet,  September  24,  1929, 

under  hark  of  Hibiscus  liliaceus,  3  specimens,  Adamson ;  Hitikau,  altitude 

j,Soo-_\()7o  feet.  .March  3.  4,  1031,  from  dead  stipes  of  CyafJiea  species,  from 

ck'ad  stipes  of  ^1  n(/i(>pferis  species,  under  dead  leaves,  under  moss,  numerous 

specimens,  L  e  B  r  o  n  n  e  c . 

This  species  was  first  described  by  Attems  from  the  Seychelles,  and  later 
the  same  author  from  Samoa;  the  figures  in  the  two  papers  differ  in 

certain  details,  including  the  interpretation  of  the  sternal  portions  of  the  first 

pair  of  legs  of  the  male. 


Figure  3. — Hypocambala  anguuia:  a,  antenna;  b,  eiusdem  antennae  pars  distalis 
magis  ampliata ;  c,  clypei  pars  antica ;  d,  feminae  sternum  cum  primi  paris  pedibus  antice 
inspectum  (litterae  ut  in  fig.  praecedente)  ;  c,  segmenti  decimi  metazonae  pars  dextera ; 
/.  pes  paris  decimi;  ,r/,  eiusdem  pedis  tarsi  apex  et  praetarsus ;  h,  maris  sternum  cum  pedi- 
bus primi  paris  antice  inspectum ;  i,  idem  cum  pedum  articulis  primo  et  secundo  postice 
inspectum ;  /,  maris  pedis  primi  paris  tarsus  et  praetarsus ;  k,  feminae  praetrunci  sternum 
secundum  cum  pedibus  antice  inspectum ;  /,  sternum  idem  cum  pedum  articuli  primus  et 
secundus  et  vulvis  postice  inspectum;  ///,  feminae  sternum  tertium  cum  pedibus  antice 
inspectum;  n,  organi  copulativi  pars  antica  antice  inspecta ;  0,  eiusdem  partis  articuli 
primus  et  secundus  postice  inspecti ;  p,  eiusdem  pars  apicalis  magis  ampliata ;  q,  organi 
copulativi  pars  postice  antice  inspecta ;  r,  eiusdem  partis  articuli  primus  et  secundus  pos- 
tice inspecti ;  s,  eorumdem  pars  distalis  antice  inspecta  magis  ampliata. 


M arqucsan  Insects — III. 


11 


Dr.  Attems  (1929)  writes  that  the  clypeus  (labrum)  has  three  teeth,  but 
I  have  ahvays  found  five  normally,  and  four  as  an  anomaly.  It  is  possible 
that  Attems  did  not  get  a  good  preparation  of  this  part  of  the  head  or  that 
the  specimen  he  described  was  anomalous.  Moreover  he  neither  mentioned 
nor  figured  the  extrofiexible  vesicle  which  opens  on  the  anterior  apical  part 
of  second  article  of  male  first  legs.  Despite  these  differences,  however,  I 
maintain  that  the  Marquesan  specimens  examined  by  me  and  here  illustrated 
(fig.  3)  are  the  same  species  as  that  described  from  Samoa  by  Attems  under 
the  name  Agastrophus  angiiinus. 

The  species  must  be  very  widely  distributed  in  the  Pacific.  This  is  the 
first  record  from  the  Marquesas. 

The  largest  specimen  from  Uahuka  has  60  segments  and  measures  12 
mm  in  length  and  1.10  in  width;  smaller,  ljut  fully  mature,  specimens,  male 
and  female,  may  have  only  4  to  56  segments.  In  this  species  therefore, 
maturity  may  be  reached  at  various  stages  in  the  development  of  body 
segmentation. 


NEUROPTERA  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS* 


By 

P.  Esben-Petershn 

SiLKEBORG,  Denmark 

Edward  P.  Mum  ford  has  kindly  asked  me  to  examine  and  give  a  report 
upon  the  neuropterous  insects  collected  by  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey 
in  the  Marquesas.  It  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  undertake  this  work,  be- 
cause so  little  is  known  of  the  fauna  of  the  Marquesas  and  the  adjacent 
islands. 

As  far  as  I  am  aware,  only  the  following  species  are  mentioned  in  the 
literature  as  occurring  in  the  Marquesas:  Chrysopa  basalis  Walker,^ 
Chrysopa  flavcola  Schneider^  (the  material  reported  under  this  name  belongs 
probably  to  C.  basalis),  Chrysopa  dchnasi  Xavas-  (this  is  the  same  as  C.  basa- 
lis), Mcgaloiiius  species, ^  Nesomicroinus  marqiicsaniis  Kimmins.^ 

The  material  before  me  contains  772  imagines  and  76  larvae  of  CJirysopa 
and  9  specimens  of  a  hemerobiid.  The  most  remarkable  feature  in  the  col- 
lection is  that  all  the  above-mentioned  specimens  of  CJirysopa  belong  to  a 
single  species,  CJirysopa  basalis;  whether  other  species  are  to  be  found  is  a 
problem  which  can  only  be  solved  by  still  further  collecting. 

It  seems  that  CJirysopa  basaJis  is  common  everywhere  in  the  islands.  The 
material  here  reported  upon  was  taken  in  some  eighty  localities,  distributed 
over  all  10  islands. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  remembered  that  the  imagines  of  chrysopids 
and  especially  their  larvae  are  very  useful  because  they  feed  chiefly  upon 
Aphididae  and  Coccidae. 

Family  CHRYSOPIDAE 

Chrysopa  basalis  Walker  (figs.  1,  2). 

CJirysopa  basalis  V\'alker :  List  of  Neuropterous  Insects  in  Brit.  ]\Ius.,  p. 

239,  1853,  (Loochoo  Islands). 
CJirysopa  dclv.iasi  Navas :  Pontific.  Accad.  Romana,  Mem.,  p.  20,  1927 

( Marquesas  Islands ) . 
CJirysopa  sJcoftsbcrgi  Esben-Petersen :  Insects  of  Samoa,  pt.  7,  p.  104, 

pi.  3,  fig.  4,  1928  (Samoa  and  Ellice  Islands). 

^  Cheesman,  L,.  K.,  Contribution  towards  the  insect  fauna  of  French  Oceania:  Ent.  Soc.  Eondon, 
Trans.,  vol.  75,  p.  160,  1927. 

-  Xavas,  Eonginos,  Pontific.  Accad.  Romana,  Mem.,  p.  20,  1927. 

^  Kimmins,  D.  E.,  Two  New  Hemerobiidae  (Neuroptera)  :  The  Entomologist,  a^oI.  65,  p.  160, 
figs.  4,  5,  1932. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  2.    Issued  January  2,  1935. 

[  13  1 


14 


Jhiiiicc  r.  Bishop  Miiscuui — Bulletin  142 


Llii-ysopa  hasalis  has  until  now  been  a  misunderstood  species,  chiefly  be- 
cause of  ^^'alkcr's  brief  and  incomplete  description.  For  instance,  he  does 
not  mention  the  distinct  rectangular  dark  brown  spot  on  the  basal  segment 
oi  the  antennae,  an  important  character.  After  consultation  with  Mr.  D.  E. 
Kimniins  of  the  l)ritish  Museum,  I  have  decided  the  material  listed  belov/ 
all  belongs  to  AA^alker's  species. 


Figure  i. — Chrysopa  basalis  Walker,  male,  from  Fatuuku :  left  fore  and  hind  wings. 

In  my  description  of  Chrysopa  skoftsbcrgi  in  the  Insects  of  Samoa,  I  call 
attention  to  the  very  conspicuous  and  large  pterostigma,  especially  in  the 
hind  wings.  In  the  male  the  pterostigma  is  more  distinct  and  strongly 
colored  than  in  the  female. 


a  b 

Figure  2. — Chrysopa  basalis  Walker,  apex  of  abdomen,  male:  a,  from  side;  from 
below. 

Hivaoa :  Kopaafaa,  altitude  2,770  feet,  August  2,  1929,  4  specimens; 
west  of  Taaoa  crest,  altitude  2,800  feet,  June  3,  1929,  1  specimen ;  INIataovau. 
altitude  390  feet,  June  5,  1929,  5  specimens ;  ridge  northwest  of  Taaoa,  alti- 
tude 2,800  feet,  June  3,  1929,  1  specimen;  Anatikaue,  altitude  1,750  feet, 
August  1,  1929,  6  specimens,  on  Piper  hififoliuin  \  IMumford  and  Adamson. 
Kaava  Ridge,  altitude  2,800  feet,  January  7,  1932,  9  specimens,  on  Rey~ 
noldsia  species,  Rapanea  species.  Hibiscus  tiliaceus,  JVeiuiuauiiia  species, 
Metrosideros  collina;  altitude  2,820  feet,  January  6,  1932,  1  specimen;  alti- 
tude, 2,750  feet,  January  6,  1932,  2  specimens,  on  U'einiuaiiia  species;  alti- 


M arqucsan  Insects — ///. 


15 


tilde  2,000  feet,  Octoljer  27,  1931,  17  specimens,  on  Glochid'wn  ramifloruin; 
Kakahopuanui,  altitude  2,500  feet,  January  5,  1932,  4  specimens,  sweeping 
herbage  and  beating  IV cinniajuiia  species;  Temetiu  Ridge,  altitude  3,900  feet, 
January  4,  1932,  2  specimens,  on  Mctrosidcros  coU'um;  Feani  Ridge,  altitude 
3,900  feet,  January  21,  1932,  3  specimens,  beating  on  Cyrtandra  species; 
Kaava  Ridge,  Kakahopuanui,  altitude  2,800  feet,  October  27,  1931,  5  speci- 
mens, beating  on  Glochidioii  raniiflonim  \  Temetiu  summit,  altitude  4,160 
feet,  January  20,  1932,  1  specimen,  beating  on  Rcynoldsia  species ;  Avaoa 
Valley,  altitude  1,350  feet,  January  4,  1932,  1  specimen;  LeBronnec.  Near 
Ootua  spring,  February  13,  1929,  1  specimen,  in  dead  flowers  of  Zuigibc7' 
species ;  Mumford  and  Adamson.  Mount  Temetiu,  altitude  730  feet.  May 
27,  1929,  1  specimen,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Uahuka:  V^aikivi  [Vaikiva]  Valley,  altitude  1,300  feet,  March  6,  1931, 
20  specimens;  Vaipaee  Valley,  altitude  150  feet,  March  10,  1931,  7  speci- 
mens; Hiniaehi  Valley,  altitude  150  feet,  March  10,  1931,  7  specimens; 
Vaipaee  Valley,  altitude  250  feet,  March  17,  1931,  4  specimens;  Haave 
[Haavei]  Valley,  altitude  200-250  feet,  March  19,  1931,  129  specimens;  Vai- 
tiake,  altitude  1,000  feet,  March  24,  1931,  53  specimens;  Teavamataiki,  alti- 
tude 730  feet,  March  19,  1931,  1  specimen;  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Hatutu :  altitude  about  1,000  feet,  April  28,  1931,  1  specimen;  altitude 
1,200  feet,  April  28,  1931,  2  specimens;  altitude  1,300  feet,  April  28,  1931, 
1  specimen;  altitude  1,500  feet,  April  28,  1931,  1  specimen;  LeBronnec  and 
H.  Tauraa.  Middle  of  east  side,  altitude  1,010  feet,  October  30,  1929,  3 
specimens,  on  Pisonia  species,  Adamson. 

Nukuhiva:  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2,500  feet,  August  4,  1931,  2  speci- 
mens; Ooumu,  altitude  3,000  feet.  May  28,  1931,  1  specimen;  Tapuaooa, 
altitude  3,100  feet,  November  11,  1931,  5  specimens;  LeBronnec  and  H. 
Tauraa.  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2,500  feet,  October  29,  1929, 
1  specimen,  beating  on  IVciiujiannia  parz'iflora,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Uapou :  Hapava,  altitude  about  500-600  feet,  December  13,  1929,  22 
specimens;  IJakahetau,  altitude  500  feet,  December  13,  1929,  6  specimens; 
Vakaoaokee  [Vakokokee],  altitude  about  300  feet,  December  17,  1929,  3 
specimens,  R.  R.  Whitten.  Tekohepu  Summit,  altitude  3,000  feet,  November 
30,  1031,  37  specimens.  Ideating  on  Mctrosidcros  colliua,  Cyathca  species, 
Wc'uuiuuuiia  species,  Chc'irodendron  species,  Cyrtandra  species  and  ferns; 
altitude  3,200  feet,  November  28,  1931,  8  specimens,  beating  on  Chc'ir- 
odendron species  and  Preycinetia  species  ;  altitude  3,300  feet,  November  27, 
1931,  1  specimen,  beating  on  Sclcrotlicca  s])ecies ;  LeBronnec.  Teoatea, 
Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  i,(,)5o  and  2,000  feet.  X()vem1)er  19,  1931,  22 
specimens,  beating  on  Mctrosidcros  collina  and  \  'acciniiini  species;  altitude 
2,200  feet,  November  20,  1931,  7  specimens;  altitude  1,950  feet,  November 


i6 


Bcniicc  P.  Pisliop  Miiscuiii — Bulletin  142 


Ji.  u):;i.  40  sjK'cinu'ns,  1)eating  on  Mctrosideros  coUiua  and  ferns;  altitude 
J. 000  Xovcnihcr  JO.  1^31,  10  specimens,  beating  on  Histiopfcris  specie?  ; 

X'aihakaatiki.  llakahctau  \\alley.  altitude  3,020  feet,  November  18,  1931,  2 
specimens,  l)catini^-  on  1 'acciiiiitiii  species  and  Cyrtandva  species;  altitude 
j.Soo  t'cct.  Xovember  19,  1931,  2  specimens,  beating  on  Preycincfia  species; 
llapa\a,  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  1,000  feet,  November  23,  1931,  32  speci- 
mens; Lellronnec.  Teepotaootetoiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  120  feet, 
Xoveml)er  23,  H)3i.  3  specimens;  Vaikokoo,  Paaumea  Valley,  altitude  2,000 
feet,  Xoveml)er  26,  1931,  i  specimen,  beating  on  ]]' cuunannia  species;  Tea- 
^•aituhai.  r\aaumea  V^alley,  altitude  3,020  feet,  November  19,  1931,  2  speci- 
mens, l)eating  on  ]\icciuhiin  species  and  Cyrtandva  species;  Teavanui,  Paau- 
mea X'alley.  altitude  2,900  feet,  November  27,  1931,  5  specimens,  beating  on 
Prcycinctia  species;  Teavanui  Pass,  altitude  2,900  feet,  November  30,  1931, 
4  specimens,  beating  on  CyafJica  species  and  Ang'wptcris  species;  LeBronnec. 

Tahuata :  Hanamiai  Valley,  altitude  1,600  feet.  May  28,  1930,  1  specimen, 
sweeping  over  grass,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa.  Kiinui,  altitude  1,200  feet, 
June  14,  1930,  4  specimens;  Hanamenino  Valley,  sea  level,  July  17,  1930. 
10  specimens;  Hanatuuna  Valley,  altitude  325  feet,  July  19,  1930,  1  specimen; 
Hanahevane  Valley,  seashore,  August  16,  1930,  22  specimens;  LeBronnec 
and  H.  Tauraa. 

Fatuhiva :  Uia  [Ouia]  Valley,  altitude  500  feet,  September  2,  1930.  3 
specimens,  Teavaipuhiau,  altitude  2,150  feet,  August  25,  1930,  1  specimen, 
sweeping  over  Paspahini  conjiigatuin  ;  Teaotu,  Hanavave  Valley,  altitude  700 
feet,  September  9,  1930,  1  specimen.  Ideating  on  Eugenia  species;  Tapuhiva. 
Hanavave  Valley,  altitude  500  feet,  September  9,  1930,  1  specimen;  Tea- 
vaione,  Omoa  [Oomoa]  Valley,  altitude  1,700  feet,  August  29.  1930;  Tahuna, 
altitude  2,050  feet,  September  3,  1930,  6  specimens;  Tetana,  Omoa  [Oomoa] 
Valley,  altitude  500  feet,  August  22,  1930,  7  specimens;  Vaikoao,  Omoa 
[Oomoa]  Valley,  altitude  1,600  feet,  August  29,  1930,  8  specimens,  altitude 
1,500  feet,  August  30,  1930,  6  specimens;  Ahuava,  altitude  1,800  feet,  August 
19,  1930,  9  specimens;  LeBronnec. 

Eiao :  near  center,  altitude  1,665  ^^^t,  September  28,  1929,  4  specimens, 
on  Hibiscus  tiliaccus,  Adamson ;  uplands,  toward  north  and  east  side,  altitude 
1,875  September  29,  1929,  7  specimens,  Adamson;  above  \'aituha.  alti- 

tude 1,100  feet,  October  2,  1929,  2  specimens,  on  Dodonaea  viseosa,  Adam- 
son; altitude  1,600  feet,  April  24,  1931,  3  specimens,  LeBronnec  and  H. 
Tauraa. 

Mohotani :  above  Anaoa,  altitude  160-650  feet,  August  13,  1929,  miscel- 
laneous sweeping,  3  specimens,  Adamson  ;  altitude  200  feet,  February  4,  1931, 
9  specimens;  altitude  300  feet,  February  4,  1931,  2  specimens  on  Coreopsis 
species;  altitude  900  feet,  Fel)ruary  3,  1931,  3  specimens;  altitude  1.300 


Alarqucsau  Insects — ///. 


17 


feet,  February  2,  1931,  4  specimens;  altitude  1,400  feet,  February  1,  1931, 
2  specimens,  on  Agcratitiii  conycoidcs ;  altitude  1,500  feet,  February  1,  1931, 
4  specimens;  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Fatuuku ;  altitude  860  feet,  November  19,  1930,  50  specimens,  H.  Tauraa. 


Figure  3. — Larva  of  Chrysopa  basal  is  Walker. 


Chrysopa  basalis  Walker  (fig.  3). 

Larva.  Body  pale  brownish  yellow.  The  jaws  with  a  narrow  brown  stripe  along 
their  margin  exteriorly.  Basal  antennal  joint  rather  stout,  and  with  a  brownish  stripe 
along  the  interior  and  exterior  margins;  second  joint  unmarked,  narrower  than  the  basal 
joint  but  somewhat  longer;  the  rest  of  the  antennae  finely  brownish  annulated.  Head 
with  three  pairs  of  brownish  markings  as  shown  in  the  figure.  Prothorax  broader  than 
long  and  with  brown  markings.  Each  front  angle  with  a  strongly  developed  tubercle, 
provided  with  a  tuft  of  yellowish  setae.  Mesothorax  and  metathorax  with  laterally 
placed  tubercles,  and  with  a  pair  of  dark  brown  sclerites  dorsally.  Mesothorax  with  a 
brown  longitudinal  median  streak  and  a  pair  of  two  narrow  obliquely  placed  brown 
streaks  in  front  of  the  sclerites.  Abdominal  segments  1  to  6  with  brown  tubercles  later- 
ally, bearing  rather  long  yellowish  setae.  Dorsum  of  thorax  and  abdomen  with  numerous 
minute  short  brown  bristles  and  a  few  longer  yellowish  hairs.  Legs  yellowish  white  and 
yellowish  haired ;  claws  and  empodium  brownish  black.  Under  side  of  the  body  pale 
brownish  yellow. 

Hivaoa;  Kakahopuanui,  altitude  2,610  feet,  January  5.  1932.  5  specimens, 
beating  on  IVchunannia  species;  Kaava  Ridge,  altitude  2,750  feet,  January 
6,  1932,  7  specimens,  beating  on  Wciuuiannia  species;  altitude  2,800  feet, 
January  7,  8,  1932,  16  specimens,  on  Metrosidcros  coUina  and  W cUiuiannia 
species ;  LeBronnec. 

Uapou ;  Teavaituhai,  altitude  3,000  feet,  November  19,  1931,  4  speci- 
mens; Vaikokoo,  Paaumea  Valley,  altitude  2,000  feet,  November  26,  1931, 
4  specimens;  Teavanui,  altitude  2,900  feet,  November  27,  1931,  1  six^cimen ; 
Tekohepu  summit,  altitude  3,000  feet,  November  30,  1931,  2  s])ecimens ; 
LeBronnec. 

Uahuka;  Hanahoua  Valley,  altitude  280  feet,  March  10,  1931,  1  speci- 
men, LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 


i8  Bciiiicc  P.  Bishop  Jlluscum — Bulletin  142 

Tahuata  :  Ilanahevane  Valley,  seashore,  July  16,  1930,  5  specimens,  on 
Pisonia  species;  altitude  150  feet,  July  17,  1930,  10  specimens;  LeBronnec 
aiul  1 1 .  Tanraa. 


Figure  4. — Wings  of  Archacoiiiicroniiis  inarqucsaiia  (Kimmins). 

Fatuhiva :  Uia  [OuiaJ  Valley,  altitude  15  feet,  September  2,  1930.  1 
specimen,  on  Triumfctta  bartrainia;  Uia  [Ouia]  Valley,  altitude  500  feet, 
September  2,  1930,  6  specimens;  LeBronnec. 

Eiao :  toward  northeast  side,  altitude  1,900  feet,  September  29,  1929,  4 
specimens,  Adamson. 

Mohotani :  north  part,  altitude  200  feet,  February  4,  1931,  4  specimens, 
on  Mclochia  veliitina,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Hatutu :  middle,  east  side,  altitude  800  feet,  September  30,  1929,  2 
specimens,  Adamson. 

It  is,  of  course,  not  absolutely  certain  that  the  larvae  belong  to  the 
species  Chrysopa  basalis,  but  I  think  it  is  most  probable  because  this  is  the 
only  species  known  from  the  islands.  A  study  of  its  life  history  will,  I  hope, 
confirm  this  supposition. 

Family  HEMEROBIIDAE 

Archaeomicromus  marquesana  (Kimmins)  (fig.  4). 

N esoiiiicrouius  marquesana  Kimmins:  The  Entomologist,  p.  160,  figs.  4, 
5,  1932  (Marquesas  Islands). 

Hivaoa :  Tenatinaei,  Feani  Ridge,  altitude  3,970  feet,  January  12,  1932, 
2  individuals;  January  13,  1932,  2  males,  2  females;  LeBronnec.  Temetiu, 
slope  north  of  summit,  altitude  3,860  feet,  Deceniber  30,  1030.  2  females, 
at  light,  H.  Tauraa. 

Uapou:  Vaihakaatiki,  altitude  2,800  feet,  November  19,  1931,  1  male, 
LeBronnec. 

Kimmins  placed  this  species  provisionally  in  the  genus  Xesoiiiierouius 
Perkins,  but  it  now  has  to  be  transferred  to  Arehaeoiiiieroiiius,  which  genus 
contains  the  second  known  Polynesian  species,  A.  navigatoruin  Brauer. 


TERRESTRIAL  TALITRIDAE  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS* 


By 

K.  Stkphsnsen 
ZooLOGiCAi,  Museum,  Copenhagen,  Denmark 

The  name  "sandhoppers"  characterizes  a  large  number  of  the  species  of 
TaHtridae  very  well,  as  they  are  commonly  found  on  the  shore  hopping  in 
the  sand.  Numerous  species,  however,  live  near  the  shore,  swimming  in  the 
water,  others  are  found  in  the  open  ocean,  and  still  others  live  in  fresh  water. 
A  list  of  the  fresh-water  and  terrestrial  species  is  given  by  Spandl.^ 

A  number  of  species  have  truly  terrestrial  habits ;  these  belong  to  the  four 
genera,  Orchcstia,  Parorclicstia,  Talorclicstia,  and  Talitrus  (including  Tali- 
t via  tor  ) . 

The  extensive  material  collected  by  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  in 
the  Marquesas  in  the  south-central  Pacific  includes  three  species,  one  of  which 
(Orchestia  marquesana)  is  new  to  science,  another  contains  a  previously 
undescribed  form  (0.  floresiana  form  monospina) ,  and  all  are  new  records 
for  the  Marquesas. 

Genus  TALITRUS  Latreille 

Talitrus,  Stebbing:  Amphipoda  L  Gammaridea,  Das  Tierreich,  Lief.  21, 
p.  524,  1906.  Hunt:  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.  Plymouth,-  Jour.,  vol.  13,  no.  4, 
p.  861,  key  to  all  species,  1925. 

Talitrus  sylvaticus  Haswell  (figs.  1-3). 

Talitrus  sylvaticus  Stebbing:  Amphipoda  L  Gammaridea,  Das  Tierreich, 
Lief.  21,  p.  524,  1906.  Sayce :  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  Proc,  vol.  22  (new 
ser.),  pt.  1,  p.  30,  pi.  11,  1909.  Chilton:  Roy.  Soc.  New  South  Wales, 
Jour.  Proc,  vol.  50,  p.  83,  figs.,  1916.  Chilton:  Rec.  Australian  Mus., 
vol.  14,  no.  2,  p.  89,  1923.  Hunt:  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.  Plymouth,  Jour., 
vol.  13,  no.  4,  p.  858,  figs.,  1925. 

Talitrus  dorrieni  Hunt:  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.  Plymouth,  Jour.,  vol.  13,  no.  4, 
p.  854,  figs.,  1925  (see  Schellenberg,  Zool.  Anz.,  vol.  105,  p.  159,  1934.) 

Ovigerous  female 

Length  about  10  mm.  Head  about  times  as  long  as  1st  mcsosome  segment. 
Eyes  black,  rather  large,  separated  dorsally  by  a  distance  almost  equal  to  their  smallest 
diameter  (fig.  1). 

1  Spandl,  II.,  Stiulien  iiber  Siisswasser-ampliipoden  I:  Sitz.-ber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.,  Alatli.- 
Naturwiss.  Kl.,  Al)t.  i,  vol.  133,  pt.  9,  pp.  460-474,  516-517,  1924. 

*  Pacirlc  IviitoiiKilogical  Survey  Piil)licatioii  8,  article  3.    Issued  January   10,  1935. 


[19] 


20 


Bciiiicc  P.  BisJwp  AIuscuiii — Bulletin  142 


Antenna  i  reaches  distal  end  of  nltiniate  joint  of  peduncle  of  antenna  2;  the  3 
joints  of  the  peduncle  suheiiual  in  length,  the  fliagellum  as  long  as  the  peduncle,  8-articu- 
late ;  joint  8  extremely  short.  Antenna  2  almost  as  long  as  the  head  and  5  mesosome 
segments  comhined:  the  3  distal  joints  of  the  peduncle  are  increasing  in  length  (length 
ratio  ahoiu  2:3:4)  ;  the  flagellum  longer  than  the  peduncle,  with  about  15  joints. 

The  oral  parts  were  not  dissected  out,  except  the  maxillipeds,  which  have  a  small 
4th  joint  in  the  p:dp,  with  a  few  setae. 


Figure  1. — Talilnis  syli^aficiis  Haswell,  female  (Teavaione,  Omoa  (Oomoa)  Val- 
ley, Fatuhiva )  :  h,  head;  fli,  02,  antennae  1-2;  iiixp.,  palp,  apex  of  the  palp  of  the  maxil- 
lipeds; pi-p3,  pereiopods  1-3. 

Pereiopod  1  :  the  side  plate  is  apically  somewhat  tapering,  with  rounded  corners, 
and  about  5  spines  on  the  under  margin;  joint  2  not  quite  as  long  as  the  3  next  joints 
combined;  joint  5  as  long  as  3  and  4  together,  with  the  margins  almost  parallel  (there 
are  no  lobes  on  joints  4  and  5)  ;  joint  6  distally  tapering,  only  a  trifle  more  than  half 
as  long  as  5  ;  the  finger  half  as  long  as  6. 

Pereiopod  2:  the  side  plate  (which  is  of  the  same  shape  as  those  of  pereiopod  3-4) 
has  an  acute  projection  on  the  hind  margin  and  6-7  spines  on  the  under  margin.  Joint  2 
longer  than  the  2  next  joints  combined,  3  longer  than  4,  5  somewhat  shorter  than  4  and  5 


Ma  rqucsa  1 1  I  usee  ts — /// . 


21 


combined,  6  equals  5  in  length.    Joints  4,  5,  and  6  have  prominent  chagreened  expansions, 
that  of  6  projecting  far  beyond  the  rather  short  finger. 
Pereiopods  3-4 :  nothing  specially  to  remark. 

Pereiopod  5  :  longer  than  pereiopod  3,  the  two  lobes  of  the  side  plate  equally  deep ; 
joint  2  oval  (the  length  is  times  the  breadth),  on  the  fore  margin  with  a  few  spines, 
on  the  hind  margin  with  about  8  serrations  (each  with  a  seta  or  small  spine  in  the  bottom 
fig.  2). 

Pereiopod  6:  much  longer  than  pereiopod  5  (which  is  as  long  as  the  5  first  joints 
combined)  ;  the  side  plate  not  as  deep  as  5.  Joint  2  oval,  the  length  more  than  i^/^ 
times  the  breadth,  the  fore  margin  with  about  8  spines  and  a  few  serrations,  the  hind 
margin  with  about  5  spines  but  only  very  slight  serrations. 

Pereiopod  7:  only  a  trifle  longer  than  pereiopod  6;  joint  2  almost  circular  in  outline 
(the  length  is  12/11  times  the  breadth)  ;  the  fore  margin  with  about  10  spines  (or  pairs 
of  spines)  and  a  few  serrations,  the  hind  margin  with  about  11  serrations  each  with  a 
spine. 

The  gills  are  of  the  ordinary  shape ;  that  of  pereiopod  2  has  the  fore  lobe  strongly 
projecting  foreward.    The  marsupial  plates  are  small,  short,  with  a  few  setae  on  the  tips. 

The  metasome  segments  have  the  hind  margins  quite  even,  but  each  has  a  small 
tooth  on  the  lower  hind  corner. 

Pleopods  1-2  are  somewhat  normal,  cpiite  equal  in  shape  and  length.  The  peduncles 
have  on  the  median  margin  a  few  (pleopod  1)  or  no  (pleopod  2)  setae,  on  the  outer 
margin  some  feathered  setae ;  the  outer  ramus  about  as  long  as  the  peduncle,  with 
numerous  pairs  of  feathery  setae  but  (probably)  no  real  segmentation;  the  inner  ramus 
half  as  long  as  the  outer  ramus,  with  5-6  pairs  of  feathery  setae  (fig.  3). 

Pleopod  3  short  and  degraded,  reaching  to  the  under  margin  of  the  epimeral  part 
of  the  segment,  consisting  of  a  peduncle  and  an  extremely  short  outer  ranuis  ;  there  are 
no  setae. 

Uropod  1  has  the  rami  as  long  as  the  peduncle ;  the  inner  ramus  has  5  marginal 
spines,  the  outer  ramus  is  quite  naked  (except  for  the  apical  spines).  In  uropod  2  also, 
the  outer  ramus  has  no  marginal  spines.  Uropod  3  is  a  trifle. more  than  half  as  long  as 
the  telson ;  the  peduncle  is  twice  as  long  as  the  ramus,  with  3  spines ;  the  very  short 
ramus  has  2  minute  apical  spines. 

The  telson  is  as  long  as  broad,  distally  tapering,  cleft  in  about  1/3  of  the  length; 
there  are  2-3  pairs  of  marginal  spines  and  1  pair  of  apical  spines. 

The  antennae  have  kept  traces  of  red  color,  and  there  is  a  broad  red  transverse  band 
on  the  head  and  on  each  of  the  mesosome  segments. 

Male 

Not  markedly  difi^erent  from  the  female,  but  larger :  length  up  to  about  13  mm. 
Antenna  2  has  the  ultimate  joint  of  the  peduncle  about  twice  as  long  as  the  penultimate 
joint,  and  the  flagellum  has  about  20  joints. 

Uapou :  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  November  15,  1931,  1  male, 
LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa :  Tapeata,  on  east  side  of  Mount  Ootua,  altitude  2250  feet,  May 
15,  1929,  1  specimen;  Maunaofefe,  altitude  2000  feet,  September  14,  1929, 
in  dead  petioles  of  Aiujiopleris  species,  about  10  sj)ecimens ;  Mumford  and 
Adam  son. 

P'atuhiva :  Omoa  [Oomoa]  Valley,  A^aikoao,  altitude  1500  feet,  August 
30,  1930,  in  rotten  branches  of  .  I in/iopleris  species,  abotit  10  specimens, 
Punahitalii,  altitude  650  feet,  August  18,  1930.  inider  dead  leaves,  about  10 


Bcriiicc  P.  BisJiop  jMuscuiii — Bulletin  142 


specimens  including  ovigerous  female,  Tepeia,  altitude  600  feet,  August  16, 
1030,  under  dead  leaves,  3  specimens,  Teavaione,  altitude  1700  feet,  August 
29.  1^)30.  in  leaves  of  ^■iiu/iopfcris  species,  numerous  specimens;  Hanavave 
A'allev,  Teaotu,  altitude  1000  feet,  September  9,  1930,  under  dried  dead 
leaves  on  the  ground,  about  25  specimens,  Ihiota,  altitude  950  feet,  September 
10.  1930.  in  leaves  of  Angiopteris  species,  several  specimens  including 
ovigerous  female ;  LeBronnec. 


Figure  2.—Talitrus  sylvaticus  Haswell,  female :  P5-P7,  pereiopods  5-7 ;  up.  1-3  +  t, 
uropods  1-3  and  telson. 

The  species  was  taken  under  dead  leaves  and  in  similar  habitats ;  the  alti- 
tudes (when  noted)  were  from  600  to  2000  feet. 
Also  recorded  from: 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///. 


23 


New  South  Wales :  on  moist  ground  in  woods  and  scrubs ;  at  Rootyhill, 
over  50  km  from  the  coast  (Stebbing)  ;  Barrington  Tops,  altitude  about  1500 
meters  (Chilton). 

Victoria  (Sayce)  : 

Very  common  throughout  Victoria  at  all  elevations,  under  logs  and  dead  leaves  in 
forest  and  scrub  lands,  preferably  in  damp  situations,  but  also  frequent  in  dry  places, 
and  often  in  association  with  T.  kersJiazui.  I  have  also  found  them  just  above  the  tide 
level  at  several  places  on  our  coast,  under  dead  seaweed,  lying  on  the  sand. 


Figure  3. — Talitnis  syhiVticiis  Haswell,  female:  cpi-cps,  epimeral  parts  of  the  meta- 
some  segments  1-3;  plpi-plp3^  pleopods. 

Tasmania:  very  common  (Sayce).  On  Mount  Kosciusko  and  to  a  height 
of  760  meters  on  Mount  Wellington  (Stebbing). 

Hawaii :  in  a  forest  in  the  mountains  behind  Honolulu,  Oahu,  under 
wood,  March  27,  1915,  2  ovigerous  females,  Dr.  Mortensen  (in  the  Zool. 
Museum,  Copenhagen). 

The  species  is  ordinarily  of  terrestrial  habit,  the  altitudes  (when  noted) 
about  200-1500  meters,  but  it  may  be  found  on  the  coast  just  above  the 
tide  mark. 


24 


Bcriiice  P.  BisJiop  jMiisciini — Bulletin  142 


In  trying-  to  identify  the  present  species  from  Hunt's  key-  we  came  to  the 
conchision  that  it  is  Talitnts  sylvaticus,  and  it  probably  is  in  reahty  this 
species.  In  comparing  the  material  with  the  rather  brief  description  and  the 
hgures  given  by  Sayce  ^  we  do  not  find  any  important  difference.  Apart  from 
the  telson  (described  and  drawn  as  having  the  "margin  entire"),  there  is  no 
discrepancy  other  than  the  shape  of  the  pleopoda:  the  second  pair  is  described 
as  "considerably  shorter  than  the  first,  but  of  a  similar  form  and  clothing. 
No  vestige  of  a  third  pair  is  to  be  found."  Hunt  ^  has  given  figures  of  the 
pleopoda  in  which  pleopoda  1-2  agree  with  Sayce's  description,  but  pleopod 
3  is  represented  by  small  vestiges,  with  1-2  setae  but  no  rami;  Chilton^ 
describes  pleopod  3  as  "quite  small,  with  the  branches  vestigial." 

If  we  bear  in  mind  the  great  variation  of  the  pleopoda  of  the  well-known 
T.  aUiiaiidi,  common  in  hothouses  in  Europe  and  other  localities,  it  is  possible 
that  a  similar  variation  is  also  present  in  other  species,  and  that  the  ]\Iar- 
quesan  Talifnts  species  is  T.  sylvaticus. 

Genus  ORCHESTIA  Leach 

Orclicstia,  Stebbing :  Amphipoda  I.  Gammaridea,  Das  Tierreich,  Lief.  21. 
p.  530,  1906. 

Orchestia  floresiana  Weber  (figs.  4-6). 

Orchestia  floresiana  Max  Weber:  Zool.  Ergebn.  einer  Reise  in  Niederl. 
Ost-Indien,  vol.  2,  pp.  562-564,  figs.,  Leiden,  1892.  Stebbing:  Amphi- 
poda L  Gammaridea,  Das  Tierreich,  Lief.  21,  p.  539,  1906. 

OreJiesfia  anoniala  Chevreux :  Soc.  Zool.  France,  ]\Iem.,  vol.  14.  pp.  3Q3- 
397,  figs.,  1901. 

Orehestia  niahyejisis  (Tattersall)  variety  tliienenianjii  Schellenl-)erg : 
Archiv.  f.  Hydrobiol.,  suppl.  Bd.  8,  "Tropische  Binnengewasser  Bd.  L" 
pp.  498-502,  figs.,  1931. 

Male 

Eyes  separated  dorsally  by  a  distance  of  about  1/3 — 1/4  their  diameter,  but  sometimes 
(even  in  the  female)  the  eyes  are  almost  contiguous. 

Antenna  1  (fig.  4)  reaches  to  the  distal  end  of  penultimate  joint  of  peduncle  of 
antenna  2;  joint  3  of  the  peduncle  about  as  long  as  the  2  first  joints  combined.  Flagellum 
is  a  trifle  shorter  than  the  peduncle,  4-articulate,  with  the  joints  more  slender  than  those 
of  the  peduncle;  the  apical  (4)  joint  is  quite  minute. 

-  Hunt,  O.  D.,  On  the  amphipod  genus  Talitnts,  witli  a  description  of  a  new  species  from  the 
Scilly  Isles,  T.  dorricni,  new  species:  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.  Plymouth,  Jour.,  vol.  13.  no.  4.  p.  861.  1925. 

"Sayce,  O.  A.,  Description  of  two  terrestrial  species  of  Talitridae  from  Victoria:  Roy.  Soc. 
^"ictoria,  Proc,  vol.  22  (new  ser.),  pt.  1,  p.  30,  pi.  11,  1909. 

*  Hunt,  O.  D.,  On  the  amphipod  genus  Talitnts.  with  a  description  of  a  new  species  from  the 
Scilly  Isles,  T.  dorricni,  new  species:  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.  Plymoutli,  Tour.,  vol.  13,  no.  4,  pp.  854- 
869,  text-fig.  4,  1925. 

"Chilton,  Charles,  Occasional  notes  on  Australian  Amphipoda:  Australian  ]\Ius.,  Rec,  vol.  14, 
no.  2,  p.  90,  1923. 


Marquesas  Insects — ///. 


25 


Antenna  2,  the  ultimate  joint  of  the  peduncle  in  length  equals  the  two  preceding 
joints  combined;  the  flagellum  about  as  long  as  the  peduncle  (or  somewhat  longer), 
with  about  17-18  articles.  In  a  few  specimens  (both  male  and  female)  the  antennae  are 
much  more  slender  and  elongate  than  drawn  in  the  figure. 

The  oral  parts  were  not  dissected  out,  except  the  maxillipeds ;  the  palp  of  these 
has  a  very  small,  bud  or  scalelike  joint  4.   (See  fig.  6.) 

On  pereiopods  1-2  (Weber,  gnathopods  1-2)  there  is  nothing  to  remark;  in  a  few 
specimens  the  hind  corner  of  the  4th  joint  of  pereiopod  1  is  much  more  prominent  (bud- 
like )  than  drawn  in  the  figure ;  thus  it  may  have  a  form  like  that  of  O.  jloresiana  form 
inonospiiia  (fig.  7).  The  end  of  the  finger  in  pereiopod  2  is  apparently  rather  feeble  and 
slender,  somewhat  irregularly  curved. 


FiGURK  4. — Orchcstia  jloresiana  Weber,  male  (Mount  Temetiu,  Hivaoa)  :  ai-a2, 
antennae  1-2;  h,  head;  pi-p2,  pereiopods  1-2. 

On  pereiopods  3-6  (not  described  by  Weber)  there  is  nothing  especially  remarkable 
except  that  the  side  plates  of  pereiopods  3-4  have  the  hind  corners  somewhat  acute ; 
pereiopods  3-5  are  of  about  equal  length,  pereiopod  6  longer.  Pereiopod  5  has  joint  2 
broadened,  the  length  being  1^  times  the  breadth,  with  the  fore  margin  almost  straight 
and  with  about  5  teeth  (each  with  a  spine),  and  the  hind  margin  very  slightly  convex, 
with  about  10  small  teeth.  Pereiopod  6  is  very  similar  to  pereioped  5,  but  longer;  joint 
2  has  on  the  fore  margin  about  10  spines,  and  on  the  hind  margin  about  10  (or  a  few 
more)  small  teeth  and  spines.  Pereiopod  7  is  nearly  as  long  as  pereiopod  6  and  of  a 
similar  shape,  except  that  joint  2  is  much  broader,  almost  circular  in  outline,  the  fore 
margin  with  about  10  larger  spines,  and  with  hind  margin  very  densely  serrate,  with 
about  35  small  denticles,  each  having  a  small  si)inc  in  the  bottom  (Weber,  "26-28  small 
spines").  None  of  the  joints  of  i)creio])()ds  6-7  are  specially  broadened,  except  joint  2 
(fig.  5,  pereiopods  3-7). 


26 


J'crnicc  I\  lUsJiop  Muscujii — Bulletin  142 


The  hiiul  cdtix^  of  the  epimeral  parts  of  metasome  segment  i  is  even,  in  segment  2-3 
tinol\  (kntato  in  the  lower  part  (Weber,  "quite  even  in  all  the  3  segments"),  but  the 
lower  hiiul  corner  of  all  the  3  segments  are  somewhat  produced,  with  a  blunt  tooth. 
Aloni;  the  lower  margin  of  these  3  segments  (especially  in  segment  2)  is  a  row  of 
small,  \ertieal  fissures,  probably  the  openings  of  small  oval  glands  (these  glands  are  not 
mentioned  in  the  literature,  but  they  are  present  also  in  the  specimens  in  the  Copenhagen 
Zool.  Museum).  The  pleopoda  are  normal,  but  the  rami  are  rather  short,  with  4-6 
pairs  of  feathered  setae. 


Figure  5. — Orchcstia  florcsiana  Weber,  male:  p3-p7,  pereiopods  3-;;  cpi-3,  epimeral 
parts  of  the  metasome  segments  1-3,  with  the  pleopods  ;  itpi-3-{-t,  uropods  1-3  and  telson 
(t,  telson,  left;  uropods,  right). 

Uropod  1  has  in  the  outer  ramus  no  marginal  spines.  Uropod  2  has  on  the  peduncle 
5  marginal  spines  and  1  apical  spine  (Weber,  "3-4  larger  and  smaller  apical  spines"), 
and  on  each  ramus  2  spines,  besides  the  apical  spines  (Weber,  "inner  ramus  has  5.  outer 
ramus  2  spines").  Uropod  3  has  on  the  peduncle  a  row  of  about  2-5  spines,  on  the 
ramus  4  small  apical  spines  (Weber,  "the  peduncle  and  the  short  ramus  are  spinose 
on  the  outer  margins"). 


Marquesan  Insects — ///. 


27 


The  telson  (not  mentioned  by  Weber)  is  oval,  cleft  in  about  ^  of  the  length,  with 
2  pairs  of  marginal  spines  and  about  3  pairs  of  apical  spines. 

The  length  is  up  to  about  10-11  mm.    (Weber,  "up  to  8  mm"). 

Female 

The  female  agrees  fully  with  the  male,  except  in  pereiopods  1-2;  in  1  the  very  short 
palm  is  not  concave,  but  somewhat  straight.  Uropod  3  and  the  telson  have  some 
fewer  spines  than  the  male.  Length  up  to  about  12  mm.  (Weber,  "up  to  8  mm") 
(fig.  6). 

Nukuhiva :  Teuaniii,  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2000  feet,  October  27,  1929, 
under  dead  leaves,  1  male;  Ooumu,  altitude  4050  feet,  November  12,  1929, 
among  dead  leaves,  1  male,  about  10  females,  altitude  3700-4000  feet,  about 
10  females ;  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Uapou :  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  3010  feet,  November 
18,  1931,  under  dead  leaves,  1  female;  Tekohepu  Stmimit,  altitude  3300  feet, 
September  21,  1931,  1  male,  2  females;  LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa:  Matauuna,  altitude  3760  feet,  August  1,  1929,  among  dead  leaves, 
2  males,  about  10  females  and  juveniles;  Mounaofefe  [Maunaofefe] ,  altitude 
2000  feet,  September  14,  1929,  in  dead  petioles  of  Angiopfcris  species,  2 
females;  Tapeata,  on  east  side  of  Mount  Ootua,  altitude  2250  feet.  May  15, 

1929,  2  females;  Mount  Ootua  Summit,  altitude  3032  feet,  February  13, 

1930,  at  base  of  Asplenimn  nidus,  1  male,  6  females ;  Mumford  and  Adam- 
son.  Feani  Summit,  altitude  3900  feet,  January  21,  1932,  2  males,  2  females, 
LeBronnec;  Mount  Temetiu,  altitude  3750  feet,  December  27,  1930,  1  male, 
several  females,  H.  Tauraa. 

Tahuata:  Hanamiai  Valley,  altitude  1000  feet,  May  18,  1930,  under  rotten 
leaves,  3  jtiveniles  (and  1  female  ?)  ;  Vaitupaahei,  altitude  2000  feet,  July  2, 
1930,  in  dead  stipes  of  Angiopfcris  species,  2  males,  several  females;  Amatea, 
altitude  2000  feet,  June  28,  1930,  1  male,  1  female,  altitude  2500  feet,  July  9, 
1930,  1  male,  7  females,  altitude  2700  feet,  July  7,  1930,  on  Alcfrosidcros 
collina,  3  females ;  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Fattihiva:  Ihiota,  Hanavave  Valley,  altitude  930  feet,  Septemljer  10,  1930, 
in  leaves  of  Angiopfcris  species,  1  male,  1  female;  Vaikoao,  Omoa  [Oomoa] 
Valley,  altitude  1700  feet,  August  29,  1930,  in  leaves  of  Angiopfcris  species, 
4  males,  7  females;  Teavaipuhiau,  altitude  2150  feet,  July  25,  1930,  in  rotten 
leaves  of  Angiopfcris  species,  1  male,  3  females;  ridge  east  of  Omoa  [Oomoa] 
Valley,  altitude  3000  feet,  August  28,  1930,  in  Prcycincfia  species,  2  males, 
4  females,  altitude  300  feet,  August  27,  1930,  on  Prcycincfia  species.  3  males. 
1  female,  altitude  3100  feet,  on  the  groiuul,  2  males,  4  females;  LeBronnec. 

Also  recorded  from : 

Seychelles :  Tie  Ronde,  on  the  1)each,  luidcr  algae ;  T^a  Digue,  imdcr  similar 
conditions;  Mahe,  sand  and  algae,  2-3  meters  (O.  anoiiiala,  Chevreux). 


28 


Bcrnicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Cult  of  Siam:  Koh  Kut,  stony  coast,  January  i,  1900,  1  male,  1  female, 
Dr.  Alortcnsen  (Zool.  INhiseum,  Copenhagen;  K.  Stephensen  determination). 

Java,  Ikili,  and  Westflores :  18  localities,  in  rivulets,  fountains,  and  water- 
falls, in  moss,  etc.,  the  altitudes  above  sea  level  (when  noted)  980-1787 
meters  (().  lualayensis  \dir\Q.iy  thieneinanni  Schellenberg) . 

Flores :  on  the  edge  of  a  fresh-water  pool  in  a  small  forest  near  the  shore, 
^)nd  in  the  rivulet  Leila  near  its  mouth  (0.  floresiana  Max  Weber). 


Figure  6. — Or  chest  ia  floresiana  Weber,  female  (Mount  Temetiu,  Hivaoa)  :  iiixp. 
maxilliped  ;  pi,  p2,  pereiopods ;  iipi-3-^t,  uropods  1-3  and  telson. 

New  Britain :  Movehafen,  several  specimens,  and  Arawe.  from  the 
stomach  of  the  lizard  Lygosoiua  atrocostatuiu  several  specimens,  Dr.  H. 
Hediger  collector,  1931  (Basel  Museum  and  Zool.  Museum,  Copenhagen; 
K.  Stephensen  determination). 

According  to  the  above  records  this  species  is  distributed  in  the  tropical 
islands  of  the  Indo-Pacific  from  the  Seychelles  to  the  IMarquesas,  under  very 
variable  conditions,  from  the  shore  up  to  forests  at  an  altitude  of  about  1800 
meters  above  sea  level. 

No  doubt  the  material  belongs  to  the  species  cited  above :  the  original 
description  is,  however,  rather  brief  and  provided  with  only  4  figures  (pereio- 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///. 


29 


pods  1-2  in  male  and  female).  Thus  it  was  considered  proper  to  give  new 
figures  of  all  the  appendages  and  other  details  with  some  supplementary 
remarks. 

There  does  not  seem  to  be  any  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  determi- 
nation, for  there  is  a  very  close  agreement  with  Weber's  original  description, 
especially  as  to  the  two  most  important  characters,  the  long  and  apically 
almost  filiform  finger  of  pereiopod  2  in  the  male,  and  the  very  densely  serrate 
hind  margin  of  joint  2  of  pereiopod  7  in  both  sexes. 

No  doubt  O.  florcsiaua  Weber  1892  (from  Flores)  is  synonymous  with 
O.  ajioiiiala  Chevreux  1901  (from  the  Seychelles)  and  O.  iiialaycusis  (Tat- 
tersall)  variety  tJiicncuuuuii  Schellenberg  (from  Java,  etc.,=  O.  parz'ispiiiosa 
Chilton  IQ12,  from  Java,  non  O.  pan'isp'uwsa  Weber  1892). 

The  agreement  with  O.  onoinala  male  is  very  striking;  the  essentials  are 
quite  alike;  the  shape  of  pereiopod  2  in  the  male  (Chevreux  "gnathopode 
posterieur"),  with  the  long,  apically  slender  finger;  the  shape  of  the  finger  of 
pereiopod  1  in  female  (Chevreux,  "gnathopode  anterieur"),  provided  with  5 
(not  6)  spines;  and  the  densely  dentate  hind  margin  of  joint  2  of  pereiopod 
7.  The  disagreements  are  rather  few  and  not  of  any  importance,  and  some 
of  them  are  proba1)ly  not  quite  constant ;  the  fiagellum  of  antenna  1  has  4 
(not  3)  joints;  the  palm  of  pereiopod  1  has  more  numerous  spines;  pereiopod 
2  has  the  hind  margin  of  joint  2  not  very  convex;  joint  2  of  pereiopod  6  has 
the  hind  margin  not  even  l)Ut  dentate;  outer  ramus  of  uropod  i  has  distally  3 
spines  (Chevreux  writes  2,  but  his  figure  shows  3)  ;  uropod  3,  number  of 
spines  on  the  ramus  rather  inconstant,  varying  from  2  to  5  (Chevreux:  3)  ; 
the  number  of  spines  on  the  ramus  is  also  rather  variable ;  the  telson  is  a 
trifle  narrower  than  in  Chevreux's  species,  and  the  number  of  spines  varies 
to  some  extent. 

The  agreement  with  O.  malaycusis  (Tattersall)  variety  fJiicjiciiiaiiiii 
Schellenberg  is  also  very  striking,  but  there  are  a  few  discrepancies :  the  hind 
margin  of  the  epimeral  parts  of  metasome  segments  2-3  is  not  quite  even ;  the 
telson  is  longer  than  broad  (the  length  not  equal  to  the  breadth)  ;  the  joints 
of  the  flagellum  of  antenna  2  are  not  markedly  longer  than  broad  (this  is 
possibly  an  age  character)  ;  the  joints  of  the  palps  of  the  maxillipeds  are  not 
extremely  broad ;  the  palm  of  pereiopod  1  in  the  male  is  not  slightly  concave  ; 
the  finger  of  pereiopod  2  in  the  male  is  apically  not  quite  straight ;  pereio|)0(l 
7  has  on  the  hind  margin  more  than  30  small  denticles  (Schellenberg,  "al)out 
20")  ;  the  uropods  1-2  have  not  (juite  as  many  s])ines  as  recorded  1)y  Schel- 
lenberg. 

vSchellen1)erg''  writes  that  his  species  is  very  close  to  O.  auoiuala,  and  tliat 

^  Scliellenberg,  A..  Ampliipoden  der  Sunda-Kxpcilitinm  n  'I'liicncmann  und  Renscli. :  Arcliiv.  f. 
Hydrobiol.  suppl.  Bd.  8,  "'I'ropisclie  I'innengcwasser  I'.d.  I,"  \>.  502,  1931. 


30 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  Miiscuiii — Bulletin  142 


he  finds  important  discrepancies  only  in  the  shape  of  the  finger  of  pereiopod 
J  in  male ;  he  dare  not  consider  them  synonymous.  I  cannot  see  why  he  con- 
siders his  sjiecies  identical  with  O.  parvispiuosa  Chilton,  for  pereiopod  2  in 
the  male  is  very  dilTcrent  in  the  two  species. 


Figure;  7. — Orchcstia  jlorcsiana  form  iiioiiospina  new  form,  male,  (Uapou,  Tekohepu 
Summit)  :  h,  head;  pi,  p2,  ps,  p6,  py,  pereiopods  1,  2,  and  5-7;  upi-2)  +  ^  uropods  1-3  and 
telson. 

Orchestia  floresiana  form  monospina,  new  form  (fig.  7). 

The  specimens  (3  males,  no  females)  agree  well  with  the  majority  of  the  specimens 
of  O.  floresiana,  as  described  above,  with  the  following  exceptions  : 

Eyes  enormous,  contiguous  at  the  top  of  the  head.  Antenna  1  somewhat  more  slen- 
der, but  not  longer.  Antenna  2,  the  flagellum  a  trifle  shorter  than  the  peduncle.  10-  or 
1  i-articulate.  Maxillipeds  quite  identical  with  those  of  O.  floresiana.  Pereiopod  1:  the 
processes  or  lobes  on  the  hind  margin  of  joints  4  and  5  larger  and  more  sharply  con- 


Mar  que  sail  I  usee  ts — /// . 


31 


stricted  than  ordinarily  ni  Q  florcsiana  ;  but  in  some  specimens  of  O.  jloresiana  these 
processes  have  the  same  shape.  Pereiopod  2;  joint  6  a  trifle  more  elongate;  on  pereiopods 
3-4  there  is  nothing  to  remark.  Pereiopods  5-7  somewhat  more  stout  than  in  O.  jlor- 
esiana; especially  joint  2  in  pereiopod  5-6  is  considerably  broader.  Pleopods  1-3  are 
longer,  in  that  the  rami  are  as  long  as  the  peduncles.  Uropod  1  has  on  the  outer  ramus 
1  long  marginal  spine,  placed  near  the  centre  of  the  joint,  and  apically  1  very  short  and 
only  1  long  spine  (not  2).  Uropods  2-3  and  telson  not  differing  from  those  of  O.  jlor- 
esiana.   Length  up  to  about  9  mm. 


Figure  8. — Or  chest  ia  inarqiicsaiia,  new  species,  female  (Uapou,  Teavaituhai,  Haka- 
hetau  Valley)  :  ai,  02,  antennae  1-2;  h,  head;  pi,  p2,  pereiopods  1-2. 

Uapou:  Tekohepu  Summit,  altitude  3300  feet,  November  21,  1931,  2 
males,  LeBronnec. 

Uahuka:  Hitikau,  altitude  2900  feet,  March  3,  1931,  1  male,  LeBronnec 
and  H.  Tauraa. 

Of  the  discrei)ancies  recorded  above,  probably  few  are  due  to  more  than 
individual  variation  ;  the  broad  joint  2  in  ])ereiopods  5-6,  and  especially  the 
long  marginal  spine  of  the  outer  ramus  of  lU'opod  1  (no  other  species  of 
Orehestia  and  the  allied  genera  has  1  long  marginal  spine;  the  ramus  is  either 
naked,  apart  from  the  apical  spines,  or  there  is  a  row  of  spines). 


3^ 


BcDiicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


1  dare  not  esta1)lish  this  form  as  a  new  species  and  prefer  to  call  it  Orches- 
fia  floresiaiui  nioiiospiiia,  new  form  {nionospina  was  chosen  in  allusion  to  the 
siui^ic  niarL^'inal  spine  mentioned  above). 

Orchestia  marquesana,  new  species  (figs.  8-io). 

Female 

Marsupiuin  well  developed.  Body  quite  even.  The  head  is  a  trifle  longer  than  ist 
mesosome  segment.  Usually  the  eyes  are  moderately  large  (fig.  8),  separated  dorsally 
by  a  distance  almost  equal  to  their  greatest  diameter,  but  sometimes  they  are  much 
laruor,  and  then  the  distance  between  them  is  only  half  of  their  greatest  diameter. 

In  most  of  the  specimens  the  eyes  are  black,  but  in  some  they  are  quite  colorless  (in 
spirits),  and  yet  it  was  not  possible  to  find  any  other  differences  between  the  two  sorts 
of  specimens.  Reduced  eyes  have  been  found  in  a  few  other  species:  Orchestia  japonica 
Tattersall  and  Talorchcstia  parvispinosa  Chilton. 

Antenna  i  reaches  a  trifle  beyond  the  penultimate  joint  of  the  peduncle  of  antenna  2. 
The  peduncle  is  as  long  as  the  flagellum;  the  3  joints  are  of  almost  equal  length,  joint  3 
somewhat  more  slender  than  the  others.  The  flagellum  has  7  equal-sized  joints;  only 
joint  7  is  very  minute. 

Antenna  2  is  as  long  as  the  head  plus  the  mesosome.  The  ultimate  joint  of  the  ped- 
uncle is  very  slender  and  as  long  as  or  a  trifle  longer  than  the  2  preceding  joints  to- 
gether; the  flagellum  is  longer  than  the  peduncle,  with  about  22  rather  elongate  joints. 

On  the  oral  parts  there  is  nothing  to  remark;  the  palp  of  the  maxillipeds  has  a 
minute,  scalelike  4th  joint. 

Pereiopod  1  has  the  side  plate  ventrally  tapering,  with  a  few  spines.  The  limb  is 
rather  slender;  none  of  the  joints  are  especially  widened.  There  is  no  pellucid  lobe  on 
joint  4.  Joint  5  is  not  much  shorter  than  2,  distally  very  slightly  w'idened,  with  a  few 
smaller  and  a  single  larger  spine.  Joint  6  is  about  2/3  as  long  as  joint  5.  with  parallel 
margins  and  some  spines,  and  the  transversal  palm  about  half  as  long  as  the  breadth  of 
the  joint.    The  finger  is  moderately  stout,  as  long  as  joint  6  is  broad. 

Pereiopod  2  has  the  side  plate  ventrally  rounded,  with  about  10  spines,  and  on  the 
hind  margin  a  minute  triangular  process  (similar  processes  are  probably  not  present  in 
the  side  plates  of  pereiopods  3-4)-  Joint  4  has  a  lobe,  joint  5  is  distally  somewhat  wid- 
ened; joint  6  is  as  long  as  5,  not  very  broad;  there  is  no  distinct  palm,  and  the  finger  is 
half  as  long  as  the  distal  lobe  of  joint  6. 

On  pereiopods  3-4  there  is  nothing  specially  to  remark. 

Pereiopods  5-6  have  joint  2  oval,  with  spines  on  the  fore  margins  and  with  about 
10-12  denticles  on  the  hind  margins.  Joint  2  of  pereiopod  7  is  much  broader,  Init  with  a 
similar  armature  on  the  margins.  Pereiopod  7  is  somewhat  longer  than  pereiopod  6 
(fig.  9). 

Aletasome  segments  1-3  have  the  hind  margins  provided  with  about  5-7  serrations; 
the  lower  hind  corners  are  almost  rectangular,  very  little  protruding,  rounded  at  the 
apex.  The  pleopoda  are  rather  reduced  and  not  reaching  the  under  margin  of  the  epi- 
meral  plates.  They  are  quite  alike,  but  somewhat  decreasing  in  length  from  1  to  3. 
Each  pleopod  has  a  long  peduncle,  with  a  single  pair  of  minute  coupling-spines ;  there  are 
2  small  single- jointed  rami  of  about  equal  length  (about  ^4  ^.s  long  as  the  peduncle) 
each  with  1-3  feathered  setae. 

The  uropoda  are  normal.  Uropod  1  has  the  peduncle  and  the  two  rami  of  almost 
equal  length  (the  same  applies  to  uropod  2).  Each  of  the  two  rami  has  3-4  spines;  the 
inner  ramus  has  4  marginal  spines,  the  outer  ramus  is  quite  naked,  except  for  the  apical 
spines.  Uropod  2  has  two  marginal  spines  on  each  ramus.  Uropod  3  has  the  peduncle 
heavy,  with  1-2  spines ;  the  ramus  is  of  almost  equal  length,  with  3-5  spines. 

The  telson  is  oval,  with  the  length  a  trifle  greater  than  the  breadth,  and  distally  with 
a  minute  fissure.  There  are  1-2  pairs  of  dorsal  spines  and  2-3  pairs  of  apical  spines. 
Length  to  about  14  mm  (fig.  10). 


Alarqiicscni  Insects — ///.  33 

Nukuhiva:  Ooumu,  altitude  3700-4000  feet,  November  13,  1929,  among 
wet  herbage,  8  females,  eyes  black;  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  altitude  2000 
feet,  October  22,  1929,  under  dead  leaves,  about  15  females,  eyes  black; 
Mumford  and  Adamson. 


Figure  9. — Orclicslia  inarqucsana,  new  species,  female:  /'3,        p6,  py,  pereiopods  3, 

5-7. 

Uahuka :  Hitikau,  altitude  2900  feet,  March  3,  1931,  5  females,  eyes 
black;  Penau,  Hane  Valley,  altitude  1820  feet,  February  27,  1931,  under  dead 
leaves,  about  20  females,  eyes  black ;  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Uapou :  Vaihakaatiki,  altitude  3020  feet,  November  18,  1931,  3  females. 


34 


I^rrnicc  P.  BisJiop  Aluseuiu — Bulletin  142 


eyes  Mack.  al)()ut  15  females  with  eyes  colorless;  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau 
WallcN .  aliitiule  3020  feet,  November  18,  1931,  mider  dead  leaves,  about  10 
females,  eyes  black,  1  female,  eyes  colorless;  Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley, 
altitude  30JO  feet,  November  19,  1931,  7  females,  6  with  eyes  black;  Teko- 
hepu  Suuiuiit,  altitude  3300  feet,  November  21,  1931,  7  females,  eyes  color- 
less; Tekohepu  v'^uuiuiit,  altitude  3200  feet,  November  28,  1931,  under  rotting 
leaves.  3  females,  eyes  black,  6  females,  eyes  colorless,  LeBronnec.  Hakahe- 
tau A'alley.  altitude  2700  feet,  July  8,  1929,  in  dead  stipes  of  Cyathca  species, 
1  female,  eyes  black,  Adamson. 


Figure  10. — Orchcstia  marqucsana,  new  species,  female  epi-cp3,  epimeral  parts  of 
the  metasome  segments  1-3  with  the  pleopods  ;  iipi-3  +  t,  uropods  1-3  and  telson. 

On  account  of  the  shape  of  the  minute  4th  joint  of  the  palp  in  the  maxilli- 
peds  and  of  the  distinct  transversal  palm  of  pereiopod  1  in  the  female,  the 
species  must  belong  to  the  genus  Orchcstia;  but  unfortunately  there  is  no 
male.  It  belongs  to  the  group  without  marginal  spines  on  the  outer  ramus  of 
uropod  1.  The  most  important  character  is  the  degraded  pleopoda,  a  charac- 
ter not  found  in  any  other  Orchcstia,  but  in  species  of  the  genera  Talitrus  and 
TalorcJicstia.  An  exception  is  Parorchcstia  lic^oiioisis'  which  would  seem  to 
belong  to  the  genus  Orchcstia  (palm  of  pereiopod  1,  female)  ;  here  the  pleo- 
pods are  said  to  be  "not  half  the  size  of  those  of  P.  laguuac  (which  are  not 
described),  but  otherwise  normal." 

^  Baker,  C.  F.,  Two  Amphipoda  of  Luzon:  Pliilip.  Jour.  Sci.,  sect.  D,  vol.  lo,  p.  253,  ligs..  1915. 


NOUVELLES  ARAIGNEES  MARQUISIENNES- 


Par 

Lucie:n  Bkrland 
Museum  National  d'Histoire;  Naturelike,  Paris 

Depuis  la  publication  que  j'ai  fait  en  1933^  d'une  etude  sur  les  Araignees 
des  Marquises,  un  nouvel  envoi  m'est  parvenu,  contenant  les  recoltes  recentes 
de  M.  LeBronnec,  resident  aux  Marquises. 

Cet  envoi,  qui  denote  chez  M.  LeBronnec  une  extreme  application,  et  un 
talent  reinarquable  d'entomologiste  collecteur,  ameliore  encore  tres  sensil)le- 
ment  nos  connaissances  sur  les  Araignees  de  cet  archipel.  II  comprend,  bien 
entendu,  la  plupart  des  especes  precedemment  recoltees,  mais  en  outre  un 
certain  nombre  de  formes  nouvelles,  qui  modifient  d'une  fagon  appreciable  nos 
conceptions  de  la  faune  araneenne  des  Marquises.  Cet  heureux  resultat  est 
du  non  seulement  a  Thabilete  de  M.  LeBronnec  dans  la  recolte  de  tres  petites 
formes,  mais  aussi  a  son  souci  constant  d'explorer  les  sommets  des  montagnes, 
dans  des  endroits  presque  inaccessibles,  et  ou  certainement  la  faune  endemique 
n'a  ete  troublee  par  aucune  intervention  humaine,  et  a  pu  rester  dans  un  etat 
absolument  virginal. 

Si  Ton  veut  bien  se  reporter  a  Tinteressant  expose  fait  par  MM.  Mum- 
ford  et  Adamson  -  on  voit  que  les  iles  marquisiennes  comprennent  une  zone 
cotiere  et  subcotiere,  dont  les  caracteres  sont  rapidement  alteres  par  Taction 
de  Thomme,  en  particulier  par  la  presence  de  mammiferes  d'elevage  introduits, 
et  qui  detruisent  tres  vite  une  partie  de  la  foret.  Mais  le  sommet  des 
montagnes  echappe  jusqu'a  present  a  ces  depredations,  et  la  foret  s'y  maintient 
dans  son  etat,  entretenue  d'ailleurs  par  d'abondantes  pluies.  On  sait,  au 
reste,  que  les  sommets  de  la  plupart  des  iles  hautes  de  Polynesie  sont  dans 
cette  situation,  et  qu'ils  sont  a  ce  point  pen  frequentes  par  Thomme  que  le 
sommet,  a  Tahiti,  n'a  ete  atteint  que  par  un  tres  petit  nombre  d'ascension- 
nistes  -K  Du  temps  des  indigenes,  leurs  croyances  superstitieuses  leur  com- 
muniquaient  une  crainte  invincible  de  ces  montagnes,  et  meme  depuis  I'arrivee 
des  europeens  1 'ascension  en  reste  pleine  de  difficultes, 

Ces  sommets  humides  et  boises  abritent  une  faune  qui  se  revele  tres  in- 
teressante:  c'est  ainsi  que  M.  LeBronnec  a  pu  y  trouver,  en  particulier, 
plusieurs  Linyphies  et  Erigones ;  on  sait  que  ces  Argiopides  de  petite  taille 

^  Berland  Lucien,  Araignees  des  iles  Marquises:  T>.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.   114,  pp.  39-70,  1933- 

2  Mumfonl,  K.  P.,  and  Adamson,  A.  M.,  Knton;ological  researelies  in  the  Marquesas  Islands: 
Cong,  internal.  d'Knt.,  p.  431,  Paris,  1932  (1933). 

3  Malarde,  ^^,  Ivxcursion  a  I'Aorai :  Soe.  d'ctudes  oecaniennes,  r>ull.,  no.  48,  p.  233,  1933. 
*  Paeifie  Ivntomologieal  Survey  Publication  8,  article  4.    Issued  February  11,  1935. 


[35] 


36 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


sont  snrtout  les  habitants  des  regions  froides  et  temperees,  et  leur  presence 
dans  Ics  pays  chauds  etait  consideree  comme  exceptionnelle.  Cela  ne  serait-il 
]ias  du  a\ant  tout  an  manque  d'attention  des  collecteurs  habituels  et  non 
spccialistes  ? 

(Juoicpril  en  soit,  grace  aux  recoltes  de  M.  LeBronnec,  les  Marquises,  qui 
sont  les  dernierement  explorees,  deviennent  les  mieux  connues  de  Polynesie, 
et  leur  faune  araneenne  Test  actuellement  bien  mieux  que  celle  de  Tahiti.  Par 
suite  de  ce  que  nous  apportent  de  nouveau  ces  captures,  je  puis  donner 
quelcjues  remarques  sur  leur  repartition. 

La  liste  des  Araignees  actuellement  connues  des  Marquises  est  assez 
differente  de  celle  que  j'avais  donnee  dans  le  precedent  memoire  pour  qu'il 
me  paraisse  utile  de  la  donner  a  nouveau.  EHe  s'etablit  aujourd'hui  ainsi 
qu'il  suit : 

Dysderidae  :   Ariadna  lebronneci  Berland. 

Sicariidae  :   Scytodes  striatipes  L.  Koch,  Scytodes  marmorata  L.  Koch. 
Oonopidae :   Gamasomorpha  loricata  L.  Koch. 
Drassidae  :   Poecilochroa  rollini  Berland. 
Thomisidae :   Misumenops  delmasi  Berland. 

Clubionidae :   Corinna  cetrata  Simon,  Clubiona  alveolata  L.  Koch. 

Sparassidae :   Heteropoda  regia  Fabricius,  Heteropoda  nobilis  L.  Koch. 

Salticidae :  Bavia  aericeps  Simon,  Plexippus  payknlli  Audouin,  Menemerus  bivittatus 
Dufoiir,  Mollica  microphthalma  L.  Koch,  Thorellia  ensifera  Thorell,  Athamas  whitmeei 
Cambridge,  Sandalodes  calvns  Simon,  Sandalodes  triangulifer  Berland,  Sandalodes  nigro- 
lineatus  Berland,  Sandalodes  flavipes  Berland,  Sandalodes  nigrescens  Berland,  Sandalodes 
magnus  Berland. 

Pholcidae :  Physocyclus  gibbosus  Taczanowsky,  Smeringopus  elongatus  Mnson, 
Pholcus  ancoralis  L.  Koch. 

Theridiidae :  Theridion  rufipes  Lucas,  Theridion  fatuhivaensis  Berland,  Theridion 
mendozae  Berland,  Theridion  7-punctatum  Berland. 

Argiopidae :  Uapou  maculata  Berland,  n.g.,  n.sp.,  Hivaoa  argenteoguttata  Berland. 
n.g.,  n.sp.,  Hivaoa  nigromaculata  (Berland),  Plivaoa  hirsutissima  Berland,  n.sp.,  Uahuka 
spinifrons  Berland,  n.g.,  n.sp.,  Uahuka  affinis  Berland,  n.sp.,  Ischnyphantes  pacificanus 
Berland,  n.sp.,  Leptyphantes  lebronneci  Berland,  n.sp.,  Leucauge  mendanai  Berland, 
Tetragnatha  nitens  Audouin,  Tetragnatha  macilenta  L.  Koch,  Tetragnatha  marquesiana 
Berland,  n.sp.,  Cyclosa  tauraai  Berland,  Araneus  theisi  Walckenaer,  Araneus  plebejus 
L.  Koch. 

Pisauridae :  Nukuhiva  (n.g.)  adamsoni  (Berland),  Dolomedes  noukhaiva  Walckenaer. 
Uloboridae  :   Uloborus  geniculatus  Olivier. 
Dictynidae  :   Syrorisa  mumfordi  Berland. 

Le  nombre  d'especes  connues  est  done  maintenant  de  48  (centre  36 
precedemment) ,  et  le  nombre  des  endemiques  etant  de  24,  nous  avons  un 
endemisme  de  50%,  chiffre  tres  voisin  de  I'endemisme  neo-calcdonien,  ou  de 
Samoa,  qui  est  de  56%  dans  un  cas  comme  dans  I'autre,  mais  encore  nettement 
inferieur  a  celui  des  Hawaii,  80%. 

Mais  les  especes  que  je  decris  plus  loin  comme  nouvelles  out  un  caractere 
tres  particulier.   Tout  d'abord,  elles  m'ont  oblige  a  creer  plusieurs  genres 


M arqiicsan  Insects — ///. 


37 


nouveaux — auxquels  j'ai  donne  le  nom  des  iles  de  I'archipel  marquesien — car 
elles  semblent  sans  affinite  aucune  avec  le  restant  du  Pacifique.  En  effet  ce 
sont  ce  que  arachnologues  connaissent  bien  sous  le  nom  d'Erigones  ou  de 
Linyphies,  c'est  a  dire  des  Araignees  de  tres  petite  taille,  appartenant  a  la 
famille  des  Argiopidae,  et  qui  abondent  dans  les  pays  temperes.  Mais  si  on 
les  connait  fort  peu  des  regions  tropicales,  c'est  d'abord  c{ue,  peut-etre,  y 
sont-elles  limitees  aux  montagnes,  ou  tout  au  moins  a  certaines  altitudes, 
car  il  ne  parait  pas  douteux  que  la  faune  tropicale  proprenient  dite  s'eleve 
tres  peu  au-dessus  du  niveau  de  la  mer  et  que  des  800  ou  1,000  metres,  elle 
disparait  presque  totalement,  pour  laisser  place  a  des  elements  bien  differents. 
Cela  doit  tenir,  en  outre,  a  ce  qu'on  a  tres  peu  recolte  sur  les  hauteurs,  surtout 
en  Oceanic,  ou  bien  que  les  recoltes  n'y  ont  pas  ete  faites  par  des  naturalistes 
specialises.  Ainsi  done,  tandis  que  les  Marquises  se  rattachent  tres  nettement 
au  restant  de  la  Polynesie  par  la  plupart  de  ses  elements,  il  semblerait  que  les 
sommets  sont  au  contraire  tres  differents.  Mais  cette  apparence  est  due  tout 
simplement  a  ce  que  les  sommets  des  autres  iles  hautes  du  Pacifique  n'ont 
pas  ete  explores  zoologic|uement,  sauf  peut-etre  ceux  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie 
et  des  Hawaii.  J'ajouterai  que,  si  ces  petites  Araignees  rappellent  nos 
Erigones  et  Linyphies,  cependant  elles  ne  rentrent  pas,  en  general,  dans  nos 
genres,  mais  au  contraire  a  des  genres  bien  speciaux,  dont  je  n'ai  pas  trouve 
I'equivalent.  II  y  a  cependant  deux  exceptions,  une  de  ces  Araignees 
appartenant  au  genre  IschnypJiajitcs,  et  une  autre  au  genre  bien  connu 
LeptypJiantcs. 

Especes  cosmopolites.  Meme  ces  Araignees,  tres  largement  repandues, 
sont  susceptibles  de  nous  fournir  des  indications  non  depourvues  d'interet  si 
on  veut  bien  les  examiner  a  un  point  de  vue  different  des  autres.  Elles  sont 
au  nombre  de  9,  dont  la  liste  suit,  sur  la  vingtaine  de  cosmopolites  actuellement 
connues,  et,  ainsi  que  je  I'avais  fait  remarquer  dans  le  precedent  memoire, 
les  pancosmopolites  qui  habitent  aussi  bien  les  pays  chauds  que  pays  temperes, 
ne  s'y  trouvent  pas  encore  :  le  tableau  ci- joint  fait  d'ailleurs  mieux  ressortir 
I'absence  de  certaines  cosmopolites,  absence  d'autant  plus  remarquable  que 
plusieurs  d'entre  elles  se  trouvent  en  Polynesie,  notamment  Tlicyidioii  tcpida- 
rioruni  a  Tile  de  Paques  et  aux  Hawaii,  Argiopc  trifasciata  dans  la  region 
canaque,  etc.  La  distribution  des  Araignees  cosmopolites  est  done  discontinue, 
mais  on  pent  admettre  qu'elle  a  une  tendance  a  s'unif ormiser,  le  transport 
passif  de  ces  especes  s'operant  de  nos  jours  et  sous  nos  yeux. 


38 


I^ciiiicc  l\  lyishop  J\Iusci(iii — Bullefiu  142 


l\speces  CcKsmopolites  (pc  i=  pancosmopolite  ;  ct  =  cosmotropicale) 

Prkskxtks  aux  AIarquises  Absentes  des  A'Iarquises 

TTotcropoda  rogia  (ct)  Hasarius  adamsoni  (pc) 

PK'xippus  pa>lvulli  (ct)  Pholcus  plialangiodes  (pc) 

Mcncnicrus  bivittatus  (ct)  Theridula  opulenta  (pc) 

I'hysocyclus  gibbosus  (ct)  Teutana  grossa  (pc) 

v'^nioringopus  elongatus  (ct)  Tegenaria  domestica  (pc) 

Thcridion  rufipes  (ct)  Latrodectus  geometricus  (ct) 

Araneus  theisi  (ct)  Araneus  nauticus  (ct) 

Uloborus  geniculatus  (ct)  Nephila  cruentata  (ct) 

Argiope  trifasciata  (pc) 
Oecobius  annulipes  (pc) 
Dysdera  crocata  (pc) 
Loxosceles  rufescens  (pc) 
Scytodes  domestica  (ct) 

Un  cas  ciirieux  se  presente  au  sujet  des  Hcferopoda :  il  y  a,  dans  le  Paci- 
fiqiie,  deiix  especes  associees  de  ce  genre,  H.  rcgia,  cosmopolite,  et  nobilis, 
qui  n'est  que  polynesienne.  Nous  manquons  de  renseignements  sur  I'ecologie 
de  //.  nobilis,  mais  nous  savons  que  //.  rcgia  est  essentiellement  domestique, 
vivant  dans  les  cases  des  indigenes  de  toute  la  zone  tropicale ;  par  ailleurs 
on  la  trouve  souvent  sur  les  navires  de  toutes  dimensions,  et  il  n'est  pas 
douteux  que  c'est  de  cette  maniere  qu'elle  a  ete  repandue.  H.  iiobilis,  par 
contre,  est  strictement  polynesienne,  on  ne  la  connait  actuellement  que  de 
Samoa,  Tahiti,  Rapa,  les  Marquises  ;  je  ne  sais  si  elle  vit  dans  les  habitations 
humaines,  mais,  en  tout  cas,  il  n'y  a  pas  de  doute  cju'elle  ne  se  laisse  pas 
transporter,  sans  quoi  elle  aurait  depuis  longtemps  depasse  les  limites  de  ce 
qui  semble  bien  etre  son  aire  de  repartition  naturelle.  Aux  ]\Iarquises. 
cependant,  elle  s'est  repandue  aussi  abondamment  que  H.  rcgia,  et  les  deux 
especes  habitent  les  iles  suivantes  en  commun :  Nukuhiva,  Hivaoa,  Fatuhiva, 
Uapou ;  et  en  outre,  //.  rcgia  se  trouve  a  Uuhuka,  et  H.  nobilis  a  Tahuata. 

Voici  done  deux  especes,  qu'on  pent  considerer  comme  associees  (ou 
geminees)  dans  le  domaine  qui  leur  est  commun,  mais  qui  ont  un  com]iorte- 
ment  bien  different,  Tune  ne  quittant  pas  la  Polynesie,  I'autre  se  laissant 
transporter  partout.  Nous  saisissons  la  Tun  des  facteurs  de  Textension  des 
especes  cosmopolites,  facteur  interne,  car  elles  ont,  en  elles  memes,  un  besoin 
pourrait-on  dire,  d'evasion,  presque  toujours  correlatif  au  desir  de  vivre  avec 
Thomme,  et  auquel  se  joint,  naturellement,  la  faculte  d'acclimatation  en  des 
pays  divers.  Seule  parmi  les  Heteropoda,  H,  rcgia  reunit  ces  conditions  dif- 
ferentes,  que  rien,  dans  leur  morphologic,  ne  permettrait  de  soupQonner.  Son 
cas  se  retrouve  tres  exactement  chez  des  insectes  cosmopolites ;  par  exemple 
la  Fourmi  Plieidolc  incgaccphala  est  la  seule,  parmi  les  quelque  300  especes 
du  genre,  qui  soit  cosmopolite,  en  outre  elle  est  domestique,  se  laisse  trans- 
porter par  I'homme,  et  s'acclimate  a  pen  pres  partout.    Ce  qui  me  jxarait 


Marqucsau  Insects — III. 


39 


remarquable  c'est  que  ces  facultes  de  transport  et  d'acclimatation  sont  I'apa- 
nage  d'especes  isolees  parmi  des  genres  noml:)reux,  et  qu'au  surplus  elles  ne 
sont  decelees  par  aucun  caratefe  externe. 

Mais  si  Hctcropoda  rcgia  frequente  riiomme.  elle  ne  reste  pas  strictement 
commensale,  et  elle  s'evade  pour  vivre  en  plein  air.  C'est  ainsi  que,  si  elle  a 
ete  trouvee  a  Taiohae  et  Atuona,  les  deux  agglomerations  les  plus  importantes 
des  ]\Iarquises,  on  Ta  trouvee  aussi  dans  de  petites  iles  tres  pen  peuplees, 
telles  que  Uahuka  et  Uapou,  dans  les  montagnes  de  I'interieur  (800  et  1.000 
metres)  et  a  Hivaoa  on  on  I'a  trouvee  jusqu'a  la  cote  1.300.  II  n'est  pas 
possible  de  savoir  actuellement  si.  dans  les  autres  contrees  qu'elle  haljite.  elle 
quitte  egalement  Thomme.  mais  on  pent  penser  qu'elle  le  fait  aux  ]\Iarquises 
grace  a  un  climat  particulierement  favoraljle. 

Quant  a  H.  nohilis,  elle  n'a  pas  ete  rencontree  a  Taiohae,  ni  a  Atuona,  et 
tout  indique  que  son  peuplement  est  different  de  celui  de  H.  rcgia  :  la  premiere 
se  trouve  bien  "en  place"  aux  ]\Iarquises,  par  suite  de  I'existence  d'uii  conti- 
nent polynesien.  Par  contre  H.  rcgia.  dont  on  ne  connait  pas  I'origine.  n'y 
a  probablement  ete  introduite  qu'a  une  epoque  recente.  et  artificicllement. 
ayant  aborde  la  cote  et  les  endroits  peuples,  c'est  secondairement  qu'elle  a 
gagne  I'interieur  des  iles. 

Pour  les  autres  cosmopolites,  Araucus  fJicisi  est  la  plus  commune,  elle 
frecjuente  de  preference  le  littoral  et  les  vallees  qui  y  al^outissent,  mais  elle 
s'evade  largement  vers  I'interieur,  sans  toutefois  atteindre  les  hauts  sommets. 

Especes  communes  et  caracteres  de  la  faune  araneenne.  II  est  interessant 
de  signaler,  autant  qu'on  puisse  le  savoir  a  distance,  cjuelles  especes  sont 
dominantes,  et  caracterisent  la  population  des  Araignees.  Les  especes  les  plus 
abondantes  en  individus,  et  les  plus  largement  representees,  sont : 

1.  denx  cosmopolites,  Araucus  fhcisi,  TAraignee  la  plus  commune  du  Pacifique.  et 
Hctcropoda  rcgia.  Les  autres  cosmopolites  ne  sont  pas  tres  communes,  a  part  quelquefois 
Uloboriis  gcnicidatiis. 

2.  parmi  les  especes  a  large  repartition,  la  Salticide  Sandalodcs  calms ,  que  j'ai  regue 
en  exemplaires  extremement  nombreux,  et  aussi  Tcfragnatha  nit  ens. 

3.  parmi  les  especes  polynesiennes,  les  Salticides  Athanias  z^'hitnicci,  Thorcllia 
cnsifcra;  le  Scytodcs  sfriafipcs  est  assez  commun. 

4.  au  nombre  des  elements  endemiques.  la  Tbomiside  Misnnioiops  dclmasi  domine 
de  beaucoup. 

J'ai  I'impression  que,  aux  yeux  d'un  voyageur  arrivant  aux  ^Marquises, 
et  qui  ne  rechercherait  ]ias  les  formes  de  petite  taille  et  rares,  les  Alarquises 
apparaitraient  comme  peuplees  avant  tout  par  Y Araucus  tlicisi,  Araignee 
sedentaire  filant  ses  toiles  regulieres  sur  tons  les  arbustes,  par  la  Tctraguatha 
niteus  filant  des  toiles  comme  celles  de  I'espece  precedente,  mais  de  preference 
au  Ijord  des  ruisseaux.  et  jiar  la  grosse  Hctcropoda  rcgia.  souvcnt  trouvee 


40 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


dans  Ics  maisoiis.  et  avcc  laquelle  il  pourrait  confondre,  a  I'interieur, 
Y 1 1  clcropoda  iiobilis.  Puis  il  verrait  courir  au  soleil,  et  parfois  sauter,  la 
trilni  des  v^allicidcs,  notaiiiment  le  Saiidalodcs  calvus,  et  aussi  parfois  les 
petitcs.  niais  si  1)rillantes,  .Ithaiuas  et  TJiorellia.  Le  Misuuienops  apparaitrait 
sur  Ics  toiiillages  et  dans  les  herbes. 

Mais  ce  ne  serait  la  qii'un  aspect  tres  superficiel.  Pour  avoir  une  con- 
naissancc  de  la  faune  reelle  marquisienne,  il  faudrait  selon  le  conseil  du  bon 
Rabelais  "ronipre  I'os  et  sucer  la  substantifique  moelle,"  c'est  a  dire  s'enfoncer 
dans  I'interieur  et  rccueillir  les  tres  petites  formes. 

Faune  des  massifs  montagneux.  II  n'est  pas  douteux  que  la  faune 
nian|uisienne  a  au  moins  deux  domaines  distincts :  le  littoral,  et  I'interieur 
qui  est  montagneux*,  tres  boise,  humide,  avec  moins  de  chances  d'avoir  ete 
altere  par  Paction  de  I'homme. 

Je  voudrais  noter  ici  seulement  quelles  especes  sont  limitees  aux  sommets, 
et  dont  nous  devons  la  connaissance  aux  excellentes  methodes  de  recolte 
employees  par  MM.  Mum  ford  et  Adamson,  puis  par  M.  LeBronnec. 

Parmi  ces  hauteurs  je  ne  parlerai  que  de  celles  qui  atteignent,  et  depas- 
sent  1,000  metres.  On  sait  qu'elles  sont  tres  peu  accessibles,  tant  a  cause  de 
leur  caractere  abrupt  que  par  suite  de  la  vegetation  dense  qui  les  recouvre. 
\^oici  les  especes  qui  m'en  semblent  caracteristiques : 

Ariadna  lebronncci  Berland,  se  trouve  dans  les  iles  Hivaoa,  Uahuka,  Fatuhiva, 
Uapou,  mais  jamais  au-dessous  de  i,ooo  metres. 

Misumenops  delmasi  Berland,  espece  tres  commune  dans  tout  I'archipel,  atteignant 
et  depassant  parfois  i,ooo  metres. 

Hctcropoda  regia,  et  H.  nohilis,  ont  ete  trouvees  parfois  a  i.ooo  metres  et  au-dessus. 

Thorellia  ensifera  Thorell,  commune  dans  tout  I'archipel,  trouvee  une  fois  a  1,200 
metres  et  une  fois  a  1,300  metres  a  Nukuhiva. 

Afhomas  zvhitmeei  Cambridge,  trouvee  a  1,000  metres  a  Hivaoa,  a  Uahuka,  a  Uapou. 

Sandalodes  cahms  Simon,  trouvee  souvent  a  1,000  metres  et  meme  a  1,300  metres. 

Sandal  odes  triangidifcr  Berland,  Nukuhiva,  1,400  metres;  Fatuhiva,  1,000  metres: 
Uapou,  1,000  metres ;  Tahuata,  800  metres,  aucune  localite  d'une  altitude  inferieure  a 
cette  derniere ;  cette  espece  parait  confines  aux  sommets. 

Sandalodes  nigrolineaUis  Berland,  Hivaoa,  1,300  metres;  Nukuhiva,  1,300  metres. 
Meme  remarque  que  pour  la  precedente. 

Sandalodes  jlavipes  Berland,  Hivoao,  1,300  metres. 

Theridion  y-punctatum  Berland,  Nukuhiva,  1,000  metres,  pas  d'altitude  inferieure. 
Theridion  mendosae  Berland,  Hivaoa,  de  1,000  a  1,300  metres. 
Leucauge  mendanai  Berland,  souvent  au-dessus  de  1,000  metres. 
Tetragnatha  marquesiana  Berland,  Hivaoa,  930  a  1,400  metres;  Upon,  1,000  metres; 
n'a  pas  ete  trouvee  au-dessous. 

Uapou  maculata,  n.  sp.,  P^apou,  960  a  1,000  metres. 
Hivaoa  argenteoguttata,  n.  sp.,  Hivaoa,  1,300  metres. 
Hivaoa  hirsuhissima,  n.  sp.,  Uapou,  1,000  metres. 


*  Berland,  Lucien,  Note  sur  les  Araignees  recueilHes  aux  iles  Marquises  par  le  R.  P.  Simeon 
Delmas:   Mus.  Bull.,  p.  366-368,  3  figs.,  1927- 


Marquesan  Insects — ///. 


41 


Hivaoa  nigromaculata  (Berland),  Nukuhiva,  1,350  metres. 
Uahnka  spinifrons  n.  sp.,  Hivaoa,  1,000  metres. 
Uahitka  affiuis,  n.  sp.,  Hivaoa,  1,300  metres. 
IschnyhJiaiifrs  pacificomis,  n.  sp.,  Hivaoa,  900-1,000  metres, 
Lcptyphantcs  Icbronncci,  n.  sp.,  Uahuka,  1,000  metres. 
Cyclosa  tanraai  Berland,  Uahuka,  1,000  metres. 

Cette  liste  met  en  evidence  les  faits  suivants  :  les  especes  cosmopolites 
restent  en  general  confinees  a  la  cote  et  ce  n'est  que  rarement  qu'on  les  trouve 
clans  les  hauteurs ;  par  contre  les  especes  polynesiennes  s'y  rencontrent 
frequemment ;  mais  la  faune  endemique  parait  presque  entierement  confinee 
aux  sommets  :  non  seulement  on  trouve  vers  1,000  metres  a  pen  pres  toutes 
les  especes  speciales  aux  Marquises,  mais  encore  la  grande  majorite  de 
celles-ci  ne  descend  jamais  au-dessous  de  cette  altitude.  II  y  aurait  done  une 
zone  cotiere  ou  se  rencontreraient  aussi  bien  les  cosmopolites  que  les  especes 
a  large  repartition,  et  une  region  montagneuse  qui  serait  le  domaine  de  la 
faune  endemicjue,  avec  quelques  incursions  des  elements  cotiers. 

Malheureusement  les  autres  archipels  polynesiens  n'ont  pas  ete  explores 
de  cette  maniere  :  des  Hawaii  nous  n'avons  comme  indications  que  les  localites, 
sans  altitudes,  et  de  Samoa  seules  les  stations  de  la  cote  semblent  avoir  ete 
visitees.  l\  en  resulte  que,  actuellement,  aucune  comparaison  n'est  possible 
entre  les  sommets  des  iles  hautes  du  Pacifique  :  c'est  d'autant  plus  regrettable 
que  cette  comparaison  serait  tres  probablement  fort  instructive. 

Absence  de  specialisation  de  chacune  des  iles.  Les  Marquises  constituant 
un  archipel  bien  isole,  on  pourrait  s'attendre  a  trouver  dans  chacune  des  iles 
des  elements  speciaux  relatifs  a  la  segregation.  Or  il  n'en  est  rien,  et  I'examen 
impartial  de  la  faune  araneenne  montre  que  presque  toutes  les  especes  sont 
communes  a  deux,  et  tres  souvent  a  plusieurs  des  iles. 

C'est  le  cas  en  particulier  pour  les  especes  polynesiennes  qui  se  trouvent 
dans  toutes  les  iles,  ou  presque,  notamment  Scyfodcs  striatipcs,  Hctcropoda 
nohilis,  Thorcllia  ensifera,  Athamas  zvliitmeei,  Pholcus  ancoralis,  Sandalodes 
cahnis.  Bien  entendu  il  n'y  a  rien  de  surprenant  a  ce  que  ces  especes, 
repandues  dans  tout  le  Pacifique,  se  trouvent  dans  plusieurs  iles  de  chaque 
archipel.  Mais  il  est  bien  plus  interessant  de  constater,  comme  il  est  facile 
de  le  faire  par  la  lecture  des  deux  memoires  que  j'ai  consacres  aux  Marquises, 
que  la  situation  est  la  meme  pour  les  especes  endemiques,  c'est  a  dire  speciales 
a  cet  archipel.  Je  releve  par  exemple  la  liste  suivante  d'especes  (|ui  se  trouvent 
dans  presque  tout  I'archipel  : 

Ariadna  lcbro)iiicci,  Hivaoa,  Fatuliiva,  Uahuka,  Uapou. 

Misiimcnops  dchnasi,  Hivaoa,  Nukuhiva,  Fatuhiva,  Tahuata,  Uapou,  Hatutu. 
Sand(dndcs  friau(/ulifcr,  Hivaoa,  Nukuhiva,  Fatuhiva.  Uapou,  Tahuata. 
Lcucaufic  mcndanai,  Nukuhiva,  Hivaoa,  Fatuhiva,  Uahuka,  Uapou,  Tahuata. 
Arancus  plcbcjns,  Hivaoa,  Nukuhiva,  Uapou. 
Syrorysa  mumfordi,  Hivaoa,  Uahuka,  Hatutu. 


42 


Ihi-iiicc  r.  Jyishop  JMuscmii — Bulletin  142 


Par  ailknirs  Ics  ospcces  suivantes  se  tronvent  clans  deux  iles  : 

Smidalodcs  iiiaiiiiiis.  Uapon,  Uahuka. 

Sandal i'Jcs  iiit/ridinratiis,  Hivaoa.  Nnkuhiva. 

Hvraihi  h.irsiilissiiiia.  Hivaoa,  Uapou. 

Ischiiy/'Junilrs  l^iii-ilicamis,  Hivaoa,  Tahnata. 

TctraauatJia  iiia rijiicsiaiia,  Hivaoa,  Uapou. 

Cych'sa  taiiraai.  Xukuhiva,  Uahuka. 

\ iiL-nhiva  adaiiisoiii.  Nukuhiva,  Uahuka. 

Par  consequent,  la  liste  d'especes  qui  n'existent  que  dans  une  seule  des 
lies  est  tres  reduite ;  elle  s'est  fortement  diniinuee  par  la  nouvelle  exploration 
de  ^r.  Le]^)ronnec,  et  il  n'est  pas  douteux  que  de  nouvelles  recherches  Tabais- 
seraient  encore.  Car  il  ne  faut  pas  oublier  que  presque,  toutes  ces  especes 
endemiques  sont  confinees  aux  sommets  des  montagnes,  cjui  n'ont  ete  visites 
qu'un  tres  petit  nombre  de  fois.  Si  par  ailleurs  les  grandes  iles  telles  que 
Xukubiva  et  Hivaoa  ont  ete  assez  bien  explorees,  la  plupart  des  autres  ne 
I'ont  ete  que  fort  pen. 

On  pent  done  conclure  qu'on  ne  trouve  pas  trace  de  specialisation  faunique 
de  cliacune  des  iles,  mais  au  contraire  que  Tensemble  de  celles-ci  se  comporte  — 
en  ce  qui  concerne  les  Araignees  —  comme  une  unite  geographique.  J'etais 
arrive  a  la  meme  conclusion  par  I'etude  des  Araignees  des  Agores.^ 


FAMii.r.K  DYSDERIDAE 

Genre  ARIADNA  Audouin 

Ariadna  lebronneci  Berland. 

Ariadua  Ichronncci;  Berland:  B.  P.  Bisbop  Mus.,  Bull.  114.  p.  43.  figs. 
1-5,  1933- 

Hivaoa:  sommet  du  mont  Temetiu,  altitude  1,400  metres,  20  janvier  1932, 
1  grosse  femelle,  1  jeune;  sommet  Feani,  altitude  1,000  metres,  21  janvier 
1932,  plusieurs  jeunes,  LeBronnec. 

Uapou  :  Teavaituhai,  altitude  1,000  metres,  20  novembre  1931,  1  femelle; 
sommet  du  Kohepu,  altitude  1,000  metres,  28  novembre  1931,  1  femelle. 
LeBronnec. 

Toutes  les  captures  signalees  ici  sont  dues  a  M.  LeBronnec,  ce  nom  ne 
sera  done  plus  mentionne,  pour  eviter  de  trop  nombreuses  repetitions,  mais 
il  est  entendu  c|ue  c'est  LeBronnec  cju'il  faudra  lire,  quand  aucun  autre  nom 
ne  sera  cite. 

^Berland,  Lucien,  Araignees:  Soc.  Ent.  France,  Ann.,  vol.  loi,  p.  69,  19.^2. 


M arqitcsan  I}} sec ts — / / / . 


43 


FamillE  SICARIIDAE 


Genre  SCYTODES  Latreille 


Scytodes  striatipes  L.  Koch  (figs,  i,  2). 

Scyfodcs  striatipes,  Berland :  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114,  p.  45,  1933. 

Hatutu:  altitude  300  metres,  28  avril  1931,  1  male,  plusieurs  femelles  et 
jeunes,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Eiao:  altitude  500  metres,  25  avril  1931,  2  femelles  tres  claires,  LeBronnec 
et  H.  Tauraa. 


Figures  1-2. — Scytodes  striatipes  L.  Koch:  1,  femelle,  exemplaire  de  couleur  claire, 
X  6 ;  2,  cephalothorax  d'un  exemplaire  de  la  forme  obscure. 

Cette  espece  se  presente  sous  deux  aspects  de  coloration.  Les  males,  les 
jeunes,  et  quelques  femelles  adultes,  sont  de  couleur  tres  claire,  les  dessins 
de  I'ahdomen  et  du  cephalothorax  hien  nets,  comme  il  est  represente  par  la 
figure  1  ;  ces  exemplaires  correspondent  l)ien  a  la  description  et  au  dessin 
donnes  pour  I'espece  par  L.  Koch.  Dictys  striatipes  est  done  la  forme  typique. 

Mais  on  trouve  en  outre,  dans  les  memes  localites,  et  prol)al)lement  avec 
les  exemplaires  precedents,  une  variete  som1)re  (fig.  2),  chez  (pii  Ic  ce])halo- 
thorax  et  I'ahdomen  sont  a  ])eu  pres  entierement  envahis  par  une  tache  s()ml)re 
qui  fait  disparaitre  les  dessins.  Cette  couleur  soml)rc'  n'atteint  pas  les  i^attes, 
et  ne  se  ])resente,  ni  chez  les  males,  ni  chez  les  jeunc.s.  Du  moins  c'est  qui 
sem1)]e  resulter  de  hexamcn  des  exeni])1aires  asscz  nomhrcux  (|uc  j'ai  ])U  voir. 


44 


Bern  ice  P.  BisJiop  Musemn — Bulletin  14Z 


Pans  la  ]n-cce(lcnte  etude  sur  les  Araignees  des  Alarquises,  j'avais  appele 
raUeiitioH  sur  cette  variatiou  de  couleur,  qui  pouvait  amener  a  une  confusion 
avec  Scytodes  luyubris  Thorell.  Par  ailleurs  une  pareille  variation  peut  se 
rencontrer  chez  d'autres  Scytodes,  et  en  particulier  on  connait  le  S.  velutina 
(loiii  la  ftn-nie  tyj)i(|ue  est  sombre,  et  la  variete  delicatitla  claire  (la  notion  de 
tdrnie  typiciue  et  de  variete  ne  repose  d'ailleurs  que  sur  une  question  de 
priorite.  de  sorte  qu'elle  n'a  aucun  sens  biologique  reel  ). 


Figures  3-5. — Misiuiioiops  delmasi  Berland :  3,  femelle  de  couleur  claire;  4.  5' 
abdomen  d'exemplaires  progressivement  plus  fonces,  ces  dessins  montrent  quel  est  le  type 
du  dessin  abdominal. 

Misumenops  delmasi  Berland  (figs.  3-5). 

Uapou  :  vallee  Hakehetau,  altitude  500  metres,  21  novembre  1931,  plu- 
sieurs  males  et  f emelles ;  Teavaituhai,  altitude  1,000  metres.  30  novembre 
1931,  1  male,  plusieurs  f  emelles ;  sommet  du  Kohepu,  altitude  1.000  metres, 
27  octobre  1931,  plusieurs  f emelles. 

Hivaoa:  chaine  Feani,  altitude  1,300  metres,  22  janvier  1932,  male, 
femelle  ;  Kaava,  altitude  950  metres,  1  janvier  1932,  femelles ;  sommet  du 
Temetiu,  altitude  1,400  metres,  20  janvier  1932,  femelles. 

Xukuhiva :  altitude  1,300  metres,  20  juin  1931.  plusieurs  jeunes.  LeBron- 
nec  et  H.  Tauraa ;  colline  Tekao,  altitude  1.100  metres.  23  juillet  1931, 
femelles,  jeunes,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa;  Ooumu,  altitude  1,200  metres, 
29  mai  1931,  femelles  et  jeunes;  Tapuaooa,  altitude  1,000  metres,  18  juin 
1931,  femelles  et  jeunes. 

Hatutu ;  28  avril  1931,  femelles  et  jeunes,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 


Marquesas  Insects — ///. 


45 


Cette  espece,  si  commune  aux  Marquises,  presente,  comme  c'est  souvent 
le  cas  chez  les  Thomisides,  une  grande  variation  de  couleur,  surtout  en  ce 
qui  concerne  le  dessin  alxlominal.  Malgre  le  desordre  apparent  de  cette 
variation,  on  pent  y  reconnaitre  un  plan  et  une  direction  bien  nets,  comme 
le  montrent  les  figs.  3,  4,  5. 

Le  type  du  dessin  abdominal  est  constitue  par  des  groupes  de  bandes  trans- 
versales  et,  dans  les  exemplaires  les  plus  claires  (fig.  3),  il  est  constitue  par 
quelques  lignes  tellement  tenues  qu'on  les  apergoit  a  peine.  Dans  une  autre 
serie,  ces  lignes  s'accentuent  et  laissent  voir  le  plan  fondamental  (fig.  4). 
Enfin,  dans  les  exemplaires  les  plus  fonces,  les  bandes  transversales  sont 
devenues  tres  fortes  et  se  touchent  presque  (fig.  5),  on  y  reconnait  alors  : 
deux  grandes  plages  sub-rectangulaires  anterieures,  puis  quatre  paires  de 
bandes  transversales  qui  vont  en  s'attenuant  vers  I'arriere,  et  peuvent  etre 
reliees  lateralement,  le  tout  pent  etre  noye  dans  une  vaste  tache  dorsale  grise, 
un  pen  moins  foncee  que  les  bandes  elles-memes. 

Naturellement  il  y  a  des  intermediaires  entre  ces  types  difl^erents.  II 
n'est  pas  possible  de  reconnaitre  une  localisation  geographique  des  dififerents 
types  de  dessin;  il  est  meme  fort  probable  que,  comme  I'a  montre  jadis  une 
etude  sur  Uloborus  pluiiiipes/'  dans  la  descendance  d'une  seule  femelle 
apparaissent  les  types  differents  de  dessins ;  ce  ne  seraient  done  que  des 
variations  individuelles. 

SPARASSIDAE 

Genre  HETEROPODA  Latreille 

Heteropoda  regia  Fabricius. 

Hivaoa:  Kaava,  altitude  1,300  metres,  6  janvier  1932,  1  femelle,  dans  des 
souches  de  Hibiscus  tiliaceiis,  2  jeunes. 

Uapou :  vallee  Hakahetau,  23  noveml^re  1931,  1  male  adulte,  1  male  jeune, 
LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa ;  Teavanui,  altitude  1,000  metres,  28  novembre  1931, 
1  jeune. 

Espece  cosmotropicale,  precedement  signalee  de  Nukuhiva,  Hivaoa,  Fatu- 
hiva,  Uahuka. 

Heteropoda  nobilis  (L.  Koch). 

Nukuhiva:  'J'apuaooa,  altitude  750  metres,  juin  1931,  1  male  adulte,  1 
•    femelle  jeune,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Uapou:  Teavanui,  altitude  960  metres,  30  novembre  1931,  1  jeune. 
Espece  tres  voisine  de  la  precedente,  mais  seulement  polynesienne. 


^  Berland,  Jeanne:  Arcliiv.  Zool.,  Paris,  p.  45,  1914. 


46 


Bcruicc  P.  Bishop  ALiiscuin— Bulletin  142 


FamillK  SALTICIDAK 
Genre  MENEMERUS  E.  Simon 

Menemerus  bivittatus  (L.  Dufour). 

Hivaoa :  Atnona,  i4  novembre  1929,  1  femelle,  prise  avec  une  moucbe, 
Mum  ford  et  Adanison. 

Msjicce  cosmopolite,  mais  paraissant  pen  commune  aux  Marquises,  cepend- 
ant  deja  signalee  de  Fatuhiva. 


Figures  6-7. — Thorcllia  cnsifcra  Thorell :  6  male,  X  12;  7,  cephalothorax  du  male, 
vu  de  profil,  montrant  les  deux  cornes  frontales. 

Figures  8-9. — Athamas  ivhitmcci  Cambridge:  8,  male.  X  12;  9.  face  et  yeux  de  la 
premiere  ligne,  vue  de  I'avant  (aussi  bien  male  que  femelle). 

Genre  THORELLIA  Keyserling 

Thorellia  ensifera  (Thorell)  (figs.  6,  7). 

Hivaoa  :  altitude  500  metres,  1  avril  1929,  femelle,  jNlumford  et  Adamson. 


M  ar  que  sail  Insects — ///. 


47 


Uapou  :  Valle  Hakahetau,  altitude  500  metres,  21  novembre  1931, 
plusieurs  femelles  et  jeiines;  Teavaitiihai,  30  novembre  1931,  jeunes;  vallee 
Vaihakaatiki,  2  males,  1  femelle. 

Nukuhiva  :  altitude  1,300  metres,  20  avril  1931,  1  femelle,  LeBronnec  et 
H.  Tauraa. 

Espece  commune  en  Polynesie,  et  notamment  aux  Marquises,  d'ou  elle 
etait  deja  connue,  en  outre,  de  Tahuata,  Fatuuku,  Uhuka,  je  donne  ici  le 
dessin  de  la  femelle,  et  le  profil  caracteristique  du  cephalothorax  du  male, 
les  deux  cornes  frontales  ne  se  retrouvent  pas  chez  la  femelle,  mais  elles 
sont  remplacees  par  deux  petites  soies. 

Genre  ATHAMAS  Cambridge 
Athamas  whitmeei  Cambridge  (figs.  8,  9). 

Uahuka  :  Hitikau,  altitude  1,000  metres,  3  mars  1931,  1  femelle,  LeBron- 
nec et  H.  Tauraa. 

Nukuhiva  :  altitude  1,300  metres,  20  avril  1931,  1  femelle,  LeBronnec 
et  H.  Tauraa. 

Uapou  :  Vaihakaatiki,  novembre  1931,  1  male,  plusieurs  femelles;  sommet 
du  Kohepu,  altitude  1,000  metres,  27  novembre  1931,  femelles. 

Espece  polynesienne,  comme  la  precedente.  La  fig.  8  montre  le  male  de 
cette  curieuse  Araignee ;  ce  dessin  un  pen  simplifie,  fait  d'ailleurs  d'apres  un 
exemplaire  vu  sous  le  liquide,  ne  donne  qu'une  faible  idee  de  ce  merveilleux 
petit  animal,  dont  le  pelage  a,  par  endroits,  des  reflets  de  toutes  couleurs ;  la 
femelle  est  un  pen  moins  brillante,  mais  dans  les  deux  sexes  Tespece  est 
caracterisee  par  la  disposition  des  quatre  yeux  anterieurs,  qui  sont  places  en 
deux  lignes  (fig-.  9),  ce  qui  rappelle  les  Lyssojiiaues. 

Genre  SANDALODES  Keyserling 
Sandalodes  calvus  E.  Simon. 

Kukuhiva  :  altitude  1,000  metres,  28  mai  1931,  femelles,  LeBronnec  et 
H.  Tauraa,  altitude  1,300  metres,  20  juin  1931,  1  male,  1  femelle. 

Hivaoa :  Kaava,  altitude  900  metres,  7  janvier  1932,  1  femelle,  1  jeune. 

Uapou  :  vallee  Hakahetau,  21  novembre  1931,  1  femelle. 

Independamment  des  exemplaires  ici  mentionnes,  j'en  ai  regu  un  grand 
nombre  du  Pere  Simeon  Delmas,  qui  montrent  que  I'espece  est  extremement 
abondante  dans  certaines  localites  des  Marcjuises,  en  j^articulier  a  Taiohae. 
Les  jeunes  males,  avant  la  derniere  mue,  ont  la  livree  de  la  femelle. 

Sandalodes  triangulifer  Berland. 

Uapou  :  sommet  Kohe])U,  altitude  1,000  metres,  19  novembre  1931,  i 
male,  1  jeune,  2  femelk's  dont  une  de  couleur  tres  pale. 


48 


Jhiiiicc  p.  IVishop  Miiscuiii — Bulletin  142 


11  arrive  i[uv  chcz  certains  exemplaires  femelles,  les  dessins  en  triangle  du 
clos  owl  disjiaru.  on  sont  pen  visibles ;  dans  ce  cas  les  bandes  obliques  des 
cotes  (hi  dos  scmt  plus  stables. 

Ka  taille  i^nit  devenir  relativement  grande,  une  femelle  de  Uapou  mesure 
1  1  nun. 

Sandalodes  magnus  Berland. 

Taluika  :  Teavamataiki,  altitude  250  metres,  19  mars  1931,  1  femelle, 
I.elh-onnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Sandalodes  nigrolineatus  Berland. 

Hivaoa  :  Feani,  altitude  1,300  metres,  22  janvier,  1932,  1  femelle,  Le- 
Bronnec. 

Famili.1:  THERIDIIDAE 

Genre  THERIDION  Walckenaer 

Theridion  rufipes  Lucas. 

Hivaoa  :  Feani,  altitude  1,300  metres,  19  javier  1932,  1  femelle,  LeBron- 

nec. 

Espece  cosmopolite,  deja  signalee  de  Nukubiva. 

Theridion  septempunctatum  Berland. 

Xukuhiva  :  Ooumu,  altitude  1,000  metres,  28  mai  1931,  1  femelle  (meme 
localite  que  le  type),  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Theridion  mendozae  Berland. 

Hivaoa  :  sommet  du  mont  Temetiu,  altitude  1.350  metres,  20  janvier  1932, 
1  femelle,  LeBronnec. 

Deja  connue  de  la  meme  localite,  et  de  plusieurs  autres  de  Hivaoa. 

FamillK  ARGIOPIDAE 

Genre  UAPOU,  genus  novum 

Yeux  petits,  en  deux  lignes,  la  seconde  procurvee.  Partie  cephalique  forte- 
ment  relevee  vers  I'arriere,  on  elle  forme  une  crete  anguleuse  dominant  la 
partie  cephalique,  qui  est  en  pente  presque  verticale.  Abdomen  pourvu  d'un 
grand  scutum  dorsal,  dans  les  deux  sexes.  Genotype,  Uapou  umculata,  species 
nova. 

Uapou  maculata,  species  nova  (figs.  10-15). 

Femelle 

Couleur  :  cephalothorax  uniformement  brun  clair,  avec  des  traces  de  bandes  plus 
sombres  sur  les  cotes ;  sternum  de  meme  couleur,  uniforme ;  pieces  buccales  brunes 
a  la  base,  blanches  a  I'apex ;   pattes :   les  hanches  et  trochanters   bruns,   les  autres 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///. 


49 


articles  anneles  de  tres  larges  anneaux  bruns  occupant  presque  toute  la  longueur  des 
femurs  et  des  tibias,  ceux-ci  ont  la  base  claire,  surtout  aux  paires  posterieures,  des 
anneaux  semblables  occupant  la  moitie  des  metatarses,  tarses  clairs,  patellas  brunes ; 
abdomen  brun  rougeatre,  mouchete  de  nombreuses  petites  taches  claires  et  de  quelques 
accents  clairs,  a  la  face  dorsale  et  posterieurement  (fig.  lo)  ;  a  la  face  ventrale  ces  taches 
forment  des  bandes  longitudinales  obliques  presque  continues ;  filieres  brunes,  blanches  a 
I'apex. 

Cephalothorax  large  en  avant,  remarquable,  vu  de  profil,  par  la  forte  elevation 
posterieure  de  la  partie  cephalique  (fig.  ii),  son  sonimet  formant  un  angle  bien  net. 

Yeux  (fig.  12)  petits,  la  premiere  ligne  droite  (vue  de  I'avant)  les  medians  plus 
rapproches  I'un  de  I'autre  que  des  lateraux,  deuxieme  ligne  procurvee,  les  medians  plus 
ecartes  entre  eux  que  les  anterieurs,  le  groupe  des  medians  plus  long  que  large ; 
lateraux  des  deux  lignes  se  touchant. 


Figures  10-15. — Uapoii  inacidata,  species  nova:  10,  femelle,  X  12;  11.  profil  de 
cephalothorax  et  de  I'abdomen  ;  12,  groupe  oculaire ;  13,  chelicere ;  14.  epigyne  ;  15,  patte- 
machoire  du  male. 

Cheliceres  (fig.  13)  avec  deux  petites  dents  se  touchant  a  la  marge  posterieure, 
deux  plus  petites  et  un  pcu  separees  a  la  marge  anterieure. 

Piece  labiale  triangulaire  surbaissee,  marginee  a  son  bord  antericur,  beaucoup  plus 
large  que  longue ;  sternum  aussi  large  que  long,  subtriangulaire,  separant  les  hanches  IV 
d'un  espace  supericur  au  diametre  de  ces  articles. 

Pattes  courtes  et  assez  robustes,  sans  aucune  trace  d'epines  ou  mcme  de  poils 
spiniformes. 

Abdomen  fortemcnt  chitinise  a  la  face  dorsale,  la  surface  de  ce  scutum  granuleuse 
et  ne  portant  que  des  poils  tres  courts,  face  ventrale  souvent  concave. 
Kpigyne  peu  saillant  et  peu  net  (fig.  14). 


50 


BcDiirc  P.  BisJwp  Museinn — Bulletin  142 


Mile 

Tout  a  fait  scnihlable  a  la  fcmelle.  Patte-machoire  avec  une  apophyse  apicale  sur 
la  patella  OiJ^-  iS"*.  tibia  portant  deux  prolongements  entourant  une  echancrure,  du 
ctUo  cxtcrno ;  tarsc  peu  large,  recouvrant  un  bulbe  peu  developpe,  et  sans  apophyses, 
sant  un  stylo  apical,  assez  court  et  aigu. 

Dimensions  :  male,  femelle,  longueur  totale,  2  mm.,  cephalothorax,  longueur  0.6  mm. 

I'apoti  :  soininet  du  Tekohepu  [Tekohepou],  altitude  1,000  metres,  30 
deceinhre  1^31,  1  femelle  (type),  2  femelles,  en  battaut  sur  Bidens  lauta- 
noidcs:  20  noveml^re  1931,  2  males,  3  femelles  ;  vallee  Hakahetau,  Vaihakaa- 
tiki.  altittidc  960  metres,  19  novembre  1931,  en  battant  sur  Fvcycinctia  species, 
1  male,  1  femelle;  colline  Teavanui,  30  novembre  1931,  1  male;  en  outre  5 
femelles  a  sec  de  la  vallee  Hakahetau,  Teavaituhai  [Teavatuhai] ,  altitude 
1,010  metres,  en  battant  sur  Frcycinctia  species  et  sur  Cyfandra  species,  Le- 
Bronnec. 

Cette  tres  remarquable  espece  parait  jusqu'a  present  confinee  a  Tile  Uapou, 
ou  elle  ne  se  trouve  qu'au  sommet  des  montagnes. 

Elle  appartient  certainement  au  groupe  des  Erigones,  mais  elle  se  distingue 
par  la  forme  de  son  cephalothorax,  par  le  scutum  dorsal  de  son  abdomen,  par 
ses  pattes  annelees,  et  par  les  dessins  de  kabdomen.  Tons  ces  caracteres  se 
rencontrent  dans  les  deux  sexes,  et  il  ne  semble  y  avoir  aucun  dimorphisme 
sexuel,  ce  qui  n'est  pas  le  cas  pour  les  Erigones  europeennes.  Notre  ignorance 
a  peu  pres  totale  des  Erigones  exotiques  nous  empeche  de  discuter  sur  les 
affinites  de  cette  espece,  et  nous  ne  pouvons  savoir  non  plus  si  elle  a  des 
parents  dans  les  austres  archipels  du  Pacifique,  dont  les  montagnes  n'ont  pas 
ete  explorees. 

Genre  HIVAOA,  genus  novum' 

Genre  appartenant  au  groupe  des  Pachygnatheae,  auquel  il  se  relie  notam- 
ment  par  le  1:)ulbe,  et  la  disposition  du  pli  epigastrique.  II  se  distingue  par 
Televation  de  la  partie  cephalique,  qui  forme  une  forte  saillie  sur  le  cephalo- 
thorax (dans  les  deux  sexes),  et  par  les  yeux  medians  posterieurs  beaucoup 
plus  gros  que  les  autres  yeux.  Le  stigmate  tracheen  est  rapproche  des 
filieres  (dans  les  genres  Glcnogiiatha  et  Dyschiriogiiatha  il  est  a  egale  distance 
du  pli  genital  et  des  filieres,  ou  a  peu  pres).  Genotype,  Hivaoa  argoifco- 
giittata,  species  nova. 

L'espece  marquisienne  decrite  precedemment  sous  le  nom  de  Dyschivio- 
gnatha  nigroinacidata  Berland,  1933,  doit  etre  rattachee  au  genre  nouveau 
Hivaoa. 


Par  suite  d'une  erreur  dans  la  numerotation  des  figures,  cette  espece  n'est  pas  exactement  a 
sa  place,  elle  devrait  se  trouver  un  peu  plus  loin,  entre  les  genres  Lethypliantcs  et  Tctragitatha. 


Marqii  csa  n  I  usee  fs —  /  /  / . 


51 


Hivaoa  argenteoguttata,  species  nova  (figs.  16-19). 

Male 

Couleur  :  en  entier  brun,  y  compris  les  pattes  et  le  sternum,  abdomen  brun  grisatre, 
pattes  III  et  IV  phis  claires,  sauf  I'apex  cles  femurs  et  les  patellas  qui  sont  brun  fonce ; 
abdomen  portant  a  la  face  ventrale  4  taches  rondes  argentees,  a  la  face  dorsale  4  lignes 
longitudinales  de  taches  rondes  grises,  les  2  lignes  medianes  se  fusionnant  vers  I'arriere, 
chacune  de  ces  taches  portant  en  son  milieu  un  point  argente ;  de  plus  a  la  partie 
anterieure  de  I'abdomen,  2  grands  espaces  gris,  portant  de  chaque  cote  un  semis  de  taches 
argentees  irregulieres. 

Cephalothorax  non  gibbeux  en  arriere  des  yeux,  mais  les  yeux  medians  portes  sur 
une  saillie  tres  nette  (figs.  16,  17),  les  medians  posterieurs  beaucoup  plus  gros  que  le? 
autres,  la  T*"  ligne  procurvee  (vue  de  I'avant),  ses  yeux  egaux,  les  medians  plus 
rapproches  ;  bandeau  creuse  en  dessous  des  yeux. 

Cheliceres  (fig.  18)  a  marge  anterieure  avec  2  fortes  dents  largement  separees 
Tune  de  I'autre. 

Pattes  tres  fines,  I  et  II  longues,  le  femur  et  le  tibia  plus  longs,  ensemble,  que  le 
cephalothorax,  pattes  portant  des  poils  fins  et  pen  serres,  mais  sans  aucune  epine. 

Patte-machoire  (fig.  19),  on  sait  que  la  patte  machoire  dans  ce  groupe  est  dun  type 
tres  special,  mais  qu'elle  est  en  general  trop  peu  dift'erenciee  pour  donner  des  caracteres 
specifiques. 

A  la  partie  anterieure  du  cephalothorax  se  trouve  un  tubercule  petit  tubercule  aigu, 
qui  est  peut-etre  un  organe  stridulant,  n'ayant  qu'un  seul  exemplaire,  je  n'ai  pu  en  faire 
un  examen  plus  approfondi. 

Longueur  totale,  1.8  mm. 


Figures  16-ig. — Hivaoa  argenteoguttata,  species  nova:  16,  corps  vu  de  profil ;  17, 
face  et  yeux  vu  de  I'a'/ant;  18,  chelicere,  face  anterieure;  19,  patte-machoire  du  male. 

Plivaoa:  Mataiiuna,  altitude  1,300  metres,  2  mars  1930,  1  male  (type), 
Mum  ford  et  Adamson. 

Cette  espece  me  parait  se  distinguer  par  la  coloration,  et  par  I'absence  de 
gibbosite  postoculaire,  si  remarqual)le  chcz  H.  iiigroinaeulata  (Berland), 
Tarmure  des  cheliceres  est  aussi  particuliere. 


52 


Pcrnicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bullciin  142 


Hivaoa  hirsutissima,  species  nova  (fig'S.  20-23). 

Femelle 

Coulcnr  :  cephalolhorax  jaiine  pale,  ou  rougeatre,  pouvant  etre  rembruni  sur  les 
cotos  ;  clicliccres  rcmgeatres,  sternum  et  pattes  jaune  pale,  ces  dernieres  portant  un  anneau 
luun-iiris  vers  le  tiers  apical  des  femurs,  un  vers  le  milieu  des  tibias  et  un  presque  a 
I'apex  (les  nietatarses ;  abdomen  brun,  probablement  pigmente  de  jaune  safran  sur  le 
\ivant.  avoc  un  semis  de  petites  taches  argentees  peu  serrees,  sur  la  face  dorsale. 

Panic  ccphalique  tres  elevee  en  une  protuberance  portant  en  haut  les  yeux 
niciliaiis  postcricurs  et  en  avant  les  medians  anterieurs  ;  bandeau  concave  en  dessous  des 
ycux,  ])uis  fortemcnt  avance  au-dessus  des  cheliceres  (fig.  20). 


Figures  20-23.- — Hivaoa  hirsutissima,  species  nova:  20,  corps  vu  de  profil ;  21. 
chelicere  de  la  femelle,  face  anterieure ;  22,  patte-machoire,  face  externe ;  23,  patte  I. 
face  externe. 

Yeux  :  medians  posterieurs  plus  du  double  en  diametre  des  autres  yeux,  ceux-ci 
etant  a  peu  pres  egaux  entre  eux.  Face  rappelant  celle  de  I'espece  precedente  (fig.  17), 
les  medians  posterieurs  plus  resserres. 

Cheliceres  bombees  sur  leur  face  anterieure,  portant  sur  celle-ci  un  long  poil 
spini forme  non  loin  de  la  base,  et  pres  du  bord  interne,  a  la  suite  quelques  poils  moins 
forts,  cette  chelicere  rappelant  ainsi  celle  de  notre  Drapcfisca  socialis;  trois  fortes  dents 
sur  la  marge  anterieure  (fig.  21). 

Piece  labiale  fortement  rebordee,  le  rebord  formant  comme  un  bee  lorsqu'on  regarde 
de  profil. 

Pattes  assez  longues  et  fines,  remarquables  par  la  presence  de  fortes  epines  dressees, 
paraissant  peu  mobiles,  et  rappelant  I'aspect  des  pattes  des  Opilions  laniatores ;  elles  sont 
disposees  ainsi  qu'il  suit  :  aux  pattes-machoires,  tibia  3  epines  du  cote  interne,  2  du  cote 
externe;  tarse,  3  et  2  (fig.  22)  ;  aux  autres  pattes,  a  la  face  inferieure  du  femur  une 
ligne  de  5-6  epines,  a  la  face  inferieure  des  tibias,  deux  series  laterales  de  4  chacune 
(fig-  23). 

Abdomen  :  orifice  genital  et  ligne  epigastrique  tres  recules,  places  verse  le  milieu 
de  la  face  ventrale,  la  partie  qui  precede  cette  ligne  formant  comme  une  tumeur. 
Longueur  totale  :  2.5  mm. 


Marqiicsan  Insects — ///.  53 

Uapou  :  Teavaituhai,  altitude  1,000  metres,  30  novembre  1931,  2  femelles 
(dont  le  type)  ;  vallee  Hakahetau,  Vaihakaatiki,  altitude  1,000  metres,  18 
noveml^re  1931,  1  femelle,  en  battant  Cyfaiidra  species;  sommet  du  Tekohepu, 
altitude  1,000  metres,  30  novembre  1931,  1  femelle. 

Un  jeune  de  Hivaoa,  de  couleur  plus  claire,  a  abdomen  franchement  jaune 
safran,  des  epines  seulement  sur  les  pattes-machoires,  mais  non  sur  les  pattes 
parait  bien  appartenir  a  cette  espece. 

Espece  distincte  par  les  pattes  armees  d'epines.  II  est  possible  que  ces 
epines  manquent  en  tout  ou  en  partie  chez  les  jeunes  (voir  I'exemplaire  de 
Hivaoa,  et  aussi  un  jeune  de  Uapou,  sommet  du  Kohepu,  qui  n'a  d'epines 
qu'aux  pattes-machoires. 

Genre  UAHUKA,  genus  novum 

Cephalothorax  pen  eleve  en  avant,  sans  deformations  cephaliques.  Groupe 
oculaire  tres  compact,  les  yeux  se  touchant  presque,  et  de  taille  mediocre, 
occupant  a  peine  la  moitie  de  la  largeur  de  front.  Bandeau  large.  Pattes 
presque  mutiques,  portant  un  poil  spiniforme  a  la  patella,  deux  poils  pareils 
a  la  lingne  dorsale  des  tibias  I  et  II,  et  un  seul  aux  tibias  III  et  IV.  Genotype 
Uahiika  sp'inifrous,  species  nova. 

Uahuka  spinifrons,  species  nova  (figs.  24-30). 

Male 

Couleur  :  cephalothorax  jaune  orange,  legerement  grise  sur  les  cotes  et  avec  des 
lignes  rayonnantes  grises  tres  peu  nettes.  Tune  mediane  allant  vers  les  yeux,  les  autres 
partant  de  la  fossette  et  allant  vers  les  hanches ;  pattes  jaune  orange  plus  clair,  ainsi 
que  les  cheliceres  et  les  pieces  buccales ;  sternum  gris  clair,  les  bords  finement  liseres 
de  brun ;  abdomen,  face  dorsale  brune,  avec  quelques  minces  accents  plus  clairs  sur  la 
partie  posterieure  (variable),  face  ventrale  grise. 

Cephalothorax  normal,  sans  elevation  particuliere  de  la  partie  cephalique,  mais 
remarquable  par  le  bandeau,  qui  est  large,  et  convert  de  petites  epines  noires  assez 
nombreuses. 

Yeux  petits  et  en  groupe  tres  serre  (fig.  25)  formant  un  demi-cercle ;  les  medians 
anterieurs  noirs  et  plus  petits  que  les  autres,  qui  sont  a  peu  pres  egaux  entre  eux,  2"  ligne 
droite,  un  peu  plus  large  que  la  i'''",  les  medians  un  peu  plus  separes  entre  eux  (d'environ 
leur  rayon)  que  des  lateraux  qu'ils  touchent  presque. 

Cheliceres  :  marge  anterieure  a  trois  dents  assez  especes,  la  3''  (en  partant  du 
crochet)  plus  petite  que  les  deux  autres,  celles-ci  de  paille  egale ;  marge  posterieure 
avec  trois  tres  petites  dents  resserrees. 

Pattes  fines,  inermes,  sauf  un  poil  spiniforme  aux  patelles,  et  deux  poils  pareils  a  la 
face  superieurs  des  tibias  I  et  II,  les  tibias  III  et  IV  ne  portant  qu'un  de  ces  poils. 

Patte-machoire  (figs.  26-30)  remarquable  par  la  forme  de  la  patella,  (|ui  a  une 
protuberance  apicale,  portant  un  tubercule  noir  (fig.  28),  tibia  insere  non  au  sommet, 
mais  sur  le  cote  de  la  patella,  avec  une  profonde  incision  sur  le  cote  extcrne  (fig.  29), 
la  partie  superieure  de  cette  incision  s'encastrant  dans  une  echancrure  du  tarsc ;  bulbe 
avec  un  paracymbium  du  tarse  court  a  sa  base   (lig.  30),  un  style  noir  et  court  a 


54 


I'crnicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


rextremite.  ct  line  laniclle  caracteristique  tres  large,  brune  (au  moins  a  I'apex),  formant 
line  grosse  pl;n[uc  c|ui  recoiivre  toute  la  face  inferieure  du  bulbe  (fig.  27). 
Longueur  totale  :  2.8  mm. 

\'ariation  :  abdomen  clair  avec  des  dessins  transversaux  bruns  (cotype). 

Uahuka  :  ITitikau,  altitude  1,000  metres,  3  mars  1931,  1  male  (type),  1 
fcnicllc  (cotype),  LeBronnec  et  H.  Taiiraa, 


Figures  24-30. — Uahuka  spiiiifrous,  species  nova:  24,  male,  X  22;  25,  male,  groupe 
oculaire  vu  de  dessus  ;  26,  patte-machoire  du  male,  cote  externe ;  27,  patte-machoire,  face 
inferieure,  montrant  le  style ;  28,  patella  de  la  patte-machoire,  vue  de  dessus ;  29,  patella, 
tibia  et  tarse  de  la  patte-machoire,  vus  de  dessus ;  30,  patte-machoire  du  male,  para- 
cymbium. 

Petite  Erigone  tres  remarquable,  qui  semble  n  avoir  sa  pareille  ni  dans 
nos  pays,  ni  dans  les  pays  tropicaux,  mais,  comme  il  a  ete  dit  precedemment, 
ces  petites  Araignees  sont  fort  mal  connues  en  dehors  de  I'Europe  et  de 
I'Amerique  du  nord.  Cependant  il  n'est  pas  douteux  qu'il  en  existe  un  hon 
nombre,  principalement  au  sommet  des  montagnes. 


M arqiicsan  Insects — ///. 


55 


Uahuka  affinis,  species  nova  (figs.  31-, 


•35)- 


Male 


Tres  voisin  de  I'espece  precedente  U.  spinifrons,  notamment  par  I'aspect,  la  coloration, 
et  la  forme  du  groupe  oculaire  tres  compact.    En  differe  par  les  caracteres  suivants  : 

Cephalothorax  et  pattes  iiniformement  fauve  rougeatre  tres  clair ;  abdomen  gris 
concolore  sans  aucun  dessin  sur  la  face  dorsale. 

Patte-machoire  (fig.  31)  du  meme  type  que  I'espece  precedente,  mais  avec  des 
differences  specifiques  :  patella  (fig.  33)  portant  une  apophyse  speciale,  mais  celle-ci 
est  conique  et  a  extremite  pointue ;  echancrure  apicale  du  tibia  moins  profonde  (fig.  34), 
bulbe  avec  un  long  style  enroule  sur  lui-meme,  et  formant  ua  moins  une  boucle  complete 
(figs.  31,  32). 


Figures  31-35- — Uahuka  affinis,  species  nova,  patte-machoire  du  male:  31,  cote 
externe ;  32,  vue  de  dessous  ;  33,  patella  vue  de  dessus  ;  34,  tarse  et  tibia,  vus  de  dessus  ; 
35,  epigyne. 

Hivaoa  :  Matauuna,  altitude  1,300  metres,  4  mars  1930,  1  male  (type), 
1  femelle,  Miimford  et  Adamson. 

La  presence  de  cette  espece  distincte  de  la  precedente,  a  Hivaoa,  semblerait 
montrer  une  differenciation  specifique  d'une  ile  a  I'autre.  Mais  nos  connais- 
sances  actuelles  sont  trop  rudimentaircs  pour  qu'on  puisse  etre  affirmatif  a 
ce  sujet. 

De  Uapou,  sommet  Kopehu,  j'ai  une  femelle  qui  appartient  prol)al)lement 
au  genre  Uahuka.  et  serait  assez  voisine  de  la  femelle  de  U.  affinis,  cependant 
ses  pattes  sont  ])lns  epineuses.  II  est  impossible  de  decider  sur  un  seul 
exemplaire,  mais  la  presence  du  genre  Uahuka  (ou  d'un  genre  tres  voisin) 
dans  rile  Uapou  est  interessante. 


35 


33 


32 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJwp  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Genre  ISCHNYPHANTES  Simon 

Ischnyphantes  paciiicanus,  species  nova  (figs.  36-40). 

Male 

Coplialotliorax  et  abdomen  entierement  brun  de  poix,  cheliceres  rougeatre  fonce, 
stenuini  entierement  noir,  pattes-machoires  et  pattes  fauve  clair. 

^\n\  ,uros  et  resserres,  nn  pen  saillants,  surtout  les  lateraux ;  les  medians  anterieurs 
phis  p.'tits  (|ne  les  lateranx,  separes  entre  eux  et  des  lateraux  a  peine  de  leur  rayon,  les 
lau  ranx  anterieurs  un  peu  plus  gros  que  les  lateraux  posterieurs ;  2""  ligne  droite,  ses 
}  enx  eganx  et  equidistants,  separes  environ  de  leur  raj^on. 

Bandeau  concave  en  dessous  des  yeux.   Sternum  fortement  convexe. 

Pattes  tres  peu  epineuses  :  une  epine  a  la  patella,  deux  a  la  face  superieure  du  tibia. 

Patte-machoire  (figs.  36,  37),  patella  creusee  du  cote  interne  cette  concavite  pro- 
longee  en  une  pointe  obtuse;  tarse  avec  une  saillie  angulaire  et  un  profil  sinueux  (vu 
du  cote  interne)  ;  bulbe  (fig.  37)  avec  un  petit  style  apical,  crochu ;  paracymbium  grand, 
en  U  a  deux  branches  presque  egales,  la  posterieure  cependant  un  peu  plus  large,  I'une 
et  I'autre  sans  dents. 

Femelle  comme  le  male;  epigyne  (figs.  39,  40)  en  saillie  bombee,  avec  une  fossette 
separee  en  deux  par  un  septum  blanc,  elargi  en  arriere. 
Longueur  totale  :  male,  2  mm.,  femelle  2.5  mm. 

Hivaoa  :  Kaava,  altitude  950  metres,  6  janvier,  1932,  1  male  (type  de 
I'espece)  ;  1  femelle  (type  de  la  femelle)  ;  en  outre,  2  males,  3  femelles,  2 
jeunes. 


^8  39  40 

Figures  36-40. — Ischnyphantes  pacificamis,  species  nova :  36,  patte-machoire  du  male, 
vue  du  cote  externe ;  37,  patte-machoire  du  male,  vue  du  cote  interne ;  38,  patte-machoire 
du  male,  tibia,  vue  de  dessus ;  39,  femelle,  epigyne  ;  40,  epigyne  vu  de  profil. 

Tahuata  :  Haaoipu  [Haoipu],  altitude  900  metres,  juillet  1930,  1  male, 
2  femelles. 

Cette  petite  Linyphie  est  tres  voisine  des  IseJiuypJiaufes  de  nos  pays  (jadis 
genre  Micron  eta)  ;  en  particulier  elle  a  tout  a  fait  Taspect  du  si  commun 
/.  rurestris  (connu  longtemps  sous  le  nom  de  Microneta  rurestris.  puis  de 
MicrypJiautes  rurestris).    II  est  curieux  de  trouver  un  representant  de  ce 


Marqucso]!  Insects — ///. 


57 


genre  dans  le  Pacifique,  et  dans  des  lieux  ou  toute  importation  accidentelle 
est  impossible.  Simon  a  decrit  des  Hawaii  line  Microucta  iiisulana  qui  est 
assez  voisine  de  la  precedente,  mais  en  differe  tant  par  la  forme  du  bulbc 
que  par  les  cheliceres  du  male  armees  d'une  dent  en  avant.  Toute fois  elle 
vient  en  appui  des  affinites  qui  ont  ete  constatees  a  plusieurs  reprises  entre  les 
Marquises  et  les  Hawaii. 

Genre  LEPTYPHANTES  Menge 
Leptyphantes  lebronneci,  species  nova  (fig.  41). 

Male 

Cephalothorax,  cheliceres,  pieces  buccales  et  pattes  fauve  rougeatre  concolores, 
sternum  brun,  abdomen  entierement  brun,  monchete  de  taches  un  pen  plus  claires,  mais 
peu  visibles,  disposees  en  lignes  longitudinales  sur  les  flancs,  remontant  sur  la  face 
dorsale  en  accents  trans versaux,  qui  ne  se  rejoignent  au  milieu  que  dans  la  moitie 
posterieure. 

Yeux  normaux  et  gros  de  Lypty pliant cs,  premiere  ligne  droite,  les  medians  anterieurs 
beaucoup  plus  petits  que  les  autres  yeux,  et  se  touchant,  separes  des  lateraux  anterieurs 
par  environ  leur  diametre ;  deuxieme  ligne  droite,  les  medians  separes  entre  eux  un  peu 
moins  que  leur  rayon. 

Pattes  tres  longues  (exemplaire  mutile  ayant  presque  toutes  les  pattes  cassees  a 
la  patella)  ;  femurs  I  beaucoup  plus  longs  que  le  corps  mesurant  4  mm. 

Patte-machoire  (fig.  41),  patella,  sur  la  face  dorsale,  avec  une  protuberance  obtuse 
non  pilifere;  tibia  long,  sans  saillie,  regulierement  fusi forme,  portant  pleusieurs  poils,  et 
notamment  un  long  poil  sinueux  dorsal;  sur  I'unique  exemplaire,  que  je  ne  puis 
dissequer,  je  ne  distinque  pas  de  paracymbium  dififerencie ;  style  apical,  coude  et  court, 
le  milieu  du  bulbe  portant  une  grande  lamelle  caracteristique  qui  Tentoure.  et  vient  se 
croiser  vers  I'avant  avec  le  style,  son  extremite  est  pointue,  et  regulierement  amincie. 

Longueur  totale :  2.7  mm. 


Figure  41. — Lcptyphcnitcs  lebronneci,  species  nova:  patte-machoire  du  male,  vue  du 
cote  externe. 

Uahuka  :  Hitikau,  altitude  1,000  metres;  3  mars  1931,  1  male  (type), 
LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

La  mcme  remarcfuc  serait  a  faire  que  ])oiu-  res])cce  precedente:  le  genre 
LcptypJiautcs  est  assez  rare  en  deliors  de  la  region  holarctique.  I'espece  que 
je  decris  ci-dessus  est  assez  mal  delinie,  i)uis(|ue  je  ne  disposais  que  d'un 
exem])laire  en  mauvais  etat,  j'ai  jicnse  (|u'ily  y  avait  cependant  interet  a  la 
decrire,  et  a  signaler  la  ])resence  du  genre  Lyplypliaiitcs  dans  le  Pacifique. 


nrniicc  P.  BisJwp  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Genre  LEUCAUGE  White 
Leucauge  mendanai  Berland. 

l  livaoa  :  Feani.  altitude  1.300  metres,  22  Janvier  1932,  1  jeune;  Tenatinaei, 
altitude  1,300  metres,  19  janvier  1932,  plusieiirs  f  emelles ;  Anatuakina,  alti- 
tude 500  metres,  1  avril  1929,  plusieurs  f emelles  et  jeunes,  Mumford  et 
Adamson ;  sommet  Temetiu,  1,400  metres  altitude,  20  janvier  1932,  femelles. 

Uapou  :  vallee  Hakahetau,  altitude  500  metres;  21  novembre  1931,  2 
femelles  Teavaituhai,  altitude  1,000  metres,  30  novembre  1931,  plusieurs 
femelles. 

Genre  TETRAGNATHA  Latreille 

Tetragnatha  nitens  (Aduouin). 

Xukuhiva  :  Vaihakameama,  altitude  850  metres;  juin  1931.  males, 
femelles,  nombreux  exemplaires ;  Tapuaooa,  altitude  850  metres,  30  mai  1931, 
1  femelle ;  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Cette  espece  a  ete  decrite  du  bassin  de  la  Mediterranee,  ou  elle  est  com- 
mune ;  il  est  assez  curieux  de  la  rencontrer  dans  plusieurs  iles  du  Pacifique ; 
et  en  particulier  aux  Marquises ;  on  lui  connait  d'ailleurs  des  stations 
intermediaires.  J'ai  compare  soigneusement  les  exemplaires  des  Mar- 
quises a  ceux  de  la  collection  Simon,  qui  proviennent  de  la  Mediterranee,  et 
je  n'ai  trouve  aucune  difference  appreciable. 

Tetragnatha  macilenta  L.  Koch? 

Uapou  :  Teavaituhai,  altitude  1,000  metres,  30  novembre  1931,  1  femelle 
jeune. 

L'identite  de  cette  espece,  representee  par  un  seul  exemplaire  non  adulte, 
n'est  pas  certaine.    L'espece  a  ete  decrite  de  Samoa. 

Tetragnatha  marquesiana,  species  nova  (figs.  42-46). 

Male 

Couleiir  :  cephalothorax  fauve  clair  avec  une  bantle  mediane  grisatre,  qui  se  divist, 
avant  la  fossette,  en  deux  branches  se  dirigeant  vers  les  lateraux  posterieurs ;  ces 
bandes  renfermant  une  tache  claire  allongee ;  une  bande  grisatre  non  entiere  sur  les 
cotes;  pattes  jaune  clair,  vaguement  annelees,  notamment  vers  le  milieu  et  a  I'apex 
des  articles  ;  abdomen  gris  mouchete  de  petites  taches  argentees. 

Yeux  :  les  deux  lignes  legerement  recurvees,  a  pen  pres  paralleles.  et  d'egale  largeur. 
les  medians  plus  gros  que  les  autres  et  formant  un  carre,  lateraux  anterieurs  un  peu 
plus  petits  que  les  lateraux  posterieurs. 

Cheliceres  (figs.  43,  44,  45)  caracterisees  par  deux  fortes  dents  a  la  face  ante- 
rieure,  pres  de  I'insertion,  ensuite  une  tres  petite,  puis  une  scrio  reguliore  de  fortes 
dents  d'abord  croissantes,  puis  decroissantes,  a  la  marge  anterieurc  ;  a  la  marge  posterieure 
une  serie  regulierement  decroissante ;  crochet  sans  sailHe  ni  encoche,  legement  sinueux. 


Marqucsan  Insects — HI. 


59 


Patte-machoire  (fig.  46),  articles  tres  longs,  notamment  le  tibia,  qui  est  plus  long 
que  la  patella  (presque  double),  et  aussi  long  que  le  tarse. 

Abdomen  court  et  etroit,  subcylindrique,  sans  bosse  dorsale. 
Longueur  totale  :  6.5  mm.  (sans  les  cheliceres). 


Figures  42-46. — Tctragnatha  niarquesiana,  species  nova:  42,  femelle,  profil  de  I'abdo- 
men ;  43,  male,  face  anterieure  de  la  chelicere  ;  44,  male,  marge  posterieure ;  45,  variante 
de  I'epine  apicale  de  la  chelicere,  d'apres  le  cotype ;  46,  patte-machoire  du  male. 

Uapou  :  Vaihakaatiki,  vallee  Hakahetau,  altitude  1,000  metres,  19  novem- 
bre  1931,  siir  Frcycinetia,  1  male  (type). 

Hivaoa  :  Kaava,  altitude  930  metres,  7  janvier  1932,  1  male,  (cotype). 
Chez  cet  exemplaire,  on  constate  une  certaine  difference  avec  le  type  :  les 
deux  dents  subapicales  des  cheliceres  sont  plus  courtes,  et  Tinterne  est  plus 
epaisse  (fig.  45),  le  tibia  de  la  patte-machoire  est  plus  court  Cjue  le  tarse  ;  ces 
caracteres  ne  doivent  done  pas  etre  consideres  comme  ayant  une  valeur 
absolue. 


Je  pense  pouvoir  attribuer  a  cette  espece  deux  femelles  de  Hivaoa,  caracterisees 
par  un  abdomen  court,  et  gibbeux  au  milieu  du  dos  (fig.  42)  ;  je  ne  donne  pas  le  dessin 
de  leurs  cheliceres,  parce  que  je  ne  suis  pas  sur  que  ces  exemplaires  soient  adultes. 

Cyclosa  tauraai  Berland  (figs.  47-48). 

Nukuhiva  :  Ooumu,  altitude  1,100  metres,  10  noveml:)re  1929,  1  male 
(type  du  male)  ;  Tapuaooa,  altitude  1,000  metres,  18  juin  1931,  3  femelles, 
2  jeunes,  TveP)r()nnec  et  II.  Tauraa. 

L'espece  a  ete  decritc  dans  le  precedent  memoire  sur  une  femelle  de 
Uahuka.  IMus  recemment  (juelques  exemplaires  en  ont  ete  trouves  a  Nuku- 
hiva, dont  un  male,  que  je  considere  comme  le  type  male  de  l'espece,  et  dont 


Femelle 


6o 


Bcniicc  P.  nisJwp  Museum— Bulletin  142 


les  c:iractercs  sont  donnes  siiffisaniment  par  les  figs.  47,  48;  sa  longueur  est 
de  3  nun. 


Figures  47-48. — Cyclosa  taiiraai  Berland :  47,  male,  X  12;  48,  patte-machoire  du 
male,  face  externe. 


Araneus  theisi  (Walckenaer). 

Xukuhiva  :  Tapuaooa,  altitude  870  metres,  12  juin  1931,  1  male.  6  femelles 
et  plusieurs  jeunes,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Hivaoa  :  Kaava,  altitude  900  metres,  1  male,  plusieurs  femelles ;  vallee 
Avaoa,  altitude  450  metres,  4  Janvier  1932,  plusieurs  exemplaires. 

Eiao  :  altitude  500  metres,  16  avril  1931,  plusieurs  femelles  et  jeunes 
(dont  un  male  jeune)  ;  24  mai  1931,  tres  nombreux  exemplaires  males, 
femelles,  et  jeunes,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa  ;  altitude  600  metres,  30  septembre 
1931,  1  male  et  plusieurs  jeunes. 

Hatutu  :  altitude  170  metres,  28  avril  1932,  noml3reux  exemplaires  males 
et  femelles,  sur  Melochia  velutina,  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 
LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Araneus  plebejus  (L.  Koch)  (figs.  49-53). 

Epeira  plebeja  L.  Koch,,  Die  Arach.  Austr.,  Band  1,  p.  69,  pi.  6,  figs.  10, 
10a,  1S71. 

Xukuhiva  :  Tapuaooa,  altitude  1,000  metres,  18  avril  1931.  1  femelle. 


47 


Genre  ARANEUS  Clerck 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///.  bi 

Hivaoa  :  Vaiepoepo,  altitude  800  metres,  3  jiiin  1929,  1  femelle,  Mum- 
ford  et  Adamson. 

Uapou  :  Teoatea,  vallee  Hakahetau,  21  novembre  1931,  1  femelle,  1 
jeune. 


^9  52  53 

Figures  49-53. — Araticiis  plchcjus  L.  Koch:  49,  femelle,  X  3.5;  50,  dessin  montrant 
le  mode  de  pilosite  de  I'abdomen,  avec  des  poils  de  deux  tailles ;  51,  extremite  du  tibia  I, 
montrant  les  epines  qui  sont  noires  a  la  base ;  52,  femelle,  crochet  de  I'epigyne,  vu  de 
dessus ;  53,  scape  de  I'epigyne,  vu  de  I'arriere,  le  crochet  releve. 

Cette  espece  a  ete  decrite  de  Tonga,  elle  est  connue  aussi  des  Fidji,  et, 
ayant  compare  les  exemplaires  marquisiens  a  ceux  des  Fidji,  je  crois  pouvoir 
leur  donner  le  nom  de  pi  eh  ejus. 

Cette  espece  est  tres  voisine  de  A.  theisi,  dont  elle  se  distingue  par  :  1.  la 
forme  de  ral)domen,  qui  n'est  plus  ovalaire,  mais  a  les  angles  anterieurs  assez 
nets  (fig.  49)  ;  2.  la  pilosite  de  Tabdomen,  faite  de  poils  tres  raides  et  serres, 
avec  en  plus  des  poils  plus  fins  (fig.  50),  chez  A.  theisi  les  poils  longs  sont 
moins  raides,  souvent  courbes,  et  moins  serres ;  3.  les  epines  des  pattes, 
surtout  des  tibias,  qui  ne  sont  pas  complctement  brunes  comme  c'est  le  cas 
chez  A.  theisi,  mais  brunes  a  la  base  et  claircs  a  I'apex  (fig.  51)  ;  4.  le  dessin 
de  I'abdomen  qui,  bien  que  variable,  ne  represente  jamais  le  type  du  dessin 
de  A.  theisi,  I'espece  pent  devenir  cntierement  fauve  clair. 


62 


Bcniicc  P.  Bisliop  Musciun — Bulletin  142 


Par  centre,  I'epigyne  ne  donne  pas  de  caractere  differentiel  precis;  le 
criK-hct  resseinl)lc  beaucoup  a  cekii  de  A.  theisi,  ainsi  que  le  scape,  vu  de 
I'arricrc,  le  crochet  releve  (ligs.  52,  53). 

Par  la  forme  de  ral)domen  I'espece  resemble  aussi  a  A.  nauticus,  Epeire 
cosmopolite,  mais  elle  s'en  distingue  par  I'epigyne. 

Famili^e:  PISAURIDAE 
Genre  NUKUHIVA,  genus  novum 

Pisauride  caracterisee  par  :  yeux  a  ligne  tres  legerement  procurvee,  les 
medians  plus  rapproches  entre  eux  que  des  lateraux,  2^  ligne  fortement 
recurvee,  les  yeux  formant  vui  trapeze,  egaux  entre  eux,  mais  plus  gros  que 
ceux  de  la  l'"^  ligne. 


Figures  54-56.-^ A^w^i^/ftVa  adamsoni  Berland :  54,  femelle,  X  3.2,  55,  patte-machoire 
du  male  vue  du  cote  externe ;  56,  patte-machoire  du  male,  vue  de  dessoiis. 

Cephalothorax  plus  long  que  large,  avec  une  fossette  lineaire,  longitudinale. 
tres  reculee.  Cheliceres  fortement  geniculees  a  la  base,  la  marge  anterieure 
avec  trois  dents  rapprochees,  la  mediane  plus  grosse,  ligne  posterieure  avec 
trois  dents  un  peu  plus  separees  entre  elles,  et  a  pen  pres  egales.  Tibia  de  la 


Marqiicsan  Insects — ///. 


63 


patte-machoire  du  male  cylindrique,  sans  aucune  apophyse.  Genotype, 
Doloincdcs  adauisoni  Berland. 

Genre  voisin  de  Dolouicdcs,  auquel  j'avais  dabord  rapporte  I'espece ;  mais 
il  est  different,  n'en  ayant  ni  I'aspect,  ni  la  disposition  des  yeux  ou  des  dents 
des  cheliceres,  de  plus  celles-ci  sont  fortement  geniculees,  et  le  cephalothorax 
est  notablement  plus  long  que  large. 

Nukuhiva  adamsoni  (Berland)  (figs.  54-56). 

Dolouicdcs  adamsoni  Berland,  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114,  p.  68,  figs.  55- 
59.  1933- 

Nukuhiva:  Tapuaooa,  altitude  1,000  metres,  1  juin  1931,  1  f  emelle ; 
sommet  de  Tile,  altitude  1,300  metres,  20  juillet  1931,  1  male  (type  du  male), 
LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

Uahuka  :  Mont  Hitikau,  altitude  1,000  metres,  4  mars  1931,  3  femelles 
(les  types,  deja  cites),  LeBronnec  et  H.  Tauraa. 

La  capture  du  male  complete  nos  connaissances  de  cette  espece,  fort 
remarquable,  et  qui  est  connue  maintenant  de  deux  iles ;  elle  parait  limitee 
aux  sommets. 

Le  male  (figs.  55,  56)  est  un  peu  plus  grand  que  la  f emelle,  et  a  les  pattes 
plus  longues ;  je  donne  ici  le  dessin  du  bulbe  et  le  dessin  d'ensemble  de  la 
f emelle  (fig.  54),  pour  completer  ceux  que  j'avais  donnes  precedemment. 

Walckenaer^  a  decrit  un  Dolouicdcs  noukliaiva  recueilli  par  La  Zclcc,  qui 
reste  enigmatique.  Cette  espece  est  essentiellement  differente  de  celle  que 
j'ai  decrite,  tant  par  la  couleur  verte  qui  est  mentionnee  de  plusieurs  parties 
du  corps,  que  par  les  pattes  annelees,  et  par  la  forme  de  la  piece  labiale  ''en 
triangle  isocele".  II  parait  difficile  de  savoir  ce  qu'est  cette  Araigiiee,  et  il  est 
fort  curieux  que  les  naturalistes  de  La  Zclcc,  abordant  les  Marquises  aient 
pris  une  Araignee  qu'on  n'aurait  pas  retrouvee  depuis. 


Walckenaer,  C.  A.,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.  Apteres,  vol.  4,  p.  401,  1847. 


TERRESTRISCHE  ACARINEN 
VON  DEN  MARQUESAS* 


Von 

Dr.  H.  Gra:^  Vitzthum 
Berlin 

Die  geographischen  Verhaltnisse  der  vielen,  durch  gewaltige  Entfernungen 
getrennten  Gruppen  zahlloser  kleiner  und  kleinster  Inseln  legen  der  Erfor- 
schung  der  terrestrischen  Fauna  im  Bereiche  des  Pacifischen  Oceans  grosse 
Hindernisse  in  den  Weg.  Es  ist  begreiflich,  dass  da,  wo  es  gelingt,  sie  zu 
iiberwinden,  Arbeit,  Zeit  und  Kosten  vor  allem  fiir  die  wichtigen  Dinge 
aufgewendet  werden,  und  dass  die  mehr  nebensachliche  Kleinwelt  erst  in 
zweiter  Linie  Beachtung  finden  kann.  Infolgedessen  bildet  die  Acarofauna 
der  pacifischen  Inseln  ein  erst  wenig  durchforschtes  Gebiet. 

Was  die  Acarofauna  der  Marquesas  im  besondern  angelit,  so  war  iiber  sie 
bis  vor  kurzem  iiberhaupt  nichts  bekannt.  Erst  1932  hat  Ferris  (22)1  die 
ektoparasitischen  Acarinen  der  Marquesas-Ratten  bearbeitet  und  hat  dabei 
das  Vorkommen  von  La  claps  hazvaiiensis  Ewing  (21)  und  Laclaps  ccJiidniuus 
Berlese  sowie  von  Listrophoroides  cxpaiisus  Ferris  festgestellt.  Im  Jahre  1934 
fiigte  Jacot  (24)  noch  einen  Rhizoglyphiden  hinzu,  den  er  RhizoglypJius  nati- 
foruiiiis  nennt.  Beschreibung,  Abbildung  und  die  Art  des  Vorkommens  deuten 
aber  darauf  hin,  dass  diese  Species  wohl  besser  in  die  Gattung  ScJnvicbca 
Oudemans  1916  zu  stellen  ware.  Ausserdem  beschrieb  er  18  Oribatiden.  die 
eigentlich  nur  9  Arten  angehoren,  von  denen  er  aber  zahlreiche  Unterarten 
und  Lokalformen  abspaltete. 

Bei  der  jetzt  vorliegenden  Sammlung  des  Pacific  Entomological  Survey 
von  terrestrischen  Acarinen  von  dieser  Inselgruppe  ist  zu  bedenken,  dass  die 
Expedition  nicht  das  Studium  der  Acarofauna,  sondern  in  der  Hauptsache 
entomologische  Ziele  verfolgte.  Die  dabei  ausserdem  zustande  gekommene 
acarologische  Sammlung  ist  nur  eine  Nebenausbeute,  Daraus  erklart  sich  ihr 
verhaltnismassig  geringer  Umfang  und  audi  eine  gewisse  Eintonigkeit. 
namentlich  in  Bezug  auf  die  Uropodiden.  Aber  ihr  Wert  wird  dadurch  nicht 
herabgesetzt.  Sie  bildet  in  jedem  Falle  einen  sehr  willkommenen  Beitrag  zu 
einer  Acarofauna  der  vSiidsee. 

Die  Sammlung  enthalt  16  Milben- Arten,  die  sich  systematisch  folgender- 
massen  ordnen : 

1  Numbers  in  parentheses  refer  to  the  bibliography  pp.  98-99. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  5.     Issued  February  25,  1935. 


[64I 


Marqiicsan  Insects — ///. 


Ordnung  Acari  Leach 

Unterordnung  Parasiti formes  Renter 
.   Kohorte  Gamasides  Leach 

1.  Unterkohorte  Gamasina  Kramer 
2.   Familie  Macrochelidae 

Nr.  1  :    Nothrholaspis  planus,  species  nova 
5.   FamiHe  Laelaptidae 

Nr.  2.  Cypholaelaps  semiglobnkis,  species  nova 

11.  FamiHe  Celaenopsidae 

Nr.  3  :   Anoplocelaeno  marquesana,  species  nova. 

12.  FamiHe  Sejidae 

Nr.  4  :   Epicroseins  seurati  Berlese 
Unterkohorte  Epicriina  (nom.  novum  pro  Sejina  Kramer) 
5.   FamiHe  Antennophoridae 

Nr.  5  :   Cercomegistus  simpHcior,  species  nova 
.   Kohorte  Uropodina  Kramer 
4.   FamiHe  Trachyuropodidae 

Nr.  6  :   Dinychopsis  pacifica,  species  nova 
7.   FamiHe  Uropodidae 

Nr.  7 :   Uropoda  bisteharis,  species  nova 
Nr.  8 :   Uropoda  mascuHnata,  species  nova 
Nr.  9:   Fuscnropoda  hippocrepea  (Berlese) 
Nr.  10:  Fuscnropoda  hippocrepoides,  species  nova 
Nr.  1 1  :  Fuscnropoda  f urcigera,  species  nova 
Nr.  12:  Cilliba  bordagei  Oudemans 
Unterordnung  Trombidi  formes  Renter 
.   01)erkohorte  Prostigmata  Kramer 
12.   Familie  Bdellidae 

Nr.  13:  Biscirus  symmetricns  (Kramer) 

2.  Kohorte  Parasitengona  Oudemans 

2.  Unterkohorte  Apobolostigmata  Oudemans 
1.   Familie  Erythraeidae 

Nr.  14:  Caeculisoma  cordipes,  species  nova 
Unterordnung  Sarcopti formes  Renter 
.   01)erkohorte  Acaridiae  Latreille 

1.  Kohorte  Diacotricha  Oudemans 
20.  Familie  Anoetidae 

Nr.  15:  Histiostoma  granulatum,  s])ecies  nova 

2.  Kohorte  Anacotricha  Oudemans 

3.  Familie  Pr()cto])hyllo(Hdae 

Nr.  16:  Alloptes  phaelontis  (  b'aljricius) 


66 


Bcrnice  P.  Bishop  M iisciun — Bulletin  142 


2.   Oberkohorte  Oribatei  Duges.   (von  A.  P.  Jacot  an  anderer  Stelle 
liearbeitct.) 
6.   Unterordimng  Tctrapodili  Bremi 
1.    I^'aniilie  ly'iopbyidae 

Xr.  17:  bvi'iopbyes  premnae  Nalepa 

Has  sind  6  l)ereits  bekannte  nnd  11  neue  Arten.  Im  Folgenden  werden 
\(H-  all  cm  die  neu  entdeckten  Arten  beschrieben  und  abgebildet.  Es  moge 
aber  diese  Gelegenheit  dazu  benutzt  werden,  auch  die  bereits  bekannten  Arten 
genauer  al)znl^iklen  oder  ausfiihrlicher  zu  beschreiben,  als  es  bisher  geschehen 
ist.  soweit  dies  fiir  die  Systematik  erwiincht  erscheint, 

1.   Nothrholaspis  planus,  species  nova  (fig.  1.) 

\y  eibchen 

IcHosomakinge  1.060  mm.,  grosste  Breite  (hinter  den  Stigmen)  0.675  mni-  Beinlangen : 

I.  0.000  mm;  II.  0.785  mm;  III,  0.825  mm;  IV,  1.090  mm.  Wegen  der  Bezeichnung  der 
Einzelheiten  des  Sternale  und  ihrer  Verwertbarkeit  fiir  die  Systematik  sei  auf  Berlese  (7), 
Seite  147,  verwiesen.  Es  ware  falsch,  die  Unterschiede  in  der  Skulptur  des  weiblichen 
Sternale  fiir  nebensachlich  zu  halten.  Denn  ihnen  entsprechen  durchgreifende  Unter- 
schiede im  biologischen  Verhalten.  Alle  Arten  mit  den  fiir  Coprholaspis  charakter- 
istischen  Typen  leben  koprophil,  alle  Arten  mit  anderen  Typen  sind  nicht  koprophil. 
und  insbesondere  fiir  die  Nothrholaspis- Arten  ist  der  Lebensraum  hauptsachlich 
der  Erdboden,  wenn  er  von  Moos  oder  von  modernden  Pflanzenstoffen  bedeckt  ist.  Im 
vorliegenden  Falle  besitzt  das  Sternale  nur  die  Lineae  angulatae,  sonst  keine  einzige 
Linie,  auch  keine  besonderen  Areae  punctatae.  Dafiir  ist  das  ganze  Sternale  ziemlich 
dicht  mit  Punkten  iibersat,  die  in  den  verschiedenen  Regionen  von  etwas  verschiedener 
Grosse  sind.    Vertrianale  0.370  mm  lang  und  ebenso  0.370  mm  breit. 

Mannchen 

Idiosomalange  0.695  nim.  grosste  Breite  0.500  mm.    Beinlangen :    I,  0.655  miti : 

II,  0.615  mm;  III,  ungefahr  0.615  mm;  IV,  0.840  mm.  Infolge  dieser  Langenverlialtiiisse 
von  Rumpf  und  Beinen  erscheint  das  Mannchen  im  Gegensatze  zu  dem  AA'oibchen  viel 
langbeiniger  als  es  die  Macrocheliden  sonst  sind.  Sternalgegend  genau  dem  Weibchen 
entsprechend.  Samtliche  ventralen  Panzerplatten  vom  Sternale  bis  zum  Anale  ohne 
Unterbrechung  verschmolzen.  Peine  I  und  III  ohne  Sexualcharaktere.  Beine  II  :  Femur 
ventral  mJt  einem  stnmpfen  Hocker  und  einer  grossen  daumenformigen  Apophyse ;  Genu 
ventral  mit  einer  kleinen,  vorwarts  gerichteten  Apophyse ;  Tibia  ventral  mit  einem  un- 
bedeutenden  Hocker.  Beine  IV:  Trennung  von  Basifemur  und  Telofemur  nur  auf  der 
Aussenseite  angedeutet ;  Telofemur  mit  kurzer,  dicker  und  spitzer,  vorwarts  gerichteter 
Apophyse  ;  Tarsus  vollstandig  gerade  gestreckt.  Spermatophorentrager  von  der  Lange 
der  Mandibularschere,  senkrecht  von  der  Aussenseite  des  Digitus  mobilis  abstehend  und 
dann  halbkreisformig  nach  riickwarts  gebogen. 

Hivaoa:  Matauuna,  3900  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  ]\Ieer,  2.  Marz  1Q30. 
Mumford  und  Adamson ;  4.  Marz  1930  am  Erdboden  unter  abgestorbenem 
Laube;  Temetiu-CTipfel,  4160  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  IMeer,  am  Erdboden, 
Le  Bronnec. 

Uapou :  Kohepu-Gipfel,  3200  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  i\Ieer,  28.  Novem- 
ber 1931,  an  toten  Stammen  von  Cyathca  species,  Le  Bronnec. 


Marqucsaii  I  usee  ts — /// . 


6/ 


Berlese  hat  1918  XotJii-Jiolaspis  niir  als  eine  Untergattung  von  Macro- 
cJicIcs  aufgestellt.  MacrocJiclcs  Latrtille  1829:  Typus  Acanis  niarginatiis 
Hermann  1804.  X othrliolaspis  Berlese  1918:  Typus  Gainasiis  carinatus  C.  L. 
Koch  1839  (—  ^^^^crochclcs  IiypochtJwiiius  Oudemans  1913  =  Holosfaspis 
fridcnfiiius  G.  u.  R.  Canestrini  1882)  (i/j.  Es  erscheint  aber  besser,  die 
Xothrholaspis-Gruppe  als  eine  Gattung  fiir  sich  aufznfassen.  eljenso  wie  die 
anderen  Untergattungen.  die  Berlese  gleichzeitig  von  MacrocJicIcs  al)spaltete. 
Sie  hat  nicht  weniger  Existenzberechtigung  als  andere  Gattungen  der  ]\Iacro- 
chelidae.  wie  CalJwIaspis,  Parliolaspis,  Holosfaspclhi  und  so  weiter.  und  der 
systematische  Uberljlick  wird  dadurch  nur  erleichtert.  Dem  entsprechend  bin 
ich  denn  auch  seit  1030  verfahren  (48). 


FiGUR  1. — Xofhrholaspis  planus,  species  nova:  a,  W'eibchen,  Sternale ;  b,  ^lannchen, 
Mandibularschere ;  c.  Mannchen,  Bein  II  ventral. 


Die  ^lacrocheliden  sind,  sofern  sie  einigermassen  eng  mit  MacrocJicIcs 
verwandt  sind,  einander  so  ahnlich.  dass  es  sich  erubrigt.  bier  ein  Habitusbild 
zu  geben.  Es  geniigt.  wenn  das  dargestellt  wird.  was  die  neue  Art  vor  den 
anderen  auszeichnet. 

Das  Riickenschild  deckt  den  ganzen  Rumpf.  Es  ist  gleichmassig  granu- 
liert,  ohne  irgcndwelche  Unebenheiten  und  ohne  jede  Sjiur  ciner  netzartigen 
Felderung  oder  von  vSchuppen.  Fast  alle  Haare  am  I\um])fc  und  an  den 
Gliedmassen  glatt.  Xur  die  \'ertikalhaare  und  2  Pbaarpaarc  in  ck-r  Schulter- 
gegend  sind  an  der  Spitze  etwas  befiedert  und  ausserdem  je  2  Haare  an  den 
Tarsi  des  \\'eibchens  f nicht  des  ^lannchens).  Epistom  doppelt  gegabelt 
wie  l)ei  den  meisten  Macrochebdcii. 


68 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJwp  Miiscuin — Bulletin  142 


J.   Cyphoiaelaps  semiglobulus,  species  nova  (fig.  2). 

Weibchen 

Idiosdinalaii.uc  o.4()5  mm,  gr()sste  Breite  0.395  mm.  Gestalt  im  Umrisse  sehr  breit 
eifr>rnn\u,  die  Liiiie  der  grr^ssten  Breite  hinter  den  Beinen  IV,  ventral  platt,  dorsal 
lialliku.uoll'(''rmiii  emporgewolbt.    Farbe  kaffeebraun. 

Das  eiiilieitliclie  Riickenschild  greift  ringsum,  auch  hinten,  weit  auf  die  Ventral- 
tlaclic  liber,  iimbnllt  also  fast  den  ganzen  Rumpf  wie  eine  Kapsel.  Seine  Struktur  glatt, 
nur  die  ant  (he  N'entralseite  iibergreif enden  Flachen  lassen  eine  rhombische  Felderung 
erl<onnen.  Der  Rumpf  erscheint  unbehaart.  Es  sind  jedoch  einige  winzige,  glatte  Haare 
vorhanden.  die  schwer  wahrnehmbar  sind,  weil  sie  sich  der  Rumpfwolbung  dicht  anlegen. 

Auf  der  \"entralseite  keine  Jugularia.  Das  Sternale  breiter  als  lang,  von  glatter 
v^tniktnr.  mit  den  normalen  3  Sternalhaarpaaren.  Metasternalia  mit  den  normalen 
Meta>ternalhaaren.  Das  Genitale  sehr  gross,  von  glatter  Struktur,  mit  den  normalen 
beiden  Genitalhaaren  dicht  hinter  den  Coxae  IV.  Es  breitet  sich  hinter  den  Coxae  IV 
so  weit  aus,  dass  seine  Breite  so  viel  betragt  wie  der  Abstand  zwischen  den  Aussenkanten 
dieser  Coxae  (Lange  0.185  mm;  grosste  Breite  0.205  mm).  Es  deckt  die  Ventralflache 
hinter  den  Coxae  IV  in  dem  Umfange,  wie  man  es  sonst  bei  einem  Genitiventrale  gewohnt 
ist.  Die  Hinterkante  ist  geradlinig.  An  sie  legt  sich  die  Vorderkante  des  Ventrianale 
dicht  an,  lasst  jedoch  in  einem  schmalen  Spalte  noch  so  viel  Raum,  dass  hier  zwei  quer- 
gelagerte  winzige  Plattchen  eingeschoben  sind.  Das  Ventrianale  bildet  ein  annahernd 
gleichseitiges  Dreieck  mit  etwas  gerundeten  Seitenkanten  und  abgerundetem  Hinterende. 
Auf  dem  dem  Ventrale  entsprechenden  Teile  zeigt  es  eine  Struktur  von  breiten,  quergela- 
gerten  Schuppen  und  tragt  hier  1  Paar  Ventralhaare.  Der  dem  Anale  ensprechende  Teil 
ist  von  glatter  Struktur  und  tragt  die  normalen  3  Circumanalhaare.  Zwischen  den  Coxae 
IV  und  der  breitesten  Stelle  des  Genitale  sind  lange,  strichformig  schmale  Inguinalia 
vorhanden.  Die  Peritrematalia  enden  neben  den  Coxae  IV,  schmiegen  sich  deren  Rundung 
an,  greifen  aber  nicht  um  sie  herum.  Auf  den  weichhautigen  Streifen  zwischen  dem 
Innenrande  des  Riickenschildes  und  den  eigentlichen  ventralen  Panzerplatten  stehen 
einige  Haare :  1  Paar  dicht  neben  dem  Rande  des  Genitale  in  der  Linie  von  dessen 
grosster  Breite,  3  Paare  neben  dem  Spalte,  der  das  Genitale  von  dem  Ventrianale  trennt. 
und  2  Paare  neben  dem  Ventrianale.  Die  samtlichen  ventralen  Haare  sind  diinn  und 
glatt.  Die  Stigmen  liegen  neben  den  Hinterkanten  der  Coxae  HI.  Ihre  Peritremata 
reichen  bis  liber  die  Coxae  I. 

Das  Epistom  ragt  nur  wenig  vor  (im  Gegensatze  zu  der  langen  Spitze  bei  der  Typen- 
art).  Sein  V^orderrand  ist  flach  gerundet  und  vollstandig  glatt  (letzteres  in  Uberein- 
stimmung  mit  der  Typenart). 

Beinlangen  ungefahr :  I,  0.370  mm;  II  und  HI,  0.300  mm;  I\',  0.395  mm.  Alle 
Beine  gleich  dick ;  doch  machen  die  Beine  I  einen  etwas  dickeren  Eindruck,  weil  ihre 
Tarsi  im  Gegensatze  zu  den  anderen  Tarsi  nicht  zugespitzt  sind. 

Nukuhiva:  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  2000  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  ^leer, 
Oktober  1929,  unter  abgestorbenem  Laube,  Mumford  und  Adamson. 

In  der  Annahme,  den  wohl  niemals  sicher  identifizierbaren  Ganiasiis 
tiiniidiilus  C.  L.  Koch  w^iedergefnnden  zn  haben,  beschrieb  G.  Canestrini  (20) 
(wo  auch  das  Nahere  iiber  die  von  Canestrini  fiir  richtig  gehaltene  altere 
Synonymik  zu  linden  ist)  1885  einen  Hypoaspis  tumid nlus.  Berlese  (2,  4) 
nannte  die  Art  1889  Laclaps  tuiuididus,  1)ekam  dann  aber  wohl  Bedenken 
wegen  der  Richtigkeit  der  Canestrini'schen  Determination.  Darum  gab  er  ihr 
1893  den  neuen  Namen  Hypoaspis  vcuctiis.  Das  ist  ein  in  Europa  ziemlich 
verbreiteter  und  gut  bekannter  Bewohner  feuchten  Mooses.  Diese  Art  nahm 
Berlese  1904  (5)  zum  Typus  einer  neuen  Gattung  Ololaclaps.    Von  dem 


Mar  que  sail  Insects — /// . 


69 


eigentlichen  Ololaelaps  unterschiecl  Berlese  1916  (11)  eine  Untergattung 
Cyplwlaelaps  mit  Ololaelaps  (Cypholaelaps )  haeiiiispliaericiis  als  Typus,  einer 
argentinischen  Art,  ul)er  deren  Vorkommen  nichts  Genaueres  bekannt  ist. 
Das  hinderte  ihn  aber  nicht,  1918  (15)  nochmals  eine  Gattung  Cypholaelaps 
aufziistellen,  dies  mal  mit  dem  Typus  Laelaps  ainpiillula  Berlese  1910  (8), 
einer  in  Java  mit  Apis  incliea  vergesellschaftet  lebenden  Art.  Cyplwlaelaps 
Iiaeniisphaericus  und  Cypholaelaps  anipullula  hal)en  garnichts  mit  einander 


FiGUR  2. — Cypholaelaps  sciniglobulus,  species  nova,  Weibchen,  ventral. 

gemein.  Der  Cypholaelaps  von  1916  geniesst  das  Recht  der  Prioriat  vor  dem 
Cypholaelaps  von  1918.  Daher  muss  der  letztere  Name  durch  einen  anderen 
Gattungsnamen  ersetzt  werden.  Der  Cypholaelaps  von  1916  ist  nun  aber  von 
dem  typischen  Ololaelaps  so  stark  unterschieden,  dass  man  ihm  unbedingt  den 
Rang  als  selbstandige  Gattung  zuerkennen  muss. 

Die  neue  Art  entspricht  in  ihrem  Habitus  vollkommen  dem  typischen 
Cypholaelaps  haeinisphaeriens. 

3.  Anoplocelaeno  marquesana,  species  nova  (fig.  3). 

Weibchen 

Lange  des  Idiosoma  0.755  grosste  Breite   (in  der  Rumpfmitte)   0.515  mm. 

Die  Grosse  ist  also  geringer  als  bei  ramifera  (1.000  :  0.750  mm).  Gestalt  ist  im  Umrisse 
glcichmiissig  oval  mit  nnr  scliwacher  Andeutung  von  "vSchnltern".  Farbc  bell  kaffeebraun, 
nnr  einzclne  stilrkcr  cliilinisicrte  Stellen  etwas  dunkk-r.  n;unlicb  die  Dorsal-  nnd  die 
VentralMiichen  aller  Bcinglieder,  die  Umrabnning  der  v^lcrnalgcgcnd  und  einige  (icbilde 
innerhalb  der  Genitaloffnung. 

Das  Riickenschild  erschcint  glatt,  l;isst  aber  bei  genauer  Betrachtung  eine  scbwacbe 
Andeutung  einer  Struktur  von  hauptsacblicb  (juergelagerten  Feldern  erkennen.    Es  deckt 


70 


Bcruicc  P.  BisJwp  Musciiin — Bulletin  142 


die  Riickenfliiche.  s^reift  von  den  Seiten  her  (fig.  3,  b)  auf  die  Bauchflache  iiber  und 
vcrschniilzt  hicr  hintor  den  Stigmen  mit  der  ventralen  Panzerung.  Seitliche  Zwischen- 
platten  sind  nicht  zii  unterscheiden.  Die  Grenze  zwischen  der  dorsalen  und  der  ventralen 
Panzerung  wird  nur  durch  eine  schwer  wahrnehmbare  Linie  angedeutet,  die  jederseits 
hintoi-  der  Coxa  \\  heginnt  und  dicht  neben  der  Analoffnung  vorbei  dem  Rumpfende 
zustrebt.  Die  dariiher  liinwegstreichende,  schwach  schuppige  Struktur  des  Rumpfpanzers 
zeigt,  dass  diese  Linien  in  tieferer  Schicht  unter  der  Oberflache  verlaufen.  Sie  umgrenzen 
also  eine  nacli  liinten  spitz  zulaufende  Flache,  die  einem  Ventrianale  entspricht  und  in 
doron  spit/cni  Hinterende  die  Anal()ffnung  liegt. 

Die  Behaarung  des  Riickenpanzers  besteht  aus  dreierlei  Sorten  von  Haaren :  winzigen 
Borsten,  miissig  langen  Haaren  von  ungefahr  0.020  mm  Lange  und  ganz  starken,  etwas 
gob.igenen.  durclischnittlich  0.105  rnm  langen  Haaren.  Alle  diese  Haare  sind  nadelformig 
und  tilatt.  Zu  den  miissig  langen  Haaren  gehoren  die  3  Vertikalhaare.  Die  unpaarige 
Zahl  der  A'ertikalhaare  (1,  3  oder  5)  ist  bei  den  Celaenopsidae  eine  Regel,  die  nur 
seiten  durchbrocben  wird.  8  Paare  ebenso  langer  Haare  verteilen  sich  in  der  Schulter- 
gegend  und  iiber  die  Riickenmitte.  Hinter  ihnen  schliesst  sich  eine  Gruppe  von  4  Paaren 
winziger  Borsten  an.  Die  sehr  starken  Haare,  die  dem  ganzen  Tiere  das  Geprage  geben, 
beginnen  mit  einem  Paare  hinter  den  Vertikalhaaren.  Es  folgen  die  Paare,  die  den 
Setae  humerales  und  scapulares  der  Parasitidae  entsprechen,  und  der  Rest  von  ungefahr 
20  Paaren  verteilt  sich  iiber  den  Rand  der  Riickenflache  und  iiber  die  Rumpfseiten,  ihr 
hinterstes  bereits  vollkommen  ventral  stehend. 

Auf  der  einem  Ventrianale  entsprechenden  Flache  stehen  6  ahnliche  Haarpaare,  ihr 
vorderstes  zwischen  den  Coxae  IV,  die  beiden  hintersten  mit  dem  Charakter  von  Circum- 
analhaaren.    Ein  unpaariges  Postanalhaar  fehlt. 

Unter  dem  Vorderrande  des  Sternale  wachst  das  labiale  Tritosternum  hervor.  Seine 
Gesamtlange  betragt  nicht  mehr  als  normal  ist.  Aber  sein  Basalstiick  ist  ganz  ungewohn- 
lich  lang.  Dafiir  sind  die  ihm  aufgesetzten  Laciniae  um  so  kiirzer.  Das  Basalstiick  ist 
proximal  ziemlich  dicht,  in  der  distalen  Halfte  bedeutend  sparlicher  befiedert.  Dafiir  ist 
die  Befiederung  der  Laciniae  wieder  reichlicher,  aber  auch  kiirzer. 

Die  gesamte  Sternalgegend  ist  von  einer  Panzerplatte  bedeckt,  deren  Seiten  etwas 
iiber  die  Basis  der  Coxae  H,  HI  und  IV  iibergreifen,  um  dann  mit  dem  \'entrianale 
zu  verschmelzen.  Ihre  Rander  sind  ringsum  von  etwas  dunklerer  Farbe  als  der  iibrige 
Rumpfpanzer.  Das  eigentliche  Sternale  hat  einen  schwach  concaven  \'orderrand  und 
Seitenrander,  die  sich  der  Rundung  der  Coxae  anpassen.  Sein  Hinterrand  ist  nicht  zu 
erkennen ;  wahrscheinlich  wird  er  durch  den  Verschluss  der  Genitaloffnung  verdeckt. 
Dieses  Sternale  tragt  nicht  die  normalen  3,  sondern  4  Haarpaare,  so  dass  anzunehmen  ist, 
dass  in  seinen  Hinterecken  die  Metasternalplattchen  mit  ihren  Haaren  aufgegangen  sind. 
Das  vorderste  dieser  Haarpaare  ist  ebenso  gross  und  stark  wie  die  starken  Haare  der 
Rumpfseiten.  Wenn  man  dieses  Haarpaar,  dem  Schema  der  normalen  Alesostigmata 
entsprechend,  als  das  vorderste  Paar  der  normalen  Sternalhaare  auffasst,  dann  bedeuten 
die  an  den  Seiten  des  Sternale  folgenden  Paare  das  mittlere  Sternalhaarpaar  und  die 
Metasternalhaare,  Ihre  Lange  betragt  nur  ein  Viertel  der  Lange  des  vordersten  Paares. 
Das  hinterste  Paar  der  normalen  Sternalhaare  ist  hier  auf  die  Mitte  der  Platte  geriickt 
und  besitzt  eine  Lange  von  der  Halfte  des  vordersten  Paares.  Auf  dieses  Haarpaar  sei 
schon  hier  besonders  hingewiesen. 

Bei  dem  Verschlusse  der  Genitaloffnung  kann  ich  die  Einzelheiten  nicht  so  unter- 
scheiden, wie  es  Oudemans  gelungen  ist  (vergl.  30).  Ich  sehe  am  Hinterende  der 
Genitaloffnung  ein  sehr  kleines,  unbehaartes,  halbkreisformiges  Epigynium,  das  wohl 
nur  eine  recht  nebensachliche  Rolle  spielt.  In  der  Hauptsache  wnrd  die  Genitaloffnung 
von  zwei  Paragynia  verschlossen,  die  sich  als  zwei  seitliche  Klappen  iiber  sie  legen. 
Jede  Klappe  tragt  zwei  Haare,  von  denen  das  hintere  langer  ist  als  das  vordere.  Ob 
diese  aus  dem  Schema  der  Parasitidae  iibernommenen  Bezeichnungen  als  "Epigynium"  und 
"Paragynia"  richtig  sind,  ist  fraglich.  Denn  ein  echtes  Epigynium  tragt  2  Haare  und 
jedes  echte  Paragynium  nur  1.  Es  miisste  also  hier  eine  LImwandelung  stattgefunden 
haben,  derzufolge  das  Epigynium  seine  beiden  Haare  an  die  Paragynia  abgetreten  hatte. 


M arqiicsou  Iiisccts — ///. 


71 


Dann  bleibt  die  Frage  ofifen,  woher  das  hinterste  Haarpaar  auf  dem  Sternale  kommt. 
Denn  die  Paragynia  sind  eine  phylogenetische  Weiterentwickelung  der  Metasternalia. 

Das  Gnathosoma  ist  sehr  sonderbar  und  scheiiift  genau  dem  zu  gleichen,  wie  es  von 
Kramer  fiir  ramijcra  geschildert  wird  (vergl.  26).  Das  Epistom  hat  die  bei  den 
Celaenopsidae  haufig  wiederkehrende  Form,  die  aiis  fig.  3,  d  ersichtlich  ist.  Ventral 
ist  die  hypopharyngeale  Hypostomrinne  wenig  aiisgepragt.  Die  Maxillicoxalhaare  sind 
gerade  und  sparlich  befiedert :  ziemlich  symmetrisch  auf  der  Innenseite  mit  3,  auf  der 
Aussenseite  mit  4-5  Fiedern.  Die  Maxillarpalpi  bieten  keine  Besonderheiten.  Die  Gabel 
am  Palptarsus  ist  dreizinkig.  Die  Corniculi  maxillares  sind  von  normaler  Form  und 
kraftig  entwickelt.  Die  3  Paare  der  Plypostomhaare  sind  glatt  und  stehen  so  ziemlich 
an  normaler  Stelle,  wenn  auch  die  beiden  hinteren  Paare  etwas  weiter  auseinander 
geriickt  sind  als  im  Allgemeinen  iiblich.  Die  etwas  geschlangelten  Styli  stehen  auf 
deutlich  erkennbaren  Sockeln.  Zwischen  ihnen  schiebt  sich  das  Hypostom  noch  sehr 
weit  vor,  spaltet  sich  und  endet  in  zwei  sehr  langen  Bandern,  jedes  Band  mehr  als 
doppelt  so  lang  wie  die  Corniculi  maxillares.  Dies  verleiht  dem  Gnathosoma  ein  ganz 
absonderliches  Aussehen,  und  gerade  dies  konnte  Veranlassung  sein,  die  Art  mit  raiiiifcra 
zu  verwechseln.  Dass  das  Hypostom  in  dieser  Weisee  endet,  scheint  bei  den  Celaenopsidae 
nichts  Ungewohnliches  zu  sein,  vielleicht  ist  es  sogar  die  Kegel.  So  zeichnet  Oudemans 
es  auch  fiir  iitdica  und  tropica.  Aber  eine  so  ungeheuerliche  Lange  dieser  Bander  ist 
noch  bei  keiner  der  besser  bekannten  Arten  beobachtet  worden,  abgesehen  von  ramifcra. 
Die  Mandibularscheren  konnten  nicht  studiert  werden. 

Beinliingen :  I,  0.715  mm;  II  und  III,  0.570  mm;  IV,  0.665  mm,  die  Beine  IV  sogar 
vielleicht  etwas  langer ;  sie  konnten  nicht  in  eine  ganz  ausgestreckte  Lage  gebracht 
werden.  Alle  Tarsi  sind  ungefahr  cylindrisch,  also  distal  nicht  zugespitzt.  Tarsus  I 
ohne  Ambulakrum,  die  anderen  Tarsi  mit  Praetarsus  mit  kraftig  entwickelten  Krallen. 
Die  Beine  I  sind  schlank,  die  Beine  II  doppelt  so  dick,  und  die  Beine  III  und  IV  etwas 
diinner  als  II.  Sonst  bieten  die  Beine  keine  Besonderheiten.  Insbesondere  sind  die 
Enden  ihrer  Glieder  nicht  angeschwollen :  neben  dem  Grossenunterschiede  ein  weiterer 
Unterschied  von  ramifcra. 

Mannchen 

Lange  des  Idiosoma,  0.740  mm ;  grosste  Breite,  0.480  mm.  Die  Grosse  ist  also 
auch  hier  etwas  geringer  als  bei  ramifcra  (0.950  :  0.700  mm).  Gestalt  im  Umrisse  nicht 
so  gleichmassig  oval  wie  bei  dem  Weibchen,  sondern  mehr  eiformig  nach  hinten 
zugespitzt.    Farbe  etwas  dunkler  als  bei  dem  Weibchen. 

Das  Mannchen  gleicht  dem  Weibchen  so  vollkommen,  dass  es  keiner  besonderen  Be- 
schreibung  und  keines  Habitusbildes  bedarf.  Jedoch  muss  die  Sternalgegend  abgebildet 
werden.  (fig.  3,  (/)  Das  labiale  Tritosternum  ist  ebenso  sonderbar  schlank  geformt  wie 
bei  dem  Weibchen.  Die  ganze  Sternalgegend  ist  von  einem  kraf tiger  chitinisierten  und 
dunkler  gefiirbten  Rahmen  umgeben.  Der  Vorderrand  des  Sternale,  der  auch  den 
Ursprung  des  Tritosternum  verdeckt,  ist  durch  plastisch  geformte  Chitinmassen  eigen- 
artig  umgestaltet.  Sie  umhiillen  die  Genitaloffnung.  Die  beiden  vordersten  Paare  der 
Sternalhaare  entsprechen  in  der  Grosse  denen  des  Weibchens.  Das  dritte  Paar  aber, 
das  schon  bei  dem  Weibchen  etwas  durch  Grosse  ausgezeichnet  ist,  ist  hier  nicht  nur 
von  ungewohnlicher  Lange,  sondern  auch  sehr  dick. 

Die  Einzelheiten  des  Gnathosoma  sind  bei  dem  einzigen  vorliegenden  Exemplare  nicht 
klar  zu  erkennen.    Sie  scheinen  mit  denen  des  Weibchens  iibereinzustimmen. 

Beinlangen :  I  (abgebrochen) ,  II,  0.535  mm;  HI,  0.535  mm;  IV,  0.710  mm.  An 
sekundiiren  Sexualcharakteren  sind  nur  vorhanden  am  Femur  II  ventral  2  und  am  Tarsus 
II  ventral  1  besonders  starker  Dorn,  die  jedoch  nicht  von  besonderer  Lange  sind. 

Hivaoa :  Mont  Temetin,  390(3  enoHsche  Fuss  fiber  dem  Meer,  14.  Janiiar 
1932,  unter  Rinde  von  Chcirodcndroii  si)ecies,  LeBronnec. 

Was  iiher  die  Systematik  der  wichlioeren  Gattunoen  der  Celaenopsidae 
zu  sagen  ist,  das  hal)e  ich  1926  (unter  Ubergchung-  der  weniger  bekannten 


72 


Bcriiicc  r.  BisJiop  Muscuin — Bulletin  142 


Gattnni^cn  M cssoracarus  Silvestri  und  Leptantennus  Berlese)  in  den  Zoologis- 
chen  jahrhiichcrn  zusanimengefasst  und  verweise  auf  meine  damaligen 
Ausfiihruni^cn  (46) . 

Das  X'crzcichnis  der  Aiioplocclaeiio-Arten  war  leider  schon  damals  nicht 
\()llsi;ui(li*^-.  Ks  fehlten  die  von  Stoll  1903  (35)  aus  Mittel-Amerika  be- 
schricl)cncn  Caclcnopsis  uropodoldcs  und  C.  megisthanoides  und  Kramer's 


FiGUR  3. — Anoplocclaeno  marqucsana,  species  nova:  a,  Weibcheii.  dorsal;  h,  Weib- 
chen,  ventral;  r,  Weibchen,  Basis  des  Tritosternums,  Sternale  und  Gonitaloffnung ;  d, 
Mannchen,  Basis  des  Tritosternums,  Genitaloffnung  und  Sternale;  r.  Weibchen,  Trito- 
sternum,  Coxae  der  Maxillarpalpen  und  Hypostom. 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///. 


73 


(26)  Cclacnopsis  ramifera  aus  Chile.  Neu  hinzugekommen  sincl  seither  die 
Oudemans'schen  (30)  Arten  Anoplocclacno  iudica  und  A.  tropica  aus  Burn 
in  Niederlandisch-Indien.  Namentlich  die  Beschreibungen  der  beiden  letzteren 
Arten  sind  wichtig,  weil  sie  von  ausserordentlich  genaiien  Zeichnungen 
begleitet  sind. 

Die  jetzt  vorliegende  neue  Art  erinnert  stark  an  Ajwplocclaaw  ramifera 
(Kramer  1898).  Kramer's  wenig  ausfiihrliche  Beschreibung  konnte  Wort 
fiir  Wort  auf  die  hier  vorliegende  Art  Anwendung  finden,  zumal  aiich  die 
etwas  skizzenhaften  Zeichnungen  keine  Unterschiede  erkennen  lassen.  Aber 
sie  enthalt  doch  die  oben  hervorgehobenen  zwei  Punkte,  die  eine  Synonymie 
der  beiden  Arten  ausschliesssen. 

4.  Epicroseius  seurati  Berlese  (fig.  4). 

Nukuhiva :  Teuanui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  2000  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer, 
21.  Oktober  1929,  unter  abgestorbenem  Laube,  Mum  ford  und  Adamson. 

Hivaoa :  Atuona-Tal,  300  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  1.5  englische 
Meilen  von  der  Kiiste,  6.  Juli  1929,  unter  moderndem  Holze,  Mumford  und 
Adamson. 

Eiao:  1800  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  30.  April  1930,  unter  Rinde 
von  Alcuritcs  luoluccana,  LeBronnec  und  H.  Tauraa. 

Die  Gattung  Bpicroseius  ist  von  mir  in  systematischer  Beziehung  falsch 
bewertet  worden. 

Neuere  Untersuchungen  haben  ergeben,  dass  die  auf  phylogenetischer 
Grundlage  aufgebaute,  bisher  fiir  richtig  gehaltene  und  mit  einigen  Abander- 
ungen  auch  von  mir  1931  in  Kiikenthal's  Handbuch  der  Zoologie  iibernom- 
mene  Klassifikation  der  Acari  im  Bereiche  der  Mesostigmata  nicht  durchweg 
richtig  ist. 

In  der  Gruppe  der  Scjina  Kramer  1885  (=  Barypoda  Hull  1918)  ha1)e 
ich  der  Familie  der  Epicriidae  Berlese  1885  den  Namen  Sejidae  gegeben, 
weil  ich  hierher  die  Gattung  Scius  C.  L.  Koch  1836  rechnete  und  weil  diese 
Gattung  bedeutend  alter  ist  als  B pterins  Canestrini  und  Fanzago  1877. 

Typus  fiir  Bpieriiis  ist  Bpicriiis  gcojuetriciis  Canestrini  und  Fanzago  1877, 
doch  geniesst  der  fiir  ein  Nymphenstadium  dieser  Art  geschaffene  Name 
Ganiasus  luoUis  Kramer  1876  als  Speciesname  das  Recht  der  Prioritat.  Bei 
der  Ty])enart  und  somit  l^ei  alien  Angehorigen  dieser  Familie  liegt  die 
mannliche  Genitaloffnung  inmitten  des  Sternale. 

Ty])us  fiir  Scius  ist  Seius  to(/atus  C.  T^.  Koch  1836.  Unter  dem  Namen 
Seiits  serralits  hat  Kramer  1882  im  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte,  1.  lu'ind  des 
48.  Jahrgangcs,  Seite  42(j,  auch  den  Ascaiden  Zercou  trian(/iilaris  C.  F.  Koch 
1836  in  die  Gattung  Seiiis  cinl)ez()gcn  und  l)chau])tct,  in  dieser  ganzen  (lattung 
lage  (be  miinnliche  Genital(")f fnung  "uroixxlenarlig"  "mitten  in  der  Flache  der 
vSternal])latt('."    Mr  sagt,  1)ei  Seius  serralits  (richtiger:  Zercou  triaiujularis) 


74 


Bcrnicc  P.  BisJiop  Musciiin — Bulletin  142 


liige  sie  zwischen  den  Coxae  III.  Das  ist  richtig.  Bei  Seius  togatiis,  sagt  er, 
lage  sie  zwischen  den  Coxae  II.  Das  ist  anch  richtig,  aber  hier  hegt  bei  Seius 
toga  fits  anch  cHe  A\^rderkante  des  mannHchen  Sternale,  so  dass  sich  die 
GenitaK)lTnung  hier  dnrchans  nicht  "mitten  in  der  Flache  der  Sternalplatte'' 
befindet.    UngUickhcher  Weise  hat  Kramer  auf  Tafel  20  die  Nummerierung 


FiGUR  4. — Bpicrosciiis  sciirati,  species  nova,  Mannchen,  dorsal. 

von  Fig.  23  und  22  verwechselt.  Er  bildet  das  Sternale  von  Zereon  tri- 
angularis als  das  von  Seius  togatus  ab  nnd  das  von  Seius  togatus  (Fig.  22) 
als  das  von  Zereon  triangularis.  Dadurch  sind  manche  Widerspriiche  in  der 
Literatur  entstanden.  Da  man  einen  mannlichen  Seius  nur  selten  zu  sehen 
bekommt,  so  habe  ich  dieses  Versehen  Kramer's  und  meinen  eigenen  Irrtum 
erst  so  spat  erkannt,  dass  eine  friihere  Berichtigung  nicht  mehr  moghch  war. 


Marqii  esa  n  I  usee  fs — /// . 


75 


In  Kiikenthars  Handbuch  cler  Zoologie,  Band  3,  2.  Halfte,  Seite  142  -  143, 
hat  die  2.  Unterkohorte  der  Gamasides  nicht  vSejina  zu  heissen,  sondern 
Epicriina.  Ihre  2.  Familie  hat  nicht  Sejidae  zu  heissen,  sondern  Epicriidae. 
Zu  den  Epicriidae  gehoren  die  Gattungen  Bpicrius  Canestrini  und  Fanzago 
1877,  Dicpicrius  Berlese  1916  und  I phidiuycJius  Berlese  1913. 

Dafiir  ist  die  FamiHe  der  Sejidae  in  die  1.  Unterkohorte  der  Gamasides, 
namhch  in  die  der  Gamasina  zu  versetzen.  Sie  umfasst  die  Gattungen  Scius 
C.  L.  Koch  1836,  Bpicroscius  Berlese  1904  und  Ziiluacarus  Tragardh  1906. 

Bpicroscius  ist  die  bisher  einzige  Gattung  der  Gamasides,  bei  der  die 
Deutonympha  befahigt  ist,  nach  Art  zahh'eicher  (aber  nicht  aUer!)  Uropoden 
vermittels  eines  aus  der  Analoffnung  hervorquellenden  Sekretes  einen  Stiel 
zu  bilden,  mit  dem  sie  sich  an  Insekten  anheften. 

Berlese  hat  4  Bpicroscius- Ari^n  beschrieben :  1.  Bpicroscius  angclioidcs 
aus  Java  (1904);  2.  Bpicroscius  scioides  aus  Java  (1910);  3.  Bpicroscius 
seurati  aus  Tahiti  (1918)  ;  4.  Bpicroscius  scutatus  aus  Sumatra  (1917),  (6, 
7'  17.  19-) 

Den  Bpicroscius  scioides  beschreibt  Berlese  1910  als  adultes  Weibchen. 
Er  berichtigt  dies  aber  1913  dahin,  dass  es  sich  um  ein  Nymphenstadium 
gehandelt  habe,  und  er  aussert  gleichzeitig  die  Vermutung,  dass  scioides  eine 
Jugendform  von  seurati  sein  konne.  Er  vergleicht  seurati  nur  mit  scioides, 
aber  er  sagt  nicht,  wodurch  sich  seurati  von  augclioidcs  unterscheide.  Dagegen 
stellt  er  fest,  dass  scutatus  von  augclioidcs  und  von  seurati  dadurch  unter- 
schieden  sei,  dass  dem  hintersten  Riickenschilde  die  Zweiteilung  fehle.  Wenn 
jetzt  also  hier  ein  Bpicrius  vorliegt,  dessen  hinterstes  Ruckenschild  zweigeteilt 
ist,  so  kann  es  sich  nur  entweder  um  augcHoides  oder  um  seurati  handeln, 
so  fern  es  nicht  uberhaupt  eine  species  nova  sein  soUte.  Der  von  Berlese  in 
der  Redia,  Band  2,  Tafel  16,  Fig.  23,  abgebildete  augclioidcs  ist  es  wahrschein- 
lich  nicht.  Denn  dessen  Schwerthaare  an  den  Rumpfseiten  und  am  Rumpfende 
sind  l)edeutend  langer  als  hier  (fig.  4).  Allerdings  habe  ich  bei  den  zahl- 
reichen  Bpicroseius-HKempl^LVQn,  die  mir  aus  Niederlandisch-Indien  durch  die 
Hande  gegangen  sind,  bemerkt,  dass  die  Tiere  in  ihrer  Grosse  und  in  der 
Lange  der  dicken  Schwerthaare  stark  variieren,  so  dass  diese  Merkmale 
nicht  mit  Sicherheit  zu  einer  Unterscheidung  von  Arten  herangezogen  werden 
konnen.  Die  Riickenschilder  liegen  subkutan.  Infolgedessen  sind  ihr  Umriss- 
linien  meist  nur  schwer  zu  erkennen.  Dies  gilt  besonders  fiir  den  Hinterrand 
des  Notocephale.  Wenn  nun  hier  ein  Bpicroscius  von  den  Mar(|uesas  vorliegt, 
so  spricht  eine  gewisse  Wahrscheinlichkeit  dafiir,  dass  dies  dieselbe  Art  ist, 
die  auch  auf  Tahiti  vorkommt,  namlich  seurati.  Berlese's  Beschreibung  von 
seurati  passt  auch  genau  auf  die  l^xeni])lare  von  den  Marquesas,  ausgenom- 
men,  dass  ich  die  4  Interscutal])lattchen  zwischen  Notocephale  und  Notogaster 
nicht  erkennen  kann,  von  denen  Berlese  spricht.  Sie  mogen  aber  trotzdem 
vorhanden  sein. 


76 


Bcrnicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


5.   Cercomegistus  simplicior,  species  nova  (fig.  5). 

Pas  allein  l)ckannte  IMannchen  der  neuen  Art  ist  zu  beschreiben,  wie  f olgt : 

IcHc)S(inial;in,<ie  o. ()()()  mm.  "rosste  Breite  (hinter  den  Coxae  IV)  0.720  mm.  Gestalt 
brcit  ciir>niiii;-.    Farbe  dunkel  kastanienbraun. 

Ruckcnpanzcr  zwci.^cteilt ;  ein  vorderes  Schild  ( Notocephale)  deckt  das  Podosoma, 
ein  unniittelbar  cUiran  anscbliessendes  hinteres  ( Notogaster )  das  Opisthosoma  (fig.  5,  c). 
Wc'nlc  riatteiiteile  ohne  besondere  Struktur.  Beide  zusammen  lassen  von  den  Schultern 
an  cinen  Teil  der  Riickenflache  ringsum  iinbedeckt.  Haare  der  Riickenfiache  und  der 
Seiten  zablreicb,  der  Wolbung  des  Rumpfes  ziemlich  dicht  anliegend,  von  vorn  nach  hinten 
an  Liinge  zunehmend  und  iiberwiegend  zweiseitig  grob  befiedert,  so  dass  sich  die  Gestalt 
eines  schmalen  Blattes  mit  grob  gezackten  Randern  ergibt  (fig.  5,  b) .  Auf  den  seitlichen 
Runi]ittk'icben  zvvischen  dem  Rande  der  Riickenschilder  und  der  Ventralpanzerung  mehrere 
l.aiiusrcihen  von  kleinen  liingsgestreckten  Plattchen,  deren  jedes  1  Haar  tragt.  Die  Haare 
auf  dicscn  Plattchen  sind  besonders  grob  befiedert,  ausgenommen  die  Haare  auf  den  4 
hintersten  Plattchen  zwischen  dem  Hinterrande  des  Notogasters  und  der  Analoffnung, 
die  kurz  und  glatt  sind.  Auf  dem  Hinterrande  des  Notogasters  fehlen  die  Gebilde,  die 
Berlese  bei  Cercomegistus  brucliianus  "Cerci"  nennt.  An  ihrer  Stelle  finden  sich  Erhe- 
bungen  in  Gestalt  eines  Vulkankegels  mit  weitem  Krater. 

Auf  der  Ventralseite  (fig.  5,  a)  sind  samtliche  Panzerteile  verschmolzen.  Sie  wird 
also  ganz  und  gar  von  einer  einheitlichen  Platte  bedeckt,  die  nur  durch  die  Coxae  I-IV 
unterbrochen  ist.  Die  Platte  lasst  in  der  Sternalgegend  und  aussen  neben  den  Coxae 
n  -  IV  eine  gefelderte  Struktur  erkennen,  die  hinter  den  Coxae  IV  undeutlich  wird  und 
dann  verschwindet.  Innerhalb  der  Gesamtplatte  sind  die  Umrisslinien  der  Peritrematalia 
deutlich  sichtbar.  Die  Peritrematalia  sind  breit  und  legen  sich  den  Coxae  II  -  IV  eng 
an,  ohne  fiber  die  Coxae  IV  hinauszureichen.  Die  Behaarung  der  Ventralseite  ist,  audi 
in  der  Sternalgegend,  kaum  weniger  dicht  als  auf  der  Ruckenflache.  Aber  die  ventralen 
Haare  sind  ganz  oder  fast  ganz  unbefiedert.  Nur  nach  den  Seiten  hin  wird  die  Befieder- 
ung  deutlicher,  erreicht  aber  nicht  den  Grad  wie  auf  der  Ruckenflache.  Das  Postanalhaar 
fehlt.  Die  annahernd  kreisrunde  Genitaloffnung  liegt  zwischen  den  Coxae  III.  Hinter 
den  Coxae  IV,  ziemlich  genau  in  der  Mitte  zwischen  der  Genitaloft'nung  und  dem  Anus, 
liegt  ein  langsovaler  Fleck  von  betrachtlicher  Ausdehnung,  dessen  Struktur  von  der  ihn 
umgebenden  Schildflache  abweicht.  Die  Struktur  ist  an  dieser  Stelle  fein  und  dicht 
gekornelt,  und  die  einzelnen  Kornchen  sind  zu  Rosetten  zusammengef ugt.  Auf  diesem 
Oval  stehen  3  Querreihen  von  2,  3  und  4  winzigen  Borsten.  Die  Stigmen  liegen  neben 
der  Mitte  der  Coxae  IV.    Ihre  Peritremata  reichen  bis  vor  die  Coxae  I. 

Die  Beinlangen  waren  nur  an  den  Beinen  I  mit  0.730  mm  genau  zu  messen.  Die 
anderen  Beinlangen  betragen  ungefahr  II,  0.550  mm;  III,  0.720  mm;  IV,  0.870  mm. 
Tarsi  I  ohne  Ambulakrum.  Die  Beine  I  sind  dunn,  III  und  IV  gleichstark  und  dicker 
als  I,  II  noch  etwas  dicker.  Haare  an  den  Beinen  teils  glatt,  teils  etwas  befiedert.  am 
starksten  befiedert  an  den  Beinen  III  und  IV.    Sexualcharaktere  fehlen. 

Das  Epistom  ist  vorn  nahezu  geradlinig  abgestutzt  und  tragt  am  W^rderrande  6  un- 
regelmassig  gekriimmte  vSpitzen. 

Hivaoa :  Temetiii,  3650  englische  Fuss  iiber  clem  Aleer,  27.  ]Mai  1929,  an 
abgestorbenen  Farnstammen,  Mum  ford  und  A  damson. 

1901  beschrieb  Berlese  (3)  einen  Antennophoriden  aus  der  INIegisthanus- 
Gruppe,  fiir  den  er  eine  neue  Gattung  aufstellen  musste,  die  den  damals  neu 
entdeckten  Celaenogamasus  Jiirtellus  zum  Typus  hat,  angeblich  aus  St.  \'in- 
cente  in  Chile;  gemeint  ist  w^ahrscheinlich  Sou  J'ijieeute  bei  ^lendoza  oder 
San  Vie  cute  bei  Cordoba,  beides  in  Argentinien,  nahe  der  C^renze  gegen  Chile. 
Von  dieser  Art  ist  bis  zum  heutigen  Tage  nur  das  Weibchen  bekannt.  Berlese 
hat  dieses  Weibchen  1916  ausfiihrlicher  behandelt,  a1)er  nicht  abgebildet. 


M arqitesan  Insects — ///. 


77 


1914  beschrieb  er  (10)  aus  La  Plata  in  Argentinien  einen  anderen  Anten- 
nophoriden  aiich  aus  der  Megisthanus-Gruppe,  fiir  den  er  abermals  eine  neue 
Gattung  aufstellen  musste,  mit  der  neuen  Art  Ccrconicgistiis  bruckianus  als 
Typiis.  Von  dieser  Art  kannte  er  beide  Geschlechter  und  hat  sie  auch  in 
alien  wichtigen  Einzelheiten  abgebildet.  Die  besondere  Eigentumlichkeit  von 
Ccrconicgistiis  bruckianus  ist  die,  dass  das  Mannchen  (das  Weibchen  aber 
nicht!)  am  Rumpfende  zwei  Anhange  besitzt,  wie  sie  unter  den  Acari  sonst 
nirgends  wiederkehren  und  die  Berlese  fiir  echte  Cerci  halt  (homolog  den 
Cerci  der  fossilen  Palaeodictyoptera  und  vieler  tiefstehender  recenter  In- 
sekten).    Ob  diese  Ansicht  sich  aufrecht  erhalten  lasst,  erscheint  zweifelhaft. 


FiGUR  5. — Ccrcomegistus  simpticior,  species  nova:  a,  Mannchen,  ventral;  b,  Mann- 
chen Rumpfhaare;  c,  Miimichcn,  Notogaster. 

1916  musste  Berlese  (12)  fcststellen,  dass  die  Weibchen  von  Cclacnoga- 
masus  JiirtcIIus  und  CcrcoiiicgisI us  bruckianus  keine  Merkmale  aufweisen,  die 
eine  Unterscheidung  der  l)ei(len  Gattungen  ermoglichen.  Die  Frage,  ob  die 
beiden  Gattungen  synonym  scicn  odcr  nicht,  ware  nur  zu  entschciden  gewesen, 
wenn  man  von  Ccldcnogu niasits  liirlclliis  auch  das  Mannchen  gefunden  hatte. 
Besasse  dieses  IMannchcn  auch  "Cerci",  dann  ware  Cclacnoganiasus  mit  Ccr- 


78 


ncniicc  r.  IVis/iop  Museum — BiiUct'ui  142 


comcil'istns  synonym  und  hiitte  das  Recht  der  Prioritat.  Anderenfalls  bestiin- 
den  l)eidc  Gattungen  zn  Kccht.  Gerade  damals  aber  lag  Berlese  ein  ebenfalls 
aus  La  Plata  staniniendcr  mannlicher  Antennophoride  (jedoch  kein  Weibchen) 
vor,  der,  von  gerinof iigigen  zA.bweichungen  abgesehen,  vollkommen  dem 
niannlichen  Ccrcoiiicgistus  hnickiauus  glich,  der  aber  keine  ''Cerci"  besass, 
anch  keine  v^pnren  davon  an  entsprechender  Stelle.  Folgerichtig  glaubte 
Berlese  ihn  Cclaciiogaiiiasus  discutendus  nennen  zu  miissen,  schob  aber 
vorsichtshall)er  zwischen  Gattungs-  und  Artnamen  ein  "  ?"  ein. 

Hier  handelt  es  sich  jetzt  um  ein  mannliches  Tier,  das  so  vollkommen  mit 
dem  mannlichen  Ccrcoiiicgistus  bruckianus  iibereinstimmt,  dass  einfach  auf 
die  Abbildungen  von  Berlese  in  der  Redia,  Band  lo,  Tafel  2,  Fig.  29  a  und  b, 
verwiesen  werden  konnte.  Nur  besitzt  es  keine  "Cerci",  wohl  aber  an 
entsprechender  Stelle  scharf  umgrenzte  Hooker,  viel  zu  niedrig,  als  dass  sie 
als  "Cerci"  bezeichnet  werden  konnten. 

Wegen  der  auch  sonst  vorhandenen  deutlichen  Unterschiede  besteht  kein 
Zweifel,  dass  das  vorliegende  Tier  nicht  mit  Ccrcoincgisfus  bruckiaiuts 
identisch  ist.  Es  verlohnt  sich  aber  doch,  auf  die  Moglichkeit  hinzuweisen, 
dass  bei  Ccrcoincgisfus  oder  Cclacnogauiasus  homoiomorphe  und  hetero- 
morphe  Mannchen  auftreten  konnten.  Dcndrolaclaps  cornutus  (Kramer 
1886)  beweist,  dass  dies  durchaus  moglich  ist.  Dort  gibt  es  heteromorphe 
Mannchen,  deren  Notogaster  in  seinem  hintersten  Teile  in  einer  scharf 
abgesetzten  Stufe  absinkt  und  hier  zwei  starke  "Horner"  nach  hinten  streckt. 
Daneben  gibt  es  Maunchen,  bei  denen  diese  Stufe  weniger  ausgepragt  ist  und 
bei  denen  die  "Horner"  weniger  stark  entwickelt  sind.  Und  es  gibt  endlich 
Mannchen,  bei  denen  die  "Horner"  vollkommen  fehlen  und  deren  Notogaster 
sich  von  dem  des  Weibchens  nicht  wesentlich  unterscheidet.  Dass  damit  auch 
eine  in  abgestuftem  Grade  heteromorphe  Entwickelung  der  Beine  H  ein- 
hergeht,  ist  an  dieser  Stelle  nebensachlicli  (45). 

6.   Dinychopsis  pacifica,  species  nova  (fig.  6). 

Weibchen 

Idiosomalange,  0.465  mm,  Breite,  0.300  mm.  Der  Rumpfumriss  wiirde  eine  Ellipse 
bilden,  wenn  nicht  der  Rumpf  von  der  Schultergegend  an  stark  zugespitzt  ware.  Das 
Vorderende  des  Riickenpanzers  bildet  sogar  eine  scharfe  Spitze.  Diese  Spitze  ist 
eingekerbt,  und  in  der  Kerbe  entspringen  die  dicht  aneinander  gedrangten  \'ertikalhaare. 
Farbe  kaffeebraun. 

Das  Scutum  medium  ist  von  den  Schultern  an  von  einem  liickenlos  ringsum  verlauf- 
enden  Marginale  umrahmt.  Die  gesamte  Ruckenflache  einschliesslich  des  Alarginale  ist 
massig  gewolbt  und  ohne  besondere  Erhebungen.  Die  Aussenkante  des  Medium  und  die 
Innenkante  des  Marginale  sind  glatt.  Medium  und  Marginale  sind  ziemlich  dicht  mit 
Griibchen  iibersat.  Zwischen  den  Griibchen  bleibt  aber  noch  so  viel  Raum,  um  erkennen 
zu  lassen,  dass  die  Panzerung  ausserdem  fein  granuliert  ist.  Von  dem  Alarginale  stehen 
jederseits  ungefahr  12  feine,  glatte  Harchen  senkrecht  ab.  Die  Vertikalhaare  und  die 
iibrigen,  massig  zahlreichen  Haare  auf  dem  Medium  sind  stabformig,  verbreitern  sich 
nach  der  vSpitze  hin  und  sind  an  der  Spitze  zu  einem  Pinsel  aufgespalten.  Besonders 
ausgezeichnete  Haare  am  Rumpfende  sind  nicht  vorhanden,  obwohl  dies  zu  erwarten  ware, 
da  das  Medium  vor  dem  Rumpfende  eine  Stufe  macht. 


M arqiicsan  Insects — ///. 


79 


Auf  der  Ventralseite  besitzen  die  von  den  Lineae  metapodicae  umgrenzten  Flachen 
dasselbe  Griibchenmuster  wie  das  dorsale  Medium.  Zur  Erlauterung  sei  eingeschaltet : 
die  Linien,  fiir  die  Berlese  die  Bezeichnung  "Lineae  metapodicae"  gepragt  hat,  bilden 
die  hintere  Grenze  der  Gruben,  in  die  zur  Verteidigung  oder  in  der  Ruhestellung  die 
Beine  IV  zuriickgezogen  werden  konnen  (Beingruben;  Foveae  pedales).  Sie  verlaufen 
vom  Innenrande  der  Coxae  IV  irgendwie  schrag  riickwarts  nach  dem  Rande  der  Ven- 
tralflache  bin,  und  ihr  V erlauf  lasst  sich  fiir  systematische  Zwecke  gut  verwerten.  Auch 
die  iibrigen  Flachen  der  Bauchseite  haben  ein  Griibchenmuster,  nur  sind  hier  die  Griibchen 
kleiner.  Allein  das  Epigynium  ist  glatt.  Die  Lineae  metapodicae  verlaufen  zunachst 
nahezu  geradlinig,  bilden  dann  einen  stumpfen  Winkel  und  stossen  schliesslich  mit  einem 
nach  riickwarts  schwach  concavem  Bogen  auf  die  ventrale  Kante  des  Marginale.  Diese 
Kante  ist  hier  und  auch  noch  weiter  nach  hinten  hin  deutlich  sichtbar.  Seitlich  der 
Analgegend  aber  verschwindet  sie  allmahlich,  und  nur  noch  die  Skulptur  des  Griibchen- 
musters  deutet  an,  was  Marginale  und  was  Ventralpanzerung  ist.  Aus  der  starken 
Skulpturierung  des  Rumpfendes  ragen  einige  nicht  ganz  regelmassig  verteilte  Hocker 
hervor.  Sie  entsprechen  den  Einzelplattchen,  in  die  an  dieser  Stelle  bei  Diiiychopsis 
fractus  das  Marginale  zerlegt  ist.  Auf  der  Ventralflache  hinter  den  Coxae  IV  stehen 
einige  nadelformige  Haare,  von  denen  man  5  wohl  als  Circumanalhaare  bezeichnen  kann. 


FiGUR  6. — DinycJwpsis  pacifica,  species  nova,  Weibchen :  a,  dorsal;  h,  ventral. 


Die  Stigmen  liegen,  wie  es  bei  den  Uropoden  im  Normalfalle  die  Regel  ist,  im 
vorderen  Teile  der  Beingruben  III.  Die  Peritremata  streben  massig  geschlangelt  der 
Schultergegend  zu,  erreichen  hier  die  Umrisslinie  des  Rumpfes  (was  eigentlich  nicht 
ganz  der  Gattungsdiagnose  entspricht),  wenden  sich  an  der  Aussenkante  der  Beingruben 
II  in  einigem  Abstande  von  dem  vorhergehendem  Abschnitte  wieder  zuriick  und  werden 
dann  unsichtbar. 

Die  geradlinige  Hinterkante  des  Epigyniums  licgt  in  der  Mitte  zwischen  den  Coxae 
IV.  Es  reicht  bis  an  die  Coxae  I  und  ist  vorne  zugespitzt.  Ausserdem  tragt  die 
Spitze  einen  Fortsatz,  der  ebenfalls  scharf  zugespitzt  ist  und  der  sich  zwischen  die  Coxae 
I  einschiebt. 

Das  Gnathosoma  konnte  wcgcn  eines  eingeklemmton  Quarzk(>rnchens  nicht  studiert 
werden. 


8o 


Jycniicc  P.  BisJwp  ]\Ii(scu]u — Bulletin  142 


]\u\o:  i8oo  cni;Hsclie  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  30.  April  1931,  unter  Rinde 
\on  .Uriirifcs  1110! iiccaiia ,  Le  Bronnec  und  H.  Tauraa. 

1  )ic  Cattuui^-  PinycJiol'sis  gehort  zii  den  Trachyuropoden  und  zu  denjenigen 
I'ropoden,  deren  Deutonymphen  nicht  befahigt  sind,  aus  der  Analoffnung 
cincn  J  lefestigimgsstiel  ausziischeiden.  Sie  wurde  urspriinglich  von  Berlese 
1916  (11)  als  eine  Untergattung  von  Phaidodiuycliiis  Berlese  1904  begriindet 
niit  /^iiiXi-Jiopsis  fracfiis  als  Typus.  Das  war  zu  einer  Zeit,  wo  wegen  der 
Ciattung  PhaiilodijiycJius  und  iiberhaupt  wegen  der  heutigen  Familie  der 
Phaulodinycbidae  noch  Unklarheit  herrschte,  so  dass  noch  keine  Grenze 
zwischen  den  Phaulodinychiden  und  Trachyuropodiden  gezogen  werden 
konnle.  Immerhin  wurde  durch  die  Benennung  der  Typenart  der  Charakter 
von  P^inycJiopsis  festgelegt.  1917  erhob  Berlese  (  14)  D'uiychopsis  zu  einer  voll- 
wertigen  Gattung,  und  zwar  nunmehr  innerhalb  der  Trachyuropodidae.  Dabei 
nannte  er  aber  D'uiychus  appcudiciilatiis  Berlese  1910  (9)  als  Typus.  Das 
war  unberechtigt,  ist  aber  praktisch  ohne  Bedeutung. 

Eine  Abbildung  eines  DiuycJiopsis  gibt  es  bisher  noch  nicht.  Umso  be- 
dauerlicher  ist  es,  dass  die  vorliegende  neue  Art  unter  ungiinstigen  Umstanden 
abgebildet  werden  musste  (fig.  6j.  Das  Tier  ist  schon  an  sich  unsymmetrisch 
entwickelt.  Dazu  kommt,  dass  durch  irgenchvelche  ausseren  Einfliisse  das 
Riickenschild  gewaltsam  auf  die  linke  Seite  gepresst  worden  ist,  und  endlich 
steckt  zwischen  der  Spitze  des  Genitalverschlusses  und  den  Coxae  I  ein 
Quarzkornchen  so  fest  eingeklemmt,  dass  es  nicht  entfernt  werden  kann.  so 
dass  diese  Rumpfregion  nicht  klar  erkennbar  ist.  Trotz  dieser  entstellenden 
Mangel  werden  die  Abbildungen  aber  doch  wohl  eine  richtige  X'orstellung  von 
der  Art  ermoglichen.    Nur  das  Weibchen  ist  bekannt. 

7.   Uropoda  bistellaris,  species  nova  (fig.  7). 

Gestalt  und  Grosse  in  beiden  Geschlechtern  gleich.  Liinge,  0.625-0.640  mm  ;  grosste  Breite, 
meist  0.455  -  0.470  mm.  Lange  und  Breite  stehen  aber  nicht  immer  im  gleichen  \"erhalt- 
nisse.  Bei  einem  Weibchen  betrngen  sie  zum  Beispiel  0.640  mm :  0.415  mm,  wahrend 
man  bei  einem  so  grossen  Exemplare  eine  grossere  Breite  erwarten  sollte.  Farbe 
kaffeebraun.  Der  Riicken  (fig.  7,  a)  wird  in  der  Hauptsache  von  einem  Scutum  medium 
bedeckt.  Von  diesem  Medium  zweigt  sich  in  der  Schultergegend  ein  Alarginale  ab,  das 
liickenlos  das  ganze  Medium  umrahmt.  Aussenkante  des  Medium  und  Innenkante  des 
Marginale  glatt  (keine  Guirlandenlinie  wie  bei  Urodijiychus) .  Der  vorderste  Teil  des 
Aledium  reicht  dachartig  weit  iiber  das  Gnathosoma  hinaus  und  ist  nahezu  farblos 
durchsichtig.  Vorn,  zunachst  nur  durch  jederseits  eine  Linie  abgegrenzt,  entwickelt  sich 
aus  diesem  vordersten  Teile  des  Medium  nach  hinten  hin  eine  Lamelle,  die  sich  als 
verbreiternder  Rand -in  der  Schultergegend  an  das  Marginale  anlegt  und,  gleichmassig 
immer  schmaler  werdend,  in  der  Mitte  der  Umrisslinie  des  ganzen  Tieres  versch- 
windet.  Durch  diese  Verbreiterung  des  vorderen  Teiles  des  Marginale  ist  die 
Linie  der  grossten  Breite  weit  nach  vorn  geriickt,  und  infolgedessen  erscheint  das  ganze 
Tier  nach  hinten  hin  etwas  zugespitzt.  Alle  Rumpfhaare  sind  nadelformig,  farblos  und 
sehr  diinn.  Das  Medium  tragt  nur  wenige,  sehr  kurze  Haare,  die  nur  mit  ]\Iuhe  zu 
finden  sind.  Die  Vertikalhaare  sind,  in  betrachtlichem  Abstande.  dorsal  aufgesetzt.  Nur 
sie  und  jederseits  ungefahr  5  von  der  lamellenartigen  Verbreiterung  des  ]\Iarginale  radiiir 
abstehende  Haare  sind  so  lang,  dass  sie  ziemlicli  leicht  erkennbar  sind.    Das  Marginale 


M arquesaii  Insects — ///. 


81 


tragt  jederseits  ungefahr  17  sehr  kurze,  schwer  wahrnehmbare,  ebenfalls  radiiir  abstehende 
Haare. 

Auf  der  Ventralseite  verlaiifen  die  Peritremata  (fig.  7,  b)  von  den  Stigmen  aus 
zuniichst  in  der  Richtung  der  Korperachse  ohne  wesentliche  Schlangelung  geradeaus, 
wenden  sich  neben  dem  Vorderende  der  Coxae  II  schrag  nach  vorn  dem  Rande  der 
lamellenartigen  Verbreiterung  des  Marginale  zu,  erreichen  diesen  Rand,  bilden  hier  eine 
Schleife,  wenden  sich  zuriick,  um  neben  dem  Vorderende  der  Coxae  II  in  etwas  hoherer 
Schicht  einen  Punkt  zu  erreichen,  den  sie  in  tieferer  Schicht  bereits  passiert  hatten,  und 
werden  dann  oberhalb  der  Coxae  I  unsichtbar.  Die  Kiele  an  den  Femora  aller  Beine 
sind  in  beiden  Geschlechtern  ungezahnt.  Der  Praetarsus  I  ist  besonders  schlank  und 
lang,  von  etwas  mehr  als  halber  Lange  des  Tarsus  I. 


FiGUR  7. — Uropoda  histellaris,  species  nova:  a,  Mannchen,  dorsal;  b,  Mannchen, 
ventral ;  c,  Weibchen,  Sternale  und  Epigynium. 


Die  Lineae  metapodicae  verlaufen  in  sanfter  Biegung  der  Randlinie  zu.  Das  Sternale 
schiebt  einen  vorn  gerundeten  Vorsprung  zwischen  die  Coxae  I  vor,  der  besonders  beim 
Weibchen  stark  entwickelt  ist  (fig.  7,  c).  Abgesehen  von  der  Unterbrechung  durch  die 
mannliche  oder  weibliche  Genitaloffnung  ist  die  gesamte  ventrale  Panzerung  einheitlich. 
Sie  ist,  ebenso  wie  die  des  Riickens,  glatt,  infolge  einer  ausserst  f einen  Granulierung 
aber  nicht  glanzend.  Auf  der  Flache  hinter  den  Coxae  IV  stehen  7  Paare  von  gut 
sichtbaren,  nadelformigen,  glatten  Haaren,  die  von  vorn  nach  hinten  etwas  an  Lange 
zunehmen.  Die  beiden  Haare  hinter  der  Analoffnung  sind  somit  die  langsten  des  ganzen 
Tieres. 

Die  mehr  ovale  als  kreisformige  Gcnital(")rfniing  des  Mfmnchens  liegt  in  der  Mitte 
des  von  den  Coxae  II  und  III  gebildeten  Vicrc  eke  s  (  lig.  7,  /')■  Dicht  hinter  ihr,  zwischen 


82 


Bcrnicc  P.  Bishop  Muscujii — Bulletin  142 


den  Co\:\c  III.  Hci^cn  zwei  inmitten  der  glatten  Umgebung  sehr  auffallige  Gebilde, 
wahrMlu'iiilicli  l)niscnniuiulungcn.  Sie  sehen  aus  wie  zwei  Rosetten  oder  Sterne;  daher 
dor  Spcciosiiame  bisft-Haris. 

Bei  dem  W  oibchcn  liegt  die  geradlinige  Hinterkante  des  Epigyniums  (Operculum) 
in  dcr  Alitte  zwischen  den  Coxae  IV  (fig.  7,  c).  Das  Vorderende  des  Epigyniums  ist 
abgerundet.  Die  Form  des  ganzen  Epigyniums  gleicht  einem  sehr  langgestreckten 
Huteisen.  Der  bei  dem  Weibchen  sehr  stark  entwickelte  Vorsprung,  den  das  Sternale 
zwischen  die  Coxae  I  vorschiebt,  konnte  zu  dem  Irrtum  Anlass  geben,  dass  das  Epigynium 
vorn  einen  Fortsatz  triige. 

Hivaoa:  Atuona-Tal,  300  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  1.5  englische 
IMeilen  von  der  Kiiste,  6.  Juli  1929,  unter  moderndem  Holze,  Mumford  und 
Adainson. 

Eiao:  1800  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  30.  April  1931,  unter  Rinde 
von  A  leu  rites  inoliieeana,  Le  Bronnec  und  H.  Tauraa. 

Unter  den  gefundenen  Exemplaren  befand  sich  eines,  das  im  denkbar 
hochsten  Grade  von  den  Endoparasiten  befallen  war,  die  Reichenow  als 
"zweifelhafte  Haplosporidien"  bezeichnet  hat.  Sie  wurden  zuerst  von  HoUdo- 
bler  (23)  bei  der  Zwergameise  Solenopsis  fugax  entdeckt  und  gleich  darauf 
von  Thor  (36,  38  )  bei  zahlreichen  Acarinen  nachgewiesen.  Dass  sie  in  einem 
tropischen  Gebiete  und  in  einem  Uropoden  auftreten,  das  wird  hier  zum 
ersten  Male  beobachtet. 

8.  Uropoda  masculinata,  species  nova  (fig.  8). 

Fast  gleichmiissig  oval  (fig.  8,  a).  Die  massig  gewolbte  Riickenflache  von  einem 
Scutum  medium  bedeckt,  von  dem  sich  in  der  Schultergegend  ein  luckenlos  ringsum  ver- 
laufendes,  schmales  Marginale  abzweigt.  Aussenrand  des  Aledium  und  Innenrand  des 
Marginale  glatt.  In  der  Schultergegend  ist  der  Rumpfumriss  durch  eine  schmale  Lamelle 
wenig  verbreitert.  Die  gesamte  Rumpfpanzerung  dorsal  und  ventral  glatt,  jedoch  grob 
granuliert ;  man  konnte  auch  sagen :  von  unzahligen  winzigen  Griibchen  iibersat,  die  sich 
als  helle  Punktchen  abheben.  Die  Ansatzstellen  der  dorsal  und  ventrrl  in  miissiger 
Anzahl  vorhandenen  Haare  und  die  ihnen  benachbarten  Poren  treten  sehr  deutlich  hervor. 
Die  Haare  sind  dorsal  und  ventral  nadelformig  und  iiberwiegend  glatt.  Die  \'ertikalhaare 
sind  so  dicht  aneinander  geruckt,  dass  ihre  Ansatzstellen  sich  beriihren.  Dieses  Haar- 
paar  und  ferner  das  durch  Eange  ausgezeichnete  hinterste  Haarpaar  auf  dem  Medium  und 
ein  dicht  vor  ihm  stehendes  Haarpaar  sind  befiedert.  In  dem  Massstabe  der  fig.  10,  a 
konnte  diese  Befiederung  aber  nicht  zur  Geltung  gebracht  werden.  Jederseits  ungefahr 
13  radiar  von  dem  Marginale  abstehende  Haare  sind  so  kurz  und  diinn,  dass  sie  in  dem 
Gesamtbilde  keine  Rolle  spielen.  5  Circumanalhaare,  also  auch  ein  unpaariges  Postanal- 
haar  (fig.  8,  b).  Der  innere  Abschnitt  und  der  aiissere  Abschnitt  der  Lineae  metapodicae 
sind  massig  gebogen,  bilden  aber  hinten  einen  ziemlich  spitzen  Winkel.  Der  aussere 
Abschnitt  setzt  sich  nach  riickwarts  noch  ein  kurzes  Stiick  iiber  den  Winkel  hinaus  auf 
der  Ventralflache  fort,  gleichsam  als  ob  eine  Abgrenzung  der  Analregion  angedeutet 
werden  sollte.  Die  Peritremata  wenden  sich  gleich  von  den  Stigmen  aus  mit  einer 
schwachen  Biegung  erst  nach  aussen  und  dann  nach  innen  (also  in  flach  S-formiger 
Schlangelung)  der  Randlinie  zu,  erreichen  diese  und  wenden  sich  dann  ziemlich  scharf 
zuriick.    Ihr  weiterer  Verlauf  bleibt  unklar. 

Weibchen 

Lange  0.745  -  0765  mm,  Breite  0.560  mm.  Die  geradlinige  Hinterkante  des 
Epigyniums  liegt  in  der  Mitte  zwischen  den  Coxae  IV  (fig.  8,  c) .  Seine  Seiten  sind 
fast  parallel,  sein  bis  an  die  Coxae  I  heranreichendes  Vorderende  abgerundet.  Huteisen- 


M arqiicsaii  Insects — ///. 


83 


formig  kann  man  diese  Gestalt  kaum  noch  nennen.  Das  Vorderende  hat  einen  un- 
bedeutenden  Fortsatz.  Da  dieser  aber  ebenfalls  breit  gerundet  ist,  iindert  er  an  der 
Gesamtform  des  Epigyniums  nichts.  Die  Kiele  sind  an  den  Femora  aller  Beine  normal 
entwickelt  und  ungezahnt.    Praetarsus  I  ungewohnlich  kurz. 

Miinnchen 

Lange  0.715-0.730  mm,  Breite  0.545-0.560  mm.  Die  Genitaloffnung  liegt  zwischen 
den  Coxae  III  (fig.  10,  c),  reicht  aber  bis  zwischen  die  Hinterkanten  der  Coxae  II.  Sie 
ist  elliptisch.  Beine  wie  bei  dem  Weibchen.  Jedoch  bildet  das  Hinterende  des  Kieles  am 
Femur  II  eine  richtige  kleine  daumenformige  Apophyse,  die  sich  ein  wenig  nach  aussen 
neigt.  Wegen  dieses  bei  den  Uropoden  ungewohnhchen  sekundaren  Sexualcharakters 
wurde  der  Speciesname  masculinata  gewahlt. 


FiGUR  8. — Uropoda  masculinata,  species  nova :  a,  Mannchen,  dorsal ;  h,  Miinnchen, 
ventral ;  c,  Weibchen,  Sternale  und  Epigynium. 

Hivaoa:  Temetiii-Gipfel,  4160  englische  Fuss  iiber  clem  Meer,  20.  Janiiar 
1932,  am  Erdboden,  Le  Bronnec. 

9.  Fuscuropoda  hippocrepea  (Berlese)  (fig.  9). 

Hivaoa:  Atuona-Tal,  300  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  1.5  englische 
Meilen  von  der  Kiiste,  28.  Februar  und  6.  Juli  1920,  unter  moderndem  Holze. 

1924  hal)e  ich  (43)  versucht,  unter  dem  Namen  Fuscuropoda  diejenigen 
Uropoden  zusammenztifassen  die  in  ihrem  Hal)itus  der  Art  entsprechen,  die 
Berlese  (1)  Uropoda  obscura  nennt.  Man  darf  aber  nicht  iibersehen,  dass 
die  Berechtigung  oder  Nichtberechtigung  dieses  Namens  davon  abhangt,  wie 
der  Name  Uropoda  richtig  anzuwendcn  ist,  und  gerade  in  diesem  entschei- 
denden  IHinkte  ist  die  Systematik  der  Uropoden  durchaus  noch  nicht  gckliirt. 


84 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJwp  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Als  T.atreille  1806  (27)  die  Gattung  Uropoda  aufstellte,  umfasste  diese 
r.attuiiiL;"  luir  eine  einzige  Art,  die  Latreille  Acarus  vegetans  de  Geer  1768 
iianntc.  Dcmiiach  ist  sie  nionotypisch,  und  Latreille  hat  auch  spaterhin  diese 
]  KMKMiinini^-  cler  'iVpenart  ausdriicklich  beibehalten.  Nun  ist  es  aber  schon 
an  sich  unwahrscheinlich,  dass  Latreille  gerade  die  auch  heute  nur  als  Deu- 
t^)n\niiiha  bckaunte,  ausserordentlich  seltene,  wirkliche  Uropoda  vegetans 
i:ckaiint  hat,  die  de  Geer  im  Marz  an  Staphylinus  rufipes  gefunden  hat. 
X  erwickclt  wird  die  Sache  dadurch,  dass  de  Geer  im  August  eine  ahnliche, 
al)er  andere  Art  an  Leptura  gefunden  hat,  die  er  auch  Acarus  vegetans  nannte. 
Ks  deutet  alles  darauf  hin,  dass  Latreille  diese  Arten  iiberhaupt  nicht  gekannt 
hat.  sondern  unter  seiner  Typenart  Uropoda  vegetans  die  weit  verbreitete  und 
allgemein  bekannte  Art  verstanden  hat,  die  Berlese  Discoponia  rouiana  nennt. 
Es  wird  noch  sehr  genauer  Literaturstudien  bediirfen,  bevor  entschieden 
werden  kann,  welche  Uropoden  tatsachlich  den  Gattungsnamen  Uropoda 
tragen  diirfen.  Um  so  mehr  halte  ich  es  fur  richtig,  den  Namen  Fuse  uropoda 
fiir  die  entsprechende  Gruppe  von  Uropoden  hier  beizubehalten. 

Berlese  kannte  Fiiscuropoda  liippocrepca  aus  Tahiti.  Er  beschreibt  die 
Art  f  olgendermassen : 

Saturatius  badio-fuliginea,  ovata,  postice  rotundatior  quam  in  congeneribus.  pilis 
Curtis  et  raris  in  dor  so  (bene  convexo)  et  in  marginibus  ornata.  In  ventre  quatuor  sunt 
pili  (utrinque  duo)  ad  latera  ani  duoque  paulo  anteriores,  sublaterales  duplo  caeteris 
longiores  et  robustiores.  Peritremata  dimidia  parte  sua  plicam  ad  margines  decurrentem 
conficienti ;  plica  eadem  strictiori,  canaliculi  partibus  decurrenti  et  incurrenti  contiguis. 
Linea  metapodica  angulum  acutum  sistens,  scuto  metapodico  in  medio  linea  chitinea  apice 
arcuato  signato.  Foem.  epigynio  maximo  (usque  ad  0.230  mm  long.;  0.150  mm  lat.) 
postice  sat  ultra  quartas  coxas  producto,  ferri  equini  elongati  instar  configurato,  margine 
tamen  subrotundato-truncato,  nulla  appendicula  aucto,  qua  re  margo  summus  sterni  est 
integer.  Mas  foramine  genitali  vix  ovato,  inter  tertias  coxas  sculpto.  Foem.  ad  0.900 
mm  long.;  0.670  mm  lat.;  mas  vix  minor  (18). 

Berlese  konnte  nicht  voraussehen,  dass  diese  Beschreibung,  trotz  ihrer 
Ausfiihrlichkeit,  wortlich  auch  auf  die  Art  passt,  die  unten  als  Fuseuropoda 
liippocrepoides  beschrieben  wird.  Professor  Tragardh,  Stockholm,  hat  aber 
die  Giite  gehabt,  in  Florenz  in  der  Berlese'schen  Sammlung  das  T^'pen- 
exemplar  von  hippocrepea  mit  liippocrepoides  zu  vergleichen,  so  dass  gesichert 
ist,  dass  die  beiden  Arten  hier  unbedingt  richtig  unter schieden  werden. 

Figur  9,  a  zeigt  die  Riickenseite  eines  Exemplares.  Die  Behaarung  des 
Scutum  medium  ist  weggelassen.  Denn  jeder  Punkt  und  jeder  Strich  ware 
zu  dick,  um  eine  richtige  V orstellung  von  diesen  winzingen  und  f einen  Haaren 
zu  geben.  Bei  nicht  ganz  genauer  Betrachtung  erscheint  das  Scutum  medium 
unbehaart. 

Figur  9,  b  zeigt  die  Ventralseite  des  Weibchens.  Zu  beachten  ist  die 
Form  des  Epigyniums,  unter  dem  eine  chitinose  Versteifung  im  Innern  der 
Genitalofifnung  erkennbar  ist.  Die  mannliche  Genitaloffnung  liegt  kreisformig 


Marque  sail  Insects — ///. 


85 


zwischen  den  Coxae  III,  genau  so  wie  es  unten  fiir  hippocrepoides  dargestellt 
ist.  Abgesehen  von  diesen  selbstverstandlichen  Unterschieden  stimmen  das 
Mannchen  und  das  Weil^chen  vollkonimen  iiberein.  Es  sei  nur  hingewiesen 
auf  die  kraftigen  Haare  in  der  Analgegend,  auf  die  Lineae  metapodicae,  auf 
das  labiale  Tritosternum  (fig.  9,  d),  auf  den  Verlauf  der  Peritremata 
(fig.  9,  r)  und  auch  darauf,  dass  die  gut  entwickelten  Kiele  auf  den  Femora 
aller  Beinpaare  in  beiden  Geschlechtern  eine  glatte  Kante  haben. 


FiGUR  9. — Fusciiropoda  hippocrcpca,  species  nova:  a,  Achiltiis,  dorsal;  h,  Weibchcn, 
ventral ;  c,  Adultus,  linkcs  Peritrcrna ;  d,  Weibchen,  Tritosternum ;  c,  Linea  metapodica 
von  Fusciiropoda  hippocrcpca,  Adultus  (voll  ausgezogene  binie)  und  Pitscuropoda  Jiip- 
pocrepoidcs,  Adultus  (punktierte  Linie). 


86 


Hcriiicc  P.  Pisliop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


lo.   Fuscuropoda  hippocrepoides,  species  nova  (fig.  lo,  ii). 

Hci  (Icr  Larva  siiul  die  Unirisse  der  Rumpfpanzerung  zu  unscharf,  als  dass  danach 
cine  zuvcrl;issii;c  Zcichnung  angefertigt  werden  konnte.  Der  Rumpf  ist  stark  aufge- 
triobcii  und  niihert  sich  einer  Kngelform.  Daher  ist  auch  der  Rumpf umriss  annahenid 
krcistinniig.  Liingc  0.375  mm;  Breite  0.305-0.330  mm.  Zu  diesen  Grossenverhaltnissen 
stclicn  (lie  L;ingen  der  3  Beinpaare  mit  durchweg  0.245  mm  in  einem  Alissverhaltnis ;  man 
hat  den  l^iiulruck,  als  seien  diese  Beine  fiir  das  Tier  viel  zu  lang.  Der  Praetarsus  I  hat 
Ixreits  die  betrachtliche  Liinge  wie  bei  den  Adulti  (wie  bei  hippocrepea,  fig.  9,  h). 
Kiele  anf  (k'n  Femora  fehlen,  und  Beingruben  sind  noch  nicht  im  Geringsten  angedeutet. 
Das  Tritosternnm  besteht  aus  einem  plumpen  Basalstiick,  die  einer  einzigen  Lacinia  zum 
Sockel  dient.  Diese  Lacinia  ist  ungefiedert  und  auch  an  der  Spitze  nicht  gespalten.  Auf 
der  Riickenflache  fallen  nahe  dem  Rumpfende  zwei  sehr  starke  Haare  von  0.080  mm 
Lange  auf.  Die  Analoflfnung  wird  von  zwei  Haaren  flankiert,  die  merklich  langer  und 
starker  sind  als  die  sonstigen  Harchen  der  Ventralseite. 

Auch  die  Protonympha  ist  noch  recht  stark  gewolbt.  Lange  0.540  mm ;  Breite  0.460 
mm.  Die  Liinge  aller  Beinpaare  betragt  0.290  mm.  Das  bei  der  Larva  vorhandene 
Alissverhaltnis  ist  hier  also  schon  wesentlich  gemildert. 

Die  Riickenflache  (fig.  10,  d)  wird  in  der  bei  den  Protonymphen  aller  Uropoden 
iiblichen  Weise  von  4  Panzerplatten  bedeckt,  deren  Anordnung  aus  der  Abbildung  ersicht- 
lich  ist :  ein  grosses  Hauptschild,  ein  Pygidialschild  und  zwei  mehr  seitliche  Flatten 
neben  der  hinteren  Halfte  des  Hauptschildes.  Das  Pygidialschild  liegt  wie  eine  Kappe 
auf  dem  Rumpfende  und  erscheint  daher  in  der  Abbildung  stark  perspectivisch  verkiirzt. 
Die  Schilder  sehen  glatt  aus.  Doch  wird  da,  wo  sie  sich  an  den  Seiten  und  hinten  nach 
unten  ziehen,  erkennbar,  dass  sie  reichlich  mit  flachen  Griibchen  iibersat  sind.  Auf  dem 
weichhautigen  Streifen,  der  das  Hinterende  des  Hauptschildes  umgibt,  zeichnen  sich  2 
Haarpaare  durch  Starke  und  Lange  aus.  Das  Hauptschild  selbst  tragt  nur  4  Paare 
feiner  Borsten.  Die  anderen  Schilder  sind  unbehaart.  Jederseits  11  feine  Borsten  stehen 
auf  der  Umrisslinie  auf  den  Rumpfseiten.  8  starkere  Haarpaare  umgeben  die  Riicken- 
panzerung ;  zu  ihnen  gehoren  die  Vertikalhaare. 

Auf  der  Bauchflache  (fig.  10,  e)  ist  das  Sternale  nunmehr  deutlich  entwickelt.  Es 
triigt  die  normalen,  hier  aber  recht  kraftigen  3  Sternalhaarpaare.  2  kiirzere  Haarpaare 
stehen  auf  der  weichhautigen  Flache  hinter  den  Coxae  IV.  Auf  dem  querovalen  Anal- 
schild  wird  die  Analoffnung  von  zwei  Haaren  flankiert,  die  sich,  schon  ahnlich  wie  bei 
den  Adulti,  etwas  durch  Lange  auszeichnen.  Uberraschender  Weise  aber  hat  sich  zu 
ihnen  noch  ein  winziges  unpaariges  Postanalhaar  gesellt.  Denn  ein  Postanalhaar  fehlt 
bei  der  Larva  und  bei  alien  folgenden  Entwickelungsstadien.  Zwei  grosse,  bohnenformige 
Schilder  (Inguinalia  ? )  liegen  neben  den  Coxae  IV  und  sind  unbehaart.  An  den  Femora 
der  Beine  ist  noch  nichts  von  Kielen  zu  bemerken.  Desgleichen  fehlt  noch  jede  An- 
deutung  von  Beingruben.  Die  Stigmen  liegen  etwas  vor  der  Linie  der  Vorderkanten  der 
Coxae  HI.  Da  die  Beingruben  noch  fehlen,  so  konnen  sich  die  Peritremata  noch  ohne 
Schliingelung  ausstrecken.  Die  reichen  etwas  hinter  die  Stigmen  zuriick  und  streben  vor 
den  Stigmen  ohne  jebe  Biegung  geradeaus,  bis  sie  den  Rumpf  umriss  erreichen.  Dann 
biegen  sie  sich  scharf  zuriick,  jedoch  nicht  in  der  Richtung  auf  die  Coxae  II,  sondern 
nach  aussen.  Sie  werden  dabei  auch  diinner  und  verlieren  sich  in  einer  Linie,  die  auf 
das  Hinterende  der  Peritremata  zuriicklauft.  Es  lasst  sich  nicht  entscheiden.  ob  diese 
Linie  ein  feiner  Kanal  ist  oder  ob  sie  den  Aussenrand  einer  Schildflache  bedeutet. 

Das  Tritosternum  (fig.  10,  b)  ist  noch  ahnlich  wie  bei  der  Larva.  Die  Lacinia  ist 
jetzt  aber  etwas  befiedert  und  spaltet  sich  vorne  in  drei  unbefiederte  Spitzen. 

Die  Deutonympha  hat  den  Habitus  der  zahllosen  Deutonymphen,  die  man  kennt, 
ohne  sie  mit  den  entsprechenden  Adulti  in  Zusammenhang  bringen  zu  konnen.  Lange 
0.775  mm ;  Breite  0.650  mm.  Lange  aller  Beine  0.350  mm,  womit  ein  Verhiiltnis  erreicht 
ist,  wie  man  es  bei  den  Uropoden  von  solchem  Habitus  zu  sehen  gewohnt  ist. 

Die  Riickenflache  (fig.  11,  a)  wird  in  der  Hauptsache  von  einem  Scutum  medium 
bedeckt.  An  seinen  glatten  Aussenrand  legt  sich  der  glatte  Innenrand  eines  liickenlos 
ringsum  verlaufenden  Marginale  an.    Struktur  der  ganzen  Riickenflache  glatt.    Auf  dem 


Marqiicsan  Insects — / / / . 


87 


Medium  sowohl  wie  auf  dem  Marginale  sind  Harchen  in  reichlicher  Menge  vorhanden. 
Sie  sind  aber  so  winzig  und  fein,  dass  sie  auf  dem  dunkelen  Untergrunde  nur  mit  Miihe 
zu  entdecken  sind.  Leichter  zu  sehen,  weil  sie  frei  iiber  den  Rumpfumriss  hinausragen. 
sind  jederseits  11  Lateralharchen,  die  selbe  Zahl  wie  bei  der  Protonympha.  Ein  Kranz 
von  Lateralplattchen  fehlt,  so  dass  diese  Haare  unmittelbar  auf  weichhautiger  Flache 
stehen. 

Auf  der  Bauchseite  (fig.  11  sind  nunmehr  die  Beingruben  voll  entwickelt.  Genau 
das,  was  bei  der  Protonympha  die  bohnenformigen  Flatten  neben  den  Coxae  IV  waren, 
ist  jetzt  in  die  Tiefe  gedriickt  und  biklet  die  Hohlung  der  Beingruben  IV.  Das  Sternale 
tragt  die  ungewohnliche  Zahl  von  9  Borstenpaaren.    Sie  sind  bedeutend  kiirzer  als  die 


FiGUR  10. — Fuscuropoda  hippocrepoides,  species  nova:  a,  Mannchen,  Sternale  und 
Genitaloffnung ;  h,  Protonympha,  Tritosternum ;  c,  Adultus,  linkes  Peritrema ;  d,  Pro- 
tonympha, dorsal ;  c,  Protonympha,  ventral. 


88 


Bcniicc  P.  Bish()[^  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Sternalhaaro  der  Protonympha.  Auf  dem  Anale  stehen  in  den  Vorderecken  2  kurze  und 
nahc  dor  Mitte  des  Vorderrandes  2  etwas  langere  Borstenpaare.  Die  Analoffnung  wird 
von  zwoi  starkeii  und  ansehnlich  langen  Haaren  flankiert.  Auf  dem  Analverschluss 
selbst  stclicn  4  Korsten.  Ein  unpaariges  Postanalhaar  fehlt.  Form  und  Umfang  der 
AiiairitYiuin^  dcuton  darauf  hin,  dass  diese  Deutonymphen  dazu  neigen,  sich  sympho- 
risii>cli  aul  Insckten  anzuheften.  Die  Stigmen  liegen  wie  bei  der  Protonympha,  also 
normal.  Die  riickwartige  Verlangerung  der  Peritremata  ist  so  gut  wie  ganz  ver- 
schwnnden.  Das  V'orhandensein  der  Beingruben  zwingt  die  Peritremata  jetzt  zu  der  aus 
der  Ahhildung  ersichtlichen  Schlangelung,  die  aber  ganz  anders  ist  als  bei  den  Adulti 
(fig.  10.  (•). 

Am  Tritosternum  ist  das  Basalstiick  stark  verliingert  und  dafiir  die  Lacinia  verkiirzt. 
Sic  spaltet  sich  vorn  in  zwei  unbehaarte  Spitzen.  Im  Ganzen  gleicht  das  Tritosternum 
dem  (Icr  Adulti  (wie  bei  Iiippocrepca  fig.  9,  d) . 

Ntikuhiva :  Tciianui,  Tovii  [Toovii],  2000  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Aleer, 
21.  Oktober  1929,  iinter  abgestorbenem  Laiibe;  27.  Oktober,  ungefahr  an 
dersclben  Stelle  nnter  Steinen ;  Mumford  und  Adamson. 

Hivaoa:  Atuona-Tal,  300  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  1.5  englische 
Meilen  von  der  Kiiste,  28.  Februar  1929,  unter  moderndem  Holze,  IMumford 
und  Adamson. 

Uahuku :  Hanahoua-Tal,  750  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  in  einem 
toten  Stamme  von  Inoearpus  edulis. 

Eiao :  1800  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  30.  xA.pril  1931,  unter  Rinde 
von  Aleurites  luolueeaua,  Le  Bronnec  und  H.  Tauraa. 

Diese  Art  is  von  Fuscuropoda  hippoerepea  kaum  zu  unterscheiden. 

Fign.r  10,  (7  zeigt  die  mannliche  Genitaloffnung  und  ihre  Umgebung.  Diese 
Abbildung  konnte  genau  so  gut  auch  fiir  hippoerepea  gelten.  Es  ist  im 
Allgemeinen  nicht  moglich,  bei  den  Uropoden  mit  Sicherheit  zu  erkennen.  in 
welcher  Weise  die  mannliche  Genitaloi^nung  verschlossen  ist.  Es  kann  sehr 
wohl  sein,  dass  es  in  dieser  Beziehung  verschiedene  Typen  gibt.  Im  vor- 
Hegenden  Falle  (wie  auch  bei  hippoerepea)  besitzt  das  Sternale  in  der 
Umgebimg  der  mannlichen  Genitalofifninig  ein  sehr  zartes  Muster  einer 
rhombischen  Felderung.  Dieses  Muster  dehnt  sich  von  vorne  her  ohne  jede 
Unterbrechung  iiber  die  Genitaloffnung  aus  und  lasst  klar  erkennen,  dass  hier 
ein  Deckel  vorhanden  ist,  der  sich  von  vorne  her  iiber  die  Offnung  legt.  Nach 
hinten  hin  bricht  das  Muster  plotzlich  ab.  Infolgedessen,  und  auch  dadurch, 
dass  das  Muster  weiter  hinten  verschwiniden  bleibt,  wird  der  Hinterrand 
des  Deckels  deutlich  sichtbar.  Es  handelt  sich  also  um  einen  vorne  befestigten 
Deckel,  der  in  das'  Sternale  nicht  gelenkig  eigefiigt  ist,  sondern  der  sich  nur 
durch  eigene  Elastizitat  offnen  und  schliessen  kann. 

Die  Unterschiede  zwischen  hippocrepoides  und  hippoerepea  sind  f  olgende : 

1.  bei  hippocrepoides  strebt  das  Peritrema  vom  Stigma  aus  ziemlich  direkt  dem  Rande 
des  Rumpfes  zu  (fig.  10.  c).  Bei  hippoerepea  beschreibt  das  Peritrema,  bevor  es  dem 
Rande  des  Rumpfes  zustrebt,  einen  betrachtlichen,  etwas  eckigen  Bogen  nach  aussen 
(fig.  9,  c).    Die  Stelle,  wo  der  riicklaufige  Abschnitt  des  Peritrema  sich  bei  Bcriihrung 


Marqiicsaii  Insects — ///. 


des  Rumpfrandes  dem  vorwarts  verlaufenden  Abschnitte  eng  anlegt,  ist  bei  hippocre- 
poidcs  nicht  oder  nur  schwach  nach  vorne,  bei  hippocrcpca  deutlich  etwas  nach  hinten 
gebogen. 

2.  der  Verlauf  der  Linea  metapodica  ist  bei  beiden  Arten  nahezu  gleich.  Aber  die 
Linie,  die  die  von  der  Linea  metapodica  umgrenzte  Grube  fiir  die  Beine  IV  (Fovea 
pedalis  IV)  teilt,  verlauf t  verschieden. 

Die  Linea  metapodica  ist  in  Figur  9,  c  fiir  hippocrcpca  in  voll  ausgezogenem  Striche, 
fiir  hippocrcpoidcs  punktiert  dargestellt. 

3.  bei  hippocrcpca  haben  die  Kiele  auf  den  Femora  aller  Beine  in  beiden  Geschlecht- 
ern  eine  glatte  Kante.  Bei  hippocrcpoidcs  sind  diese  Kanten  nur  bei  dem  Weibchen 
glatt,  bei  dem  Alannchen  dagegen  nach  Art  einer  Sage  gezahnelt. 


Figur  11. — Fuscitropoda  hippocrcpoidcs,  species  nova,  Deutonympha :  a,  dorsal;  b, 
ventral. 

An  einer  Stelle  hat  die  entomologische  Expedition  eine  grossere  Anzahl 
von  Fuscuropoda  hippocrcpoidcs  ohne  Beimischung  anderer  Uropoden  ge- 
funden,  also  sozusagen  "in  Reinkultur".  Darum  erscheint  es  nnl)edenklich, 
die  dabei  mitgefundenen  Jugendstadien  auf  Jiippocrepoidcs  zu  beziehen.  Es 
ist  unwahrscheinlich,  dass  Jugendstadien  von  hippocrcpca  sich  gerade  in  diese 
Ansammlung  verirrt  ha1)en  sollten. 

11.   Fuscuropoda  furcigera,  species  nova  (fig.  12). 

Wegen  der  Grfisse,  der  Rumpfgcstalt,  der  Farbe  und  des  Charakters  der  Behaarung 
(verhiiltnismassig  lange,  radiar  abstehendc,  nadelfomige,  iiberwiegend  glatte  Haare  mit 
dem  bei  Uropoden  so  haufigen  Knick  unmittelbar  fiber  dem  Haaransatze)  vollkommen 
von  dem  Habitus  der  allbekanntcn  europaisclicn  Art,  die  Bcrlese  Uropoda  obscura  nennt. 

Panzerung  df)rsal  (fig.  12,  c)  und  (jedocli  wcniger  deutlich)  ventral  (fig.  12,  a) 
mit  weitlaufig  angeordneten  (n-iibchen  iibers.'it,  die  sich  als  hell  schimmernde  Flecke 
abheben.    Behaarung  wie  bei  obscura,  doch  stehen  die  \^ertikalhaare  so  dicht  beisammen, 


90 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum— Bulletin  142 


dass  ihrc  Ansat/stellen  sich  beriihren.  Der  Knick  an  ihrer  Basis  bewirkt,  dass  sie  sich 
in  der  Rc,s;cl  krciizen.  Verlauf  der  Peritremata  wie  bei  ohscura.  Nur  ist  das  Stiick 
der  Peritremata  zwischen  dem  Stigma  und  der  Stelle,  wo  sie  sich  nach  der  Randlinie  des 
Riimpfes  hinwoiuk'n,  nn<;e\V(')hnlich  breit. 

\\'cil)clien  :   Liingc  1.065-  i-oSo  mm;  Breite  0.750-0.790  mm. 


FiGUR  12. — Fusciiropoda  jurcigera,  species  nova,  Weibchen :  a,  ventral;  l\  Hypo- 
stom,  Tritosternum,,  Sternale  und  Epigynium ;  c,  dorsal 

Mannchen :  Lange  1.025-1.080  mm;  Breite  0.730-0.790  mm.  Aiif  dem  Scutum 
medium  der  Riickenseite  nahe  dem  Hinterrande  eine  Querrcihe  von  4  distal  etwas 
gefiederten  Haaren. 

Die  geradlinige  Hinterkante  des  Epigyniums  liegt  ungefahr  in  der  Linie  der  Hin- 
terkanten  der  Coxae  III.  Die  Umrisslinie  des  Epigyniums  gleicht  einem  Ei,  dessen 
spitzeres  Ende  vorn  liegt.  Das  Vorderende  erreicht  die  Coxae  I  bei  Weitem  nicht. 
sondern  liegt  etwas  vor  der  Mitte  zwischen  den  Coxae  II.    Es  tragt  jedoch  einen  in 


M arquesan  Insects — ///. 


91 


ganzer  Lange  gleich  breiten  Fortsatz,  der  sich  sogar  noch  der  Basis  des  Tritosternums 
auflegt.  Dieser  Fortsatz  ist  in  seiner  ganzen  vorderen  Halfte  gespalten.  Er  bildet  also 
eine  Gabel,  deren  "Griff"  ebenso  lang  ist  wie  die  beiden  "Zinken."  Dies  ist  das  auffalligste 
Kennzeichen  der  Species  (fig.  12,  b) . 

Die  mannliche  Genitaloffnung  ist  langsoval  und  liegt  zwischen  den  Coxae  III.  Ihre 
hintere  Halfte  ist  von  einer  verstarkten  Chitinisation  in  Gestalt  eines  ziemlich  breiten, 
halbkreisformigen  Rahmens  umgeben. 

Uapou :  3.  Januar  1930,  an  abgestorbenem  Holze  von  BryfJinua  indica, 
R.  R.  Whitten. 

12.  Cilliba  bordagei  Oudemans. 

Hivaoa :  Atuona-Tal,  300  englische  Fuss  uber  dem  Meer,  1.5  englische 
Meilen  von  der  Kiiste,  28.  Februar  und  6.  Juli  1929,  unter  moderndem  Holze, 
Mum  ford  und  Adamson. 

Die  Art  ist  von  Oudemans  so  genau  beschrieben  und  vor  alien  Dingen  so 
vorzuglich  abgebildet,  dass  dem  nichts  hinzufiigen  ist  (34).  Sie  kann  wegen 
vieler  Einzelheiten  unmoglich  mit  einer  anderen  Art  verwechselt  werden,  vor 
allem  nicht  wegen  des  ganz  absonderlichen  Verlaufes  der  Peritremata.  Das 
Oudemans'sche  Material  stammte  von  Reunion  aus  einem  Nest  von  Pison 
argcntatuui  (Sphegidae).    Aber  das  mag  wohl  Zufall  gewesen  sein. 

13.  Biscirus  symmetricus  (Kramer). 

Uapou :  Teavanui-Tal,  am  Abhange  nach  Paaumea,  3000  englische  Fuss 
iiber  dem  Meer,  20.  November  1931.  an  Cyafhca  species;  Hakahetau-Tal, 
3020  englische  Fuss  u1)er  dem  Meer,  20.  November  1931  ;  Le  Bronnec. 

Die  Systematik  der  Bdellidae  ist  lange  ein  umstrittenes  Gebiet  gewesen, 
hauptsachlich  deshalb,  weil  es  schwer  ist,  die  Typenarten  der  Gattungen  Bdclla 
Latreille  1795  und  Scirus  Hermann  1804  richtig  zu  erkennen.  Sig  Thor  hat 
1931  (37)  these  Systematik  richtig  dargestellt,  wahrend  mein  (47)  eigener 
Entwurf  vom  selben  Jahre  fundamentale  Irrtiimer  enthalt. 

Die  Art,  die  Kramer  Bdclla  syinuictrica  nennt  (25 ),  gehort  in  die  Gattung 
Biscirus  Sig  Thor  1913  (Typus:  Bdella  silvatica  Kramer  1881).  Das  von 
Kramer  studierte  Material  stammt  zum  Teil  aus  Uschuia  an  der  Siklkiiste  des 
argentinischen  Teiles  von  Feuerland,  zum  Teil  aus  Puerto  Toro  auf  der  von 
dieser  Kiiste  niu"  diu"ch  den  Beagle-Canal  getrennten  chilenischen  Insel 
Navarin. 

Kramer  hat  von  der  Art  nur  den  rechten  Maxillarpalpus,  von  unten 
gcschen,  abgel)ildet.  Aber  der  Text  seiner  Beschreibung  ist  ausfiihrlich  und 
klar,  so  dass  hier  die  Richtigkeit  der  Determination  gesichert  ist. 

14.  Caeculisoma  cordipes,  species  nova  (fig.  13). 

Gestalt  vom  typischen  Caeculisoma-Y{dih\{\\s:  ganz  scitlich  cingclonktc  Trochanteren, 
infolgedesscn  iiber  den  Coxae  II  und  III  stark  tMiigcschiiiirt,  stark  vorgcwolbtc  Schultcrn 
zwischen  den  Bcincn  11  und  III,  Rumpfendc  brrit  ali.m'rundet.  der  \"ertcx  weit  vor- 
gestreckt  (fig.  13,  a).  Farbe  am  conscrvicrten  Matcriale  nicht  zu  erkennen;  ini  Lebcn 
wahrscheinlich  duster  graubraun. 


92 


Bcriiicc  P.  Bishop  ]\Ii(scuin — Bulletin  142 


I(Hi)S(Miial;in,iro.  1.710  mm;  Breite  in  der  Schultergegend,  0.995  rnm;  hinter  den  Beinen 
1\  .  0.805  nnu.  I,;in,uc  der  Crista  metopica  0.940  mm.  Sie  reicht  also  bis  hinter  die 
-Mittc  (Kt  Riickontlfichc.  Die  vordere  Area  sensilligera  auf  dem  Vertex,  die  hintere  in 
(Icr  Linic  zwi.schen  den  Einlenkungen  der  Trochanteren  III.  Abstand  der  hinteren  pseudo- 
stigmatischcn  Organe  von  den  vorderen  0.610  mm.  Die  Crista  setzt  sich  also  noch  weit 
hinter  der  hinteren  Area  sensilligera  fort.  Augen  auf  niedrigem  Sockel  dicht  neben  der 
Crista  nngef;ilir  in  der  Linie  der  Schultern.  Abstand  der  Mittelpunkte  der  Augen  0.280 
nini. 


FiGUR  13. — Caeculisoma  cordipes,  species  nova:  a,  Adultus,  dorsal ;  Z?,  Adultus,  Tarsus 
I,  dorsal ;  c,  Adultus,  augenahnliches  Organ  auf  Tibia  III  und  Tarsus  III  dorsal ;  d, 
Adultus,  Rumpfhaare :  links  Haar  von  Vertex,  in  der  Mitte  Haar  vom  Riicken.  rechts 
Haar  von  der  Bauchflache. 


Der  ganze  Rumpf  ist  dicht  behaart,  ventral  auch  auf  den  Coxalflachen.  Auf  dem 
Riicken  und  an  den  Rumpfseiten  sind  die  Haare  dick  stabformig  (d.  h.  in  ganzer  Liinge 
gleich  dick  und  mit  abgerundeter  Spitze),  ringsum,  ahnlich  wie  bei  Erythracus,  durch 
spitze  Schuppen  aufgerauht ;  man  konnte  sie  mit  einem  jungen  Spross  von  Asparagus 
vergleichen.    Anders  geformte  Haare  sind  nicht  vorhanden  (fig.  13,  (/  in  der  Alitte). 


Mar  que  sail  Insects — ///.  93 

Ihre  Liinge  betragt  0.041  mm,  ganz  vereinzelt  audi  bis  0.055  rnni.  Nur  die  Haare  auf 
dem  Vertex  die  die  vordere  Area  sensilligera  umgeben,  messen  0.085  rnm  (fig.  13,  d 
links).  Die  Haare  auf  der  Bauchseite  sind  diinn,  konisch  (das  heisst  von  der  Basis 
an  bis  zur  Spitze  gleichmiissig  zugespitzt)  und  mit  4  Langsreihen  von  kleinen  Dornen 
bcsetzt  (fig.  13,  d  rechts). 

Die  Langen  der  Beine  konnten  nicht  gemessen  werden.  Ihr  Verhaltnis  zum  Rumpfe 
diirfte  aber  kauni  anders  sein  als  bei  CaccuUsoma  argus  (44).  Tarsus  I  ziemlich  schlank 
oval,  0.089  nim  lang,  0.048  mm  breit.  Die  Hohe  konnte  nicht  gemessen  werden.  Fig. 
13,  b  zeigt  den  linken  Tarsus  I  von  oben.  Tarsus  IV,  der  ebenso  geformt  ist  wie  II 
und  III,  0.051  mm  lang,  0.041  mm  breit  und  ganz  platt.  Fig.  13.  c  zeigt  den  linken 
Tarsus  III  von  oben.  Da  die  Tarsi  II,  III,  und  IV  an  ihrer  Basis  schlank  sind,  sich 
nach  vorne  hin  stark  verbreitern  und  vorne  eine  Einsenkung  besitzen,  in  die  die  Krallen 
zuriickgeklappt  werden  konnen,  so  sind  sie  vollkommen  herzformig.  Diese  Gestalt  der 
Tarsen  kommt  aber  auch  bei  anderen  Cacciiliso ma- Arten  vor.  Die  augenahnlichen 
Organe  dorsal  auf  den  Enden  aller  Trochanteren  und  aller  Tibien  (fig.  13,  a,  c)  sind  gut 
entwickelt ;  auf  anderen  Beingliedern  scheinen  sie  zu  fehlen.  Die  Haare  an  alien 
Beingliedern  sind  iiberwieg-ehd  wie  die  Rumpfhaare  der  Ventralseite  (fig.  13,  d  rechts). 
Sie  werden  nach  den  Tarsen  hin  immer  feiner.  Nur  an  den  Enden  aller  Coxae  und 
aller  Trochanteren  stehen  einige  Haare  vom  Charakter  der  Rumpfhaare  auf  der  Dorsal- 
seite.  Ganz  vereinzelt  sind  zwischen  den  befiederten  Haaren  glatte  Haare  eingestreut. 
Sie  sind  aber  nur  ausnahmsweise  langer  oder  anders  gerichtet  als  die  iibrigen  Haare  und 
spielen  daher  im  Gesamtbilde  keine  Rolle.  Nur  die  Ventralseite  der  Tarsi  ist  mit  einer 
dichten  Biirste  von  glatten  Haaren  bedeckt  (fig.  13,  c) . 

Uahiika:  Hitikaii,  2900  englische  Fuss  iiber  dem  Meer,  3.  Marz  1931, 
Le  Bronnec  und  H.  Tauraa. 

15.  Histiostoma  granulatum,  species  nova  (fig.  14). 

Hivaoa:  Kaava-Gebirge,  2500  englische  Fuss  ul)er  dem  Meer,  8.  Januar 
1932,  unter  der  Rinde  von  CJieirodcndron  species  in  grosser  Menge  an  dem 
Abdomen  eines  Nitiduliden,  Bvacliypeplus  species. 

Die  Gattungen  Anoctus  Dujardin  1842  (Typus:  Hypopiis  alieola  Dujardin 
1849  =  Anoctus  discrepans  Oudemans  1903)  und  Histiostoma  Kramer  1876 
(Typus:  Histiostoma  pectineuni  Kramer  1876)  sind  lange  fiir  synonym 
gehalten  w^orden.  Infolgedessen  sind  sehr  viele  Arten  unter  dem  Namen 
Anoctus  beschrieben  worden,  die  eigentlich  zu  Histiostoma  gehoren.  Von 
den  meisten  Arten  sind  nur  die  (immer  heteromorphen)  Deutonymphen 
bekannt,  die  zu  unterscheiden  oft  sehr  schw^er  ist.  Oudemans  hat  hier 
Ordnung  geschafifen  (32). 

Die  vorliegende  Deutonympha  gehort  zu  Histiostoma.  Sie  gleicht  vollkom- 
men der  Deutonympha  des' europaischen  Histiostoma  sapromycarum  (Dufour 
1839),  die  Oudemans  1914  tmter  dem  Namen  Anoctus  sapromycarum  gcnau 
beschrieben  und  abgebildet  hat  (29),  mit  Ausnahme  weniger  Kinzelhciten. 
Es  geniigt  daher,  wenn  nur  die  Unterschiede  angegeben  werden.  Sic  bestehen 
darin,  dass  bei  Histiostoma  granulatum: 

1.  Die  ganzc  Ruckcnseitc  (fig.  14.  a) — aber  niclit  die  Baucliseite  (fig.  14,  b)  — 
deutlich  mit  winzigen  Griibchen  iibersat  ist.  Bei  saproiny.canmi  ist  sie  spiegclglatt. 

2.  Die  Haare  auf  der  Riickenseite  zwar  sehr  fein,  aber  doch  so  lang  sind,  dass  sie 


94 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  Miiscnin — Bulletin  142 


einigermassen  leicht  wahrgenommen  werden  konnen.  Bei  sapromyaariim  sind  sie  auch 
sehr  fein,  aber  ausserdem  so  kurz,  dass  sie  nur  mit  Immersion  wahrgenommen  werden 
konnen.  In  dieser  Beziehung  gleicht  granulatnin  dem  auch  sehr  ahnlichen  Histiostoma 
[^unctulatitiii  aus  Malakka  (42),  auf  dem  Brenthiden  Cyphagogus  cichhorni  Kirsch 
gctunden. 

Dies  ist  die  zweite  Anoetiden-Deiitonymphe,  die  aus  der  Siidsee  bekannt 
wird.  Die  andere  ist  Histiostoma  polynesiacum  von  den  Fiji-Inseln,  auf  dem 
Hrenthiden  Buhactnis  sciniacncus  Lacordaire  gefunden  (41). 


FiGUR  14. — Histiostoma  granulatnm,  species  nova,  Deutonympha :  a,  rforsal ;  b, 
ventraL 


16.   Alloptes  phaetontis  (Fabricius;. 

Acants  phaetontis,  Fabricius:  Ent.,  Seite  815,  Nr.  25,  1775. 

Dcrmaleichiis  phaetontis,  Buchholz  :  Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Arten  der  Gattung  Der- 
maleichus,  Koch,  Seite  52-54,  Taf.  6.  Fig.  39,  Taf.  7,  Fig.  40-45.  1869. 

Alloptes  phaetontis,  Trouessart :  Soc.  d'Etudes  Sci.,  Angers,  Bulk,  Seite  67,  1885. 
Wegen  der  alteren  Literatur  und  Synonymik  vergl.  Oudemans,  "Kritisch-his- 
torisch  Overzicht  der  Acarologie,"  Band  2,  Seite  694  -  695,  1929. 

Hatutu  [Hatutaa]  :  28.  April  1931,  Le  Bronnec  und  H.  Tauraa. 

Die  Art  ist  von  Buchholz  zwar  nicht  schon,  aber  unniissverstandlich 
abgebildet  worden.  Sie  kann  wegen  der  sonderbaren  Anschwellung  an  den 
langen  Haaren  des  Rumpfendes  nicht  mit  anderen  Arten  verwechselt  werden 


M arqucsan  Insects — ///. 


95 


und  ist  so  allgemein  bekannt,  class  hier  nicht  naher  auf  sie  eingegangen  zu 
werden  braiicht.  Sie  lebt  auf  alien  Phaeton-Arten  und  hat  infolgedessen 
eine  sehr  weite  Yerbreitung.  Ausserdem  kommt  sie  in  den  Gebieten  des 
nordlichen  Atlantischen  Oceans  und  der  artischen  Meere  auf  Fratcrcula 
arctica  vor. 

17.  Eriophyes  premnae  Nalepa. 

Hivaoa :  1300  englische  Fuss  filler  dem  Meer,  10.  Mai  1929,  in  Gallen  von 
Pre  111  no  faJiiteusis. 

Nalepa  beschrieb  die  Art  1914  nach  Material,  dass  W.  Docters  van 
Leeuwen  1912  in  Java  niit  Blattern  von  Preiiina  eyelophylla  gesammelt  hatte 

(28). 

Die  hier  beschriebene  Milbensammlung  mag  wohl  einen  ersten  Einblick 
in  die  Acaro fauna  der  Marquesas  gewahren  und  insofern  nicht  unbeachtlich 
sein.  Aber  man  darf  darin  noch  nicht  einen  Uberblick  fiber  diese  Fauna  in 
ihrer  Gesamtheit  suchen.  Dafiir  ist  die  Sammlung  noch  zu  klein.  Man 
muss  sich  immer  vergegenwartigen :  sie  ist  nur  ein  Nebenergebnis  der  Arbeit 
des  Pacific  Entomological  Survey.  Daher  enthalt  sie — um  nur  auf  einige 
Liicken  hinzuweisen — noch  nichts  von  den  verhaltnismassig  grossen,  meist 
durch  ihre  leuchtend  rote  Farbe  aufTallenden  Trombidien,  nichts  von  deren 
parasitischen  Larvenformen,  nichts  von  der  sicherlich  nicht  fehlenden 
spezifischen  Acaro  fauna  des  Meeresstrandes,  nichts  aus  den  artenreichen 
koprophilen  Gruppen,  nichts  an  Myrmekophilen,  nichts  von  den  Parasiten 
kleiner  Wirbeltiere,  ausser  Hisfiostonia  grauulatiiiii  nichts  von  den  Insekten- 
Symphoristen,  ausser  AUoptes  phaetontis  nichts  von  den  zahllosen  Vogelepi- 
zoen,  usw.  Aber  es  ist  ein  An  fang  gemacht,  und  man  kann  den  Herren  vom 
Entomological  Survey  nur  dankbar  sein  fiir  die  darin  verkorperte  Miihe- 
waltung. 

Unter  diesen  Umstanden  ist  es  aber  schwer,  schon  jetzt  zu  tiergeogra- 
phischen  Fragen  Stellung  zu  nehmen.  Wirklich  endemische  Arten  wird  man 
auf  den  pazifischen  Inseln  kaum  erwarten  diirfen.  Es  wird  sich  wohl  immer 
um  Arten  handeln,  die  urspriuiglich  irgendwie  vom  australischen  Continente, 
aus  Ostasien  oder  von  der  amerikanischen  Kliste  her  eingeschleppt  sind. 
Solcher  Einschleppungsmoglichkeiten  gibt  es  eine  ganze  Reihe.  Bei  den 
Oribatiden  konnte  man  an  Treibholz  denken,  zumal  gewisse  Arten  ihre 
Jugendzeit  in  Holz  einge1x)hrt  verleben.  Die  Schififahrt  als  solche  und  mit 
ihr  auch  der  Imi)ort  von  Tiercn  und  Pflanzen  wird  eine  Rolle  gespielt  haben. 
Parasiten  und  Symphoristen  werden  durch  ihre  Wirte,  zum  Beispiel  Vogel 
und  fliegende  Tnsekten,  verschleppt  worden  sein.  Dies  gilt  vor  allem  fiir 
Trombidiiden,  Erythraeiden  und  Tyroglyphiden,  so  weit  sie  parasitisch  oder 


96 


BcDiicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


symphoristisch  veranlagtc  Jugendstadien  durchlaufen.  Auch  die  V^ogelepizoen 
wiiren  hierher  zu  rechnen.  Sogar  die  Seeschlangen  kommen  fiir  die  \^er- 
l)rcilung  iiicht  nur  von  Zecken,  sondern  sogar  von  Tyroglyphen  und 
Tronibidiiden  in  Betracht,  nachdem  die  indonesiche  Expedition  des  damaligen 
]^-inzcn,  jctzigen  Konigs  Leopold  von  Belgien  einen  Platurus  coluhrinus 
gefangen  liat,  der  ausser  mit  dem  fiir  ihn  spezifischen  Amhlyoinina  nitidum 
Hirst  U)io  auch  noch  mit  Larven  von  Trouibieula  zvieJiinanui  (Oudemans 
i()05)  und  bis  dahin  unljekannten  Deutonymphen  von  zwei  Tyroglyphus- 
Arten  behaftet  war.  Freilich  bleiben  da  immer  noch  allzu  zahlreiche  Fragen 
ungelost. 

1st  die  Einwanderung  aber  erst  einmal  gegliickt,  denn  kann  sich  leicht 
dcr  Faktor  der  geographischen  Isoherung  auswirken,  der  Formen  her- 
anziichtet,  die  von  der  Stammform  mehr  oder  weniger  abweichen.  Das  hat 
Jacot  schon  fiir  die  Oribatiden  hervorgehoben  und  iiberzeugend  nachgewiesen. 

Wieviel  der  austraHsche  Continent  zur  Besiedelung  der  pazifischen  Insehi 
beigetragen  hat,  das  Lasst  sich  heute  noch  nicht  erkennen,  da  dessen  Acaro- 
fauna,  trotz  der  erfolgreichen  Bemiihungen  von  Hirst  und  \\^omersley,  erst 
allzu  unvollkommen  durchgearbeitet  ist. 

Wenn  man  die  Gattung  Sessiluneus  so  aufifasst,  wie  Canestrini  es 
urspriinglich  formuliert  hat,  dann  war  sie  bisher  nur  in  ihrer  Typenart  und 
nur  aus  Neu-Guinea  und  Java  bekannt,  und  wenn  nun  auf  Tahiti  eine  zweite 
Art  festgestellt  wird,  so  wird  man  daraus  folgern  diirfen,  class  die  Gattung 
als  solche  von  Westen  her  in  das  pazifische  Gebiet  eingewandert  ist.  Das 
Gleiche  gilt  fiir  die  Gattung  Bpicroseius.  Yielleicht  ist  der  Epieroseius 
angelioides  aus  Java  und  Sumatra  erst  auf  den  pazifischen  Inseln  zu  dem 
Bpiseroseius  seurofi  geworden,  der  er  dort  heute  ist.  Im  Cjegensatze  hierzu 
sind  die  Gattungen  CypJwIaelaps  und  Cereoinegistus  von  Osten  her.  aus 
Siidamerika,  gekommen. 

Bei  Eucereou  ozmluiii  und  Plafyseius  iiwllieoiiius  l^esteht  kein  Zweifel,  dass 
sie  aus  dem  Westen  stammen.  Man  kann  dies  sogar  fiir  die  ganze  Gattung 
Platyseius  annehmen,  da  sie  in  Anierika  bisher  noch  nicht  bemerkt  worden 
ist.  Die  Gattung  Buzereou  ist  allerdings  auch  in  Argentinien  vertreten. 

Uber  die  Macrocheliden  mit  ihrer  uniibersehbaren  und  iiber  den  ganzen 
Erdball  verbreiteten  Artenzahl  lasst  sich  keine  X^ermutung  begriinden. 
Dagegen  lasst  die  Gattung  Caeeulisoina  erkennen,  dass  sie  irgendwo  auf  einer 
Linie  ihren  Ursprung  genommen  hat,  die  von  Sumatra,  Java  und  Xeu-Guinea 
iiber  Nord-Australien  und  die  Marquesas  nach  Argentinien  und  Paraguay 
verlauft.  Wahrscheinlich  hat  sie  die  Marquesas  von  \\'esten  her  erreicht. 
Denn  in  Siidamerika  gibt  es  nur  eine  einzige  Art,  in  Indonesien  und  Australien 
dagegen  mindestens  5,  und  hier  finden  sich  auch  Ubergangsformen,  die  in 
ihrem  Habitus  nicht  so  stark  vom  Habitus  eines  Brytliraeus  abweichen. 


98 


Hcriiicc  l\  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


\\  ic  soil  man  sich  aber  dazii  stellen,  wenn  Biscirus  symmetricus  unmit- 
iclbar  von  dcr  antarktischen  Siidspitze  Siidamerikas  bis  zu  den  tropischen 
^[arcjucsas  hiniiberspringt  ? 

X'orsicht  ist  audi  bei  den  Uropoden  geboten.  Denn  welche  Verbindung 
kcHintc  zwischen  der  Cilliba  bordagei  auf  Reunion  und  der  auf  Tahiti  und 
Hivaoa  bestehen? 

Allen  diesen  Acarinen  kann  man  keine  wirtschaftliche  Bedeutung  beimes- 
sen.  Sicherlich  ist  Briophyes  preuinae  ein  Schadling.  Aber  ernstlich 
wirtschaftlichen  Schaden  vernrsacht  er  doch  wohl  kaum.  AUes  in  allem 
genommen  kann  man  diese  Acari  eher  als  Niitzlinge  bezeichnen.  Sie  alle 
tragen  nnmittelbar  oder  mittelbar  zur  Humusbildung  bei,  vor  allem  die 
Uropoden  und  noch  mehr  die  Oribatiden,  wie  es  ja  auch  so  viele  andere 
Kleinlebewesen  aus  ganz  anderen  Ordnungen  des  Tierreiches  tun  (39,  40). 

LITERATUR 

1.  BerlESK,  Antonio,  Acari,  Myriopoda  et  Scorpiones  luicusque  in  Italia  reperta :  Heft 

11,  Nr.  8.  Taf.  156;  Nr.  2,  Taf.  167,  1884. 

2.  Berlkse,  Antonio,  Acari,  Myriopoda  et  Scorpiones  hucusque  in  Italia  reperta:  Heft 

54,  Nr.  5,  Taf.  57,  1880 

3.  BerlESE,  Antonio,  Acari  siid  Americani :  Zool.  Anz.,  Bd.  25,  p.  13,  1901. 

4.  BereESE.  Antonio,  Diagnosi  di  alcune  nuove  specie  di  Acari  italiani  mirmecofili  e 

liberi :  Zool.  Anz.,  Bd.  ,'27,  p.  14,  1903. 

5.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Acari  nuovi,  Manipulus  II:  Redia,  Bd.  1,  pp.  260-261,  1904. 

6.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Acari  nuovi :  Redia,  Bd.  2,  p.  163,  1904-1905. 

7.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Lista  di  nuove  specie  e  nuovi  generi  di  Acari :   Redia.  Bd.  6,  p. 

245,  1910. 

8.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Lista  di  nuove  specie  e  nuovi  generi  di  Acari :  Redia,  Bd.  6,  p. 

253,  1910. 

9.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Lista  di  nuove  specie  e  nuovi  generi  di  Acari :  Redia,  Bd.  6.  p. 

260,  1910. 

10.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Acari  nuovi,  Manipulus  IX:  Redia,  Bd.  10,  pp.  145-146,  Taf.  2, 

Fig.  29,  1914. 

11.  Berlese,,  Antonio,  Centuria  seconda  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia.  Bd.  12,  p.  137.  1916 

12.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  seconda  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia,  Bd.  12,  pp.  148-149,  1916. 

13.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  seconda  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia,  Bd.  12,  p.  166.  1916. 

14.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Intorno  agli  Uropodidae :  Redia,  Bd.  13,  p.  11,  1917. 

15.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  seconda  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia,  Bd.  13.  p.  117,  1918. 

16.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  quarta  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia.  Bd.  13,  p.  135.  1918. 

17.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  quarta  di  Acari  nuovi:  Bd.  13,  pp.  145-173,  189.  1918. 

18.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  quarta  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia,  Bd.  13.  pp.  180-181,  1918. 

19.  Berlese,  Antonio,  Centuria  sesta  di  Acari  nuovi:  Redia.  Bd.  15,  p.  251,  1924. 

20.  Canestrini,  Giovanni,  Prospetto  dell'Acarofauna  Italiana,  pp.  87-88. 

21.  EwiNG,  H.  E.,  Ectoparasites  of  the  genus  Rattus :  B.  P.  Bishop  AIus..  Bull.  14.  pp. 

7-11,  1924. 

22.  Ferris,  G.  F.,  Ectoparasites  of  Marquesan  Rats :  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  98.  pp. 

117-127,  1932. 


M arquesan  Insects — ///, 


99 


23.  HoLLDOBLER,  K.,  Uber  eine  merkwiirdige  Parasitenerkrankung  von  Solenopsis  fugax : 

Zeit.  fiir  Parasitenk.,  Bd.  2,  pp.  67-72,  1930. 

24.  Jacot,  a.  p.,  Some  Tyroglyphina  (Sarcoptiformes)  of  the  Marquesan  Islands:  B.  P. 

Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114,  1934. 

25.  Kramer,  Paul,  Acariden  der  Hamburger  Magalhaensischen  Sammelreise,  pp.  14-15, 

fig.  23,  1898. 

26.  Kramer,  Paul,  Acariden  der  Hamburger  Magalhaensischen  Sammelreise,  pp.  31-33, 

1898. 

27.  LaTreillE,  p.  a.,  Genera  Crustaceorum  et  Insectorum,  Bd.  1,  p.  157,  Paris,  1806. 

28.  NalEpa,  a.,  Eriophyiden  aus  Java,  1.  Beitrag :  Marcellia,  Bd.  14,  pp.  57-58. 

29.  OuDEMANS,  A.  C,  Beschrijving  van  een  weinig  bekende  en  drie  nieuwe  soorten  van 

Anoetus :  Tijds.  voor  Ent.,  Bd.  57,  pp.  107-110,  Taf.  3,  figs.  1,  4;  Taf.  4,  figs.  9, 
10,  1914. 

30.  OuDEMANS,  A.  C,  Fauna  Buruana,  Acari :  Treubia,  Suppl.  zu  Bd.  7,  pp.  43-52,  1928. 

31.  OuDEMANS,  A.  C,  Kritisch-historisch  overzicht  der  Acarologie,  Bd.  2,  pp.  122-128, 

1929. 

32.  OuDEMANS,  A.  C,  Acarologische  Aanteekeningen  XCVH,  und  CI  :  Ent.  Bericht., 

Bd.  7,  pp.  449-451,  1929;  Bd.  8,  p.  53,  1930. 

33.  OuDEMANS,  A.  C,  Acarologische  Aanteekeningen  CVIII :  Ent.  Bericht.,  Bd.  8,  pp. 

262-263,  1931. 

34.  Oudemans,  a.  C,  Description  d'une  nouvelle  espece  d'Acarien :  Bull.  sci.  France  et 

Belgique,  Bd.  46,  pp.  87-91,  Taf.  2,  figs.  1-12. 

35.  Stoll,  Otto,  Arachnida  Acaridea :  Biol.  Centrali-Amer.,  pp.  35-36,  1893. 

36.  Thor,  Sig,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  invertebraten  Fauna  von  Svalbard :  Skrift. 

om  Svalbard  og  Ishavet,  Nr.  27,  pp.  124-131,  1930. 

37.  Tlior,  Sig,  Bdellidae,  Nicoletiellidae,  Cryptognathidae :  Das  Tierreich,  Lief.  56,  pp. 

1-65,  1931- 

38.  Thor  Sig,  Uber  einzellige  Parasiten  in  verschiedenen  Acarina,  Zeitschr.  f.  Para- 

sitenk., Bd.  2,  pp.  551-570- 

39.  Tragardh,  Ivar,  Undersokningar  over  det  liigre  djurlivet  i  marken :  Skogshogskolans 

Festskrift,  pp.  795-8i3»  1928. 

40.  Tragardh,  Ivar.  Dr.  Jacot  as  authority  on  the  fauna  of  the  forest  soil :  Ent.  Tidskr., 

pp.  54-57,  1934- 

41.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  Acarologische  Beobachtungen,  4,  Reihe  :  Archiv.  fiir  Naturg., 

86,  Abt.  A,  pp.  64-67,  1921. 

42.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Graf,  Acarologische  Beobachtungen,  5,  Reihe:  Archiv.  fiir  Naturg., 

87,  Abt.  A,  pp.  69-72,  1921. 

43.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  Die  heutige  Acarofauna  der  Krakatau-Inseln  :  Treubia,  Bd.  5. 

p.  360,  1924. 

44.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  Malayische  Acari:  Treubia,  Bd.  8,  p.  170,  1926. 

45.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  Acari  als  Commensalen  von  Ipiden  :  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Abt.  Syst., 

Bd.  52,  pp.  411-424,  1926. 

46.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  Acari  als  Commensalen  von  Ipiden  :  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Abt.  Syst., 

Bd.  52,  pp.  438-444,  1926. 

47.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  Acarinen :  Resultats  Scientifiques  du  Voyage  aux  Indes  Orient- 

ales  Neerlandaises  de  LL.  AA.  RR.  le  Prince  et  la  Princesse  Leopold  de  Belgic[ue, 
Bd.  3,  Heft  5,  pp.  42-45,  1931- 

48.  ViTZTHUM,  H.  Grae,  9.  Ordnung  der  Arachnida.  Acari:  in  Kiikcnthal's  Handbuch 

der  Zoologie,  Bd.  3.  2  Hiilftc,  p.  142. 


SCOLYTIDAE  OF  THE  MARQUESAS* 


By 


C.  F.  C.  Beesox 
Forest  Research  Institute.  Dehra  Dux,  India 


Xo  Scolyticlae  have  previously  been  reported  from  the  ^Marquesas.  The 
collection  made  by  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  comprises  more  than 
200  specimens  representing  5  genera  and  21  species  which  occur  in  one  sub- 
family, the  Cryphalinae,  as  defined  by  Hopkins  in  1Q15.  This  subfamily  is 
also  the  only  one  known  to  occur  in  the  Society  Islands,  but  no  great  signifi- 
cance should  be  attached  to  the  fact  at  the  moment.  With  the  exception  of 
one,  the  genera  are  of  world-wide  distribution  ;  Ptilopodius  Hopkins,  repre- 
sented by  a  new  species,  is  known  from  the  Philippines  and  India.  Four 
species  are  widely  distributed  in  the  tropics,  one  occurs  in  North  America 
and  South  America,  and  the  remainder  are  new  forms  restricted  to  the 
Marquesas. 

The  Society  Islands  have  in  common  with  the  ^Marquesas  only  three 
tropicopolitan  species  of  Xylchonis  and  these  are  also  the  only  links  with 
Samoa. 


Figure  1. — Ptilopodius  Jiiarqiicscuuis,  new  species:  dorsal  view  and  details  of  eb'tral 
vestiture,  X  40, 

Ptilopodius  marquesanus,  new  species  (fig.  1). 

Length  1.15  to  1.3  mm.  Fuscous  or  piceous  brown,  legs  testaceous  brown,  seminitid, 
squamose.  Front  closely  reticulate,  matt,  punctate,  impressed  and  more  densely  punctate 
behind  the  sinuate  epistome  on  either  side  of  a  median  carina,  which  extends  to  the 
vertex  and  bears  a  small  shining  tubercle  opposite  the  lower  edges  of  the  eyes.  Pronotum 
longer  than  broad,  sides  curved  and  very  slightly  convergent  for  two  thirds,  narrowed 
to  center  of  apical  margin  which  bears  4  larger  and  2  smaller  projecting  well-separated 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  6. 


[101] 


102 


pHiiiicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


teeth ;  hasal  and  lateral  margins  marked  with  an  incised  line  and  a  carina,  the  angle  be- 
tween them  obtuse ;  anterior  area  moderately  steep,  its  rugosities  close  but  not  con- 
tiguous ;  posterior  area  depressed  behind  the  summit,  rugulose  granulate-punctate  above, 
coriaceous  at  the  sides.    Scutellum  rugose. 

Kl\tra  cxlindrical,  about  1.7  times  as  long  as  pronotum,  with  sides  parallel  and 
apex  ol)tusel\-  rounded,  declivity  convex;  striae  confused  with  interspacial  punctures  and 
only  recognizable  by  the  vestiture,  punctures  large,  separated  by  more  than  their 
diameters,  not  impressed ;  interspaces  irregularly  rugose-punctate ;  sculpture  of  declivity 
similar. 

Vestiture.  Front  with  erect  hairs  near  mouth ;  pronotum  with  short  hairs  between 
the  rugosities,  and  semirecumbent,  short,  blunt  setae  directed  forward  in  the  posterior 
area ;  elytra  with  ground  pubescence  of  recumbent  linear  microsetae,  each  interspace 
with  a  regular  close  series  of  semierect  blunt  scales  becoming  broader  on  the  declivity 
and  more  linear  toward  the  elytral  base ;  abdominal  segments  with  long  scales. 

Antenna  oval,  without  sutures,  anterior  face  pubescent  toward  margin,  a  few  isolated 
hairs  in  median  third;  posterior  face  with  transverse  reticulation,  sparsely  pubescent  near 
margin ;  funicle  4-segmented,  segments  2,  3,  and  4  transverse,  the  4th  widest.  Anterior 
tibia  and  tarsus  with  branched  appendages,  the  branches  in  a  simple  unilateral  series, 
stem  not  laminate. 

Eiao:  uplands  toward  north  end,  east  side,  altitude  1,855  i^^^-  September 
29,  1929,  on  Hibiscus  tiliaceus,  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

Hivaoa :  Tahauku,  July  10,  1929,  near  shore,  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

Uapou:  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  about  1,000  feet,  December  14,  1929, 
under  dead  bark,  24  specimens,  Whitten. 

Abundantly  distinct  from  P.  stepJiegynis  Hopkins  (Philippine  Islands). 

Hypothenemus  capitalis,  new  species  (fig.  2), 

Length  1.3  to  1.4  mm.  Head,  metasternum,  and  elytra  fuscous  or  piceous.  prothorax 
and  abdomen  brown,  asperate  area  of  pronotum  lighter  brown,  legs  testaceous ;  in  im- 
mature beetles  the  head  is  the  darkest  part,  dark  brown  even  in  testaceous  specimens. 
Front  broadly  transversely  impressed  between  epistomal  margin  and  level  of  upper  edge 
of  eyes,  the  impression  with  rugose  piliferous  punctures  at  the  sides,  smooth,  brilliant, 
with  a  few  punctures  in  the  median  third  and  limited  posteriorly  by  an  obtuse  carinula 
and  a  rugose-punctate  zone ;  rest  of  front  and  vertex  convex,  finely  reticulate.  Antennal 
funicle  4-segmented. 

Pronotum  about  as  broad  as  long,  rather  depressed,  sides  feebly  curved  and  broadly 
rounded  apically ;  apical  margin  with  8  or  9  separated  teeth  of  which  4  to  6  are  larger : 
anterior  area  strongly  convex  with  numerous,  almost  contiguous  asperities  forming  in 
the  center  a  rounded,  somewhat  elevated  boss ;  posterior  zone  occupies  about  three  eighths, 
transversely  depressed  above,  and  shining,  finely  aciculate-punctate,  more  coarsely  and 
closely  punctate  laterally ;  base  margined  with  a  shallow  sulcus  and  fine  carinula  not  ex- 
tending beyond  the  basal  angles. 

Elytra  cylindrical,  1.8  times  as  long  as  pronotum,  parallel,  declivity  convex,  apex 
obtusely  rounded ;  striae  not  impressed,  punctures  distant  by  at  least  their  diameters ; 
interspaces  flat,  finely  rugulose  or  alutaceous,  subnitid,  punctures  uniseriate,  smaller  but 
as  numerous  as  strial  punctures ;  sides  rugose  and  more  strongly  punctate. 

Vestiture.  Pronotum  with  long  hairs  in  the  asperate  area  and  at  sides,  scattered 
setae  in  the  dorsal  punctate  area ;  strial  punctures  with  fine  decumbent  white  hairs  :  in- 
terspaces with  a  single  series  of  erect  white,  narrowly  triangular  scales,  no  ground 
pubescence. 


Manjiicsau  Insects — ///. 


103 


Uapou :  Hakehetau  Valley,  altitude  1,000  feet,  December  23,  1929,  reared 
from  dead  wood,  8  specimens,  Whitten. 

Uahuka:  Vaipaee  Valley,  Putatauiia  [Putataua],  altitude  800  feet,  Sep- 
tember 20,  1929,  dead  banana  leaves,  1  specimen,  crushed,  possibly  H.  capi- 
talist Adamson. 

Closely  allied  to  several  oriental  species  (including  undescribed  Indo- 
Malayan  species)  ;  in  Hopkins'  key  runs  down  to  section  t/^  (American  and 
African  species). 


Figure  2. — Hypothcncinus  capilalis,  new  species:  dorsal  view  and  details  of  elytral 
vestiture,  X  40. 

Hypothenemus  areccae  Hornung. 

Bostrichus  arcccac  Hornung :  Stett.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  3,  p.  117,  1842. 

Eiao :  above  Vaituha,  altitude  1,000  feet,  Octol)er  2,  1929,  on  Dodouaca 
viscosa,  1  specimen,  x\damson. 

This  species  is  recorded  from  Japan,  Indo-Malayan  region,  Colombia,  and 
Guinea,  and  is  pro1)ably  a  composite.  Known  from  areca  nut,  coffee  seeds, 
and  fungus. 

The  Eiao  specimen  is  fully  colored,  has  the  pronotum  wide  at  the  base, 
and  the  six  pronotal  marginal  teeth  equal  in  size. 

Hypothenemus  species. 

No  useful  purpose  would  be  served  1)y  naming  the  following  specimens 
until  the  numerous  inadequately  characterized  species  of  Hypothciiciiiiis,  based 
on  unique  specimens,  have  been  revised  and  redescribed : 

Hypothenemus  species  A. 

Elytra  brown,  pronotum  yellowish  brown,  apical  mar.yin  witli  4  i)liis  4  teeth.  Front 

convex,  rugose-punctate,  median  line  weak.    Stria!  hairs  regularly  uniseriate.  Inter- 

spacial  scales  short  triangular,  no  ground  pubescence  dorsally  but  a  few  additional  hairs 
on  the  declivity. 


104 


Be  mice  P.  Bishop  M  iiseitin- 


'—Bulletin  142 


TTivaoa:  Tapeata.  east  slope  of  Mount  Ootua,  altitude  2,500  feet,  May  25, 
u)Jo.  1  specimen.  Mum  ford  and  Adamson. 

Hypothenemus  species  B. 

l^lytra  brown,  pronotuni  light  brown,  apical  margin  with  4  teeth.  Front  convex, 
shghtly  depressed  behind  the  mouth,  the  depression  Hmited  behind  by  a  median,  shining, 
snbconical  elevation.  Strial  hairs  regular.  Interspacial  scales  subtriangular  with  a  few 
additional  hairs  on  the  declivity. 

Hivaoa :  Atuona  Valley,  altitude  325  feet,  July  6,  1929,  from  dead  Bry- 
tliiua  iiuiica,  1  specimen,  Mumford  and  Adamson.  A  darker  specimen  of 
apparently  the  same  species  is  from  Hivaoa:  Hanaheka  [Tanaeka]  Valley, 
altitude  1.100  feet.  June  4,  1929,  1  specimen,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Hypothenemus  species  C. 

Elytra  dark  brown,  pronotum  yellowish  brown,  apical  margin  with  4  teeth.  Front 
convex,  a  feeble  depression  behind  the  mouth  interrupted  by  a  median  elevated  line, 
central  subconical  elevation  absent.  Strial  hairs  regularly  alined.  Interspacial  scales 
uniseriate,  no  ground  pubescence. 

Eiao:  uplands  toward  north  end,  east  side,  altitude  1,855  i^^^,  September 
29,  1929,  Hibiscus  tiliaccus,  1  specimen,  Adamson.  An  immature  testaceous 
specimen  from  Eiao,  near  center,  altitude  1.655  ^^^^y  September  28,  1929, 
other  data  the  same,  is  probably  the  same  species. 

Hypothenemus  species  D. 

Elytra  and  pronotum  concolorous  dark  brown,  pronotal  margin  crushed.  Front  con- 
vex, rugose-punctate  with  a  shining  median  elevated  line.  Striae  with  hairs  and  inter- 
spaces with  scales  uniseriate ;  declivity  dirty. 

Uapou :  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  1,000  feet,  December  23,  1929,  reared 
from  dead  wood,  1  specimen,  Whitten. 

Hypothenemus  species  E. 

Elytra  and  pronotum  concolorous  dark  brow^i,  pronotal  margin  with  4  teeth.  Front 
convex,  rugose-punctate,  feebly  impressed  behind  mouth  with  a  feeble  shining  elevated 
median  line.  Strial  hairs  regular ;  interspaces  with  uniseriate  scales  with  a  few  addi- 
tional hairs  on  or  before  the  declivity. 

Uahuka:  Vainui,  altitude  600  feet,  March  18,  1931,  on  Sida  species,  1 
specimen,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Stephanoderes  lebronneci,  new  species  (fig.  3). 

Length  1.35  to  1.5  mm.  Head  and  elytra  black  or  very  dark  brown,  the  pronotum 
especially  the  scabrate  area,  less  dark;  legs  light  brown.  Front  convex,  behind  epistome 
a  flat  shining  area  narrowing  backward  to  an  obscurely  elevated  point  midway  between 
the  eyes ;  on  either  side  of  the  shining  area  rugose-punctate  and  piliferous ;  the  rest  of 
the  front  and  vertex  finely  reticulate,  subopaque,  with  a  few  minute  hairs.  Antennal 
funicle  5-segmented. 


Marquesan  Insects — ///. 


105 


Pronotum  a  little  wider  at  the  base  than  long  (1.13  times),  sides  rounded  and 
gradually  narrowed  to  the  broadly  rounded  apical  margin,  which  has  six  separate  equal- 
sized  teeth ;  scabrate  area  with  asperities  numerous,  well  separated,  occupying  a  triangular 
space  beginning  some  way  behind  apical  margin  and  not  extending  to  sides ;  boss  a 
little  post-central,  elevated ;  posterior  area  slightly  transversely  depressed  behind  boss, 
granulate-punctate,  subopaque. 

Elytra  about  1.8  times  as  long  as  pronotum,  cylindrical,  apex  obtusely  rounded, 
declivity  convex ;  striae  impressed,  straight,  punctures  large,  close,  almost  contiguous  on 
declivity ;  interspaces  narrow,  weakly  convex,  transversely  rugose,  with  a  series  of 
squamiferous  punctures  smaller  and  closer  than  the  strial  punctures,  regularly  seriate 
dorsally  and  occasionally  irregular  mediolaterally.  Declivity  simply  convex,  the  inter- 
spaces narrower  and  more  prominent,  the  striae  more  impressed,  the  punctures  more 
crowded. 

Vestiture.  Scabrate  area  of  pronotum  with  setae,  granulate  area  with  short  tri- 
angular scales  mixed  with  fine  short  hairs  directed  forward ;  strial  hairs  very  fine,  re- 
cumbent ;  interspaces  with  erect,  short,  triangular  scales  from  base  to  apex  uniform  in 
size  and  not  larger  on  declivity ;  no  ground  pubescence. 


Figure  3. — Stcphanodcrcs  Icbronncci,  new  species  :  dorsal  view  and  details  of  elytral 
vestiture,  X  40. 

Tahuata :  Hanatuuna  Valley,  altitude  150  feet,  July  19,  1930,  on  Psidiuui 
guayava,  11  specimens,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Uapou :  Hakahetau,  altitude  about  500  feet,  Deceml^er  17,  1929,  beating, 
1  specimen,  Whitten. 

Runs  down  to  section  Cr^  or  dr,  in  Hopkins'  key  and  is  allied  to  species  from 
the  south  of  the  United  States,  as  S.  gcorgiac  Hopkins. 

Stephanoderes  hivaoea,  new  species. 

Very  similar  in  color,  form,  sculi)ture,  and  vestiture  to  S.  Ichroinicci. 

Length  1.55  mm.  Front  convex  with  a  shallow,  brilliant,  impunctate  impression 
commencing  at  the  middle  of  the  epistome  where  there  is  a  small  elevation,  and  broaden- 
ing backward  to  the  middle  of  the  frons,  where  it  is  appreciably  concave  and  its  posterior 
edge  is  a  curved  elevation  witli  a  faint  trace  of  a  median  line  continued  backward  from 


io6 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum— Bulletin  142 


its  center :  at  the  sides  of  the  shining  depression,  rugose-punctate  and  piHferous,  behind 
it  reticulate,  opaque.  Pronotum  about  i.i  times  as  wide  at  base  as  long;  the  six  marginal 
teeth  prominent.  Elytra  about  1.75  times  as  long  as  pronotum;  striae  rather  less  im- 
pressed and  interspaces  rather  less  rugose  than  in  S.  lebronncci. 

Hivaoa:  Tahaukii,  July  10,  1929,  near  shore,  1  specimen,  Mumford  and 
Adamson. 

Differs  from  5.  lebronneci  in  that  the  frontal  impression  broadens  and 
deepens  backwards ;  in  lebronneci  the  shining  area  is  narrowed  behind  and  not 
impressed  at  its  apex. 

Ericryphalus  trypanoides,  new  species  (fig.  4,  a). 


Figure  4. — Ericryphalus,  new  species,  X  35:  a,  B.  trypanoides,  dorsal  view  of  (?) 
male  and  details  of  elytral  vestiture ;  b,  B.  uapoiicusis,  dorsal  view  and  details  of  elytral 
vestiture. 


Length  1.85  mm.  Testaceous  yellow,  the  scabrate  area  of  the  pronotum,  and  head 
infuscate,  under  surface  testaceous,  legs  darker.  Front  concealed,  rugulose-  or  granulate- 
punctate  behind  epistome ;  from  center  of  epistome  an  elevated,  shining,  median  line 
broadens  backward.  Pronotum  1.2  times  as  wide  as  long,  dorsal  outline  as  in  figure  4.  (7 ; 
apical  margin  with  6  or  7  prominent  contiguous  teeth  decreasing  in  size  from  middle 
pair;  scabrate  area  extending  three  quarters  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  the  asperities 
not  contiguous  except  in  the  row  behind  the  apical  margin ;  minutely  granulate  between 
the  asperities  and  in  the  posterior  zone ;  base  very  slightly  sinuous,  vaguely  margined 
with  a  carinula  which  continues  in  a  curve  half  way  round  the  side;  basal  angle  (lateral 
view)  obtuse. 

Elytra  1.5  times  as  long  as  pronotum,  base  transverse,  margined  with  a  carinula 
which  continues  around  the  humeral  angle  and  is  interrupted  from  the  lateral  margin ; 
along  the  suture  the  convexity  is  broad  and  uniform  from  scutellum  to  apex ;  interspaces 
smooth,  flat,  minutely  multipunctate ;  striae  superficial,  only  distinguishable  by  the  trans- 
parency of  the  elytra. 

Vestiture.  Pronotum  with  long  erect  hairs,  ground-scaling  obscured  but  apparently 
the  same  as  on  the  elytra ;  elytra  with  close  ground-scaling  of  minute  recumbent  scales 
and  uniseriate  rows  of  erect  setiform  hairs,  stouter  than  those  of  the  pronotum  and 
margins  (fig.  4,  a). 


Marqiiesan  Insects — ///. 


107 


Uapoii :  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  2,600  feet,  December  6,  1929,  Adam- 
son.  A  unique  specimen,  probably  a  male. 

Allied  to  the  male  of  E.  trypaniis  Sampson  (Seychelles),  which  has  the 
pronotum  less  produced  and  the  apical  teeth  less  prominent,  the  base  of  the 
elytra  distinctly  incurved  to  the  scutellum,  the  declivity  more  convex  and  not 
continuously  curved  with  the  dorsum;  the  antennal  club  of  B.  trypanus  is 
larger  and  more  circular.  B.  sauiocusis  Beeson  (Upolu)  is  smaller  with  dif- 
ferent sculpture  and  vestiture. 

Ericryphalus  uapouensis,  new  species  (fig.  4,  h). 

Length  1.25  to  1.3  mm.  Light  brown,  the  pronotum  and  head  darker,  the  legs 
testaceous-yellow.  Front  convex  with  a  feebly  elevated,  median  line,  dull,  finely  rectic- 
ulate,  closely  punctate  behind  epistome,  sparsely  punctate  elsewhere.  Antennal  club 
with  three  more  or  less  transverse  sutures  and  one  procurved  apical  suture  feebly  in- 
dicated on  anterior  face;  three  procurved  sutures  on  posterior  face.  Pronotum  1.1  times 
as  broad  as  long,  planoconvex  in  front,  not  strongly  declivous,  apex  with  two  large  teeth 
flanked  by  two  much  smaller  ones ;  asperities  well  separated,  granulate-punctate  between 
them  and  in  the  posterior  zone ;  base  subtransverse,  margined  with  a  carinula ;  basal  angle 
(side  view)  broadly  curved  and  marginate.  Scutellum  minute. 

Elytra  1.6  times  as  long  as  pronotum,  minutely  densely  multipunctate  on  a  very  finely 
rugulose  ground ;  strial  punctures  scarcely  visible  but  bearing  exceedingly  small  hairs ; 
elytral  curve  along  suture  just  appreciable;  declivity  broadly  convex. 

Vestiture.  Pronotum  with  dense  ground- vestiture  of  minute  branched  (trifid)  scales 
interspersed  with  numerous  recurved  hairs  in  the  scabrate  area  and  a  few  very  short 
hairs  in  the  posterior  zone ;  elytra  with  a  dense  ground-vestiture  of  minute  trifid  scales 
and  uniseriate  rows  of  short  recurved  hairs  which  become  shorter  and  stouter  and  seti- 
form  on  the  declivity.    Tarsus  with  segment  3  weakly  emarginate. 

Uapou :  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  1,000  feet,  December  23,  1929,  reared 
from  dead  wood,  3  specimens,  Whitten. 

Of  the  cylindrical  form  of  a  CrypJialus  (for  example,  C.  picciis  Eggers, 
Ussuri,  Japan),  but  with  the  pronotal  apex  more  produced,  and  on  antennal 
characters  probably  assignable  to  Bricryphalus. 

Ericryphalus  species  A. 

Fatuhiva :  Uia  [Ouia]  Valley,  near  sea  level,  September  2,  1930,  on  Sida 
species,  1  male,  unique,  LeBronnec. 

Very  close  to  Briery plialits  diserefiis  Eichhoff  (Burma  and  Sunderbans, 
Bengal)  but  with  apex  of  pronotum  more  produced  and  interspacial  setae 
shorter  and  stouter. 

Ericryphalus  species  B. 

Alohotani :  west  side  near  ])lantati()n,  altitude  975  feet,  August  13,  1932, 
on  Miseaiitia  floriduliis,  1  male,  unique,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Allied  to  several  undescribed  Indian  species  near  diserelus  EichhotT. 


io8 


lu'niicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Xyleborus  confusus  iMchhoff. 

Xylebojiis  confusus  luchhofif :  BerL  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  ii,  p.  401,  1867. 

l^iao:  near  center,  altitude  1,300  feet,  October  1,  1929,  under  bark  of 
Pisi^nia  species,  1  female,  Adamson. 

l^'atuhiva:  Ihiota,  Hanavave  Valley,  altitude  600  feet,  September  10,  1930, 
1  female.  LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa:  Avaoa  Valley,  altitude  1,350  feet,  January  4,  1932,  at  light, 
1  female,  LeBronnec;  Kopaafaa,  altitude  2,800  feet,  February  25,  1930,  from 
dead  twigs  of  Crossostylis  hiflora,  1  female,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Tahuata:  Hanamiai  Valley,  altitude  300  feet,  May  30,  1930,  1  female, 
LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

L^apou :  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  about  1,500  feet,  under  bark  of  dying 
Alcurifcs  nwluccana,  11  females,  Whitten. 

For  distribution  in  the  Pacific  and  neotropics  and  for  other  food-plants, 
see  Beeson,  Insects  of  vSamoa,  pt.  4,  fasc.  4,  p.  245,  1929. 

Xyleborus  fuscatus  Eichhoff. 

Xyleborus  fuscatus  Eichhoff:  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  11,  p.  400.  1867. 

Hivaoa:  Kopaafaa,  altitude  2,800  feet,  February  25,  1930,  from  dead  twigs 
of  Crossostylis  hiflora,  1  female,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

I  am  unable  to  separate  this  specimen  from  X.  fuscatus  from  the  L^nited 
States  and  South  America. 

Xyleborus  kraatzi  Eichhoff. 

Xyleborus  kraatai  Eichhoff:  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  12,  p.  152,  1868. 

Fatuhiva :  Vaikoao,  Omoa  [Oomoa]  Valley,  altitude  1,600  feet,  August 
27,  1930,  1  female,  LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa:  Mataovau,  altitude  390  feet,  June  5,  1929,  1  female,  ]\Iumford 
and  Adamson;  Atuona  Valley,  altitude  325  feet,  July  6,  1929,  from  dead 
Brytlirina  indica,  3  females,  Mumford  and  Adamson;  Avaoa  Valle3^  altitude 
1,350  feet,  January  4,  1932,  at  light,  11  females,  LeBronnec;  Anatuakinr., 
altitude  1,520  feet,  June  3,  1929,  1  female,  Mumford  and  Adamson;  Ana- 
tikaue,  altitude  1,750  feet,  August  1,  1929,  Xylosiim  suaz'olens,  1  female, 
Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Tahuata:  Hanamiai  Valley,  altitude  300  feet,  Alay  30,  1930,  23  females, 
LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Uahuka:  Hane  Valley,  altitude  150  feet,  March  9,  1931,  at  Hght,  1  female, 
LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa;  Penau  Ridge,  altitude  2,000  feet,  March  4,  1931. 
at  light,  7  females,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

For  the  distribution  of  this  common  oriental  species  see  Beeson,  Insects 
of  Samoa,  pt.  4,  fasc.  4,  p.  240,  1929. 


Marqucsaii  Insects — ///. 


109 


Xyleborus  torquatus  Eichhoff  subspecies  badius  Eichhof¥. 

Xyleborus  torquatus  Eichhoff:  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  12,  p.  146,  1868. 
Xyleborus  badius  Eichhoff:  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  12,  p.  280,  1868. 

Fatuhiva:  Vaikoao,  Omoa  [Oomoa]  Valley,  altitude  1,500  feet,  August 
30,  1930,  sweeping  herbage,  1  female,  LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa:  Atuona,  February  16,  1929,  at  Hght,  2  females;  July  12,  1929, 
sea  level,  1  female;  March  7,  1930,  1  female,  at  light,  Mumforcl  and  Adam- 
son;  Avaoa  Valley,  1,350  feet,  January  4,  1932,  at  light,  1  female,  LeBronnec. 

Nukuhiva :  Taiohae,  October,  1929,  1  female,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Tahuata:  Hanamiai  Valley,  altitude  300  feet.  May  30,  1930,  6  females, 
LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa ;  Vaitahu  Valley,  sea  shore,  June  18,  1930,  at 
light,  1  female,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Uahuka:  Penau  Ridge,  altitude  2,000  feet,  March  4,  1931,  at  light,  18 
females,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa ;  Hane  V^alley,  altitude  30  feet,  March 
13,  1931,  at  light,  1  female,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

An  analysis  of  the  range  of  pigmentation  in  this  species  is  of  interest. 
In  the  series  of  18  from  Penau  Ridge,  altitude  2,000  feet,  March  4,  all  taken 
at  light  and  therefore  normal  adult  beetles  (as  opposed  to  immature  beetles 
taken  from  brood  tunnels)  the  color  range  is :  a,  testaceous,  2 ;  b,  ferrugineous- 
testaceous,  6;  e,  ferrugineous-brown,  6;  d,  elytra  fuscous-brown,  pronotum 
inf uscate  anteriorly,  4 ;  e,  elytra  black  or  deep  piceous-brown,  none.  The  re- 
mainder, 14  specimens,  from  various  localities  are  a,  3  ;  4 ;  4 ;  f/,  3 ; 
none.  All  the  32  specimens  are  referable  to  X.  badius  Eichhoff  which  I  con- 
sider should  rank  as  a  subspecies  of  X.  torquatus  Eichhoff. 

The  fully  pigmented  typical  A^.  torquatus  apparently  does  not  occur  in 
the  Marquesas  or  in  the  Society  Lslands.  Hagedorn  (Col.  Cat.,  Ipidae,  pp.  99, 
112)  records  both  X.  badius  and  X..  torquatus  from  Tahiti;  the  latter  is  an 
error  due  to  uncritical  transcription  of  the  localities  given  by  Blandford  in 
1898. 

Eichhoff  (Ratio  Tomicinorum,  pp.  378-380,  1878)  separated  beetles  with 
black  or  fuscous-brown  elytra  found  in  South  America  and  Cuba  (A^.  tor- 
quatus) as  specifically  distinct  from  beetles  with  ferrugineous  or  ferrugineous- 
testaceous  elytra  found  in  Madagascar,  Tahiti,  and  Cuh^.  (A.  badius)  hut 
with  the  qualification  that  X.  badius  might  be  a  local  variety  of  X.  torquatus. 
Blandford  (Biol.  Centr.  Amer.,  Col.,  vol.  4,  pt.  6,  pp.  214-215,  1898)  found 
that  Central  American  specimens  range  in  a  series  from  fuscous  to  light- 
colored  examples  and  that  dark  and  light  forms  are  a1)out  equally  common. 
He  queried  the  validity  of  the  Cu1)a  record  of  A^.  badius  and  expected  that  a 
geographical  distinction  would  eventually  be  demonstrated,  X.  torquatus  be- 
ing neotropical  and  X.  badius  palaeotropical.  Nevertheless  he  extended  the 
habitat  of  X.  torquatus  Eichhoff  to  inchide  all  the  jjreviously  recorded  A. 


1 10 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Musciiui — Bulletin  142 


badiiis  localities.  Hagedorn  (Col.  Cat.,  Ipidae,  pp.  99,  112,  1910)  treated  X. 
torquatus  and  X.  hadius  as  separate  species  recording  the  former  from  Alada- 
gascar.  .Manritius  and  Tahiti  as  well  as  from  Central  America  and  South 
America,  and  confining  X .  hadius  to  the  Old  World  with  the  addition  of  Cuba. 
In  (  Aladagas.  Ip.,  in  Voeltzkow  Reise  Ostafrika,  vol.  3,  p.  256)  he 

slated  A',  badius  to  be  widespread  in  the  tropics.  Sampson  (Linn.  Soc,  Trans., 
vol.  16.  p.  387,  1914)  placed  A^.  hadius  as  a  synonym  of  X.  torquatus  but 
with  a  query.  Eggers,  who  has  always  treated  the  two  as  distinct  species, 
stated  (Rev.  Zool.  Afr.,  vol.  15,  p.  195,  1927)  that  X.  hadius  is  widely  dis- 
tril)utcd  in  the  tropics  (South  America,  Africa,  Indo-Malayan  Region).  He 
also  recorded  A^.  torquatus  from  Sumatra  and  the  Philippines  (Treubia,  vol. 
7,  p.  408,  1926).  Schedl  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  10th  ser.,  vol.  8,  pp.  346, 
347,  1931)  recorded  X.  torquatus  from  Argentina  and  X.  hadius  from  East 
Africa. 

From  an  examination  of  South  American  and  African  series  and  of  a 
few  Malayan  examples  I  am  convinced  that  X.  hadius  Eichhofif  is  (as  he 
himself  suspected)  a  color  form  of  A^.  torquatus  Eichhol¥.  A  complete  grada- 
tion occurs  in  the  South  American  continent,  but  the  extreme  deeply  pig- 
mented form  has  not  yet  been  recorded  from  many  regions  of  the  palaeo- 
tropics.  Until  typical  A",  torquatus  is  discovered  in  these  regions  the  most 
practical  arrangement  is  to  use  the  name  hadius  subspecifically. 

Under  the  designation  A",  torquatus  this  species  has  been  recorded  from 
the  trunk  and  leaf  stalks  of  the  coconut  palm  in  Brazil  (Bondar),  from  logs 
of  timber  in  British  Guiana  (Cleare),  from  the  sugar  cane  in  Fiji  (\'eitch), 
and  from  coffee  branchwood  in  Madagascar  (Frappa). 

Xyleborus  mumfordi,  new  species  (fig.  5). 

Female 

Length  3.9  to  4.1.  mm.  Light  to  dark  brown,  irregularly  infuscate  to  almost  en- 
tirely infuscate  above  and  piceous  below ;  head  and  under  surface  fuscous  to  piceous, 
appendages  much  lighter.  The  infuscation  in  the  lighter  examples  appears  first  in  the 
umbonation,  median  line  from  umbo  to  base,  basal  angles  and  apical  asperate  triangle 
of  the  pronotum ;  and  in  suture,  apical  half  and  declivity,  lateral  striae  and  borders  of 
the  elytra.  Sparsely  pubescent. 

Front  with  a  few  rugose  piliferous  punctures  on  a  finely  coriaceous  ground.  Pronotum 
oblong,  basal  angles  broadly  rounded,  sides  subparallel,  or  irregular  ( ?  muscular  con- 
traction), apical  margin  broadly  curved;  slightly  ascending  from  base  to  the  umbonation 
which  is  considerably  postcentral,  thence  obliquely  planoconvex,  and  more  steeply  curved 
in  the  apical  fifth ;  asperities  small,  weakly  developed,  almost  obsolete  in  the  apical  fifth 
and  anterolaterally,  passing  into  inconspicuous  aciculations  in  the  middle  zone ;  basal 
half  with  an  alutaceous  gloss,  smooth,  almost  entirely  impunctate. 

Elytra  compressed  dorsoventrally,  humeri  prominent,  sides  subparellel  to  apical  third 
and  narrowed  before  declivity,  which  is  obliquely  truncate,  its  sides  obtusely  carinate 
from  the  6th  interspace  to  the  sutural  apex;  striate-punctate,  the  strial  punctures  large, 
sharp,  shallow,  very  close,  the  striae  somewhat  sinuous  and  impressed ;  interspaces  sub- 


Marquesaii  Ijisecfs — ///. 


Ill 


convex  on  the  disc,  weakly  rugulose,  shining  with  very  small,  piliferous,  granulate  punc- 
tures, uniseriate  at  distances  of  5  or  6  strial  punctures. 

Declivity  smooth,  brilliant,  its  surface  rather  undulating,  the  striae  represented  by 
minute  irregular  punctulation  confused  with  still  more  minute  and  more  numerous  inter- 
spacial  punctures  bearing  fine  recumbent  micro-hairs  and  some  larger  erect  ones.  At 
the  upper  edge  of  the  declivity  the  sutural  interspace  bears  a  conical  tubercle,  mesad  of 
which  are  one  or  two  smaller  tubercles ;  the  3rd  interspace  has  2  small  tubercles,  the 
4th  2  small  granules,  the  5th  explanate  and  bearing  an  acute  tubercle  at  about  the  middle 
of  the  declivity. 

Fore  tibia  broadened  at  apex  and  minutely  serrate  from  the  apical  spur  to  the 
external  margin. 


Figure  5. — Xylcbonis  inumfordi,  new  species,  X  25  :  a,  male,  dorsal  view;  b,  female, 
dorsal  view,  and  terminal  and  lateral  views  of  declivity. 


Male 

Length  4.0  mm.  Head  and  prothorax  dark  brown,  elytra  and  undersurface  fusco- 
piceous,  legs  light  brown.  Head  rostrate,  front  subrectangular  with  a  median  sulcus 
widening  posteriorly  from  between  the  eyes,  smooth,  shining,  a  few  hairs  near  the  mouth ; 
mandibles  well  developed.  Pronotum  (crushed)  elongate-oval,  produced  apically  beyond 
the  head,  base  transverse ;  apical  third  excavate-retuse,  impression  with  an  irregular  sur- 
face, weakly  scabrate  and  piliferous,  apical  margin  elevated  and  carinate  with  three 
obtuse  teeth  in  the  middle  and  on  each  side ;  posterior  two  thirds  weakly  convex,  smooth, 
with  scattered  feeble  ininctures.  glabrous. 


112 


I'crnicc  P.  Bishop  Muscuin — Bulletin  142 


l\lytra  with  sides  snbparallel,  apical  edge  transverse,  suttiral  angle  broadly  obtuse; 
striae  ami  interspaces  as  in  female  but  more  weakly  sculptured;  declivity  beginning  near 
the  middle  of  the  elytra  as  an  oblique,  slightly  concave  impression,  bounded  by  obtusely 
carinate  margins  to  just  before  the  posterolateral  angle,  where  there  is  a  tubercle  on  a 
low  conical  elevation ;  in  the  middle  of  the  declivity  the  surface  is  suddenly  elevated  into 
a  convex  blisterlike  formation  which  extends  transversely  and  is  separated  from  the 
lateral  carina  by  a  deep  sulcus ;  the  summit  of  the  blisterlike  elevation  bears  a  few  large 
granules  corresponding  to  those  of  the  1st  and  3rd  interspaces  of  the  female;  the  apical 
slope  brilliant,  with  minute  irregular  punctulation  as  on  the  female  declivity. 

Hivaoa :  Mount  Temetiu,  northeast  slope,  altitude  3,620  feet,  July  24, 
1929,  from  dead  wood  of  Rcynoldsia  tahitensis,  9  females,  Mumford  and 
Adamson ;  Mount  Temetiu  summit,  altitude  4,160  feet,  January  20,  1932, 
from  wood  of  Cyrtandra  species,  2  males,  21  females,  LeBronnec ;  Feani 
Ridge,  altitude  3,900  feet,  January  19,  1932,  on  ferns,  1  female,  LeBronnec. 

Xylchorus  nminfordi  is  a  species  of  doubtful  afifinities.  The  displacement 
of  the  declivity  by  an  oblique  depression  of  the  dorsum  of  the  elytra  before 
the  true  declivital  summit  is  unique. 

Xyleborus  temetiuicus  new  species  (fig.  6). 

Female 

Length  2.8  to  2.9  mm.  Dark  brown  to  black,  shining.  Front  planoconvex,  subnitid. 
finely  reticulate,  a  closely  punctate  zone  forming  a  fringe  of  long  yellow  hairs  behind 
epistome,  the  rest  of  the  front  with  sparse  large  punctures,  some  piliferous,  and  traces 
of  a  vaguely  elevated  median  line.  Pronotum  subquadrate,  as  figured,  apical  margin 
very  steep  with  the  asperities  much  reduced,  the  boss  transverse  and  postcentral,  posterior 
half  slightly  depressed  behind  boss,  very  finely  reticulate  and  with  scattered  fine  punctures 
for  the  most  part,  glabrous.  Elytra  with  the  striae  scarcely  impressed,  closely  punctate 
with  large  shallow  punctures  uniform  from  base  to  apex ;  interspaces  flat,  smooth,  with 
a  single  series  of  more  distant  aciculate  punctures  becoming  granulate  before  declivity 
(fig.  6)  ;  viewed  laterally  the  sutural  line  is  broadly  curved  from  scutellum  to  summit 
of  declivity,  which  is  steeply  planoconvex,  shining  as  on  dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces 
(figures  of  the  declivity  show  light  and  shadow,  not  texture  of  the  surface),  and  obtusely 
margined  at  sides,  not  carinate. 

On  the  declivity  the  suture  and  other  striae  are  impressed,  the  1st  interspace  slightly 
elevated  with  three  conical  tubercles,  larger  than  elsewhere,  situated  as  in  figure,  the  2d 
interspace  flatter  with  2  or  3  granules,  the  3d  interspace  with  3  or  4  small  tubercles, 
the  additional  one  near  the  apex,  the  4th  and  conjoined  interspaces  with  granules.  Hairs 
on  the  pronotum,  and  elytral  interspaces  base  to  apex,  yellow,  long,  fine,  erect. 

Hivaoa:  Matauuna,  altitude  3.700  feet,  March  2,  1930,  1  female,  H.  Tau- 
raa;  Temetiu  Ridge,  altitude  3,900  feet,  January  14,  1932,  in  logs  of 
Cheirodcndron  species,  1  female,  LeBronnec;  Temetiu  summit,  altitude  4,160 
feet,  January  20,  1932,  from  wood  of  Cyrtandra  species,  2  females,  Le- 
Bronnec. 

Allied  to  Xyleborus  posticus  Eichhoff  (tropical  America)  and  X.  rufipes 
Eggers  (Columbia;  Guiana). 


Marquesan  Insects — ///. 


113 


Figure  6. — Xylcboriis  fciiicfiiiiciis,  new  species,  female:  dorsal  view,  and  terminal 
and  lateral  views  of  declivity,  X  35. 

Xyleborus  whitteni,  new  species  (fig.  7,  a). 

Female 

Length  2.2  mm.  Testaceous,  cylindrical,  declivity  shining,  fairly  steeply  convex,  ist 
and  3d  interspaces  tuberculate,  2d  immune.  Pronotum  a  little  longer  than  broad  (about 
1.2  times),  sides  straight  or  very  slightly  curved  and  divergent  to  the  apical  third,  thence 
the  apical  margin  broadly  arcuate ;  rugosities  of  apical  half  larger  toward  the  center ; 
posterior  half  smooth,  shining,  very  finely  punctate. 

Elytra  narrower  at  base  than  the  greatest  wndth  of  pronotum,  about  1.3  times  as 
long  as  pronotum,  sides  parallel  to  beyond  middle  thence  slightly  convergent  and  even- 
tually broadly  rounded  at  apex ;  striae  not  impressed,  straight,  closely  punctate ;  inter- 
spaces flat,  not  granulate ;  apical  margin  evident. 


114 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  M iiscuin — Bulletin  142 


Declivity  hes^inning  behind  middle,  more  abrupt  and  steeper  than  in  A^.  kraatci 
Eichhoff,  sHiihtly  flattened  and  less  convex  than  in  X.  torqiiatus  Eichhoff ;  ist  and  3d 
interspaces  each  with  3  or  4  larger  tubercles  and  a  few  minute  granules  as  in  X.  kraatzi, 
2d  with  granules  at  the  summit. 


Figure  7. — Xylebonis,  dorsal  view  of  females:  a,  X.  zvhitfcni,  new  species;  b,  X. 
kraatzi  Eichhoff  from  Ceylon. 

Uapou:  Hakahetau  Valley,  altitude  about  1,500  feet,  under  bark  of  dying 
Alenrites  iiioluccaua,  4  females,  Whitten. 

Distinguished  from  X.  kraatd  and  X.  torqiiatus  by  the  wider  pronotum 
and  its  broadly  curved  apical  margin  and  b}-  the  relatively  shorter  elytra. 
Figure  7,  h,  show^s  the  body  outline  compared  with  a  specimen  of  X.  kraatzi 
Eichhoff  from  Ceylon.  Very  closely  allied  to  an  undescribed  species  from 
Nilambur,  Madras,  and  to  an  undescribed  species  from  the  Philippines 
(A^.  proxiuius  Eggers  in  literature).  Possibly  allied  to  X.  ficus  Eggers 
(Congo)  in  which  the  declivity  begins  as  a  regular  curve  from  before  the 
middle. 


PLATYPODIDAE  AND  SCOLYTIDAE  OF  THE  SOCIETY 

ISLANDS=!^ 

By 

C.  F.  C.  Beeson 
Forest  Research  Institute,  Dehra  Dun,  India 


PLATYPODIDAE 

Crossotarsus  externedentatus  Fairmaire. 

Platypus  cxtcnicdciitatiis  Fairmaire:  Rev.  Mag.  Zool.,  2nd  ser.,  vol.  2,  p.  51, 
1850. 

Tahiti:  Papenoo  Valley,  altitude  150  meters,  October  25,  1928,  10  kilo- 
meters from  sea,  in  dead  CalopJiylluiii  inophyllum,  1  male,  Adamson. 

Moorea:  Faaroa  Valley,  altitude  1,000  feet,  December  4,  1928,  3  miles 
from  sea,  2  females,  Adamson. 

Recorded  from  Hawaii,  Fiji,  Samoa,  Formosa. 

For  food  plants  see  Beeson,  Insects  of  Samoa,  pt.  4,  fasc.  4,  p.  218,  1929. 

SCOLYTIDAE 

There  is  only  one  previous  record  of  Scolytidae  from  the  Society  Islands, 
Xylebonis  bad i its  Eichhoff,  which,  as  I  have  shown, ^  should  be  considered  as 
a  subspecies  of  X.  torqitatus  Eichhoff.  No  specimens  were  taken  in  Tahiti, 
though  the  species  was  found  abundantly  in  the  Marquesas  l)y  the  Pacific 
Entomological  Survey. 

The  present  collection  comprises  10  species  in  5  genera  of  the  subfamily 
Cryphalinae  of  which  4  species  are  described  as  new.  Four  of  the  genera 
are  represented  in  the  Marquesas;  the  fifth,  TJianimirgidcs,  extends  from 
Hawaii  to  India.  Four  species  of  Xylcbonts  are  widely  distrilnited  in  the 
tropics.    The  new  species  of  Ptilopodius  was  also  collected  by  me  in  India. 

Ptilopodius  ramosus,  new  species  (fig.  1). 

Length  1.2  to  1.5  mm.  Testaceous  to  elytra  light  brown,  thorax  and  under  side 
dark  brown,  head  fuscous,  legs  yellowish.  Front  flat,  opaque,  finely  reticulate,  sparsely 
punctate  with  traces  of  an  elevated,  shining,  median  hne  below  vertex.  Eyes  oblong 
oval,  not  emarginate.  Pronotum  outline  as  in  figure  1,  b,  more  acuminate  in  one  sex, 
probably  the  male.  Moderately  shining,  steeply  declivous  in  front,  scarcely  depressed 
behind  boss.  Apical  margin  with  6  well-separated  teeth  of  which  the  middle  pair  is 
largest,  flanked  by  2  smaller  ones  and  2  externals  very  small.  Behind  the  apical  margin 
is  a  zone  in  which  the  asperities  arc  reduced  to  granules ;  in  the  middle  third  the  asperities 

^Beeson,  C.  F.  C,  Scolytidae  of  the  Marquesas:  15.  P.  Hishop  Mus.,  Ikill.  142,  p.  110,  1935. 
*  Pacific  Kntomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  7. 


I  115  1 


ii6 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


increase  in  size  toward  the  postcentral  boss  and  are  transverse  with  a  tendency  to 
coalesce  into  carinae  between  which  are  fine  transverse  striations  or  carinulae ;  round 
the  boss  the  asperities  are  concentric  and  become  granules  and  striations  in  the  postero- 
dorsal  zone  toward  the  basal  margin ;  sides  obsoletely  coriaceous  with  subaciculate  punc- 
tures. Rase  sinuate  and  margined  with  sulcus  and  carinula  continued  round  the  obtuse 
basal  angle  in  a  broad  curve  on  the  sides  nearly  to  the  apical  margin.  Scutellum  large, 
rugose. 

Elytra  transversely  rugulose ;  striae  distinctly  punctate,  not  impressed,  punctures 
distant  by  their  diameters ;  interspaces  subgranulate-punctate  in  a  single  series  as  close 
as  the  strial  punctures.  Declivity  convex,  the  interspaces  narrower  and  definitely  granu- 
late, the  striae  with  the  punctures  smaller  and  closer.  Antenna  oval,  without  sutures, 
anterior  face  sparsely  pubescent,  posterior  face  with  transverse  reticulation  in  basal  half, 
sparsely  pubescent  anteriorly  and  at  margins ;  funicle  4-segmented,  segments  2-4  trans- 
verse, the  4th  slightly  wider.  Tarsi  of  the  fore  legs  with  long  plumose  appendages,  the 
stem  not  laminate  and  the  branches  in  a  single  series  of  about  10-12.  Vestiture  of  short 
fine  hairs  on  front  and  pronotum,  minute  recumbent  hairs  in  the  strial  punctures,  inter- 
spaces with  a  uniform  series  from  base  to  apex  of  erect,  short,  blunt  setae. 


Figure  1.  Ptilopodins  ramosiis,  new  species,  'X  30:  a,  dorsal  view  of  (?)  male; 
b,  outline  of  apical  margin  of  pronotum  of  (?)  female;  c,  details  of  elytral  vestiture;  d, 
plumose  appendage  from  fore  tarsus. 

Tahiti :  Fautaua  Valley,  altitude  50  meters,  1  mile  from  sea,  September 
7,  1928,  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

India:  Bengal,  Sunderbans,  bred  from  dead  Hibiscus  filiaceus  in  Febru- 
ary-April, 1915,  C.  F.  C.  Beeson.  Nicobar  Islands,  Car  Nicobar,  under  bark 
of  taukk,  March,  1930,  Forest  Entomologist;  Little  Nicobar,  under  bark  of 
inpaum,  March,  1930,  Forest  Entomologist.  (Holotype  and  paratypes  in 
the  Forest  Research  Institute,  Dehra  Dun.) 

Quite  distinct  from  Ptilopodins  marqncsauus  Beeson,  which  also  lives  in 
Hibiscus  tiliacens.  The  species  is  variable  in  size  and  pigmentation  and  the 
single  specimen  from  Tahiti  is  a  small  fully  colored  individual. 


Marqitcsan  Insects — ///.  117 

Hypothenemus  species  F. 

Elytra  and  pronotum  unicolorous ;  front  convex,  not  impressed  behind  mouth,  rugose- 
punctate  with  vague,  median,  shining  spot ;  pronotum  with  six  marginal  teeth ;  elytra 
with  interspacial  scales  uniseriate  and  strial  hairs  uniform,  declivity  with  a  few  additional 
interspacial  hairs. 

Tahiti:  Fautaua  Valley,  altitude  50  feet,  September  7,  1928.  1  mile  from 
sea,  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

Hypotheneinus  species  A  to  B  are  found  in  the  Marquesas. 

Stephanoderes,  new  species. 

Tahiti :  Papeari,  altitude  900  feet,  November  9,  1928,  on  Prcycinetia 
(icie  vine),  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

Falls  into  Hopkins'  group  C^o  and  is  allied  to  H.  griseus  Blackburn 
(Hawaii)  and  H.  dissimilis  Zimmerman  (United  States).  Not  in  good 
enough  condition  to  describe. 


Figure  2.  Thamnurgides  tahitensis,  new  species,  X  30 :  a,  doi  sal  view ;  h,  details  of 
sculpture  of  pronotum ;  c,  details  of  sculpture  of  2d  and  3d  striae  and  interspaces. 


Thamnurgides  tahitensis,  new  species  (fig.  2). 

Length  1.87  mm.  Piceous  brown,  the  legs  and  antennae  lighter  brown.  Front  flat, 
with  longitudinal  carinate  striation  diverging  posteriorly.  Pronotum  depressed,  plano- 
convex from  apical  to  basal  margins,  sides  acutely  margined,  outline  as  in  figure  2,  a, 
a  little  wider  near  the  base  than  long  (1.06  times),  shining  and  smooth  dorsally  with 
scattered  subaciculate  punctures  irregular  in  size,  and  absent  for  a  short  space  on  the 
median  line  near  its  middle ;  the  punctures  become  smaller,  finer  and  closer  on  a  smooth 
ground  toward  the  apical  margin ;  the  side  margins  and  posterolateral  angles  are  closely 
aciculate-punctate  on  a  coriaceous  ground ;  the  basal  zone  is  somewhat  imbricately 
coriaceous  (fig.  2,  b) . 


ii8 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  M iisciiin — Bulletin  142 


l\lytra  depressed,  times  as  long  as  the  pronotum,  not  quite  parallel-sided,  hori- 
zontal ironi  scutelhini  for  about  half  the  length,  the  declivity  beginning  just  behind  the 
middle  in  a  broad  regular  convexity.  The  sides  of  the  declivity  acutely  carinate  and 
striuiuly  narrowed  to  the  obtuse  apex;  viewed  directly  from  behind  the  elytral  apex  at 
the  sutural  angle  is  less  rounded  and  more  narrowed  than  in  the  figure. 

l\l\tral  surface  striate-punctate  and  transversely  rugose,  the  first  stria  very  weakly 
impressed  dorsally  ;  strial  punctures  small,  close,  uniform  from  base  to  apex ;  interspaces 
narrow,  not  elevated,  finely  granulate  in  a  single  uniform  series  about  three  quarters  as 
numerous  as  the  strial  punctures. 

\  estiture  of  fine,  long  and  short  hairs  on  the  pronotum,  and  of  fine,  short,  erect 
setae  on  the  interspacial  granules. 

Tahiti:  Papenoo  Valley,  altitude  150  meters,  October  28,  1928,  6  kilo- 
meters from  sea,  in  dead  fern  leaves,  1  specimen,  Adamson. 

Distinct  from  its  allies  by  the  proportions  and  sculpture  of  the  pronotum 
and  the  long  declivity.  Tahiti  is  the  most  easterly  record  for  this  genus, 
which  extends  from  Hawaii  to  India. 

Xyleborus  confusus  Eichhoff. 

Xylchonis  confusus  Eichhoff:  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  11,  p.  401,  1867. 
Tahiti :  Papenoo  Valley,  6  kilometers  from  sea,  October  25,  1928,  4 
females;  Papenoo  Valley,  10  kilometers  from  sea,  October  25,  1928,  from 
dead  Calophyllurn  inophylluni,  7  females;  Papenoo  Valley,  7  miles  from  sea, 
October  27,  1928,  4  females;  Adamson. 

Recorded  from  the  Marquesas  and  other  Pacific  islands,  also  tropical 
Africa  and  America. 

Xyleborus  exiguus  Walker. 

BostricJius  exiguus  Walker:  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  3d.  ser.,  vol.  3,  p.  260, 

1857- 

Xyleborus  muriceus  Eichhoff :  Ratio  Tomicinoriuii,  p.  506,  1879. 
Tahiti:  altitude  150  meters,  October  25,  1928,  6  kilometers  from  sea,  1 
female,  Adamson. 

A  small  female  with  the  elytra  and  declivity  shining.  Previously  known 
from  New  Britain,  New  Guinea,  Goodenough  Islands,  Philippines,  Sumatra. 
Java,  Ceylon,  Andaman  Islands,  Burma. 

Xyleborus  kraatzi  Eichhoff*. 

Xyleborus  kraatzi  Eichhoff:  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  vol.  12,  p.  152,  1868. 

Tahiti:  Papenoo  Valley,  altitude  150  meters,  October  25,  1928,  6  kilo- 
meters from  sea,  4  females;  10  kilometers  from  sea,  3  females,  1  from  Calo- 
pJiylluui  inopJiylluin ;  October  27,  1928,  10  kilometers  from  sea.  3  females; 
altitude  350  feet,  October  27,  1928,  7  miles  from  sea,  5  females  :  Adamson. 

Hitiaa:  December  10,  1928,  at  light,  1  female.  A.  M.  Adamson. 

Recorded  from  the  INIarquesas  and  other  Pacific  islands,  and  the  tropics 
generally. 


M arquesaii  Insects — ///. 


119 


Xyleborus  mascarensis  Eichhoff. 

Xylcborus  affinis  variety  B  (mascarensis  Dohrni  coll.)    Eichhoff:  Ratio 

Tom.,  p.  372,  1879. 
Xyleborus  affinis  (not  of  Eichhoff),  Beeson :  Insects  of  Samoa,  pt.  4,  fasc. 

4,  p.  245,  1929. 


FiGURi;  3.  Xyleborus  adamsoni,  new  species,  female,  X  45  :  a,  dorsal  view;  b,  ter- 
minal view  of  declivity ;  c,  lateral  view  of  declivity. 

Tahiti:  Papcnoo  Valley,  altitude  150  meters,  October  25,  27,  1928,  10 
kilometers  from  sea,  2  females;  altitude  350  feet,  October  27,  1928,  7  miles 
from  sea,  2  females ;  Adamson. 

Eggers  (Trav.  Lab.  Ent.,  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  pp.  3  and  37,  1933) 
has  recently  stated  that  X.  affinis  Eichhoff  occurs  only  in  the  United  States 


120 


Be  mice  P.  B'lsJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


and  tliat  sj^eciniens  from  the  tropics  that  have  previously  been  Hsted  under 
this  name  l)elono-  to  alhed  species  including  undescribed  ones. 

The  tour  specimens  from  Papenoo  Valley  agree  with  those  recorded 
from  L^polu,  Samoan  Islands,  (Beeson)  and  referred  to  X.  inasearensis.  Not 
taken  in  the  Marquesas. 

Xyleborus  adamsoni,  new  species  (fig.  3). 

Female 

Length  2.82  mm.  Head  and  pronotum  dark  ferrugineous  with  the  anterior  scabrate 
area  infuscate,  elytra  piceous  with  the  declivity  and  base  brownish  piceous,  legs  testaceous 
brown  with  the  joints  and  serrations  darker.  Shining,  the  declivity  opaque.  Front 
coarsely  punctate  with  a  smooth  median  area  weakly  elevated  longitudinally.  Pronotum, 
dorsal  outline  as  in  figure  3,  a,  lateral  outline  curved  to  the  center,  thence  horizontal ; 
posterior  area  smooth,  very  finely  punctate  except  along  the  median  line. 

Elytral  striae  somewhat  impressed,  punctures  large  and  close ;  interspaces  flat,  trans- 
versely rugulose  with  a  single  row  of  punctures  nearly  as  large  as  the  strial  punctures 
but  less  impressed  and  more  distant  (fig.  3),  all  gradually  becoming  granulate  towards 
the  summit  of  the  declivity. 

Declivity  oblique,  planoconvex,  opaque,  apex  obtuse  and  margined ;  striae  irregularly 
sinuous,  the  punctures  very  shallow;  1st  interspace  broad,  elevated,  with  4  tubercles  on 
the  slope  and  1  at  the  summit,  the  2d  and  4th  being  much  larger  than  the  others ;  2d 
interspace  flat,  depressed,  minutely  and  closely  uniseriate-punctate ;  3d  interspace  sub- 
convex,  with  four  tubercles,  that  in  the  middle  of  the  declivity  the  largest,  the  one  near 
the  apex  smaller  and  the  two  near  the  summit  still  smaller ;  4th  interspace  narrow,  its 
granules  very  small,  joined  by  the  5th  and  6th  at  about  the  middle  of  the  declivity  with 
a  large  granule  at  the  apex  of  each  interspace,  and  2  or  3  on  each  at  and  before  the 
edge ;  7th  interspace  subcarinate  and  finely  granulate  forming  the  lower  apicolateral 
margin  of  the  declivity. 

Vestiture.  Interspacial  punctures  with  erect,  fine,  flavous  hairs  longer  from  the 
tubercles  of  the  declivity;  strial  punctures  with  very  fine,  minute,  recumbent  hairs  which 
are  more  evident  on  the  declivity. 

Tahiti:  Papenoo  Valley,  altitude  150  meters,  6  kilometers  from  sea, 
October  25,  1928,  1  female,  Adamson. 

Resembling  X.  torquatus  EichhotT  in  general  habit.  Distinct  from  mem- 
bers of  the  X.  affinis  group  by  its  larger  size  and  coarser  sculpture. 

Xyleborus  societatis,  new  species. 

Female 

Closely  allied  to  X.  inasearensis  Eichhoft'.  Length  2.35  mm. ;  width  0.9  mm.  Tes- 
taceous-brown. Pronotum  about  as  long  as  wide,  sides  slightly  curved  from  base  to 
apical  third,  apical  margin  broadly  and  uniformly  arcuate,  scabrate  area  moderately 
convex,  nexus  central,  posterior  half  shining,  not  coriaceous  with  numerous  evideiit 
punctures  and  a  broad  impunctate  median  line. 

Elytra  about  one  and  one  half  (1.6)  times  as  long  as  the  pronotum,  and  one  and 
one  half  times  as  long  as  wide.  Striae  closely  punctate  and  rather  irregular  in  aline- 
ment.  Interspaces  flat,  somewhat  rugulose  on  the  dorsum,  punctures  aciculate  from 
the  base  on  the  sutural  interspace,  and  becoming  granulate  on  all  interspaces  before  tlie 
declivity. 


Marquesan  Insects — ///.  121 

Declivity  opaque,  not  depressed  or  flattened,  rather  steeply  curved,  its  apical  margin 
obtusely  rounded  and  minutely  granulate.  Granules  on  the  1st,  3d  and  5th  interspaces 
moderately  large  (but  smaller  than  in  X.  viascarcnsis  from  Tahiti)  ;  2d  interspace  with 
small  granules  at  the  summit. 

Tahiti :  Papenoo  Valley,  altitude  50  meters,  October  25,  1928,  6  kilometers 
from  sea,  1  female,  Adamson. 

Differs  from  Tahitian  specimens  of  X.  mascarensis  Eichhoff  in  its  stouter 
form,  pronotum  with  more  broadly  arcuate  apical  margin,  elytra  relatively 
wider,  elytral  apex  more  obtusely  rounded,  declivity  steeper  and  more  convex, 
tubercles  smaller. 

Differs  from  convcxicauda  Eggers  (Gold  Coast)  in  the  shorter  elytra  and 
absence  of  fine  granules  on  2d  interspace  on  the  declivity,  and  non-coriaceous 
pronotum. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  TIPULIDAE  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS^^^ 


By 

ChARLK.S  p.  ALJ:XANDt:R 

Massachusetts  State  College 

In  an  earlier  paper^  I  have  listed  the  Tipulidae  known  from  the  Mar- 
quesas Islands.  Recently  I  have  received  through  the  kindly  interest  of 
E.  P.  Mumford  a  still  further  species,  collected  by  Messrs.  G.  Le  Bronnec 
and  H.  Tauraa.  I  wish  to  express  my  deep  thanks  to  the  above-named  en- 
tomologists for  their  continued  efforts  toward  making  known  the  crane-fly 
fauna  of  these  islands.  The  type  is  preserved  in  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum, 
Honolulu. 


Figure  i. — Gonomyia  {Lipophlcps)  lyro,  new  species:  (7,  wing;  b,  male  hypopygium. 
b  =  basistyle  ;  d  =  dististyles  ;  g  =  gonapophyses. 

Gonomyia  (Lipophleps)  lyra,  new  species  (fig.  i). 

General  coloration  reddish  yellow  to  yellow ;  antennal  scape  and  pedicel  yellow,  the 
flagellum  darker ;  thoracic  pleura  with  a  conspicuous  black  stripe ;  halteres  pale  yellow ; 
legs  yellow,  the  femoral  tips  broadly  and  conspicuously  blackened ;  wings  clear  yellow, 
with  a  narrow  brown  seam  on  anterior  cord ;  abdominal  tergites  bicolorous,  reddish 
brown,  the  caudal  margins  narrowly  more  yellowish ;  lateral  margins  of  abdomen  black- 
ened ;  male  hypopygium  with  the  gonapaphyses  together  appearing  narrowly  lyriform, 
each  arm  terminating  in  an  acute  spine  but  without  a  lateral  branch. 

Male :  length  about  5-5.5  mm  ;  wing,  3.8-4.2  mm.  Female :  length  about  5.5-6  mm  ; 
wing,  4-4.5  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  the  scape  and  pedicel  (hill  orange  ;  flagel- 
lum yellowish  brown.    Head  yellow. 

'  Alexander,  C.  P.,  New  ami  little-known  'i'i])nli(lae  from  the  Marciuesas:  P..  P.  ]5ishop  AIus., 
Pnl!.   1  1 4,  |»|).  ^7-'>-'  1 

*  Paeilie  iCntomoloi^ual  Survey  Publiealion  8,  article  8.    Issued  May  15,  ^935- 


[  123  ] 


124 


Bcniicc  I\  J)islwp  Miisciiin — Bulletin  142 


Prdnotuin  yelbnv.  ATesonotal  praescutum  reddish  yellow,  the  lateral  margins  clear 
pale  yellow  :  posterior  sclerites  of  notum  pale,  the  scutal  lobes  darker,  especially  near 
niesal  borders.  Pleura  whitish,  with  a  broad  brownish  black  dorsal  stripe  that  extends 
from  the  proplenra  to  the  abdomen,  the  ventral  sternopleurite  pale  yellow.  Halteres  pale 
yellow.  Legs  with  the  coxae  and  trochanters  pale  yellow;  femora  yellow,  the  tips  broadly 
;uul  conspicuously  blackened,  the  amount  of  darkening  subequal  on  all  legs;  tibiae  yellow, 
the  tips  ver>-  narrowly  and  vaguely  darkened ;  tarsi  yellow,  the  terminal  segments  dark- 
ened. Wings  (fig.  1,  a)  clear  yellow,  the  stigma  pale;  a  narrow  brown  seam  on  anterior 
cord,  best  evidenced  by  a  darkening  of  the  veins  traversed ;  remaining  veins  yellow. 
\'enation :  Sci  ending  opposite  or  just  before  origin  of  Rs,  the  latter  arcuated;  cell  ist 
closed ;  m-cu  at  or  some  distance  before  the  fork  of  M. 

Abdominal  tergites  bicolorous,  reddish  brown,  the  caudal  margins  narrowly  more 
yellowish  ;  sternites  obscure  yellow,  the  basal  segment  and  lateral  borders  broadly  black- 
ened. Alale  hypopygium  (fig.  i,  b)  almost  as  in  G.  adamsoni  but  differing  conspicuously 
in  the  gonapophyses,  which  here  appear  narrowly  lyriform,  each  approximately  at  base, 
thence  slightly  divergent,  the  tip  suddenly  narrowed  into  an  acute  spine  that  is  surrounded 
by  numerous  delicate  setulae ;  mesal  edge  of  arm  of  apophysis  membranuos  and  fringed 
with  delicate  setulae. 

Nukuhiva :  Taiohae,  June  4,  1930,  at  light  (Le  Bronnec  and  Tauraa)  ; 
holotype,  male ;  allotopotype,  female ;  paratopotypes,  several  of  both  sexes. 

Goiwiiiyia  {Lipophlcps)  lyra  is  very  close  to  G.  (L.)  adanisotii  Alexander 
(^Marquesas :  Eiao)  which  is  most  readily  told  by  the  more  brownish  yellow 
wings  and  by  the  striictui"e  of  the  male  hypopyginm,  especially  the  lateral  spine 
on  each  gonapophysis. 


SCALE  INSECTS  (HEMIPTERA:  COCCOIDEA)  FROM  THE 

MARQUESAS- 


By 

G.  F.  Fe:rris 

Naturai.  History  Museum,  Stanford  University 
INTRODUCTION 

The  collecting  of  scale  insects  is  something  of  a  specialized  task  and  it 
is  hardly  to  be  expected  that  the  general  collector  engaged  in  a  reconnaissance 
or  even  in  presumably  intensive  collecting  will  obtain  any  large  proportion 
of  the  species  actually  present  in  any  particular  area.  Too  many  of  the 
species  are  minute  in  size,  inconspicuous  in  coloring,  concealed  beneath  bark, 
or  live  beneath  the  soil,  and  their  discovery  is  too  much  a  matter  of  pro- 
longed and  patient  searching  to  permit  any  but  the  specialist  to  devote  the 
necessary  time  to  the  work  of  uncovering  them.  For  this  reason,  only  the 
more  conspicuous  forms  and  those  occurring  on  cultivated  plants  are  or- 
dinarily obtained.  These  are  almost  certain  to  be  the  common  introduced 
and  cosmopolitan  species.  Such  is  the  case  with  the  material  collected  by 
members  of  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  in  the  Marquesas.  One 
species,  which  is  here  described  as  new,  is  possibly  indigenous  to  these  islands. 
One  species  is  definitely  known  only  from  the  South  Seas  region,  but  is 
probably  of  wider  range,  and  the  others  are  all  forms  of  at  least  tropicopolitan 
distribution.  In  view  of  the  lack  of  information  concerning  the  scale  insect 
fauna  of  the  Marquesas  these  common  forms  may,  however,  merit  recording. 

Family  PSEUDOCOCCIDAE 

Genus  PSEUDOCOCCUS  Westwood 

Pseudococcus  swezeyi  Ehrhorn  (fig.  i). 

Psciidococcus  pandani  (Cockerell)  :  Doane  and  Hadden,  Canad.  Ent.,  vol. 

41,  p.  297,  1909.   (Probably  a  misidentification.) 
Pseudococcus  szvezeyi  Ehrhorn:  Hawaiian  Ent.  Soc,  Proc,  vol.  3,  p.  240, 
1916. 

Unfortunately,  the  description  of  P.  swcacyi  will  not  permit  the  identification  of  the 
species,  since  it  omits  most  of  the  features  of  any  significance.  Therefore,  figures  are 
here  presented  and  certain  notes  are  offered. 

A  typical  species  of  Pseudococcus,  with  eight-segmented  antennae,  17  pairs  of  cerarii 
and  no  tooth  on  the  claw.    Cerarii  each  with  but  two  conical  setae,  except  for  those 

*  Pacific  Entomological  vSiirvey,  Publication  8,  article  9.     Issued  May  29,  1935. 

[125] 


126 


Bcrnicc  P.  Bishop  M nseuin — Bulletin  142 


of  the  head  region  which  may  have  three,  and  each  with  several  slender  auxiliary 
setae.  Anal  U^he  cerarius  (fig.  i,  c)  with  the  conical  setae  large  and  stout,  one  being 
slightly  larger  than  the  other,  and  set  in  a  quite  large,  definitely  sclerotized  area  in 
which  arc  nuniorous  triangular  pores  that  are  somewhat  concentrated  about  the  conical 
setae  but  arc  not  arranged  in  a  crowded  mass.  Penultimate  cerarius  likewise  set  in  a 
sclerotized  area  of  circular  form,  the  conical  setae  somewhat  smaller  than  those  of  the 
anal  cerarii  and  unequal  in  size,  the  pores  arranged  much  as  in  the  anal  cerarii.  Remain- 
ing cerarii  with  the  setae  smaller  and  with  but  a  slight  indication  of  sclerotization,  with 
several  slender  auxiliary  setae  and  a  small  cluster  of  pores.  Ventral  side  of  the  anal 
lobe  (fig.  1,  /)  with  a  definite,  sclerotic  area. 


Figure  i. — Pscudococcus  sivczcyi  Ehrhorn :  a,  cerarius.  third  from  the  posterior 
end  of  the  body ;  h,  peri-vulvar  area ;  c,  anal  lobe  and  penultimate  cerarii ;  (/.  large  tubular 
duct ;  e,  multilocular  disc  pore ;  /,  sclerotized  area  on  ventral  side  of  anal  lobe. 


Marqitcsau  Insects — ///. 


127 


Tubular  ducts  of  two  sizes  present.  The  larger  ducts  (fig.  1,  d)  each  of  which 
has  a  quite  large,  raised  collar  about  the  mouth,  are  very  few,  being  confined  to  one 
dorsally  and  one  ventrally  associated  with,  but  slightly  removed  from,  each  of  a  majority 
of  the  cerarii.  Aluch  smaller  ducts,  without  a  raised  rim  about  the  mouth,  are  present 
in  small  numbers  on  the  ventral  side  in  the  genital  region.  Triangular  pores  presenting 
no  distinctive  features  in  their  distribution.  Multilocular  disc  pores  (fig.  \,  e)  very  few, 
confined  strictly  to  the  area  about  the  vulva  (fig.  1,  b) . 

Anal  ring  presenting  no  distinctive  features.  Legs  of  ordinary  form,  without  pores 
on  any  of  the  segments. 

Hivaoa:  Avaoa  Valley,  altitude  1,350  feet,  January  4,  193-2,  on  Piper 
latifoliitiJi,  1  female,  LeBronnec ;  Temetiu  Ridge,  altitude  3,900  feet,  January 
14,  1932,  on  Metrosideros  colliua,  LeBronnec ;  Matauuna,  altitude  3,900  feet, 
March  3,  1930,  1  female,  "in  humus",  Mumford  and  Adamson,  In  addition, 
1  female  from  coconut  or  Pandauiis,  Tahiti,  which  is  part  of  the  material 
recorded  by  Doane  and  Hadden,  and  1  female  from  Hawaii,  apparently 
determined  by  Ehrhorn,  are  at  hand. 

This  identification  is  based  upon  the  single  specimen  from  Hawaii.  The 
species  is  probably  one  of  the  common  mealy  bugs  of  the  South  Seas  region 
and  may  very  well  have  been  described  under  other  names.  It  is  probably 
not  P,  pividani  (Cockerell  ),  which  was  taken  in  quarantine  at  San  Francisco 
on  Pandanus  from  "Washington  Island,  Mendana  or  Marquesas  group,"  since 
this  species  is  said  to  have  the  "margin  with  stout  cottony  tufts  as  in  P.  eifri,'' 
while  in  P.  szi'e::eyi  the  tufts  in  the  caudal  region  are  undoubtedly  much 
more  conspicuous. 

This  species  is  very  similar  to  P.  longispimis  (Targioni),  but  differs 
especially  in  not  having  the  pores  of  the  anal  and  penultimate  cerarii  arranged 
in  a  crowded  and  somewhat  depressed  mass  about  the  conical  setae.  The 
result  of  this  difference  is  that  in  life  the  caudal  tassels  are  probably  much 
shorter  than  in  P.  longispiuus.  It  also  somewhat  resembles  P.  gaJiaui  Green 
and  P.  comstocki  (Kuwana),  Init  differs  in  having  the  multilocular  disc  pores 
confined  to  the  region  of  the  vulva,  while  in  these  other  species  they  occur 
on  practically  all  the  ventral  abdominal  segments. 

Pseudococcus  citri  (Risso). 

Hivaoa:  Atuona,  Alay  4,  192().  on  Psidium  (jitajava;  Avaoa  [Avao]  Val- 
ley, January  4,  1932,  on  Glocliidiou  raiiiiflonim  and  Psidium  (jiiajava;  Mum- 
ford  and  Adamson. 

These  specimens  appear  to  be  typical  of  this  widely  distributed  and 
familiar  species. 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Miiscuiu — Bidlctin  142 


Pseudococcus  bromeliae  (Bouche). 

llivaoa:  .Atuoiia.  May  4,  1929,  on  fruits  of  "Corrosole Vaitoepo, 
l\'i|niaei  |  I'apucij  A'alley,  July  29,  1929,  on  fruits  of  luocarpus  cdidis;  Alum- 
fortl  and  Adamson. 

This  frequently  described  and  widely  distributed  tropical  and  subtropical 
species  needs  no  special  note. 

Genus  FERRISIA  Fullaway 

Ferrisia  virgata  (Cockerell). 

Uahuka:  A^tiake,  February  24,  1931,  on  Mclochia  vclittina,  LeBronnec 
and  Tauraa. 

Hivaoa :  Atuona,  May  13,  1929,  on  tomato,  April  25,  1929,  on  maize, 
April  4,  1929,  on  Cciba  pcntandra;  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Tahuata:  Kiinui  Valley,  November  14,  1930,  on  Siegcshcckia  oricntalis, 
LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 

Mohotani :  February  4,  1931,  on  Mclocliia  vcliitina,  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 

A  species  of  world-wide  distribution  in  the  tropics  and  subtropics. 

Family  COCCIDAE 

Genus  SAISSETIA  Deplanches 

The  three  species  of  this  genus  recorded  below  are  common  forms  of 
wide  distribution  in  the  tropics  and  need  no  special  comment. 

Saissetia  hemisphaerica  (Targioni). 

Hivaoa:  Alount  Ootua,  altitude  2,490  feet,  May  8,  1929.  on  Caiitli'iiiiu 
harhatiiin,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Saissetia  nigra  (Nietner). 

Hivaoa:  Atuona,  May  4,  IQ29,  on  Hibiscus  species:  Hanamate,  altitude 
450  feet,  May  11,  1929,  on  Sapiudus  sapouaria;  Punaei,  ]\Iay  11,  1929,  on 
Pvciiuia  taliitcjisis  \  Hanamenu,  June  3,  1929,  on  undetermined  host:  ]\Ium- 
ford  and  Adamson. 

Saissetia  oleae  (Bernard). 

Eiao :  V^aituha,  October  2,  1929,  on  Abutikvi  graz'colois,  Adamson. 

Hivaoa:  Hanamenu,  June  3,  1929,  on  undetermined  host,  jNIumford  and 
Adamson. 


Figure  2. — Lcfidosaphcs  iiiarf/iiiafa  new  si)ecies  :  a,  general  appearance  of  adult  fe- 
male ;  b,  habit  of  scales ;  c,  gland  tubercle :  d,  dorsal  tubular  duct ;  c,  tubular  duct  of 
pygidial  margin  ;  /,  area  neai'  poster  if  )r  spiracle  ;  (j,  area  near  anterior  spiracle. 


BcDiicc  P.  Bishop  Muscitui — Bulletin  142 


Genus  LEPIDOSAPHES  Shimer 

Lepidosaphes  marginata,  new  species  (figs.  2,  3). 

Scale  of  the  female  (fig.  2,  h)  about  2  mm  long,  flat  and  of  much  the  same  width 
throughout,  of  a  light  straw  color  with  silvery  margins.  Scale  of  the  male  similar  in 
color,  relativeh'  more  convex. 


Figure  3. — Lepidosaphes  marginata  new  species :  pygidium  of  adult  female. 

Female,  on  the  slide,  about  1  mm  long,  of  the  typical  form  and  characters  of  the 
genus,  distinguishable  most  conspicuously  by  the  dark,  sclerotic  margin  of  the  pygidium 
(fig.  3),  and  the  next  preceding  abdominal  segment.  Pygidium  with  the  normal  arrange- 
ment of  lobes,  gland  spines,  and  large  marginal  tubular  ducts.  Ducts  of  the  dorsum  of 
the  pygidium  few,  definitely  smaller  than  those  of  the  margin  (compare  fig.  2  d,  e)  but 
not  minute.  Circumgenital  pores  in  the  usual  five  groups,  the  median  and  anterior  lateral 
groups  tending  to  fuse.  Pre-pygidial  segments  with  a  lateral  zone  of  ducts  which  tend 
to  be  slightly  smaller  than  those  of  the  dorsum  of  the  pygidium,  these  extending  to  the 
metathorax,  and  the  four  pre-pygidial  abdominal  segments  each  with  a  cluster  of  similar 
ducts  on  each  side  of  the  meson.  All  the  abdominal  segments  anterior  to  the  pygidium 
beset  laterally  v/ith  gland  spines,  those  of  the  first  three  segments  tending  to  be  very 
small  and  conical  and  occurring  chiefly  on  the  ventral  side.  Posterior  spiracle  (fig.  2,  /) 
with  a  series  of  small,  tubercle-like  gland  spines  and  minute  tubular  ducts  leading  to  the 
lateral  margin  of  the  body.  Anterior  spiracle  with  an  irregular  cluster  of  accompanying 
disc  pores.  Antennae  presenting  no  distinctive  features.  Margins  of  the  abdominal  seg- 
ments entirely  without  sclerotized  spurs.  Cephalic  region  without  sclerotized  points  or 
peculiar  developments. 

Nymphal  female  resembling  the  adult  in  possessing  the  sclerotized  margin  of  the 
pygidium. 


M arquesan  Insects — ///. 


131 


Hivaoa:  Matauuna  [Matiiuna],  altitude  3,700  feet,  March  3,  1930;  Mount 
Ootua,  summit,  altitude  3,050  feet,  February  13,  1929,  on  Reynoldsia 
ftahitensis?);  Matauuna  [Matuuna],  altitude  3,000  feet,  March  2,  1930,  on 
Cheirophyllmn  platyphylhim,  Mumford  and  Adamson.  It  causes  a  distinct 
pitting  of  the  leaves.    Type  from  the  first-named  host  and  locality. 

It  is  difficult  to  select  out  of  the  many  described  species  assigned  to 
Lepidosaphes  any  which  very  closely  resembles  this,  although  it  is  a  very 
typical  member  of  the  genus  in  the  strictest  sense.  The  heavily  sclerotized 
pygidial  margin  is  a  conspicuous  recognition  character.  Whether  the  species 
is  peculiar  to  the  Marquesan  Islands  remains  to  be  determined ;  it  is  not 
impossible  that  it  has  already  been  recorded  under  some  other  name,  many 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  being  quite  unrecognizable  from  the  existing 
descriptions. 

Genus  ASPIDIOTUS  Bouche 

Aspidiotus  lataniae  Signoret. 

Hivaoa:  Punaei,  May  2,  1928,  on  undetermined  host,  Mumford  and 
Adamson.  A  familiar  and  widely  distributed  tropical  and  subtropical  species 
which  is  generally  recorded  as  Aspidiotus  cydoniac  Comstock. 

Aspidiotus  destructor  Signoret. 

Tahuata:  Hanatetena  Valley,  June  1,  1930,  on  coconut,  LeBronnec  and 
Tauraa.  The  common  pest  of  coconut  throughout  the  eastern  tropics. 


AN  APPARENTLY  UNDESCRIBED  MEALYBUG  (HEMIPTERA: 
PSEUDOCOCCIDAE)  FROM  TAHITI* 


By 

G.  F.  Fi^RRis 
Natural  History  Museum,  Stanford  University 

A  few  species  of  scale  insects  were  obtained  in  Tahiti  by  Mr.  A.  M. 
Adamson  of  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey,  but  with  two  exceptions  all 
are  common,  widely  distributed  species  previously  recorded  from  the  Society 
Islands,  and  call  for  no  report.  One  species  of  mealybug  can  not  be  con- 
nected with  any  named  form  and  may  be  regarded  as  new,  although  it  is 
possible  that  it  will  eventually  prove  to  be  a  synonym  of  some  species  that  is 
unrecognizable  on  the  basis  of  the  present  literature.  One  other  species, 
while  widely  distrilmted,  has  not  yet  been  recorded  from  these  islands. 

Pseudococcus  perforatus,  new  species  (fig.  i). 

Notes  on  appearance  in  life  not  available,  but  undoubtedly  with  17  pairs  of  waxy 
tassels  which  become  longer  toward  the  posterior  end  of  the  body,  the  last  two  pairs 
probably  being  quite  stout  and  long.    It  is  probable  that  a  quite  distinct  ovisac  is  formed. 

Adult  female  about  3  mm  long  on  the  slide,  of  ordinary  form.  Antennae  eight- 
segmented,  presenting  no  unusual  features.  Legs  slender,  without  pores  on  any  of  the 
segments.  Seventeen  pairs  of  cerarii  present,  these  with  but  two  conical  setae  except 
some  of  the  cerarii  in  the  head  region  with  three,  and  all  with  several  slender  auxiHary 
setae.  Conical  setae  of  the  anal  lobe  cerarii  large  and  stout,  set  in  an  oval  and — in  the 
specimens  at  hand — rather  weakly  sclerotized  area  which  bears  numerous  triangular 
pores,  these  being  somewhat  concentrated  about  the  setae  but  not  arranged  in  a  crowded 
central  mass  (fig.  1,  a),  this  sclerotized  area  being  continuous  with  a  small  area  on  the 
ventral  side  (fig.  1,  c).  Penultimate  cerarii  with  smaller  conical  setae,  likewise  set  in 
a  sclerotized  area  with  pores  arranged  much  as  in  the  anal  lobe  pair.  Remaining  cerarii 
with  smaller  setae  and  with  a  slight  concentration  of  pores  and  a  slight  tendency  toward 
sclerotization  of  the  derm  immediately  about  the  conical  setae. 

Multilocular  disc  pores  (fig.  1,  /)  present  about  the  vulva  and  also  in  a  double  or 
irregularly  single  row  along  the  posterior  border  of  the  ventral  abdominal  segments  as 
far  forward  as  the  fifth  (the  segment  immediately  anterior  to  the  vulva  being  counted 
as  the  eighth),  the  fifth  segment  having  but  a  few  in  the  median  region.  Margins  of 
the  body,  especially  on  the  ventral  side,  with  a  considerable  number  of  quite  conspicuous, 
short,  broad  tubular  ducts  with  a  narrow  raised  rim  about  the  mouth  (fig.  1,  d,f/)  in 
the  region  of  each  cerarius,  most  of  the  cerarii  being  associated  with  a  few  of  these 
on  the  dorsal  side  as  well.  The  dorsum  of  the  body  shows  a  few  such  ducts  in  the 
median  region  on  each  segment.  Minute  tubular  ducts,  slightly  shorter  and  not  more 
than  a  thirfl  of  the  diameter  of  these  large  ducts,  are  abundant  in  the  median  region 
near  the  vulva,  a  few  of  these  occurring  as  far  forward  as  the  fifth  abdominal  segment 
on  the  ventral  side  (fig.  1,  d,c).  Small,  triangular  pores  are  abundant  on  botli  dorsal 
and  ventral  sides. 

Derm,  both  dorsally  and  ventrally,  beset  with  numbers  of  small,  slender  setae.  Anal 
ring  with  no  distinctive  features. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey,  Publication  8,  article  lo.     Issued  May  29,  1935. 


[  133] 


134 


]>cri!icc  P.  Bishop  Miiscuin — Bulletin  142 


Tahiti:  I'apeari  [Papeavi],  altitude  900  feet,  November  15,  1928,  on 
PaiiiUiiius,  2  spcciiiieiis,  Adamson. 


d 


Figure  1. — Pscudococcus  pcrforafus,  new  species  :  a,  anal  lobe  and  penultimate  cerarii ; 
b,  triangular  pore ;  c,  ventral  side  of  anal  lobe ;  (/,  portion  of  derm  between  the  vulva  and 
the  penultimate  cerarius  on  the  ventral  side ;  c,  smaller  tubular  duct ;  /,  multilocular  disc 
pore ;  g,  larger  tubular  duct. 

This  species  is  very  similar  to  P.  szvc;::cyi  Ehrhorn,  which  was  collected 
in  the  Marquesas  by  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  and  of  which  a  speci- 
men is  at  hand  from  Tahiti.  It  differs,  sharply,  however,  in  having  multi- 
locular disc  pores  on  several  alxlominal  segments  and  not  confined  to  the 
region  about  the  vulva  and  in  the  large  numbers  of  broad,  tubular  ducts  about 
the  cerarii.  In  the  latter  feature  it  dift'ers  also  from  such  species  as  P.  gaJiaui 
Green,  P.  coiiisfocki  (Kuwana),  and  P.  loiigispiuus  (Targioni),  the  last 
named  of  which  also  occurs  in  Tahiti.  It  should  not  be  P.  paudaiii  (CockerclH, 


Marquesas  Insects — ///. 


135 


which  is  described  as  having-  the  waxy  tassels  as  in  P.  citri  and  therefore 
should  not  have  the  well-developed  cerarian  structures  that  are  present  in 
P.  pcrforatits. 

Trionymus  sacchari  (Cockerell). 

Tr'wnyiuiis  saccJiarl  (Cockerell),  Morrison:  Philippine  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  17, 

P-  173,  fig.  15.  1920. 

Tahiti :  Mataeia,  December  19,  1928,  Adamson,  on  sugar  cane. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  the  West  Indies.  It  is  positively 
known  from  the  Philippine  Islands  and  Hawaii  and  has  been  recorded  from 
numerous  other  widely  distributed  points,  always  on  sugar  cane,  although 
owing  to  confusion  which  has  existed  in  regard  to  the  mealybugs  of  sugar 
cane  most  identifications  are  open  to  question.  The  redescription  of  the 
species  by  Morrison  makes  its  positive  identification  possible.  It  has  not 
previously  been  recorded  from  Tahiti. 


NEUROPTERA  FROM  THE  SOCIETY  ISLANDS^^ 


By 

p.  Esbex-Petersen 

SiLKEBORG,  Denmark 

I\Iy  best  thanks  are  due  to  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey,  for  the 
opportunity  to  examine  the  neuropterous  insects  collected  by  ]\Ir.  A. 
Adamson  in  the  Society  Islands.   As  the  knowledge  of  the  Xeuroptera  of 
most  of  the  Pacific  islands  is  very  limited  and  fragmentary,  all  information 
regarding  them  is  of  great  value. 

The  following  species  were  present  in  the  collection : 

Family  CHRYSOPIDAE 

Chrysopa  oceanica  A\'alker  (fig.  i,  a). 

Clirysof'a  oceanica  Walker:  Cat.  Xeuropt.  Ins.,  Colk  Brit.  ]\Ius.,  p.  238, 
1853,  Hawaii:  Cheesman,  Ent.  Soc.  London,  Trans.,  vol.  75,  p.  147, 
1927,  vSociety  Islands  ;  Esben-Petersen,  Insects  of  Samoa,  Xeuroptera, 
pt.  7.  fasc.  3,  p.  102,  pi.  3.  fig.  7,  1928,  Society  Islands.  Xew  Hebrides. 
Chrysopa  J^-nihnim  Brauer :  Reise  X'ovara,  X^europtera.  p.  39,  1866,  Tahiti. 
Tahiti:  Papeari,  altitude  600  feet.  X^ovember,  1928,  1  female;  Papenoo 
\'alley,  10  kilometers  from  sea.  altitude  150  meters,  October  25,  1928.  5 
females:  Fautaua  [Fataua]  \'alley,  altitude  1,500  feet,  September  11,  1928, 
1  male,  2  females ;  Tuauru  River,  1  mile  from  sea,  altitude  50  feet.  Septem- 
ber 5,  1928.  1  male:  Hitiaa.  3  miles  from  sea,  altitude  1,500  feet,  December 
20,  1928,  1  male:  Adamson. 

The  ten  specimens  have  the  characteristic  reddish  \'-shaped  marking  on 
front  part  of  vertex  (mentioned  by  Brauer),  also  a  reddish  irregular  spot 
in  center  of  face.  Only  one  specimen  from  Hitiaa  lacks  the  red  markings 
on  vertex  and  face. 

Aliss  L.  E.  Cheesman  has  mentioned  the  following  localities  :  northwest 
Raiatea,  taken  on  the  coast  and  at  light,  ]\Iay-June,  1925;  Borabora,  taken  on 
the  coast  and  at  light,  ^lay-June,  1925. 

Chrysopa  basalis  Walker  (fig.  1,  b). 

CJirysopa  basalis  Walker:  Cat.  X^europt.  Ins..  Coll.  Brit.  ^lus..  p.  23(),  1853, 

Loochoo  Islands:  Cheesman,  Ent.  Soc.  London,  Trans.,  vol.  75,  p.  147, 

1927,  Tuamotus,  Marcpiesas,  Society  Islands. 
CJirysopa  dcliiiasi  X'avas :  Pontific.  Accad.  Romana,  ]Mem.,  p.  20,  1927, 

jNIarquesas. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  .Survey,  Publication  8,  article  ii.     Issued  June  8,  1935. 

f  137  1 


138 


Bcniicc  P.  Bisliop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


CJirysof^a  skoltsbere/i  Ksl^en-Petersen :  Insects  of  Samoa,  Neuroptera,  pt.  7, 
tasc.  3.  p.  104.  3,  fio-.  4,  1928,  Samoa,  Ellice  Islands. 
Tahiti:  I'aca,  altitude  600  feet,  August  28,  1928,  1  specimen;  Papeari 
I  Papeavi  |.  altitude  50  feet,  Novem1)er  9,  1928,  over  Tradescantia,  1  specimen; 
h'aa.  altitude  300  meters,  6  kilometers  from  sea,  November  7,  1928,  1  speci- 
men ;  Tuaiu'u  River,  altitude  50  feet,  1  mile  from  sea,  November  5,  1928, 
4  specimens;  Anaroii  Plateau,  altitude  500  meters,  12  kilometers  from  sea, 
October  31,  1928,  1  specimen;  Hitiaa,  altitude  1,000  feet,  4  miles  from  sea, 
November  20,  1928,  1  specimen,  altitude  1,500  feet,  3  miles  from  sea.  Decem- 
ber 20,  1928,  1  specimen;  Fautaua  Valley,  altitude  1,000  feet,  August  23, 
1928,  5  specimens,  altitude  50  feet,  September  6,  1928,  1  specimen,  altitude 
50  feet,  September  7,  1928,  22  specimens ;  Adamson. 


c  d 
Figure  1. — Chrysopa:  a,  C.  occanica  Walker,  from  Papenoo  \'alle3';  b,  C.  basalts 
Walker,  left  fore  and  hind  wing;  c,  C.  otalafis  Banks,  left  fore  and  hind  wing;  d,  Austro- 
megolomus  bninncus,  new  genus,  new  species,  right  fore  and  hind  wing. 


Four  specimens  of  a  chrysopid-larva  from  Tuauru  River,  altitude  50  feet, 
September  3,  1928,  on  Hibiseits  tiliaeeus,  Adamson,  belong  undoubtedly  to 
the  species  C.  basalis  Walker. 

Miss  Cheesman  has  mentioned  the  following  localities :  Raiatea.  on  the 
coast  and  at  light,  May,  1925  ;  Borabora,  very  numerous,  ]\Iarch- August,  1025. 


Marqiiesan  Insects — ///. 


139 


On  account  of  Walker's  brief  and  incomplete  description  of  the  species, 
I  unfortunately  introduced  skottsbergi  in  the  Pacific  chrysopid- fauna.  With 
the  kind  assistance  of  Mr.  D.  E.  Kimniins  of  the  British  Museum,  who  has 
compared  specimens  of  this  material  with  the  type,  it  may  be  decided  that 
the  material  listed  all  belongs  to  Walker's  species. 

In  my  description  of  Chrysopa  skottsbergi  I  called  attention  to  the  very 
conspicuous  and  large  pterostigma,  especially  in  the  hind  wings.  In  the  male, 
the  pterostigma  is  more  distinct  and  more  strongly  colored  than  in  the  female. 

Chrysopa  otalatis  Banks  (fig.  1,  c). 

Chrysopa  otalatis  Banks:  Psyche,  vol.  17,  p.  102,  1910,  Queensland;  Esben- 
Petersen,  Insects  of  Samoa,  Neuroptera,  pt.  7,  fasc.  3,  p.  103,  pi.  3,  fig. 
6,  1928,  Samoa. 

Chrysopa  leuioidti  Lacroix:  Soc.  Ent.  France,  Bull.,  p.  119,  1923,  New 
Caledonia. 

Tahiti:  Papenoo  Valley,  altitude  300  meters,  October  26,  1928,  1  male; 
Fautaua  Valley,  altitude  50  feet,  1  mile  from  sea,  September  6,  1928,  1  male; 
Faa,  altitude  300  meters,  6  kilometers  from  sea,  November  7,  1928,  1  male; 
Adam  son. 

Family  HEMEROBIIDAE 
Genus  AUSTROMEGALOMUS,  new  genus 

Fore  wing  broad,  broadly  rounded  at  apex.  Costal  area  very  broad, 
especially  at  basal  half ;  most  of  costal  cross  veins  forked ;  a  recurrent  vein 
present  at  base  of  the  costal  area.  Sc  and  R  do  not  coalesce  at  their  apex. 
Subcostal  area  with  three  cross  veins ;  two  near  base  and  one  near  apex. 
Numl^ers  of  branches  {Rs)  from  R  varying  (4-6).  Near  its  origin  the  basal 
Rs  gives  ofif  two  or  three  branches,  arising  from  its  anterior  side.  M  forks 
opposite  second  sul)costal  cross  vein.  Cu.,  and  lA  forked;  2 A  forked  several 
times.  Four  rows  of  cross  veins  present  in  the  forewing.  The  basal  row  is 
represented  by  the  basal  subcostal  cross  vein  and  by  a  cross  vein  between  the 
stem  of  M  and  that  of  Cii^.  The  median  row  (by  Kriiger  named  "die 
Gabelreihe")  is  represented  by  four  cross  veins:  the  second  subcostal  cross 
vein,  a  cross  vein  between  first  Rs  and  M ^,  one  between  Mo  and  Cu^,  and  one 
between  Cu-^  and  Cii.,.  The  pterostigmatical  row  starts  from  the  basal  end 
of  pterostigma  straight  across  the  wn'ng,  and  it  ends  at  Cii-^ ;  the  two  ]>osterior 
cross  veins  in  the  row  are  placed  a  little  more  towards  the  base  of  the  wing 
than  the  other.  The  apical  row  begins  at  the  apical  end  of  the  pterostigma ; 
it  is  running  jiarallcl  to  the  apical  margin  of  the  wing  down  to  Cu.,^  and  mostly 
following  the  forks  of  the  veins. 

Plind  wing  somewhat  narrower  than  the  fore  wing  and  more  i^^inted 
towards  aj^ex.    Costal  area  narrow;  its  cross  veins  sini])k'  and  unforked. 


140 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


v'^iiliccistal  area  with  three  cross  veins,  placed  as  in  the  fore  wing.  Five 
i)rdinary  hranchcs  ( AV )  from  R  \  M  forked  near  base  of  the  wing,  and  Cu., 
only  present  as  a  line  inconspicuous  unforked  vein.  lA,  2A,  and  present. 
The  basal  and  the  median  row  of  gradate  veins  only  present  with  one  or  two 
cross  veins.  The  pterostigmatical  row  indicated  by  one  to  three  inconspicuous 
cross  veins  in  the  center  of  the  wing.  The  apical  series  is  complete.  Geno- 
type:  ^lustromeyalouius  hruuneus. 


'A 

Figure  2. — Austromcgalomus  bniuiicus,  new  genus,  new  species,  basal  part  of  right 
fore  wing,  enlarged. 

The  new  genus  may  be  easily  recognized  by  the  peculiar  forking  of  the 
basal  Rs  in  the  fore  wing.  In  this  respect  it  is  allied  to  the  Australian  genus 
Drepanaera  Tillyard,  in  which  genus  the  apex  of  the  wings,  however,  is  more 
or  less  falcate.  As  to  the  shape  and  the  venation  of  the  wings,  Ausfro- 
megalouius  has  much  likeness  to  the  genus  Megaloiuus,  but  the  new  genus  is 
easily  separated  from  that  one  by  the  unusual  forking  of  the  basal  Rs  in  the 
fore  wing. 

Austromegalomus  brunneus,  new  species  (figs.  1,  d\  2). 

Antennae  brown ;  the  three  basal  joints  a  little  paler.  Face  and  vertex  yellowish 
brown.  Thorax  and  abdomen  brown.  Prothorax  about  four  times  broader  than  long. 
Legs  yellowish  brown.  Fore  wing  with  a  strong  brownish  tinge,  hind  wing  with  a 
fainter  one.  Fore  wing  marked  with  not  very  conspicuous  brown  blotches,  tending  to 
form  transverse  fasciae.  Venation  brown  and  very  conspicuous.  Pterostigma  rather 
long  and  dark  brown ;  very  conspicuous  in  the  hind  wings.    Body  yellowish  haired. 

Length  of  fore  wing  5  mm  ;  that  of  hind  wing  4.5  mm. 


M arqucsan  Insects — ///. 


141 


Tahiti:  Fautaiia  Valley,  altitude  1500  feet,  September  11,  1928,  holotype 
male,  2  paratype  males,  Adamson. 

Holotype  and  one  paratype  are  placed  in  Bernice  P.  Bishop  jMiiseum ;  the 
second  paratype  in  the  author's  collection. 

Besides  the  above-mentioned  Neuroptera,  the  following  species,  not  present 
in  the  material  before  me,  have  been  found  in  the  Society  Islands. 

Family  MYRAIELEONTIDAE 

Eidoleon  bistrigatus  (Rambur). 

Myniiclcoji  bistrigatus  Rambur:  Hist.  nat.  Insects  Nevropteres,  p.  391, 
1842,  Tahiti. 

Distolcoii  bistrigatus,  Banks,  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  Ann.,  p.  43,  1910,  Tahiti; 
Cheesman,  Ent.  Soc.  London,  Trans.,  vol.  75,  p.  147,  1927,  Tuamotus, 
Fakarava ;  Society  Islands,  Raiatea,  Borabora. 
Bidolcon  bistrigatus,  Esben-Petersen,  Arkiv  for  Zoologi,  Stockholm,  Bd. 
11,  p.  15,  1918,  Australia. 
The  species  is  also  recorded  from  Hawaii  and  Fiji,  and  the  author  has 
seen  it  in  numbers  from  New  Hebrides  (British  Museum).  Miss  Cheesman 
states  that  it  was  very  numerous  among  grass  on  the  coast  of  Borabora. 

Family  CHRYSOPIDAE 

Chrysopa  filosa  (Fabricius). 

Hciucrobius  filosus  Fabricius:  Mantissa  Insect.,  t.  1,  p.  246,  1787,  Tahiti; 
Ent.  Syst.,  t.  2,  p.  82,  1793,  Tahiti. 
This  species  has  not  been  met  with  since  the  time  of  its  discovery,  and  the 
description  given  by  Fabricius  is  also  so  brief  and  incomplete  that  it  may  be 
impossible  with  certainty  to  refer  specimens  to  the  species. 

Chrysopa  ramburi  Schneider. 

Chrysopa  ramburi  vSchneider :  Symbolae,  p.  107,  tab.  34,  1851.  Australia; 
Esben-Petersen,  Insects  of  Samoa,  Neuroptera,  pt.  7,  fasc.  3,  p.  99,  pi.  3, 
fig.  1,  1928,  Tahiti  (Galathea  Exp.,  1845-1847)  ;  Cheesman,  Ent.  Soc. 
London,  Trans.,  vol.  75,  p.  147,  1927,  Raiatea. 
The  species  is  known  from  several  localities  on  the  Australian  continent, 
from  Samoa,  Tasmania,  and  Tonga.    Miss  Cheesman  took  it  on  northwest 
Raiatea  on  the  coast  and  in  the  interior  at  about  1500  feet.  May  1925. 

Chrysopa  tahitensis  Navas. 

Chrysopa  taJiitcjisis  Navas:  Soc.  sci.  Bruxelles,  Ann.,  t.  38,  p.  95,  1913- 
1914,  I'ahiti,  Papeete. 
I  do  not  know  an}^  other  records  concerning  this  s])ccics.    It  seems  that 
the  species  has  some  likeness  to  pale  colored  specimens  of  C.  ramburi. 


142 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Miiscuin — Bulletin  142 


Chrysopa  flaveola  Schneider. 

Clirysopa  (laTCola  Schneider:  Symbolae,  p.  75,  tab.  11,  1851,  Java;  Chees- 
nian,  lint.  Soc.  London,  Trans.,  p.  147,  1927,  Raiatea. 
1  do  not  know  of  any  record  of  this  species  from  Austraha  or  Polynesia. 
The  specimens  from  the  Society  Islands  and  the  Marquesas,  collected  and 
mentioned  by  INIiss  Cheesman,  belong  probably  to  Chrysopa  basalis. 

Family  HEMEROBIIDAE 

Micromus  species. 

Mici-oiuus  species:  Cheesman,  Ent.  Soc.  London,  Trans,  p.  147,  1927,  north 
Tahiti. 

One  specimen  taken  at  light  two  miles  inland,  March,  1925. 


ADDITIONAL  NOTES  ON  THE  DERMAPTERA  AND 
ORTHOPTERA  OF  THE  MARQUESAS  * 


By 

Morgan  Hebard 

A  report  on  the  Dermaptera  and  Orthoptera  of  the  Marquesas  was 
published  in  1933^  The  present  paper  is  based  on  the  small  collections 
which  had  not  been  prepared  for  study  at  the  time  that  contribution  appeared. 

Much  the  most  interesting  material  in  the  present  series  is  representative 
of  the  genus  Marctina,  an  endemic  genus  of  cockroaches.  Not  only  is  a 
new  species  represented  from  the  island  of  Uapou,  l)ut  additional  material 
of  the  two  previously  described  species  shows  that  they  are  not  each  peculiar 
to  a  certain  island,  as  might  previously  have  been  supposed.  Not  only  does 
decided  size  variation  occur,  but  none  of  these  species  are  very  constant  in 
coloration,  the  extremes  of  intensification  and  recession  being  very  different 
in  superficial  appearance.  In  the  new  species,  moreover,  certain  tendencies 
tow^ard  the  related  genus  Ancitriuita  are  also  found,  though  it  shows  widest 
divergence  in  having  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  male  alxlomen  more  special- 
ized than  in  any  of  the  other  species. 

All  this  material,  unless  otherwise  noted,  was  secured  by  G.  LeBronnec. 

DERMAPTERA 

Labiidae 

Labiinae 

Labia  curvicauda  (Motschulsky). 

Hivaoa:  Temetiu  Ridge  and  summit,  3,900  to  4,160  feet,  January  14  and 
20,  1932  (under  bark  of  Reynoldsia  species  and  Crossostyles  hifolia),  2  males, 
2  females. 

Uapou:  Tekohepu  summit,  3,000  feet,  November  30,  1931  (in  dead 
stipes  of  CyafJica  species),  1  male. 

Labia  dubronyi  He1)ard. 

Uapou:  Tekohepu  summit,  3,000  feet,  Novemlx'r  30,  1931  (in  dead 
stipes  of  Cyathca  species),  1  female;  Teavanui  Pass,  2,900  feet,  November 
27,  1931  (the  same),  1  male;  Teavanui,  Paaumea  Valley,  2,900  feet  (the 
same),  1  juvenile  female. 

^Hebard,  Morgan,  The  l^ermaptera  and  Ortlioptcra  of  the  Marquesas  Islands:  15.  P.  Bishop 
Mus.,  Bull.  114,  pp.  305-140,  J 933. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  12.    Issued   September  29,  1935. 

I  143  ] 


144 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bullctiu  142 


Chi:lisochidae; 

CHKlylSOCHINAE: 

Chelisoches  morio  (Fal^-icius). 

llivaoa:  Ootua  Spring-,  February  13,  1929  (Mumford  and  Adamson ; 
in  dead  flowers  of  Zingiber  species),  1  female,  1  juvenile;  Kaava  Ridge, 
J. 500  feet,  January  8,  1932,  1  male. 

Ua]K)u:  A^aikokoo,  Paaumea  Valley,  1,850  feet,  November  30,  1931,  1 
male;  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,950  feet,  November  21,  1931  (in  dead 
Cyailiea  species),  1  male. 

ORTHOPTERA 
Blattidae 

ECTOBIINAK 

Maretina  uahuka  liebard. 

Hivaoa:  Feani  Ridge,  3,900  feet,  January  19,  21,  1932.  2  males,  1  large 
juvenile  female,  3  small  juveniles. 

These  males  are  decidedly  larger  than  the  type.  Length  of  body  10  and 
10.8,  exposed  length  of  tegmen  3.7  and  3.8,  width  of  tegmen  3.2  and  3.2  mm. 

Maretina  hivaoa  Hebard. 

Hivaoa:  Temetiu  Ridge,  3,900  feet,  January  14,  1932  (on  ground),  2 
large  male  juveniles. 

Uapou :  Tehokepu  Summit,  3,200  and  3.300  feet,  November  27.  1931 
(from  ferns  and  Mctvosideros  eolliua),  2  females;  \'aihakaatiki.  Hakahetau 
Valley,  November  18,  1931,  1  male,  1  female. 

Maretina  marquesana,  new  species  (fig.  1). 

General  coloration  light  red  brown,  maculate  with  darker  brown,  the  pronotal  disk 
with  light  brown  patches  latero-caudad  (except  in  one  male)  and  with  symmetrically 
placed  flecks  and  short  streaks  very  faintly  indicated  and  few  in  number,  individually 
varying  to  more  decided  and  moderately  numerous.  Head  vaguely  maculate  but  without 
definite  transverse  bands  (possibly  obliterated  through  discoloration).  Tegmina  with, 
humeral  trunk  occasionally  suffused.  Abdomen  with  dorsal  surface  often  dark  laterad, 
that  area  inclosing  pale  flecks.  Tibiae  and  tarsi  with  heavy  flecks  of  dark  brown. 
Rare  individuals  show  greenish  (indicating  the  presence  of  chlorophylH  in  the  antennae, 
lateral  lobes  of  pronotum,  tegmina  and  limbs,  as  noted  above. 

Male 

Size  (averaging)  small,  form  broad  for  the  group.  Width  between  antennal  sockets 
slightly  more  than  three-quarters  that  between  eyes.  Palpi  with  third  joint  longer  than 
fourth,  which  is  equal  in  length  to  the  fifth.  Pronotum  with  lateral  portions  and 
mediastine  fields  of  tegmina  broad.  Tegmina  slightly  overlapping,  actually  sHghtly 
longer  than  wide  but  their  exposed  portions  appreciably  shorter  than  the  width  of  one 
of  them,  costal  margin  rounding  only  very  slightly  more  broadly  into  the  transverse 
distal  margin  than  does  the  sutural  margin,  so  that  they  appear  definitely  more  nearly 


J I  a  rq  1 1  esa  1 1  Insects — /// . 


145 


quadrate  than  in  the  other  species ;  venation  and  impressions  bet\,veen  the  veins  and  vein- 
lets  weak  (  to  almost  obsolete  in  some  of  the  paratypes).  Wings  highly  vestigial. 
Abdomen  with  second  to  sixth  tergites  weakly  convex  mesad  forming  a  broad  longi- 
tudinal ver}'  low  ridge  on  each  side  of  which  is  an  equally  shallowly  concave  longitudinal 
channel,  the  surface  of  these  channels  with  nimierous  microscopic  short  spinulae  on  the 
fourth  to  sixth  tergites,  such  spinulae  being  verj-  few  and  onl}-  cephalad  on  the  third 
tergite  and  absent  from  the  second  tergite.  Cerci  m.oderately  stout  meso-proximad.  taper- 
ing thence  to  their  acute  apices,  the  distal  joints  normal  and  not  conspicuously  elongate. 
Subgenital  plate  very  deeph'  cleft  mesad ;  triangularly  produced  sinistrad  with  external 
margin  convex  and  internal  margin  bearing  a  small  node  just  beyond  a  median  point; 
produced  in  a  fingerlike  process  to  an  equal  distance  dextrad,  which  is  tAvisted  opposite 
the  node  on  the  sinistral  production  and  from  that  point  is  curved  outward  to  the  small 
rounded  apex  which  is  very  minutely  microscopically  shagreenous. 


Figure  1. — Marefina  marquesana,  new  species,  type  m.ale :  a,  dorsal  view:  b.  dorsal 
view  of  portion  of  abdomen  to  show  the  spinulae. —  X  9. 

Female 

Agrees  ver>'  closely  with  male.  Interocular  space  and  palpi  similar.  Supra-anal 
plate  triangularly  produced  with  lateral  margins  very  feebly  convex  and  apex  (quite 
strongly  to  broadly  and  shallowly  in  paratypes)  bilobate. 

The  type  and  allotype  measure  as  follows :  length  of  bod}-,  male  8.5.  female  8.6 ; 
length  of  pronotum.  male  2.2,  female  2.5 ;  width  of  pronotum,  male  3.3.  female  3.6 ; 
exposed  length  of  tegmen.  male  2.2.  female  2.1 ;  width  of  tegmen.  male  2.6,  female  2.6  mm. 
Little  size  variation  is  shown  by  the  other  adults  at  hand.  Though  apparently  averaging 
considerably  smaller  than  the  other  species  of  the  genus,  the  adults  of  the  others  now 
known,  though  few  in  number,  suggest  that  considerable  size  variation  is  to  be  expected 
in  all  the  species. 

Uapoii :  Teavaituhai.  Hakahetau  \'alley.  3.020  feet,  Xovember  20.  1931 
(beaten  from  Sclerofheca  species).  1  male,  type  (Bishop  ^luseum)  ;  \'aiha- 
kaatiki,  Hakahetau  \'alley,  3.020  feet.  Xovember  18,  1931   (beaten  from 


146 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Cyrfiunira  species),  2  females,  allotype  and  paratype,  2  juveniles;  Tekohepu 
Summit,  3.300  feet,  November  27,  28,  1931  (beaten  from  Metrosideros 
eolliihi),  2  males,  1  female,  paratypes,  7  juveniles. 

A  lar^e  number  of  immature  individuals  from  these  and  other  localities 
are  clearly  referable  to  Maretina  but  their  specific  identity  can  not  be  deter- 
mined. 

The  adults  of  Maretina  niarquesana  at  hand  are  small  and  quite  similar 
in  superficial  appearance  to  those  of  Aneurinita  hivaoa  (Hebard).  From  that 
species  they  may  be  easily  separated  by  the  briefly  overlapping  tegmina,  the 
specialized  dorsal  surface  of  the  male  abdomen,  and  the  (usually)  maculate 
pronotum. 

From  the  present  known  species  of  Maretina,  M.  inarquesana  is  distin- 
guished by  the  more  extensive  dorsal  specialization  of  the  male  abdomen  and 
the  more  reduced  tegmina  in  which  the  areas  between  the  veins  and  veinlets 
are  not  at  all  defined  in  color  and  impressions  there  are  very  weak  to 
subobsolete. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  traces  of  chlorophyll  are  shown  in  the  pro- 
notum and  limbs  of  one  male  and  in  the  feet  and  antennal  apices  of  the  other 
male  from  Tehokepu  Summit,  this  and  the  tegminal  structure  indicating 
markedly  closer  affinity  to  Aneurinita  than  the  previously  described  species 
of  the  present  genus,  although  the  highest  specialization  of  the  dorsal  surface 
of  the  abdomen  for  males  of  the  species  of  Maretina  is  found,  that  area  being 
entirely  unspecialized  in  males  of  Aneurinita. 

Genus  ANEURINITA,  new  name 

Aneurina  Hebard  (not  of  Lioy,  1864),  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114,  p. 
111.  1933- 

Aneurinita  viridis  (Hebard). 

Uapou:  Tehokepu  Summit,  3,300  feet,  November  27,  1931  (beaten  from 
Metrosideros  collina,  Cheirodendron  species,  and  Preycinetia  species),  1  male, 
1  female,  4  juveniles  ;  Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley,  3,020  feet,  November 
20,  1931,  1  male,  2  females,  17  juveniles;  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,950 
feet,  November  16,  1931  (on  Metrosideros  eollina),  1  male,  1  juvenile;  Tea- 
vanui  Pass,  3,300  feet,  November  27,  1931  (beaten  from  Preyeinetia  species), 
1  juvenile. 

Aneurinita  hivaoa  (Hebard). 

Hivaoa:  summit  of  Mount  Temetiu,  4,160  feet,  January  20,  1932  (from 
Metrosideros  collina  and  Preycinetia  species),  1  female,  1  juvenile. 

Graptoblatta  notulata  (Stal). 

Uapou:  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,950  feet,  November  16,  21,  1932 


Marqiicsan  Insects — ///.  147 

(in  Mctrosidcros  coUina  and  dead  fern,  Histioptcris  species),  2  females,  14 
juveniles. 

PSKUDOMOPINAK 

Kuchinga  remota  Hebard. 

Uapou :  \"aikokoo,  Paaumea  Valley,  1,850  feet,  November  30,  1931 
(under  fallen  leaves),  1  female. 

Loboptera  dimidiata  (Bolivar). 

Hivaoa:  Kaava  Ridge,  2,750  feet,  January  6,  1932  (under  dead  leaves), 
2  males,  2  females. 

Uapou:  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,950  feet,  November  21,  1931  (in 
Metrosidcros  collina),  1  juvenile;  Koputukea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,250  feet, 
November  16,  1931,  1  juvenile;  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  3,020  feet, 
November  18,  1931  (beaten  from  Cyrtandra  species),  17  minute  juveniles. 

B1.ATTINAK 

Periplaneta  australasiae  (Fabricius). 

Uapou:  Hakahetau  Valley,  32  feet,  November  25,  1931,  1  male;  Vaikokoo, 
Paaumea  Valley,  2,100  feet,  November  28,  1931. 

acrididak 
Cyrtacanthacrinae: 

Patanga  pinchoti  Caudell. 

Eiao:  above  Vaituha,  1,100  feet,  September  28,  1929  (A.  M.  Adamson), 
1  very  small  juvenile. 

Tkttigoniidae 
Copiphorinap: 

Euconocephalus  roberti  (Le  Guillou). 

Hivaoa:  Avaoa  Valley,  1,260  feet,  January  8,  1932  (in  grass,  Paspaluiii 
conjugatuin  ) ,  8  males,  3  females,  3  juveniles  (4  males,  2  females,  and  2 
immatures  brown,  the  others  green)  ;  Kopaafaa,  2,770  feet,  August  2,  1929 
(Mumford  and  Adamson),  1  very  small  juvenile. 

Uapou:  Hakahetau  Village,  sea  level,  November  30,  1Q31,  2  males  (one 
brown,  one  green). 

ConocephaIvInae: 

Conocephalus  tridens  Hebard. 

Plivaoa :  Kakahopuanui,  2,610  feet,  January  5,  1932  (beaten  from  IVcin- 
mannia  species),  1  female;  Kaava  Ridge,  2,000  feet,  October  27,  1931  (swept 
from  herbage),  2  females. 

Eiao:  1,700  feet,  April  30,  1931  (LeBronnec  and  Tauraa),  2  females. 


148 


Bcrnicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


LlSTROSCKUNAK 

Xiphidiopsis  lita  He1)arcl. 

lli\aoa:  Kalvahoinianui,  2,610  feet,  January  5,  1932  (beaten  from  Wein- 
inaimia  siiecies),  1  female;  Kaava  Ridge,  2,800  feet,  January  7,  1932  (the 
same).  1  female:  Avaoa  Valley,  1,260  feet,  January  8,  1932  (in  grass, 
Pasl'aluiii  eon jU(/atu]i}) ,  1  female. 

Phisis  marquesana  Hebard. 

Hivaoa  :  Kaava  Ridge,  2,000  feet,  October  27,  1931  (swept  from  herbage). 
1  female. 

Uapou :  Teepotatoatetoiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  120  feet,  November  23, 
1931,  1  female;  Hapava,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,000  feet,  November  23,  1931, 
1  small  juvenile. 

Gryllidae 
Grylunae 

Gryllus  oceanicus*  Le  Guillou. 

Hivaoa:  Kaava  Ridge,  2.800  feet,  January  6,  7,  1932,  1  female,  6  juveniles. 

Trigonidtinae 
Metioche  tahitensis  (Saussure). 

Hivaoa:  Tenatinaei,  Feani  Crest,  3,970  feet,  January  19,  1932,  1  female, 
1  juvenile:  Feani  Crest,  3.900  feet,  January  13,  1932  (from  Metrosideros 
collina),  1  female. 

Metioche  flavipes  (Saussure). 

Hatutu:  1,500  feet,  April  28,  1931  (LeBronnec  and  Tauraa ;  beaten  from 
CantJiiuin  harhatuni  ) ,  1  juvenile. 

Uahuka:  Putatauna,  Vaipaee  Valley,  880  feet,  September  20,  1929  (A.  jM. 
Adamson),  1  juvenile. 

Hivaoa:  Tenatinaei,  Feani  Crest,  3,970  feet,  January  19,  1932,  1  female; 
Kakahopuanui,  2,500  feet,  January  5,  1932  (in  herbage),  1  male. 

Uapou:  Tekohepu  Summit,  3,200  feet,  November  28,  1931  (from  Metro- 
sideros eoUiua,  W eimnannia  species,  Cyathea  species,  ferns,  and  five  attracted 
to  light),  1  male,  6  females,  6  juveniles:  Paaumea  side,  Teavaituhai,  3,020 
feet,  November  19,  1931  (beaten  from  J^aeeiuiuiii  species  and  Cyrtaudra 
species),  3  males,  1  female;  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  \  alley,  2,000  feet,  Novem- 
ber 19,  1931  (swept  from  herbage),  1  female. 

MOGOPLTSTINAE 

Cycloptilum  novarae  (Saussure). 

Uapou:  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,950  feet,  November  20,  1931  (at 
Hght),  2  juveniles;  Vaikokoo,  Paaumea  V^alley,  1,850  feet,  November  30, 
1931  (under  fallen  leaves),  1  female. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  NOTES 
CONCERNING  CERTAIN  SPECIES  OF  RHYNCOGONUS 
(CURCULIONIDAE)  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS- 

By 

Edwin  C.  Van  Dyki: 
University  of  California 

Since  the  Marquesan  species  of  RJiynicogonus  were  last  reviewed,^  addi- 
tional material  has  been  received  from  several  of  the  islands,  and  referred  to 
me  for  study.  During  the  meantime,  I  have  also  had  the  privilege,  while 
studying  in  several  of  the  museums  abroad,  of  examining  the  types  of  all  of 
the  earlier  described  species.  As  a  result  of  these  recent  studies,  I  find  that 
certain  additions  as  well  as  some  changes  need  to  be  made  to  the  paper  men- 
tioned above. 

3.  Rhyncogonus  ochraceus  Van  Dyke. 

RJiyncogoniis  ocJiraccns  Van  Dyke,  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  98,  p.  35,  1932. 
Rhyiicogoiius  muuifordi  \^an  Dyke,  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  98,  p.  40, 

Additional  specimens  of  this  species  collected  in  the  highlands  of  Hivaoa 
by  LeBronnec  during  1932,  including  many  taken  paired,  shows  that  though 
the  males  are  fairly  constant  as  to  pilosity,  the  females  vary  greatly.  Some 
of  the  females  are  sparsely  clothed  with  gray  pile  and  thus  closely  resemble 
the  males.  A  small  series  of  these  were  received  with  the  first  lot  and  were 
described  as  R.  iiiuuifordi.  Among  the  specimens  later  received  were  certain 
females  like  those  mentioned  above,  while  others  were  rather  densely  clothed 
with  the  gray  pile  and  still  others  densely  clothed  with  ochraceous  pile.  These 
densely  pilose  specimens  were  not  only  collected  at  the  same  time  and  place  as 
the  more  sparsely  clothed  gray  males,  but  specimens  of  all  three  types  of 
females  were  taken  in  coitus  with  normal  males.  This  would  indicate  that 
they  were  all  of  one  species  and  a  detailed  examination  confirmed  this. 
Unfortunately  the  ocher-colored  female,  only  a  single  specimen  of  which  I 
had  at  first,  was  described  as  R.  ochraceus,  and  this  has  page  preference  over 
R.  iiiuiiifordi.  The  ty\)t  of  R.  ochraceus  was  also  abnormal  in  that  the 
anterior  tibiae  ai)])eared  simple  while  all  other  females  that  I  have  examined 
have  the  anterior  tibiae  distinctly  serrate  along  the  inner  edge.  The  dichro- 
matism  of  this  sjjecies  as  thus  i)roven  shows  that  it  is  even  more  closely 

^  Van  Dyke,  K.  C,  Microgonus,  new  genus,  and  Rliyncogonus,  from  the  Marquesas:  1>.  P.  IJishop 
Mus.,   lUill.  gS.  1)]).  23-53,  19.3-- 

*  Pat'ilic   l"jitoni()l()gical   Survey  Pul^lieation  8,  article  13.     Issued  Deceniljer   10,  1935. 


[  ] 


150 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


related  to  the  other  sexually  dichromatic  species  than  I  at  first  thought  and 
than  I  indicated  in  my  key  to  species. 

15.  Rhyncogonus  griseus  Van  Dyke. 

IxJiynan/oints  (jriscus  \'an  Dyke,  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  98,  pp.  15-16, 
193-'- 

This  species  was  described  from  a  single  individual.  Since  this  was 
studied  a  series  of  more  than  40  specimens  has  been  taken  at  Vaihakaatiki, 
Hakahetau  Valley,  Uapou,  Marquesas  Islands,  and  at  an  altitude  of  3,000  feet, 
by  LeBronnec,  on  various  dates  from  November  18-27,  I93i-  'The  specimens 
are  more  or  less  uniform  as  to  size  and  shape  and  quite  similar  to  the  type. 
The  only  additional  fact  that  the  series  brings  out  is  that  the  pile  is  somewhat 
variable  as  to  color.  Most  of  the  specimens  have  a  moderately  sparse  cine- 
reous or  gray  pile,  but  others,  chiefly  the  females,  have  the  pile  quite  fulvous 
though  not  denser.  The  relationship  of  this  species  as  suggested  by  this  new 
evidence  would  be  slightly  changed.  It  should  be  placed  close  to  Rhynco- 
gonus unifonnis  Van  Dyke. 

19.  Rhyncogonus  otiorhynchoides  (Fairmaire). 

Blytrurus  otiorhynchoides  Fairmaire,   Essai  sur  les  Coleopteres  de  la 

Polynese,  Rev.  et  Mag.  de  ZooL,  pp.  62-63,  June,  1849. 
Rhyncogonus  ivalkeri  Perkins,  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.,  vol.  25,  p.  56,  1899. 
Rhyncogonus  zmlkeri  Perkins,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  10,  vol.  1,  pp. 
128-129,  1928. 

Fairmaire's  type  of  this  species  is  in  the  British  Museum.  I  examined 
this  and  compared  it  with  Perkins'  type  of  R.  zmlkeri  w^hich  is  also  in  the 
British  Museum,  and  found  that  they  were  one  and  the  same  species.  I  am 
indebted  to  Sir  Guy  Marshall  for  calling  my  attention  to  the  possibility  of 
Fairmaire's  species  of  Blytrurus  being  Rhyncogonus. 


NEW  SERPHOID,  BETHYLID,  AND  ANTEONID  WASPS  FROM 
THE  MARQUESAS  AND  SOCIETY  ISLANDS^^= 


By 

Robert  Fouts 

This  paper  is  based  upon  material  collected  by  the  Pacific  Entomological 
Survey  in  the  Marquesas  and  the  Society  Islands.  One  new  genus  and  eleven 
new  species  are  described,  two  in  the  family  Diapriidae,  two  in  the  Calli- 
ceratidae,  two  in  the  Scelionidae,  two  in  the  Bethylidae,  and  three  in  the 
Anteonidae.   Type  specimens  are  deposited  in  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum. 

FAMII.Y  DIAPRIIDAE 
Phaenopria  lebronnecii,  new  species  (fig.  i,  a). 

Female 

Length  1.54  mm.  Head  slightly  wider  than  thick,  a  little  narrower  than  the  thorax, 
scarcely  longer  than  thick,  viewed  from  in  front  rounded  above  and  below,  decidedly 
wider  below  than  above,  the  eyes  large,  extending  half  way  to  the  top;  viewed  from 
the  side  the  head  is  subquadrate,  slightly  longer  below  than  above,  the  lower  face  form- 
ing a  right  angle  with  the  upper,  the  antennal  projection  only  slightly  produced;  antenna 
as  in  fig.  1,  a,  without  elongated  sense  organs  as  in  P.  insulana;  thorax  1.84  times  as 
long  as  wide,  1.13  times  as  high  as  wide,  convex  above,  flattened  laterally,  widest  above, 
narrowed  toward  center ;  mesonotum  convex,  like  the  scutellum  with  a  few  scattered 
hairs ;  scutellum  convex,  with  a  low  rounded  keel  down  the  middle,  margined  laterally, 
immargined  posteriorly,  without  a  fovea  basally ;  propodeum  with  a  sharp  median  keel 
down  the  middle ;  seen  from  the  side  this  keel  is  raised  about  as  high  as  the  scutellum 
into  a  sharp  triangular  projection  anteriorly;  pronotum,  propodeum  laterally,  and  petiole 
thickly  covered  with  short  whitish  pubescence ;  wings  with  a  faint  brownish  tinge, 
extending  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  abdomen  past  its  apex;  abdomen  1.85  times 
as  long  as  wide,  1.1  times  as  wide  as  the  thorax,  convex  dorsally,  wider  than  high; 
petiole  transverse,  convex  above;  second  tergite  1.27  times  as  long  as  wide,  three  times 
as  long  as  the  following  segments  combined;  black;  basal  seven  antennal  joints  yellow- 
ish-brown, apical  joints  dark  brown;  propodeum  and  legs  a  rich  golden  brown  color. 

Marquesas  Islands :  Hivaoa,  Kaava  Ridge,  altitude  2,000  feet,  October 
27,  1931,  on  Glochidion  raniifloriiin,  LeBronnec. 

Phaenopria  insulana,  new  species  (fig.  1,  h  ). 

Female 

Length  1.29  mm.  Head  shaped  as  in  P.  Icbyonnecii  except  that  it  is  oval  in  front 
view,  scarcely  wider  below  than  above;  head  1.22  times  as  wide  as  thick,  as  wide  as  the 
thorax,  as  long  (from  nn'ddle  of  lower  face  to  vertex)  as  wide;  antenna  as  in  fig.  1, 
with  a  strongly  differentiated  3- jointed  club,  and  witli  a  row  of  elongated  sense  organs 
around  each  of  the  first  and  second  club  joints;  the  last  joint  has  apparently  a  double 
row  of  similar  sense  organs,  but,  due  to  the  darker  coloration  of  the  joint,  they  could 


*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  14.     Issued  December  12,  1935. 

r  151  ] 


Ih'riiicc  r.  Bishop  Miiscitiii — Bulletin  142 


he  ilisccnicd  only  on  the  outside  edge  as  shown  in  the  figure;  thorax  1.72  times  as  long 
as  wide,  as  hiiih  as  wide,  narrowed  below  and  with  the  sides  flattened  as  in  P.  Ichronnccii, 
hut  di>tinctl.\  flattened  alx)ve  and  without  a  median  keel  as  in  P.  lcbro)inccii ;  wings 
hyahne.  cxlencUng  to  about  the  tip  of  the  abdomen;  abdomen  2.74  times  as  long  as 
wide,  elliptical  viewed  from  above,  pointed  apically,  widest  at  middle,  1.65  times  as 
long  ;;s  the  thorax;  petiole  short,  transverse;  second  tergite  1.6  times  as  long  as  wide, 
widest  before  the  apex,  1.6  times  as  long  as  the  following  segments  combined;  pronotum, 
l^ropodenm  laterall}^  and  petiole  densely  covered  with  silvery  pubescence;  black;  scape 
and  last  joint  dark  brown;  other  antennal  joints  lighter  brown;  propodeum  reddish- 
brown  ;  legs  browm,  the  tibiae  and  tarsi  lighter. 

Society  Islands :  Tahiti,  Mataiea,  December  19,  1928,  on  sugar  cane, 
Miiniford  and  Adamson,  five  females. 

FAMII.Y  CALLICERATIDAE 
Calliceras  obscurus,  new  species  (fig.  1,  c). 

Male 

Length  0.54  mm.  Head  thick  and  wide,  1.42  times  as  wide  as  thick.  1.25  times 
as  long-  as  thick,  a  little  wider  than  the  thorax ;  frontal  impression  deep,  circular,  im- 
margined,  its  surface  smooth,  without  sculpture  or  pubescence ;  f rons  above  impression, 
vertex,  and  occiput  smooth,  sparsely  pubescent,  without  apparent  sculpture ;  a  median 
impressed  line  extends  from  the  occipital  foramen  to  the  anterior  ocellus ;  antennae 
11 -jointed  (fig.  1,  c)  ;  thorax  1.4  times  as  long  as  wide,  1.17  times  as  long  as  high, 
1.25  times  as  wide  as  the  abdomen ;  mesonotum  convex  w^ith  the  median  impressed  line 
distinct,  otherwise  with  a  faint  indeterminate  sculpture ;  f  rena  not  reaching  mesonotum ; 
scutellum  sub-convex,  longer  than  wide,  sparsely  pubescent,  finely  reticulate,  polished 
and  narrowly  rounded  posteriorly ;  thorax  laterally  and  abdomen  smooth,  without  sculp- 
ture ;  metanotum  with  a  short,  acute  tooth  medially ;  wings  hyaline,  the  posterior  pair 
with  long  marginal  cilia,  the  fringe  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  width  of  the  wing; 
abdomen  1.83  times  as  long  as  wide;  body  dark  reddish-brown;  legs  light  brownish. 

Marcjuesas  Islands :  Eiao,  uplands  toward  north  end,  east  side,  atltitude 
1,855  feet,  September  29,  1929,  on  Hibiscus  filiaccus,  A.  M.  Adamson  (type). 

Calliceras  robusta,  new  species  (fig.  1,  d). 

Female 

Length  1.16  mm.  Head  1.83  times  as  wide  as  thick,  as  wide  as  the  thorax;  frons, 
vertex,  genae,  and  malar  space  with  impressed  reticulation ;  occiput  more  finely  reticulate, 
a  sharply  defined  groove,  interrupted  by  the  blunt  ridge  separating  vertex  and  occiput, 
extends  from  occipital  foramen  to  anterior  ocellus ;  the  groove  extends  forward  from 
the  anterior  ocellus  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  frontal  impression ;  it  is  deeper  and  wider 
here,  as  large  as  the  median  groove  on  the  mesonotum ;  frontal  impression  deep  and 
wide,  occupying  lower  three-fifths  of  frons,  mostly  transversely  rugulose,  smooth  below?; 
lateral  ocelli  closer  to  anterior  ocellus  than  to  eye  margins ;  eyes  thickly  set  with  short 
white  hairs;  thorax  1.12  times  as  long  as  wide,  1.10  times  as  w^ide  as  the  abdomen, 
convex  dorsally ;  pronotum  visible  from  above  only  as  a  narrow  collar ;  mesonotum, 
axillae,  and  anterior  half  of  scutellum  with  impressed  reticulation,  the  mesonotum  an- 
teriorly less  strongly  sculptured;  a  median  impressed  line  extends  the  length  of  the 
mesonotum;  scutellum  subconvex,  without  distinct  sculpture  on  posterior  half;  metanotum 
extended  behind  as  a  roughly  sculptured  triangular  projection  about  one-fourth  the 


Marqucsaii  Insects — ///. 


153 


length  of  the  scutelhim  ;  propodeum  with  a  short  acute  tooth  on  each  side  posteriorly ; 
abdomen  twice  as  long  as  wide,  a  little  wider  than  high,  1.6  times  as  long  as  the  thorax, 
narrowed  posteriorly  trom  about  the  middle,  terminating  in  a  point;  second  tergite  1.17 
times  as  long  as  wide,  smooth,  without  sculpture  except  numerous  longitudinal  carinae 
on  basal  fourth;  terminal  segments  united  0.64  the  length  of  the  second;  head  and 
thorax  dorsally  thickly  set  with  short  whitish  hairs ;  abdomen  ventrally  with  sparse 
white  hairs;  wings  hyaline;  black;  scape  reddish-brown;  flagellum  dark-brown,  lighter 
proximally ;  legs  light-brown,  the  coxae  black. 


Figure  1. — Marqucsan  and  Society  Islands  wasps:  a,  antenna  of  Phacjiopria  Ichrou- 
nccii  (female);  b,  antenna  of  Phaciiofria  insiilaua  (female);  c,  antenna  of  Calliccras 
obscunis  (male);  d,  antenna  of  Calliccras  rohusla  (female);  e.  front  tibia  and  cliclate 
tarsus  of  Aiitcon  duhiits  (female). 

Marquesas  Islands  :  I'.iao,  altitude  1,700  feet,  April  16,  U)3i.  on  Prcinna 
ialiitcnsis,  LcBronnec  and  Tain-aa  (type)  ;  Uahnka,  Hitikau  Ridge,  altitude 
2,900  feet,  March  3,  1931,  on  ferns,  J.el)r()nnec  and  Tauraa  (^paratype). 


154 


Bcrnicc  P.  Bishop  Muscitin — Bulletin  142 


Figure  i.  d  presents  a  lateral  view  of  the  antenna  in  which  the  joints 
appear  widest.  The  joints  being-  somewhat  compressed  any  other  view  would 
show,  ]>articnlarly  for  the  terminal  joints,  a  greater  relative  length.  For  ex- 
ani])le,  a  slide  mount  of  the  type  antenna  shows  the  last  joint  to  be  twice  as 
long  as  thick.  A  mount  of  the  paratype  antenna,  on  the  contrary,  shows  the 
same  joint  nearly  three  times  as  long  as  thick,  a  difiference  apparently  due 
only  to  the  fact  that  the  flagellum  has  been  twisted  and  does  not  present  its 
broadest  aspect.  In  view  of  the  magnitude  of  the  variation  shown,  depending 
on  whether  the  antenna  does  or  does  not  lie  flat  and  the  difficulty  of  deter- 
mining whether  either  condition  exists,  it  would  seem  that  exact  measure- 
ment, in  microns  for  instance,  would  involve  just  so  much  wasted  time  and 
efl^ort.  I  have  encountered  the  same  difficulty  in  other  groups  of  Serphoidea 
and  have  been  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  a  drawing  or  photograph  of  the 
antenna  in  such  a  position  that  the  joints  present  wdiat  is  presumably  their 
greatest  widths  and  lengths  is  the  best  that  can  be  done.  If  all  the  joints  were 
straight  and  cylindrical  and  were  horizontally  disposed  then  more  exact 
measurement  might  be  of  considerable  value  in  a  study  of  variation  and 
specific  dififerentiation.  In  the  males  of  many  Belytines,  e.  g.,  in  the  genera 
Xenotoiua  and  Ancctota,  the  joints  are  very  nearly  cylindrical  and  approxi- 
mately straight.  More  precise  measurement  might  be  of  value  in  such  a  group. 

Family  SCELIONIDAE 

Telenomus  mumfordi,  new  species. 

Female 

Length  0.73  mm.  Head  1.36  times  as  wide  as  thick,  as  wide  as  the  thorax,  a 
little  wider  than  the  abdomen,  full  behind  the  eyes,  the  genae  broad,  convex ;  f rons 
polished,  faintly  aciculate  below,  with  a  few  hairs  laterally  and  below ;  vertex  and  occiput 
not  separated  by  a  carina,  broad,  subconvex,  reticulate ;  lateral  ocelli  touching  eye 
margin;  genae  polished,  faintly  reticulate  above;  antennae  clavate,  the  club  4- jointed: 
scape  a  little  longer  than  following  three  joints  combined;  pedicel  nearly  as  long  as 
joints  three  and  four  combined,  twice  as  long  as  wide;  third  and  fourth  joints  subequal, 
longer  than  the  fifth,  1.5  times  as  long  as  thick;  joints  five,  six  and  seven  moniliform, 
subequal,  about  as  thick  as  the  fourth;  eighth  joint  triangular,  as  wide  as  long,  wider 
than  the  seventh,  narrower  than  the  ninth;  joints  nine  and  ten  transverse;  last  joint  as 
thick  as  the  ninth,  a  little  longer  than  thick,  blunt  at  tip ;  all  flagellar  joints  with  short 
whitish  pubescence;  thorax  1,47  times  as  long  as  wide,  convex  above,  evenly  covered 
above  with  longitudinally  disposed  rows  of  short  whitish  hairs ;  thorax  apparently 
reticulate  above,,  but  sculpture  indistinct ;  scutellum  convex,  polished,  transverse  ;  abdomen 
1.88  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  at  apex  of  second  tergite,  pointed  apically,  the 
ovipositor  exserted ;  petiole  transverse,  with  about  seven  longitudinal  grooves  on  anterior 
two-thirds,  polished  posteriorly ;  second  tergite  as  wide  as  long,  widest  apically,  with 
short  striae  basally,  these  striae  not  as  long  as  the  petiole ;  otherwise  the  second  tergite 
is  polished,  without  sculpture,  1.63  times  as  long  as  the  following  tergites  combined; 
wings  fully  developed,  hyaline,  extending  nearly  the  length  of  the  second  tergite  past  the 
tip  of  the  abdomen;  black;  antennae  piceous ;  legs  dark-brown;  tibiae  lighter  brown; 
tarsi  yellowish-brown. 


Marqucsan  bisects — ///. 


155 


Marquesas  Islands:  Hivaoa,  Tahauku,  July  10,  1929,  Mumforcl  and 
Adam  son  (type). 

Telenomus  mataieaensis,  new  species. 

Female 

Length  0.65  mm.  Head  twice  as  wide  as  thick,  1.15  times  as  wide  as  the  thorax, 
1.44  times  as  wide  as  the  abdomen,  viewed  from  above  convex  anteriorly,  deeply  and 
broadly  concave  posteriorly,  the  genae  wide  and  flat  but  very  oblique ;  head  polished, 
without  sculpture  except  a  few  faint  aciculae  on  the  occiput ;  scape  about  as  long  as  the 
five  following  joints  combined;  pedicel  as  long  as  joints  three  and  four  combined,  about 
1.5  times  as  long  as  thick,  thicker  than  any  of  the  following  four  joints,  about  as  thick 
as  the  seventh;  joints  three-five  subequal  in  length  and  width,  about  as  wide  as  long; 
joint  six  as  wide  as  five  but  shorter,  transverse;  seven  as  wide  as  long,  a  little  thinner 
than  the  following  club  joints;  joints  eight  to  ten  subequal  in  width,  the  eighth  shorter; 
nine  as  long  as  ten,  a  little  thicker  than  long;  last  joint  about  1.5  times  as  long  as  thick, 
longer  than  the  tenth,  acute  apically,  thickest  basally ;  club  5- jointed;  flagellar  joints 
with  short  pubescence ;  thorax  scarcely  longer  than  wide,  strongly  convex  above ; 
mesonotum  convex,  distinctly  although  finely  reticulate,  rather  thickly  clothed  with  short 
whitish  hairs  posteriorly  inclined ;  pronotum  not  visible  from  above ;  scutellum  convex, 
smooth,  without  distinct  sculpture ;  abdomen  about  twice  as  long  as  wide,  subconvex 
above,  without  sculpture  except  longitudinal  striae  on  petiole  and  very  shortly  at  base 
of  second  tergite ;  second  tergite  about  as  wide  as  long,  the  striae  at  base  extremely 
short  and  faint;  abdomen  pointed  apically,  widest  before  the  middle,  1.5  times  as  long 
as  the  thorax ;  wings  hyaline,  with  long  cilia,  extending  a  third  the  length  of  the  abdomen 
past  its  apex ;  black ;  antennae  dark-brown ;  legs  also  dark-brown,  the  trochanters, 
anterior  tibiae,  other  tibiae  proximally,  and  tarsi  yellowish-brown ;  mandibles  yellowish. 

Male 

Length  0.59  mm.  Similar  to  the  female.  Scape  and  pedicel  as  in  female;  joints 
three-five  about  as  long  as  wide,  thinner  than  the  pedicel;  following  joints  about  as 
thick  as  the  pedicel,  transverse,  button-shaped;  last  joint  longer  than  thick,  about  as 
long  as  the  pedicel,  pointed  apically ;  abdomen  a  little  shorter  than  the  thorax,  truncate 
apically,  1.47  times  as  long  as  wide;  scape  and  legs,  including  coxae,  yellowish-brown, 
tarsi  paler. 

Marquesas  Islands:  Eiao  above  Vaituha,  altitude  800  feet,  October  1, 
1929,  on  Melochia  vcliitina,  A.  M.  Adamson,  type,  allotype,  and  paratype ; 
Hivaoa,  altitude  2,100  feet,  February  15,  1930,  on  Crossostylus  hiflora,  Mum- 
ford  and  Adamson. 

Society  Islands:  Mataiea,  sea  level,  December  19,  1928,  on  sugar  cane, 
Mumford  and  Adam.son,  eight  paratypes. 

Anteromorpha  dubiosa  (Perkins). 

O pisthaanilha  dubiosa  Perk.,  Fauna  Hawai.,  vol.  2,  p.  623,  1910.  Kieff., 

Das  Tier.,  Lief.  48,  p.  401,  1926. 
AnteroiuorpJia  dubiosa,  Dodd,  Proc.  Roy  Soc.  Queen.,  vol.  40,  p.  38,  1928. 
Originally  described  from  Oahu.  I  have  received  specimens  from  Bernice 
P.  ])isho])  AFuscum  labeled  as  follows:    Honolulu,  Oahu,  O.  H.  Swezey ; 
Lahaina,  Maui,  Deccml)er  5,  1922,  Swe/cy.  vSociety  Islands,  Tahiti,  Mateaiea. 


Bcniicc  P.  IVisJiop  Mitsciiiii — Bulletin  142 


ncccniltc  K),  i()_'8.  siij^ar  cane,  Miimford  and  Adamson.  Marquesas  Islands: 
Muhoiani  Island,  August  13,  1929,  A.  M.  Adamson. 

DixKi  sui^oests  that  his  species  A.  australica  may  be  a  synonym  of  this 
sjK'cies.  ,V  comparison  of  his  description  and  the  specimens  of  A.  diibiosa  at 
hand  inchcates  that  he  is  correct. 

FAMII.Y  BETHYUDAE 

Cephalonomia  unicolor,  new  species. 

Differs  from  C.  gallic ola  Ashmead  in  having  the  head  1.48  times  as  long  as  wide, 
rounded  behind  on  the  sides,  not  subquadrate  behind  as  shown  in  Ashmead's  figures\  and 
in  having  the  propodeum  narrowed  medially.  Gallicola  has  been  reported  by  Bridwell"  as 
liaving  been  found  at  Haiku,  Maui,  in  rolled  barley  imported  from  California. 

Female 

Length  2  mni.  Clypeus  with  a  high,  sharp,  longitudinal  carina ;  f  rons  finely  reticu- 
late, the  sculpture  having  a  longitudinal  trend,  with  a  few  small  scattered  punctures, 
finely  longitudin.'dly  aciculate  medially ;  eyes  and  ocelli  absent ;  pronotum  strongly  con- 
vex, longitudinally  reticulate;  mesonotum  faintly  reticulate,  im.punctate ;  propodeum 
flat  above,  reticulate,  the  sculpture  much  stronger  than  that  on  head  or  pronotum. 
without  a  long'.tudinal  trend,  with  several  scattered  punctures  laterally ;  wings  absent ; 
femora  strongly  thickened;  abdomen  0.85  of  length  of  head  and  thorax  combined,  1.3 
times  as  wide  as  the  head,  flattened,  pointed  apically,  polished,  without  sculpture ;  body 
smooth,  shinir^,  the  sculpture  as  described  above  delicate,  without  pubescence  except  a 
few  short  hai'. s  laterally  on  head  and  abdomen;  body  and  appendages  brownish,  the  head 
and  tarsi  yell  »wish-brown. 

Marquf  '.as  Islands :  Hivaoa,  Mount  Temetiu,  altitude  3,660  feet  ]\Iay  27, 
1929,  Mum/ord  and  Adamson  (type). 

Genus  BETHYLOPSIS,  new  genus 

Head  longer  than  wide ;  mandibles  long,  tridentate,  the  inner  edge  oblique, 
the  outer  tooth  acute,  much  the  longer ;  a  low  convex  semicircular  pro- 
tuberance between  antennae ;  f  rons  above  this  protuberance  with  a  short 
median  carina  extending  as  far  up  as  base  of  eye ;  clypeus  very  short,  scarcely 
visible  in  a  front  view  of  head ;  eye  less  than  a  third  the  length  of  the  head, 
about  half  its  length  distant  from  the  base  of  mandible;  ocelli  small  but 
distinct;  antennae  12-jointed;  pronotum  longer  than  wide;  mesonotum  trans- 
verse, without. notauli  and  without  furrows  near  the  lateral  margins:  scutel- 
lum  separated  from  the  mesonotum  by  a  straight  stitiu'e ;  propodeum  margined 
only  laterally,  without  a  median  longitudinal  elevation  as  in  Bcthylus:  meso- 
pleurae  protuberant,  with  a  large  deep  pit  above ;  wings  narrow,  reaching  a 

1  Ashmead,  William  H.,  A  monograph  of  the  North  American  Proctotrypidae :  U.  S.  Xat.  Mus.. 
Bull.  45,  pi.  3,  fig.  6,  1893. 

2  Bridwell,  John  Colburn,  Some  notes  on  Hawaiian  and  other  Bethylidae  (Hymenoptera')  with 
descriptions  of  new  species:  Haw.  Knt.  See,  Proc,  vol.  4,  p.  33.  1919. 


Marquesas  Insects — ///. 


157 


little  beyond  tip  of  propodeiim,  the  venation  not  distinct ;  legs  rather  slender, 
the  femora  only  moderately  thickened;  spine  of  front  tibia  simple,  pubescent 
on  inner  side ;  claws  simple,  without  teeth ;  abdomen  somewhat  swollen, 
broader  than  thorax,  gradually  narrowing  to  a  point  apically, 

Bethylopsis  fullawayi,  new  species. 

Female 

Length  3.54  mm.  Head  1.35  times  as  long  as  wide,  1.31  times  as  wide  as  the  thorax, 
seen  from  in  front  oblong  in  outline,  slightly  wider  at  base  of  mandibles,  the  sides 
straight  nearly  to  top  of  head,  almost  parallel ;  head  viewed  from  in  front  broadly 
rounded  above  at  sides ;  head  above  eye  a  little  longer  than  twice  the  length  of  eye ; 
entire  surface  of  head  with  dense  impressed  reticulation  (occiput  more  finely  reticulate) 
and  covered  with  small  scattered  punctures  ;  these  small  punctures  are  about  0.065  mni 
distant  from  one  another  (average)  and  this  distance  traverses  five  or  six  of  the  small 
areas  on  the  reticulated  surface ;  thorax  2.56  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  across 
mesopleurae  which  are  protuberant,  visibly  from  above,  convex  above;  pronotum 
sculptured  like  the  frons  but  with  the  enclosed  areas  somewhat  smaller  and  with  the 
scattered  punctures  somewhat  closer  together ;  mesonotum  reticulate  like  the  frons  and 
pronotum  but  with  a  few  punctures  only  on  posterior  half  ;  scutellum  subconvex,  more 
densely  reticulate  than  the  parts  previously  described,  with  about  a  dozen  small  scattered 
punctures;  the  enclosed  areas  are  about  half  the  size  of  those  on  the  mesonotum;  pro- 
podeum  narrowed  anteriorly,  the  sides  curved,  widest  on  posterior  third  of  superior  face  ; 
superior  face  of  propodeum  and  mesopleurae  uniformly  reticulate  like  the  frons  but 
without  punctures ;  pronotum  laterally  and  propodeum  laterally  and  behind  reticulate 
Hke  the  superior  face  but  the  lines  less  strongly  impressed ;  propodeum  margined  only 
laterally,  the  superior  face  separated  from  the  inferior  by  a  blunt  angularity ;  no  ridge 
extends  from  the  posterior  lateral  angles  down  to  the  apex  of  the  propodeum;  wings 
narrow,  extending  a  little  past  the  apex  of  the  propodeum,  without  distinct  venation ; 
abdomen  2.24  times  as  long  as  wide,  1.64  times  as  wide  as  the  thorax,  pointed  apically, 
0.90  the  length  of  head  and  thorax  combined,  its  entire  surface  reticulate,  the  lines  not 
deeply  impressed ;  hlack  to  brownish-black ;  antennae  and  legs  dark-brown,  the  coxae 
black;  mandibles  rufous,  darker  basally. 

Marquesas  Islands:  Nukuhiva,  Ooumu,  altitude  3,800  feet,  September  10, 
1928,  Mumford  and  Adamson  (type). 

Family  ANTEONIDAE 
Anteon  dubius,  new  species  (fig.  1,  e). 

Female 

Length  (exclusive  of  extended  ovipositor)  1.70  mm.  Head  viewed  from  above  1.7 
times  as  wide  as  thick,  slightly  convex  in  front  and  as  slightly  concave  beliind,  1.20 
times  as  wide  as  the  thorax,  entirely  with  dense  impressed  reticulation ;  head  viewed 
from  in  front  broadly  elhptical,  1.18  times  as  wide  as  high  (clypeus  to  vertex),  only 
1.66  times  as  high  as  eye  is  long,  projecting  in  a  wide  curve  very  little  above  top  of  eye; 
clypeus  convex,  without  a  ridge  ;  frons  convex,  with  a  low  ridge  extending  from  clypeus 
to  anterior  ocellus  ;  frons  and  genae  with  short  sparse  silvery  pubescence ;  ocellocular  line 
equal  to  the  post-ocellar,  twice  as  long  as  the  lateral  ocellar,  a  little  longer  than  the 
ocelloccipital  ;  occipital  carina  sharp,  extending  to  the  mouth  parts  below  ;  antennae  fili- 
form ;  scape  three  times  as  long  as  thick,  seen  from  above  of  approximately  equal  width 
throughout,  from  the  side  strongly  thickened  distally,  as  long  as  two  and  three  com- 


158 


ncniicc  P.  BisJwp  liluscuiu — Bulletin  142 


liiiK'd,  thicker  than  two  or  any  joint  following  it;  pedicel  twice  as  long  as  thick,  a  little 
longer  than  three,  ahont  a  third  thicker  than  three;  three  and  four  subequal,  about 
twice  as  long  as  thick,  longer  than  five;  following  joints  about  1.5  times  as  long  as 
thick:  last  ]o\n{  longer,  acute  at  apex;  thorax  1.5  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  at  the 
swollen  episterna,  1.1  times  as  long  as  the  abdomen;  pronotum  and  mesonotum  finely 
closely  reticulate;  notauli  curved,  present  on  anterior  half  of  mesonotum;  mesonotum 
about  twice  as  long  as  the  pronotum,  1.5  times  as  wide  as  long;  propodeum  with  a  low 
ridge  separating  the  superior  face  from  the  inferior;  this  ridge  is  lost  on  the  side  in 
the  rugose  sculpture;  superior  face  only  about  half  as  long  as  the  inferior,  irregularly 
traversed  longitudinally  by  ridges,  not  reticulate ;  inferior  face  fiat,  sloping,  its  sur- 
face with  dense  impressed  reticulation,  the  areas  depressed  below  the  separating  lines 
(on  the  head  and  thorax  the  lines  are  impressed,  the  enclosed  areas  slightly  elevated, 
convex)  ;  lateral  ridges  of  propodeum  not  in  evidence,  the  parts  rounded;  laterally  the 
propodeum  is  rugose,  the  rugae  having  a  longitudinal  trend ;  wings  hyaline,  appearing 
whitish  in  certain  illumination ;  second  abscissa  of  radius  a  third  the  length  of  the  first, 
the  latter  straight,  as  long  as  the  inner  surface  of  the  stigma  distad  of  it ;  ovipositor 
extended  to  a  third  the  length  of  the  abdomen;  black;  scape,  mandibles  (teeth  red),  and 
legs,  except  posterior  femora,  coxae,  and  last  joint  of  each  tarsus  yellow-;  coxae  dark- 
brown  to  black ;  posterior  femora  dark-brown ;  fiagellum  light-brownish,  the  second, 
third,  and  fourth  joints  darker. 

Marquesas  Islands :  Nukuhiva,  Teivipakeka ;  altitude  1 ,400  feet,  October 
16,  1929,  Mumford  and  Adamson  (type), 

Pseudogonatopus  rufus,  new  species. 

Female 

Length  4.2  mm.  Head  1.37  times  as  wide  as  long,  1.55  times  as  wide  as  thick 
(lateral  view),  1.63  times  as  wide  as  the  pronotum;  frons  depressed  below  the  eyes, 
with  a  low  carina  from  clypeus  to  anterior  ocellus,  polished,  without  distinct  sculpture  ; 
vertex  reticulate ;  occiput  concave,  polished,  without  sculpture ;  genae  above  reticulate, 
otherwise  without  sculpture;  antennae  long  and  thin;  scape  about  2.5  times  as  long  as 
thick,  a  little  longer  and  thicker  than  the  pedicel  which  is  a  little  less  than  three  times 
as  long  as  thick;  third  joint  about  ten  times  as  long  as  thick,  2.5  times  as  long  as  the 
pedicel,  thickened  knob-like  at  tip;  following  joints  to  the  last  becoming  progressively 
shorter  and  thicker,  the  last  one  three  times  as  long  as  thick,  1.4  times  as  long  as  the 
ninth;  number  of  palpal  joints  not  determined;  pronotum  1.25  times  as  long  as  wide, 
without  sculpture  above  and  on  anterior  half  laterally,  posteriorly  on  the  sides  strongly 
reticulate ;  transverse  constriction  on  pronotum  very  weak,  shallow^ ;  surface  of  mesonotum 
m.inutely  granular ;  metanotum  transversely  rugulose  above,  covered  with  minute  thimble- 
like depressions  laterally  and  with  about  a  dozen  strong  vertical  carinae  laterally,  these 
carinae  broken  for  the  most  part,  not  regular;  propodeum  1.6  times  as  long  as  wide, 
evenly  rounded  above  and  on  the  sides,  with  minute  punctures  as  on  the  metanotum, 
with  about  a  dozen  transverse  carinae  on  posterior  2/3,  these  carinae  extending  down 
on  the  sides,  all  of  them  weaker  anteriorly  on  the  segment ;  inner  claw  of  chela  curved, 
with  a  double  row  of  lamellae ;  outer  claw  with  a  single  row  of  six  lamellae ;  abdomen 
2.5  times  as  long  as  wide,  0.9  times  as  long  as  the  thorax;  frons  and  thorax  rufous: 
scape  white;  flagellum  brownish,  the  joints  eight  and  nine  paler;  tenth  joint  dark-brown; 
head,  legs,  and  abdomen,  for  the  most  part,  yellowish-brown. 


Marquesas  Islands:  Nukuhiva,  Teivipakeka,  altitude  2,400  feet,  October 
16,  1929,  Mumford  and  Adamson  (type). 


M arquesau  Insects — ///. 


159 


Pseudogonatopus  rugosus,  new  species. 

Female 

Length  of  head  and  thorax  combined  2.2  mm.  Closely  allied  to  P.  rufits  from 
which  it  differs  in  its  smaller  size,  lighter  coloring  of  head  and  legs,  and  stronger  sculp- 
ture of  the  thorax.  Head  1.3  times  as  wide  as  long,  1.7  times  as  wide  as  thick,  1.8  times 
as  wide  as  the  pronotum  ;  head  and  pronotum  sculptured  as  in  P.  riifits  except  that  the 
constriction  on  the  latter  is  more  pronounced;  pronotum  1.26  times  as  long  as  wide,  a 
little  wider  than  the  metanotum ;  mesonotum  and  median  area  between  and  on  both 
metanotum  and  propodeum  with  small  shallow  thimble-like  punctures  as  in  P.  riifits; 
otherwise  the  metanotum  and  propodeum  are  strongly  transversely  rugose,  the  ridges 
high  and  sharp;  chelae  as  in  P.  rufiis,  the  outer  claw  with  a  small  tooth  before  tip; 
abdomen  missing;  thorax  rufous  as  in  P.  rufus:  lower  frons,  clypeus,  mandibles  (except 
tips),  scape,  and  pedicel  whitish;  head,  antennae  and  legs  stramineous,  the  hind  coxae 
basally  and  the  swollen  parts  of  femora  brownish. 

Marquesas  Islands:  Nukiihiva,  Ooumu,  altitude  3,600  feet,  Nov.  10,  1929, 
Mumford  and  Adamsou  (type). 


SIX  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ARETAS  (HEMIPTERA:  MIRIDAE)  FROM 
THE  SOCIETY  ISLANDS  AND  ONE  FROM  THE 
PHILIPPINES* 

By 

Harry  H.  Knight 
Iowa  State  College,  Ames,  Iowa 

The  genus  Aretas  was  founded  by  Distant^  for  a  single  species,  A.  iin- 
peratorius  from  Ceylon.  The  second  species,  A.  sanguinarius  Dist."  was 
described  from  the  Seychelles  Islands.  In  1935,"  I  described  a  third  species, 
A.  riihroscutcllatus  from  the  Samoan  islands,  but  placed  it  as  a  variety  of 
A.  sanguinarius  Dist. 

In  working  over  a  collection  of  Miridae  from  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum, 
six  additional  species  of  Aretas  have  been  recognized  among  material  col- 
lected in  the  Society  Islands  by  A.  M.  Adamson.  Study  of  this  material 
reveals  that  the  male  genital  claspers  furnish  good  characters  for  the  separa- 
tion of  species  within  the  genus.  While  the  present  series  of  specimens  is 
rather  limited,  the  material  is  sufficient  to  indicate  that  color  characters  are 
rather  definite  for  each  species,  and  may  be  used  for  separation  of  species 
in  a  key. 

Among  material  from  the  Philippine  Islands  sent  me  some  years  ago  by 
Professor  C.  F.  Baker,  a  beautiful  new  species  has  been  recognized  and 
named  A.  baker i  in  honor  of  that  indefatigable  worker.  Judging  by  the 
records  of  known  species,  the  genus  Aretas  is  typically  of  island  distribution 
in  the  Pacific  Ocean.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  six  species  are  recognized 
from  the  Society  Islands,  but  not  a  single  representative  is  to  be  found  in  the 
material  on  hand  for  study  from  the  Marquesas  Islands. 

Aretas  adamsoni,  new  species  (fig.i,rt). 

Male.  Length  3.2  mm.,  width  1.21  mm.  Head,  width  .65  mm.,  vertex  .30  mm.  at 
front  margins  of  eyes  ;  top  of  head  very  sHghtly  convex,  without  longitudinal  sulcation 
although  with  a  faint  triangular  impression  on  base  of  vertex.  Rostrum,  length  1.17 
mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae :  segment  I,  length  .43  mm.,  cylindrical 
or  perceptibly  thicker  near  base,  dark  reddish  brown  to  blackish,  pale  pubescent  with  a 
few  erect  hairs  in  length  equal  to  diameter  of  segment;  II,  1.3  mm.,  slender,  yellowish, 
tinged  with  reddish  at  base,  with  fine  pale  pubescence ;  III,  .64  mm.,  slender,  pale ;  IV, 
.52  mm.,  pale.  Pronotiim,  length  .34  mm.,  width  at  base  .82  mm.,  slightly  sinuately  con- 
cave on  basal  margin,  calli  scarcely  evident,  disk  slightly  convex,  pleura  moderately 
inflexed. 


*Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  15.     Issued  August  1,  1937. 
'  Distant,  W.  L.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII,  4:451,  1909. 
2  Distant,  W.  L.,  Linn.  Soc.  London,  Trans.,  16:175,  pi.  13,  fig.  12,  1913. 
^Knight,  II.  II.,  Insects  of  Samoa,  I  Icmiplera,  (2),  206,  1935. 

[  1^)1  I 


l62 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  Miiseuin — Biilletm  142 


Color  pale  yellowish,  head  except  vertex,  lateral  one  fourth  of  pronotal  disk  and 
extending  over  the  sides  slightly,  basal  angles  of  clavus  and  corium,  edge  of  embolium, 
diamond-shaped  spot  on  apex  of  clavi,  quadrate  patch  on  apical  area  of  corium,  basal 
edge  and  apex  of  cuneus,  veins  in  membrane,  bright  red ;  first  antennal  segment  dark 
reddish  brown  to  blackish.  Sparsely  clothed  with  fine  pale  pubescence.  Genital  struc- 
tures distinctive,  male  claspers  as  shown  in  the  figure. 

Foinale.  Length  3.4  mm.,  width  1.25  mm.  Head,  width  .61  mm.,  vertex  .34  mm. 
Antennae,  segment  I,  length  .44  mm.;  II,  1.25  mm.;  Ill,  .66  mm.;  IV,  .61  mm.  Slightly 
larger  and  more  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  structure,  color,  and  pubescence. 


Figure  1. — Male  genital  claspers  of  new  species  of  Arckis:  a,  A.  adaiiisoni:  h,  A. 
rubi'oclaviis;  c,  A.  nigribasiconiis  (/=left  and       right  clasper). 


Marqucsaii  Insects — ///. 


163 


Coloration  suggestive  of  A.  iuipcratorius  Dist.  but  smaller  in  size  and 
with  different  arrangement  of  red  color  pattern ;  genital  structures  distinctive. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands.  Holotype  male  (Bishop  Museum),  allotype 
female,  one  male  and  two  female  paratypes  collected  by  A.  M.  Adamson, 
Papenoo  Valley,  10  km.  from  sea,  alt.  150  m.,  Oct.  23,  1928. 

Aretas  tahiticus,  new  species  (fig.  2,  h). 

Male.  Length  2.9  mm.,  width  1.17  mm.  Head,  width  .62  mm.,  vertex  .26  mm.  ; 
top  of  head  scarcely  convex,  impressions  not  evident.    Rosfntnt,  length  1.13  mm.,  extend- 


FiGURE  2. — Male  genital  claspers  of  new  species  of  Aretas:  a,  A.  flavus;  b,  A.  tahi- 
ticus; c,  A.  bakeri  (/  =  left  and  r  =  right  clasper). 


Bcriiicc  P.  Bishop  Miiscuin — Bulletin  142 


iii^-  sli^lilly  lx>y(iiul  hind  C(xxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .43  mm.,  nearly  cylindri- 
cal, (lark  \\'(\,  pale  inibescenl,  two  or  three  erect,  pale  bristles  on  inner  margins,  length 
of  bristles  greater  than  diameter  of  segment;  II,  1.17  mm.,  cylindrical,  more  slender 
than  segment  I,  pale  with  reddish  tint;  III,  .56  mm.,  pale;  IV,  .48  mm.,  pale.  Pronotum, 
length  .35  mm.,  width  at  base  .84  mm.,  only  slightly  sinuate  at  base,  disk  nearly  flat, 
front  margin  slightly  elevated,  calli  outlined  by  an  impressed  margin. 

Color  pale  yellowish,  head  except  on  vertex  and  lower  face,  lateral  one  fourth  of 
l)ronotal  disk  and  extending"  slightly  over  sides,  basal  angles  of  clavus  and  corium,  tip  of 
clavus,  spot  on  inner  apical  angles  of  corium,  and  veins  in  membrane,  bright  red ;  first 
antennal  segment  dark  red,  the  cuneus  uniformly  yellowish,  membrane  pale  brownish. 
Sparsely  clothed  with  fine  pale  pubescence.  Genital  structures  distinctive,  male  claspers 
as  showai  in  figure. 

Female.  Length  3.1  mm.,  width  1.21  mm.  Head,  width  .58  mm.,  vertex  .30  mm. 
Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .43  mm.;  II,  1.17  mm.;  Ill,  .60  mm.;  IV,  broken.  Slightly 
larger  and  more  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  structure,  color,  and  pubescence. 

Allied  to  A.  adamsoni,  and  coloration  very  similar  but  differs  distinctly  in 
structure  of  the  male  genital  structures ;  distinguished  by  its  smaller  size, 
longer  rostrum,  and  cuneus  without  a  red  apex. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands,  Holotype  male,  allotype  female,  collected  by 
A.  M.  Adamson,  Hitiaa,  alt.  1,000  ft.,  3  miles  from  the  sea.  In  Bishop 
INIuseum. 

Aretas  tahiticus  var.  rubromarginatus,  new  variety. 

Male.  Length  3.5  mm.,  width  1.26  mm.  Head  wadth  .65  mm.,  vertex  .30  mm. 
Rostrum,  length  1.12  mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  hind  coxae,  therefore  shorter  than  in 
A.  tahitiens.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .45  mm.;  II,  1.34  mm.;  Ill,  .60  mm.;  IV,  .52 
mm.  Pronotuni ,  length  .143  mm.,  width  at  base  .91  mm.  Male  genital  structures  nearly 
identical  with  those  of  A.  tahiticus,  not  sufficiently  different  to  erect  a  species  on  this 
basis. 

Red  coloring  more  extensive  than  in  A.  tali  it  ic  us;  embolium  and  outer  margin  of 
corium  except  apex,  from  thence  extending  across  on  inner  apical  angles  of  corium. 
and  apex  of  cuneus,  bright  red.  Antennal  segment  I  dark  red,  base  o^.  II  reddish,  the 
pronotum  and  head  with  red  as  in  A.  tahitiens. 

Structurally  very  near  if  not  identical  with  A.  taJiiticus  but  color  pattern 
strikingly  different ;  perhaps  only  a  color  variety ;  however  it  may  represent 
a  good  species.  With  the  study  of  large  series  of  specimens  and  knowledge 
of  host  plants  we  may  be  able  to  determine  the  correct  status  of  such  forms. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands.  Holotype  male,  collected  by  A.  ]M.  Adamson, 
Hitiaa,  4  miles  from  sea,  alt.  1,000  ft.,  Nov.  20.  1929. 

Aretas  nigribasicornis,  new  species  (fig.  1,  c). 

Male.  Length  3.5  mm.,  width  1.34  mm.  Head,  width  .74  mm.,  vortex  .38  mm.  at 
front  margins  of  eyes,  top  of  head  rather  flat,  frons  abrupt  above  base  oi  t\  lus.  Rostrum, 
length  1.17  mm.,  extending  slightly  beyond  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .52 
mm.,  black,  pale  pubescent,  length  of  a  few  hairs  equal  to  diameter  of  segment,  slightly 
thicker  (.086  mm.)  on  basal  third  and  tapering  apically ;  11,  1.66  mm.,  cylindrical.  .06 
mm.  thick,  yellow,  sometimes  tinged  with  red.  clothed  with  fine  pale  pubescence;  III. 
.78  mm.,  slender,  pale;  IV.  .74  mm.,  pale.  Pronotuni.  length  .45  mm.,  width  at  base 
1  mm.,  slightly  sinuately  concave  on  basal  margin,  calli  evident  as  slight  swellings,  disk 
only  very  slightly  convex,  pleura  moderately  inflexed. 


Marqitcsan  Insects — -///. 


165 


Color  uniformly  pale  yellowish,  antennal  segment  I  black,  eyes  dark,  tip  of  cuneus 
fuscous ;  clothed  with  simple  pale  pubescence ;  tibial  spines  pale.  Membrane  clear,  veins 
pale  yellowish.    Genital  structures  distinctive,  male  claspers  as  shown  in  figure. 

Female.  Length  4.3  mm.,  width  1.5.  Head,  width,  .73  mm.,  vertex  .43  mm. 
Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .58  mm.;  II,  1.64  mm.;  Ill,  .90  mm.;  IV,  broken.  Large 
and  more  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  structure,  color,  and  pubescence. 

Distinguished  by  the  pale  yellowish  color  and  black  first  antennal  seg- 
ment; probably  greenish  yellow  in  life. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands.  Holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum,  collected  by 
A.  M.  Adamson,  Papeari,  Nov.  9,  1928.  Allotype  female,  collected  by  A.  M. 
Adamson,  Papeari,  alt.  500  ft.,  Nov.  9,  1928,  in  ''dead  leaves  of  Miisa  feJii". 
Paratype  female,  collected  by  A.  M.  Adamson,  Papeari,  alt.  600  ft.,  Nov, 
9,  1928. 

Aretas  flavus,  new  species  (fig.  2,  a). 

Male.  Length  4.02  mm.,  width  1.38  mm.  Head,  width  .75  mm.,  vertex  .34  mm. ; 
vertex  with  a  median  longitudinal  sulcation,  widened  a  bit  just  before  the  basal  edge. 
Rostrum  (embedded  in  glue),  reaching  upon  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length 
.52  mm.,  slightly  thicker  near  base,  pale  pubescent,  set  with  eight  or  more  erect  clear 
bristles,  the  length  of  each  equal  to  or  exceeding  thickness  of  segment,  color  uniformly 
pale,  a  touch  of  reddish  on  extreme  tip;  II,  1.69  mm.,  slender,  cylindrical,  pale,  very 
finely  pale  pubescent;  III,  .82  mm.,  pale;  IV,  .56  mm.,  pale.  Projiofum,  length  .45  mm., 
width  at  base  1.04  mm.;  basal  margin  slightly  concave,  lateral  margins  distinct,  straight, 
disk  very  slightly  convex,  calli  appear  as  slight  swellings  outlined  by  an  impressed  line ; 
mesoscutum  broadly  exposed. 

Color  uniformly  pale  yellowish,  perhaps  with  greenish  tint  in  life;  cuneus  with  apex 
fuscous,  a  minute  point  of  red  at  tip  of  embolium.  Body  and  legs  clothed  with  rather 
long  pale  hairs  and  pubescence,  more  prominent  on  embolium  and  lateral  margins  of 
pronotum.  Membrane  and  veins  pale,  perhaps  tinged  with  dusky.  Genital  structures 
distinctive,  male  claspers  as  shown  in  figure. 

Allied  to  A.  nigribasiconiis,  but  distinguished  by  the  uniformly  pale 
antennae  and  by  structure  of  the  male  genital  claspers. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands.  Holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum,  collected  by 
A.  M.  Adamson,  Papenoo  Valley,  10  km.  from  sea,  alt.  150  m.,  Oct.  23,  1928. 

Aretas  rubroclavus,  new  species  (fig.  1,  b). 

Male.  Length  3.5  mm.,  width  1.3  mm.  Head,  width  .69  mm.,  vertex  .31  mm.;  top 
of  head  rather  flat,  a  fine  longitudinal  groove  on  median  line ;  frons  abrupt  above  base 
of  tylus.  Rostrum,  length  1.18  mm.,  barely  extending  to  posterior  margins  of  hind 
coxae.  Antennae :  segment  I,  length  .52  mm.,  black,  clothed  with  fuscous  pubescence ; 
II,  1.57  mm,,  slender,  cylindrical,  pale  yellowish,  more  or  less  reddish  near  base,  pale 
pubescent;  III,  .69  mm.,  pale;  IV,  .56  mm.,  pale.  Pronotum,  length  .45  mm.,  width  at 
base  .92  mm. ;  basal  margin  broadly  concave,  lateral  margins  slightly  concave,  disk 
moderately  convex,  calli  outlined  by  an  impressed  line,  slightly  convex,  pleura  moderately 
inflexed. 

Color  pale  yellowish,  antennal  segment  I  black,  eyes  brown,  face  reddish  before 
eyes,  lora  and  sjiot  above  base  of  antennae  blackish;  lateral  margins  of  iironolal  disk 
and  extending  sh'^litly  over  sides,  clavus  except  bordering  scutelluni,  corium  bordering 
clavus,  base  of  embolium,  ai)ical  half  of  cuneus,  spot  on  paracuneus,  and  veins  of  mem- 
brane sanguineous  to  dark  red ;  membrane  dusky,  distinctly  fuscous  witliin  areoles  and 


Bcriiicc  P.  BisJwp  Miisciiui — Bulletin  142 


burdoring-  veins.  Body  clothed  with  prominent,  erect,  pale  pubescent  hairs,  almost  bristle- 
liko  on  niar.uins  above.    Genital  structures  distinctive,  male  claspers  as  shown  in  figure. 

Structurally  rather  closely  allied  to  A.  flavus,  but  easily  distinguished  by 
red  on  pronotuni.  clavus,  and  cuneus. 

Moorea,  Society  Islands.  Holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum,  collected 
by  A.  M.  Adantson,  Opunohu  Valley,  two  miles  from  sea,  Nov.  30,  1928. 
Three  male  ]:>aratypes  taken  with  the  type. 

Aretas  rubrocuneatus,  new  species. 

Female.  Length  3.85  mm.,  width  1.43  mm.  Head,  width  .78  mm.,  vertex  .39  mm. ; 
yellowish,  median  line  of  vertex  and  margins  of  lora  red,  eyes  brown.    Rostniin,  length 

I.  34  mm.,  just  attaining  posterior  margins  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I.  length 
.47  mm.,  clothed  with  erect,  pale  pubescent  hairs,  pale  yellowish,  a  touch  of  red  on  apex ; 

II,  1.56  mm.,  slender,  cylindrical,  pale  yellowish,  reddish  on  extreme  tip;  III,  broken. 
Pronotnm,  length  .45  mm.,  width  at  base  1.04  mm.;  basal  margin  broadly  sinuate,  leaving 
mesoscutum  broadly  exposed,  lateral  margins  straight,  disk  moderately  convex,  anterior 
margin  and  calli  slightly  elevated.  Coloration  pale  to  yellowish,  cuneus,  paracuneus.  veins 
of  membrane,  basal  half  of  scutellum  except  median  line,  spot  on  base  of  clavus.  and 
more  or  less  on  mesoscutum,  sanguineous.    Membrane  clear  with  tinge  of  brownish. 

Allied  to  A.  flavus  but  distinguished  by  the  red  on  cuneus.  paracuneus. 
scutellum.  and  base  of  clavus. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands.  Holotype  female  in  Bishop  Museum,  collected 
by  A.  M.  Adamson,  Tuauru  River,  one  mile  from  sea,  alt.  50  ft.,  Sept.  5. 
1928. 

Aretas  bakeri,  new  species  (fig.  2,  c). 

Male.  Length  4.7  mm.,  width  1.7  mm.  Head,  width  .87  mm.,  vertex  .35  mm.; 
vertex  nearly  flat,  slightly  impressed  on  median  line,  sanguineous,  vertex  and  middle 
of  frons  pale,  eyes  reddish  brown.  Rostrum,  length  1.5  mm.,  reaching  to  hind  margins 
of  posterior  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .47  mm.,  slightly  thicker  (.13  mm.) 
near  base,  sanguineous,  more  yellowish  on  apex,  clothed  with  several  erect,  dusky,  bristle- 
like hairs ;  II,  2.05  mm.,  cylindrical,  honey  yellow,  pale  pubescent ;  III,  .69  mm.,  A^ellow ; 
IV,  .47  mm.,  dusky  yellow.  Pronotuni,  length  .56  mm.,  width  at  base  1.29  mm.;  basal 
margin  very  slightly  sinuate,  lateral  margins  distinct,  nearly  straight,  disk  moderately 
convex,  calli  outlined  by  an  impressed  line,  slightly  convex,  depressed  between ;  meso- 
scutum broadly  exposed. 

Ground  color  yellowish,  first  antennal  segment,  sides  of  head,  broadly  on  lateral 
margins  of  pronotal  disk,  middle  of  mesoscutum,  median  basal  triangle  on  scutellum. 
clavus  except  apically,  a  large  spot  on  apex  of  corium  and  base  of  cuneus,  tip  of  cuneus 
and  veins  in  membrane,  sanguineous ;  spot  on  apex  of  corium  becoming  dark  red  to 
fuscous.  Membrane  pale,  rather  evenly  tinged  w^th  dusky,  anal  area  and  vein  fuscous. 
Genital  structures'  distinctive,  male  claspers  as  shown  in  figure. 

Female.  Length  4.8  mm.,  width  1.7  mm.  Head,  width  .80  mm.,  vertex  .43  mm. 
Antennae:  segment  I,  length  .48  mm.;  IL  1.99  mm.,  slightly  thicker  apically,  bearing  a 
few  erect  pale  hairs;  IH.  .65  mm.;  IV.  broken.  Pronotuni,  length  .52  mm.,  width  at 
base  1.25  mm.  Slightly  more  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  structure  and 
coloration. 

This  species  keys  out  in  the  couplet  with  A.  ruhroscutcUafus  Knight  by 
virtue  of  having  reddish  on  the  scutellum.  but  it  is  easily  distinguished  from 


Marqucsan  hisc c ts — /// . 


167 


all  other  known  species  by  the  larger  size,  color  aspect,  and  structure  of  the 
male  genital  claspers. 

Baguio,  Benguet,  Luzon,  Philippine  Islands.  Holotype  male  in  my  collec- 
tion, collected  by  C.  F.  Baker.  Allotype  taken  with  the  type.  Paratypes : 
male,  taken  with  types ;  female,  Dapitan,  Mindanao,  Philippine  Islands,  col- 
lected by  C.  F.  Baker. 


Key  to  Species 

1.  Antennal  segment  I  predominantly  pale  2 

Antennal  segment  I  red  or  black  4 

2.  Cuneus  distinctly  red  3 

Cuneus  pale,  dusky  on  apex;  antennae  and  body  chiefly  pale  A.  flavus 

3.  Lateral  margins  of  pronotum,  inner  margins  of  corium,  emboliiim,  and  tip  of 

clavus  sanguineous   A.  imperatorius  Dist. 

Lateral  margins  of  pronotum,  corium,  and  embolium  except  apex  and  clavus 
base,  pale  yellowish   A.  rubrocuneatus 

4.  Scutellum  pale  6 

Scutellum  red  or  marked  with  red  5 

5.  Scutellum,  clavus,  and  pronotum  red  A.  rubroscutellatus 

Scutellum  pale,  red  only  on  middle  of  base ;  median  one  third  of  pronotum 

and  apex  of  clavus  pale  A.  bakeri 

6.  Antennal  segment  I  reddish  to  dark  red,  lateral  margins  of  pronotum  red  7 

Antennal  segment  I  black,  pronotum  and  hemelytra  pale,  tip  of  cuneus  fuscous 

 A.  nigribasicornis 

7.  Cuneus  pale  or  with  apex  only  red  9 

Cuneus  red  on  apical  half,  or  at  least  on  inner  membrane  margin  8 

8.  Cuneus  red  on  inner  margin  bordering  membrane ;  basal  half  of  corium  red, 

apical  area  only  pale  A.  sanguinarius  Dist. 

Cuneus  with  apical  half  red ;  corium  red  bordering  the  red  clavus  but  with 
pale  on  basal  half  bordering  embolium  A.  rubroclavus 

9.  Cuneus  red  on  apex   10 

Cuneus  uniformly  pale  A.  tahiticus 

10.   Corium  with  red  on  base  extending  along  outer  margin,  thence  transversely 

to  apex  of  clavus,  tip  of  clavus  red  A.  tahiticus  var.  rubromarginatus 

Corium  pale,  base  only  and  a  quadrate  spot  bordering  tip  of  clavus.  red ;  a 
diamond-shaped  red  spot  on  apical  area  of  clavus  A.  adamsoni 


TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  BARICHNEUMON  (HYMENOPTERA: 
ICHNEUMONIDAE)  FROM  THE  SOCIETY  ISLANDS=^= 


By 

R.  A.  CUSHMAN 

Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine,  U.  S.  Department  oe  Agriculture 

The  two  Tahitian  species  described  below  were  submitted  to  me  for 
study  by  Edward  P.  Mumford  of  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey.  Both 
are  closely  related  to  the  Marquesan  Barichneiimon  veo  Cheesman.  These 
three  species  are  hy  no  means  typical  of  the  genus  because  of  the  somewhat 
convex  scutellum,  striate  postpetiole,  and  the  absence  of  the  ventral  abdominal 
plica.  However,  I  cannot  reconcile  them  w^ith  any  of  the  genera  described 
from  the  Australian  region  by  Heinrich. 

The  following  key  will  distinguish  the  three  species : 

1.  Abdomen  entirely  black   (coxae  entirely  black,  hind  coxa  densely  hairy  ven- 

trally)  B.  veo  Cheesman 

Abdomen  not  black  beyond  fourth  tergite  2 

2.  Fifth  tergite  brown,  sixth  and  seventh  whitish  ;  front  and  middle  coxae  whitish 

below;  hind  coxae  densely  hairy  below;  scutellum  rather  strongly  convex 

and  sparsely  punctate  B.  bicoloranus,  n.  sp. 

Tergites  5-7  brown ;  all  coxae  entirely  black ;  hind  coxae  glabrous  below  ;  scu- 
tellum weakly  convex,  mat  B.  brunneicauda,  n.  sp. 

Barichneumon  bicoloranus,  n.  sp. 

Similar  in  size  and  form  to  B.  veo  Cheesman,  but  at  once  distinguishable  by  the  bicol- 
ored  apex  of  the  abdomen  and  the  ventrally  whitish  front  and  middle  coxae  and  tro- 
chanters. 

Female. — Length  13  mm. 

Head  coarsely  and  densely  punctate,  except  on  face,  clypeus,  and  cheeks,  which  are 
sparsely  punctate  and  polished;  median  welt  of  face  nearly  impunctate ;  a  few  oblique 
striae  below  each  antenna;  clypeus  broadly  truncate,  not  medially  produced;  basal  joint 
of  fiagellum,  exclusive  of  anellus,  fully  a  half  longer  than  thick. 

Thorax  laterally,  coarsely  ruguloso-punctate,  pronotum  more  striately  so  below, 
more  finely  punctate  above,  speculum  polished ;  mesoscutum  finely  and  densely  punctate, 
the  punctation  running  into  striation  posteriorly ;  scutellum  rather  strongly  convex, 
shining,  rather  sparsely  punctate ;  propodeum  somewhat  irregularly  striato-punctate  lat- 
erally and  apically,  more  evenly  and  obliquely  striate  in  lateral  areas,  longitudinally 
striate  in  areola,  costulae  weak  ;  hind  coxae  coarsely  rugulose  above,  punctate  on  sides, 
densely  hairy  beneath. 

Postpetiole  longitudinally  striate ;  tergite  2  densely  punctate,  medially  striate  espe- 
cially at  base ;  tergite  3  more  finely  and  sparsely  punctate ;  other  tergites  virtually  im- 
punctate ;  ovipositor  slightly  exscrted. 

Black;  frontal  orbits  and  margins  ahout  base  of  mandihle  reddish;  front  and  middle 
coxae  and  trochanlci-s  wliitish  helow,  their  femora  and  tibiae  brown  in  front;  wings 
slightly  infumate,  venation  hlack  ;  tergite  5  brown,  tergites  6  and  7  whitish. 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Puhlicatioii  8,  article  16.     Issued  l"el)ruary  28,  1938. 

1  I^>*^l 


BcDiicc  P.  BisJiop  ]\Iusci(iii — Bulletin  142 


Society  Islands :  Tahiti,  Papenoo  Valley,  one  female  taken  October  25, 
iojS,  a.  Isl.  Adanison  (type  no.  52110,  U.  S.  National  Mus.). 

Barichneumon  brunneicauda,  n.  sp. 

Differs  from  description  of  B.  bicolorauits  as  follows : 
Female. — Length  11  mm. 

Basal  joint  of  flagellum  barely  a  third  longer  than  thick;  pronotum  finely  ruguloso- 
piinctate  laterally  throughout ;  mesoscutum  finely  ruguloso-punctate  and  dull ;  scutellum 
weakly  convex,  densely  and  rather  coarsely  rugulose ;  pleura  more  rugulose  than  rugu- 
loso-punctate ;  propodeum  reticulato-punctate ;  hind  coxa  not  hairy  beneath. 

Legs  entirely  black  except  front  tibia,  which  is  brownish  anteriorly ;  apical  three 
tergites  brown. 

Society  Islands:  Tahiti,  Anaroii  Plateau,  one  female  taken  October  31, 
1928,  A.  M.  Adamson  (type  no.  52111,  U.  S.  National  Mus.). 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ECHTHROMORPHA   (HYMENOPTERA : 
ICHNEUMONIDAE)  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS  ISLANDS- 


By 

R.  A.  CUSHMAX 

BUREAU  OF  EXTOMOLOGY  AXD  PlaXT  OuaRAXTIXE.  U.  S.  DepARTMEXT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Among  some  specimens  of  Ichneumonidae,  submitted  to  me  for  study  by 
Edward  P.  ]\Iumford  of  the  Paciric  Entomological  Stn-vey.  was  the  species 
of  EcJifJiroijiorpJia  described  below. 

Echthromorpha  opaca,  n.  sp. 

In  the  keys  of  both  Krieger  and  Morley  this  species  runs  best,  but  not  satis factorih-, 
to  EchthronorpJm  afrata  Holmgren  because  of  the  dense  punctation  and  the  lack  of  the 
infumate  spot  at  the  apex  of  the  wing ;  but  it  differs  in  many  respects  from  the  descrip- 
tions of  E.  atrata,  notabh"  in  its  red  mesoscutum  and  red  legs. 

Female. — Length  15  mm.;  antemia  15  mm. 

Head  smooth  and  polished,  with  only  the  sides  of  face  sparsely  punctate ;  face  as 
long  as  broad;  malar  space  hardly  as  long  as  basal  width  of  mandible;  junction  of  occi- 
pital and  hypostomal  carinae  a  little  more  than  twice  the  length  of  malar  space  from 
lower  articulation  of  mandible :  antennae  ver}-  slender. 

Thorax  largeh'  mat ;  pronotum  laterally  striate,  longitudinally  so  below,  more  finely 
and  obliquely  so  above ;  mesoscutum  very  finely  and  densely  reticulate-punctate ;  notauli 
very  weakly  indicated  anteriorly ;  scutellum  polished  and  sparsely  punctate :  meso- 
pleurum  denseh'  punctate,  subalar  tubercle  and  a  very  small  speculum  polished,  and  a 
somewhat  swollen  area  below,  tubercle  sparsely  punctate :  metapleurum,  except  a  small 
smooth  area  anteriorly,  fineh'  striato-punctate,  mat ;  propodeum  basaih'  reticulate-punc- 
tate, posteriori}-  transverse!}-  striate  medially,  rugose  laterally,  without  apophyses. 

Abdomen  finely  reticulate-punctate,  apices  of  tergites  smooth,  fi.rst  tergite  shining, 
impunctate.  but  faintly  transversely  striate ;  ovipositor  sheath  a  little  more  than  half  as 
long  as  abdomen,  cylindrical  except  the  depressed  apex. 

Black ;  face,  chpeus  medialh-.  and  under  side  of  scape  pale  ferruginous ;  orbits 
yellow,  pronotum  dorsally  and  anteriorh",  mesoscutum  except  in  middle  of  prescutum. 
a  subcircular  spot  on  swelling  of  mesopleurimi  with  upper  part  of  prepectus.  a  small  spot 
before  middle  coxa,  mesosternum.  a  large  spot  on  each  side  of  apex  of  propodeum,  apices 
of  tergites  1-6,  and  7  and  8  entirely  brownish  ferruginous ;  faint  indications  of  notauli, 
scutellum.  and  subalar  tubercle  yellowish ;  legs  ferruginous,  front  coxa  and  trochanter 
and  middle  coxa  with  indefinite  yellow  spots ;  hind  coxa  laterally  and  mesally.  all  tarsi, 
and  hind  tibia  black ;  wings  hy  aline,  venation  black. 

]Male. — }^Iore  shining  and  less  densely  sculptured  than  female,  the  most  notable 
sculptural  difference  being  found  on  the  mesoscutum.  which  in  the  male  is  alutaceous, 
sparsely  punctate  lateralh-  and  densely  punctate  onh-  medially. 

Entire  face  and  clypeus.  under  side  of  scape,  tegula,  and  subalar  tubercle  yellow ; 
apical  margins  of  tergites  2-6  more  yellowish ;  front  and  middle  coxae  and  trochanters, 
streaks  on  anterior  surfaces  of  all  femora,  and  a  large  spot  dorsally  on  the  otherwise 
black  hind  coxa  yellow ;  front  and  middle  tibiae  and  front  tarsus  infuscate  yellowish. 

^larquesas  Islands:  Tahuata.  Hanahevane  \'alley.  one  female  (holotype) 
and  one  male  (allotype)  taken  at  sea  level,  Jtdy  16.  1930.  Le  Bronnec  and 
Tauraa  (  type  no.  52112,  U.  S.  Xational  ^lus.). 

*  Pacific  Entomological  Sur\-e5-  Publication  8.  article  17.    Issued  February  28.  193S. 


[171] 


FOUR  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CYRTOPELTIS  (HEMIPTERA: 
MIRIDAE)  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS  ISLANDS^ 


By 

Harry  H.  Knight 
Iowa  State  College,  Ames,  Iowa 

The  genus  Cyrtopcltis  Fieber  appears  to  have  a  world-wide  distribution, 
but  most  of  the  species  are  found  in  warm  parts  of  the  world.  Counting  the 
four  species  described  here,  the  total  number  of  known  species  is  27.  Of 
special  interest  is  C.  tenuis  Renter  which  breeds  on  tobacco  leaves  and  which 
appears  to  have  been  carried  with  this  plant  to  various  parts  of  the  world. 
It  is  now  known  from  the  southern  United  States,  Madeira,  Egypt,  Java, 
Sumatra,  and  the  Fiji  Islands.  Kirkaldy  (1908)  described  this  species  as 
nicotkuiac  from  tobacco  in  Fiji;  Koningsberger  (1922)  gave  it  the  same 
name  in  Java,  while  Fulmek  (1925)  named  it  nociviis  in  vSumatra.  Other 
species  of  Cyrtopeltis  known  from  the  Pacific  islands  are  hawaiiensis  Kirk. 
(1902)  and  confusa  Perkins  (1911)  from  Hawaii,  indicus  Popp.  from 
Ceylon,  javamis  Popp.  and  piilcJiricornis  Popp.  from  Java,  and  obscitriconiis 
Popp.  and  plebejus  Popp.  from  Formosa. 

It  is  interesting  from  the  point  of  view  of  distribution  that  four  species 
of  Cyrtopcltis  should  be  found  in  the  ^larquesas  Islands,  whereas  none  were 
present  among  the  32  species  of  IMiridae  recorded  from  the  Samoan  islands-. 

The  best  characters  for  distinguishing  the  various  species  of  Cyrtopeltis 
are  in  the  form  of  the  male  genital  segment  rather  than  in  the  flexible  claspers. 
The  remarkable  modification  of  the  segment  wall  into  horns  and  processes 
suggests  the  taking  over  of  certain  functions  generally  performed  by  the 
claspers  in  other  genera. 

Cyrtopeltis  marquesanus,  new  species  (fig. 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  the  form  of  the  male  genital  segment ;  color 
uniformly  pale  lemon  yellow,  tibiae  and  ventral  surface  paler. 

Alale.  Length  3.3  mm.,  width  1  mm.  Head :  width  0.69  mm.,  vertex  0.22  nmi., 
eyes  set  near  collar,  removed  from  it  by  a  space  equal  to  less  than  width  of  collar. 
Rostrum,  length  1  mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  intermediate  coxae.  Antennae :  segment  I, 
length  0.24  mm.,  not  e(jual  to  half  the  width  of  head  across  eyes;  II,  1  mm.,  cylindrical; 
III,  1  mm.;  I\',  o.')2  mm.;  clothed  with  fine  pale  pubescence,  pale  yellowish,  last  two 
segments  becoming  dusky.  Pronotum :  length  0.47  mm.,  width  at  base  0.82  mm.,  basal 
margin  sulcate,  transverse  on  middle  and  curving  back  to  basal  angles ;  calli  moderately 
prominent.  Hemclytra  moderately  translucent,  membrane  uniformly  pale  translucent, 
veins  yellowish.  Clothed  with  sparsely  set,  erect,  pale  pubescent  hairs,  tibial  spines  pale. 
Genital  segment  distinctive  of  the  species. 

1  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  18.    Issued  April   18,  1938. 
-  Knight,  H.  H.,  Insects  of  Samoa,  Hemiptera,  (2),  193-228,  1935. 


[  173  I 


174 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — -Bulletin  142 


Female.  Length  3.4  mm.,  width  1.08  mm.  Head:  width  0.56  mm.,  vertex  0.26  mm. 
Antemiae:  segment  I,  length  0.24  mm.;  II,  0.91  mm.;  Ill,  0.91  mm.;  IV,  0.52  mm. 
Pronotum:  length  0.48  mm.,  width  at  base  0.82  mm.  Very  similar  to  the  male  in  color 
and  pubescence. 


-5 

3  b  c  d 

Figure  1. — Cyrtopcltis  species,  male  genital  segments,  ventral  aspect:  a,  C.  Mar- 
qursajius;  b,  C.  tuherculatus  \  c,  C.  acinuinof  us ;  d,  C.  miniitiis. 

Marquesas  Islands :  Niikuhiva,  Tapuaooa,  altitude  2,500  feet,  June  30, 
1931,  on  Weininannia  parviflora,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa,  holotype  male 
in  Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Nukuhiva :  Tovii,  2,500  feet,  August  4,  1931,  beating  on  Metrosideros 
eoUuia,  4  specimens,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa.  Muake,  c.  3,000  feet, 
August  3,  1931,  beating  on  Metrosideros  colli  11a ,  4  specimens,  LeBronnec  and 
H.  Tauraa.  Oomaka,  2,350  feet,  August  6,  1931,  beating  on  Metrosideros 
collina,  2  specimens,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa.  Tapuaooa:  c.  300  feet, 
June  18,  1931,  on  Metrosideros  collina;  c.  2,500  feet.  May  30,  1931,  on 
Weinmannia  parviflora;  3,500  feet,  July  20,  1931,  1  specimen  on  Metro- 
sideros collina;  c.  3,000  feet,  June  16,  1931,  1  specimen  on  Metrosideros 
collina;  c.  3,000  feet,  June  18,  1931,  2  specimens  on  JJ^einmannia  parviflora; 
3,100  feet,  November  13,  1929,  beating  on  JVeininannia  parviflora  ;  LeBron- 
nec and  H.  Tauraa.  Tekao  Hill,  3,020  feet,  July  23,  1931,  on  CyatJwdes 
tameiarniae,  1  specimen  on  shrub-fam.  Myrsinaceae  {Rapanea  sp.  ?),  and 
on  Metrosideros  collina,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa.  Tauamaka,  2,900  feet, 
November  10,  1929,  1  specimen  on  Metrosideros,  2  specimens  on  Metrosideros 
collina,  Mumford  and  Adamson.  Ooumu,  May  28,  1931  :  3,000  feet,  1  speci- 
men on  Weininannia  parviflora  and  4  on  Metrosideros  collina;  3,200  feet, 

1  specimen  beaten  from  Weinmannia  Parviflora,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 
Vaihakameama :  c.  2,700  feet,  June  19,  1931,  on  ]]\^inma}inia  parviflora, 

2  specimens,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa;  2,700  feet,  July  21,  1931,  mis- 
cellaneous sweeping,  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa.  Ridge  north  of  Teuanui. 
2,800  feet,  October  26,  1929,  on  Metrosideros  collina,  1  specimen,  Mumford 
and  Adamson. 

Hivaoa.  Kaava  Ridge:  2,800  feet,  January  7,  1932,  6  specimens  beaten 
from  W einniannia  sp.,  2  specimens  beaten  from  Metrosideros  collina;  2.750 


M arqiicsan  Insects — /// 


175 


feet,  January  6,  1931,  1  specimen  beaten  from  VVeinmannia  sp.  Kakaho- 
piianiii :  2,500  feet,  January  5,  1932,  sweeping  on  ferns;  2,600  feet,  October 
27,  1931,  beating  on  JVcinniainiia  sp. ;  2,800  feet,  October  27,  1931,  beating 
on  Wc'nuiiauiiia  sp.,  2  specimens.  Matauuna,  3,700  feet,  March  2,  1930,  beat- 
ing on  Cyrtandra  sp.,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Fatuhiva.  Teavaipuhiau,  2,150  feet,  August  25,  1930,  sweeping  over 
Pas  pal  u  ui  coiijiigatit  m . 

Uapou.  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,200  feet,  December  6,  1929,  A.  M.  Adam- 
son.  Tekohepu  Summit:  3.300  feet,  November  27,  1931,  beating  on  Chelro- 
dciidroji  sp. ;  3,200  feet,  November  28,  1931,  beating  on  ferns  and  beating 
on  Mctrosidcros  coUiua.  Teavanui,  Paaumea  Valley,  2,900  feet,  November 
27,  1931,  beating  on  Cyaflica  sp. ;  Teavanui  Pass,  2,900  feet,  November  27, 
1931,  beating  on  frcyciiictia  sp. 

Uahuka.  Putatauua,  Vaipaee  Valley,  880  feet,  September  20,  1929,  2 
specimens,  A.  M.  Adamson. 

Cyrtopeltis  tuberculatus,  new  species  (fig.  l,b). 

x\llied  to  C.  iiiarqucsauiis  but  distinguished  by  the  longer  first  antennal  segment 
and  in  structure  of  the  genital  segment. 

Male.  Length  3  mm.,  width  0.9  mm.  Head :  width  0.5  mm.,  vertex  0.216  mm. ; 
eyes  removed  from  collar  by  a  space  equal  to  width  of  collar.  Rostrum,  length  0.99 
mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  intermediate  coxae.  Antennae  :  segment  I,  length  0.34  mm., 
equal  to  two  thirds  the  width  of  head  across  eyes,  yellow;  II,  0.95  mm.,  pale;  III,  1.25 
mm. ;  IV,  0.47  mm. ;  last  two  segments  pale  to  dusky.  Pronotum :  length  0.41  mm., 
width  at  base  0.73  mm.,  basal  margin  broadly  sulcate,  basal  angles  rounded  but  project- 
ing posteriorly. 

Coloration  rather  uniformly  pale  greenish  yellow,  hemelytra  translucent,  membrane 
nearly  clear,  veins  yellow.  Clothed  with  sparsely  set,  suberect,  pale  pubescent  hairs, 
tibial  spines  pale.  Genital  segment  distinctive,  the  apex  with  distinct  tubercle  directed 
transversely  to  the  left  side. 

Female.  Length  3.4  mm.,  width  1.1  mm.  Head:  width  0.52  mm.,  vertex  0.25  mm. 
Antennae :  segment  I,  length  0.35  mm. ;  II,  0.95  mm.  Pronotum  :  length  0.43  mm.,  width 
at  base  0.78  mm.    \'ery  similar  to  the  male  in  color  and  pubescence. 

Marquesas  Islands:  Hivaoa,  Kakabopuanui,  altitude  2,500  feet,  January 
5,  1932,  ''sweeping  on  ferns",  LeBronnec,  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum. 
Paratypes  as  follows: 

Hivaoa.   Mount  Temetiu,  northeast  slope:  2,615  J^^^Y  -4'  19-9-  1 

specimen;  2,500  feet,  July  24,  1929,  miscellaneous  sweeping,  5  specimens; 
2,600  feet,  September  13,  1929,  miscellaneous  sweeping,  2  specimens,  and  on 
grass;  3,200  feet,  September  13,  1929,  miscellaneous  sweeping,  2  specimens; 
2,800  feet,  August  3,  1929,  1  specimen  ;  2,800  feet.  July  24,  1929.  2  speci- 
mens;  2,500  feet,  July  24,  1929,  5  specimens;  2,800  feet,  August  3,  1929,  2 
specimens;  2,600  feet,  September  13,  1929,  5  specimens.  Kopaafaa,  2,770 
feet,  Atigust  2,  1929:  on  Tcclaria  s]).,  6  specimens;  on  Frcycinciia,  1  speci- 
men; miscellaneous  sweeping;  beating  on  Scacvola  sp. ;  on  Tcclaria  sp.,  8 


176 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Musciiui — Bulletin  142 


specimens.  Kakahopuanui,  2,500  feet,  January  5,  1932:  sweeping  herbage; 
sweeping  on  ferns,  15  specimens.  Mount  Tapeata,  east  slope,  Ootua,  2,500 
feet.  May  25,  1929,  on  Paspahtm  conjugatum.  Kaava  Ridge,  January  6, 
1932  :  2,820  feet,  7  specimens;  2,750  feet,  beating  on  ferns.  Vaiepoepo,  2,300 
feet,  June  2,  1929,  1  specimen  on  Piper  latifolium.  All  collected  by  E.  P. 
iMumford  and  A.  M.  Adamson  (P.E.S.)- 

Uapou.  Hakahetau  Valley,  1,500  feet,  December  26,  1929,  6  specimens, 
R.  R.  Whitten  (P.E.S.). 

Cyrtopeltis  acuminatus,  new  species  (fig.  l,c). 

Allied  to  C.  niarqucsanus  but  smaller;  distinguished  by  the  shorter  second  antennal 
segment  which  in  length  exceeds  width  of  head  very  slightly. 

Male.  Length  2.5  mm.,  width  0.86  mm.  Head:  width  0.45  mm.,  vertex  0.216  mm.; 
eyes  removed  from  collar  by  a  space  about  equal  to  width  of  collar.  Rostrum,  length 
1.04  mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  intermediate  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.17 
mm.;  II,  0.48  mm.,  only  slightly  greater  than  width  of  head;  III,  0.43  mm.;  IV,  0.30 
mm. ;  uniformly  pale  yellowish.  Pronotum :  length  0.39  mm.,  width  at  base  0.78  mm. ; 
broadly  sulcate  on  basal  margin,  the  basal  angles  rounded,  median  line  of  disk  slightly 
impressed,  calli  apparent  as  slight  swellings.  Hemelytra  wath  embolar  margins  nearly 
straight  and  parallel. 

General  coloration  pale  greenish  yellow,  sometimes  a  slight  infuscation  developing 
on  inner  apical  angles  of  corium,  membrane  uniformly  pale. 

Female.  Length  2.6  mm.,  width  0.91  mm.  Head:  width  0.47  mm.,  vertex  0.26  mm. 
Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.17  mm.;  II,  0.47  mm.;  HI,  0.44  mm.;  IW  0.34  mm. 
Pronotum :  length  0.43  mm.,  width  at  base  0.82  mm.  Very  similar  to  the  male  in 
pubescence  and  coloration. 

Marquesas  Islands :  Uapou,  Hakahetau  V^alley,  Teavaituhai,  altitude  3,020 
feet,  November  20,  1931,  beating  on  Sclerotlieca  sp.,  LeBronnec,  holotype 
male  in  Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Uapou.  Hakahetau  Valley,  3,020  feet:  Teavaituhai,  November  20,  1931, 
3  specimens  beaten  from  Cyrtondra  sp.,  2  specimens  beaten  from  Sclerotlieca 
sp. ;  Vaihakaatiki,  November  18,  1931,  2  specimens  beaten  from  Cyrtaudra 
sp.,  1  specimen  beaten  from  Vacciniiiui  sp.  Tekohepu  Summit:  3,200  feet, 
November  28,  1931,  1  specimen  beaten  from  Cyathea  sp. ;  3,000  feet,  Novem- 
ber 30,  1931,  1  specimen  beaten  from  Cyrtaudra  sp.,  1  specimen  beaten  from 
Cyathea  sp.    All  collected  by  LeBronnec. 

Cyrtopeltis  minutus,  new  species  (fig.  \,d). 

Allied  to  C.  acuminatus,  but  distinguished  by  the  longer  antennal  segments  and  form 
of  the  genital  segment. 

Male.  Length  2.5  mm.,  width  0.73  mm.  Head  :  width  0.43  mm.,  vertex  0.216  mm. ; 
eyes  removed  from  collar  by  a  space  greater  than  width  of  collar.  Rostrum,  length  0.82 
mm.,  reaching  to  near  hind  margins  of  middle  coxae.  Antennae :  segment  I,  length  0.23 
mm.;  II,  0.75  mm.;  HI,  0.86  mm.;  IV,  0.48  mm.  Pronotum:  length  0.35  mm.,  width  at 
base  0.60  mm. 

Coloration  uniformly  pale  greenish  yellow,  hemelytra  somewhat  translucent,  mem- 
brane nearly  clear,  veins  yellowish.    Genital  segment  distinctive. 


Marqucsaii  Insects — ///  177 

^Marquesas  Islands  :  Ualiuka,  Putatauua,  Vaipaee  Valley,  880  feet,  Sep- 
tember 20,  1929,  A.       Adamson,  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum. 
Paratypes  as  follows : 

Hivaoa:  Temetiu  Ridge.  3.790  feet.  January  14.  1932,  beating  on  IVeiU' 
mannla  sp.,  male,  LeBronnec. 

Xukuhiva :  Teuanui,  Tovii,  1,900  feet,  October  1,  1929,  male.  ]\Iumford 
and  Adamson. 


ELEVEN  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CAMPYLOMMA  (HEMIPTERA : 
MIRIDAE)  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS  ISLANDS- 

By 

Harry  H.  Knight 
Iowa  State  College,  Ames,  Iowa 

The  genus  Cauipylojiiina  Renter  appears  to  be  world-wide  in  distribution, 
1/  species  having  been  described,  ahhongh  there  are  no  records  from  South 
America.  Adding  ii  species  descri])ed  in  the  present  paper  we  have  a  total 
of  28  species.  Insects  of  this  genus  are  very  small  and  hence  not  often  saved 
by  the  general  collector,  which  may  account  for  the  lack  of  records  from  the 
Neotropical  region  and  other  parts  of  the  world.  Only  one  species,  Cainpy- 
louuna  vcrbasci  Mey.,  has  been  recognized  from  North  America,  and  this 
form  is  also  common  in  Europe.  That  11  new  species  of  Campylonnim  should 
be  recognized  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  is  surprising  information  for  one 
interested  in  the  distrii)ution  of  Hemiptera.  Here,  in  a  few  islands,  we  find 
more  species  of  CaiJipyloiiiina  than  have  elsewhere  1:)een  recorded  from  whole 
continents.  It  is  also  noteworthy  that  in  my  study  of  the  Miridae  of  Samoa^ 
only  two  species  of  Ccnii pyloinina  were  recognized  from  those  islands.  Here 
again,  more  careful  collecting  for  small  forms  may  reveal  a  few  more. 

The  characters-  used  for  separating  the  several  species  of  Caiiipyloiiiiiia 
may  be  mentioned  for  the  benefit  of  later  students.  A  few  species  are  dis- 
tinguished by  definite  rings  and  dots  on  the  antennae,  but  not  so  the  Mar- 
quesan  species.  The  best  structural  characters  are  found  in  the  relative 
lengths  of  the  rostrum,  second  antennal  segment,  width  of  head  across  eyes, 
vertex  or  space  between  eyes,  and  width  and  length  of  pronotum.  It  would 
help  greatly  in  sorting  species  if  future  workers  would  use  an  eyepiece 
micrometer  and  give  definite  measurements.  The  type  of  pubescence  is  often 
distinctive  and  should  be  carefully  noted.  Color  characters  are  helpful  when 
used  in  combination  with  the  above-mentioned  features,  particularly  the  l^lack 
setigerous  dots  found  on  the  hind  femora.  Since  this  spotting  of  the  femora 
is  difficult  to  describe  accurately  in  a  few  words,  illustrations  are  provided  for 
the  species  herein  described. 

In  the  study  of  small  Miridae  like  Canipyloiiiiiia,  nothing  contril)utes  so 
much  to  the  acciu'ate  (leternu"nation  of  specimens  as  careful  moimting  of 
perfect  material.  The  rostrum  and  legs  ])rovi(le  important  cliaracters.  there- 
fore should  not  be  covered  with  adhesive.  The  mounting  ])()in[  should  be 
small  and  the  ti])  bent  to  lit  the  right  side  of  the  thorax  only,  thus  ])re\enting 
the  rostrum  from  l)eing  covered. 

*  Pacific  Entomological   Survey  ]^ul)lication  8,  article   19.     Issued  October   15,  19.18. 
1  Knight,  II.  H.,  Insects  of  ,S;uiioa,  ilemiptera  (_•),   197,  1935. 


f  1 


Figure  i. — Anterior  aspect  of  left  hind  femur  of  species  of  Campylomma :  a,  C. 
tinctipennis\  b,  C.  marqiicsana;  c,  C.  brcviota;  d,  C.  fusca;  c,  C.  rubrotincta :  f.  C.  Jougi- 
rostris;  g,  C.  adamsoni;  h,  C.  Jiivaoae;  i,  C.  citneolata  ;  j,  C.  minucnda;  k,  C.  lutcola. 


Marqucsan  Insects — ///  181 

Key  to  Known  Species  of  Caiiipyloinuia  from  the  Marquesas  Islands 

1.  Rostrum  not  extending  beyond  posterior  trochanters   2 

Rostrum  extending  to  middle  of  venter  or  genital  segment  10 

2.  Rostrum  extending  upon  posterior  coxae  5 

Rostrum  not  extending  beyond  middle  coxae   3 

3.  Pubescence  simple,  without  sericeous  pubescence   4 

Clothed  with  black,  bristlelike  pubescence  and  intermixed  with  a  small  amount  of 

sericeous,  pale  pubescence;  body  reddish  rubrotincta  Knight 

4.  Hind  femora  with  heavy  black  dots  (fig.  1,  c)  ;  cuneus  pale,  inner  margin  slenderly, 

bright  red    breviata  Knight 

Hind  femora  with  moderate  black  dots  (fig.  1,  i)  ;  cuneus  roseate,  outer  margin 
paler  cuneolata  Knight 

5.  Length  of  second  antennal  segment  not  or  very  slightly  exceeding  width  of  head 

across  eyes   6 

Length  of  second  antennal  segment  greater  than  width  of  head  across  eyes   7 

6.  Uniformly  yellowish  in  color;  posterior  femora  with  distinctive  dots  (fig.  1,  g).... 

 adamsoni  Knight 

Hemelytra  distinctly  reddish;  hind  femora  with  distinctive  spots  (fig.  1,  h)  

 hivaoae  Knight 

7.  Tylus  distinctly  projecting   8 

Tylus  not  very  prominent   9 

8.  Hemelytra  fuscous,  embolium  and  cuneus  paler       )  ;  female  uniformly  pale,  mem- 

brane only  infuscated;  length  3.1  mm  fusca  Knight 

Hemelytra  uniformly  yellowish,  membrane  pale ;  length  2.4  mm  luteola  Knight 

9.  Color  uniformly  yellowish;  rostrum  reaching  to  middle  of  hind  coxae;  length  2.6 

mm  marquesana  Knight 

Hemelytra  roseate,  female  roseate  on  apical  area  of  corium  only ;  length  2.9  mm. 

 tinctipennis  Knight 

10.  Rostrum  extending  beyond  middle  of  venter  or  upon  genital  segment ;  length  2.7-2.9 

mm  longirostris  Knight 

Rostrum  only  reaching  to  middle  of  venter ;  length  2  mm  minuenda  Knight 

Campylomma  marquesana,  new  species  (fig.  1,  h) . 

Distinguished  by  the  uniformly  yellowish  color,  characteristic  dots  on  hind  femora, 
and  rostrum  reaching  to  middle  of  hind  coxae. 

Male.  Length  2.5  mm.  Head :  width  0.78  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Rostrum  :  length 
1.08  mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  1,  length  0.17  mm.; 
H,  0.95  mm.,  equal  in  thickness  to  segment  1,  slightly  more  slender  near  base;  IH,  0.60 
mm. ;  IV,  0.26  mm. ;  yellowish  to  brownish,  last  two  segments  blackish.  Pronotum : 
length  0.91  mm.,  width  at  base  1.08  mm.  Clothed  with  suberect,  bristlelike,  black,  pubes- 
cent hairs,  intermixed  on  hemelytra  with  a  few  more  recumbent,  fine,  pale,  pubescent 
hairs. 

General  coloration  pale  yellowish,  probably  greenish  yellow  in  life,  eyes  dark  brown; 
hind  femora  with  black  dots  on  anterior  face  as  shown  in  figure  \,b;  tibial  spines  black, 
with  very  small  dot  at  base  of  each.    Membrane  fuscous,  veins  slightly  paler. 

Female.  Length  2.6  mm.  Head :  width  0.69  mm.,  vertex  0.33  mm.  Antennae :  seg- 
ment L  length  0.17  mm.;  II,  0.73  mm.;  HI,  0.56  mm.;  IV,  0.30  mm.  Pronotum:  length 
0.52  mm.,  width  at  base  1.08  mm.    Very  similar  to  the  male  in  coloration  and  pubescence. 


Marquesas  Islands.   Hivaoa:  Kaava  Ridge,  alt.  2,460  ft.,  Jan.  6,  1932, 
collected  at  light  by  LeBronnec;  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum. 
Paratypes  as  follows : 


l82 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Miisciiui — Bulletin  142 


1  lixaoa  :  thirty-five  specimens  taken  with  the  type.  Kaava  Ridge,  alt.  2,000 
fi..  two  sjiecinicns,  Oct.  27,  1931,  on  Glochidion  ramiflorum ;  Kakahopuanui, 
ah.  2.4(10  ft.,  one  specimen,  Jan.  5.  1932,  taken  at  Hght ;  Kakahopuanui,  alt. 
2.800  ft.,  one  specimen,  Oct.  27,  1931,  beating  on  Glochidion  raniifloruni, 
collected  by  LeBronnec.  Avaoa  Valley,  alt.  1,350  ft.,  28  specimens,  Jan.  4, 
1932,  taken  at  light  l)y  LeBronnec.  Feani  Ridge,  Tenatinaei,  alt.  3,970  ft., 
five  specimens,  Jan.  12,  1932,  collected  by  LeBronnec. 

Uapou :  Teavanui  Pass,  alt.  2,900  ft.,  three  specimens,  Nov.  26,  1931, 
collected  at  light  by  LeBronnec.  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  1,950  ft., 
one  specimen,  taken  at  light,  Nov.  17,  1931  ;  one  specimen,  alt.  2,000  ft.,  Nov. 
19,  1931,  beating  on  Mcfrosideros  collina,  collected  by  LeBronnec. 

Tahuata:  Vaitahu  Valle}^  seashore,  two  specimens,  June  17,  1930,  col- 
lected at  light  1)y  LeBronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Fatuhiva :  Ouia  Valley,  near  sea  level,  one  specimen,  Sept.  2,  1930,  col- 
lected on  Sida  sp.  by  LeBronnec. 

Campylomma  adamsoni,  new  species  (fig.  1,  ^y). 

Allied  to  C.  iiiarqiicsana  but  smaller,  the  second  antennal  segment  not  (9)  or  slightly 
exceeding  (  $  )  width  of  head  across  eyes ;  arrangement  of  spots  on  hind  tibiae  also 
distinctive  (fig.  1,  (/). 

Male.  Length  2.4  mm.  Head :  width  0.69  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Rostrum,  length 
o.gi  mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.17  mm.; 
II,  0.71  mm.,  very  slightly  exceeding  width  of  head  across  eyes,  thickness  equal  to  seg- 
ment I  but  more  slender  near  base;  III,  0.49  mm.;  IV,  0.21  mm.;  uniformh^  3'ellowish, 
last  two  segments  fuscous.  Pronotum :  length  0.43  mm.,  width  at  base  0.92  mm.  Dorsum 
clothed  with  prominent,  suberect,  fuscous,  pubescent  hairs  and  intermixed  with  more 
recumbent,  fine,  pale  pubescence ;  a  prominent,  black,  bristlelike  hair  set  each  side  on 
lateral  margin  of  disk  just  behind  the  anterior  angle. 

General  coloration  pale  yellowish,  probably  more  greenish  yellow  in  life,  membrane 
pale  to  dusky ;  hind  femora  with  black  dots  on  anterior  face  as  shown  in  figure  1,  g ; 
tibial  spines  prominent,  black,  a  slight  dot  at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  2.4  mm.  Head :  width  0.66  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Antennae :  seg- 
ment I,  length  0.16  mm.;  II,  0.64  mm.,  scarcely  equal  to  width  of  head  across  eyes;  III, 
0.45  mm. ;  IV,  0.25  mm. ;  uniformly  yellowish,  last  two  segments  fuscous.  Slightly  more 
robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  pubescence  and  coloration. 

Marquesas  Islands.  Eiao :  uplands  towards  N.  end,  east  ridge,  alt.  1.855 
ft.,  Sept.  29,  1929,  collected  by  A.  M.  Adamson  ;  holotype  male  in  Bishop 
Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Eiao:  nine  specimens  taken  with  the  type.  Vaituha,  alt.  1,100  ft.,  five 
specimens,  Oct.  2,  1929,  on  Dodonaca  z'iscosa  \  three  specimens  taken  at  light, 
Oct.  2,  1929,  collected  by  Adamson.  A1)ove  Vaituha,  alt.  800  ft.,  one  speci- 
men, Oct.  1,  1929,  taken  on  Melochia  vcliitina,  by  Adamson.  Near  center  of 
island,  alt.  1,665  ^t.,  ten  specimens  taken  on  Hibiscus  til ia ecus,  Sept.  28,  1929, 
by  Adamson;  one  specimen,  alt.  1,700  ft.,  April  16,  1931,  on  Frcnnni  fai- 
tcnsis;  one  .specimen,  alt.  1,500  ft.,  April  22,  1931.  on  Dodonaca  riscosa,  col- 
lected by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 


Marquesan  Insects — /// 


183 


Hatutu:  one  specimen,  middle  of  east  side,  alt.  800  ft.,  Sept.  30,  1929, 
on  Melochia  velutina,  by  Adamson. 

Uahuka :  Penau  Ridge,  alt.  2,200  ft.,  one  specimen,  March  5,  1931,  on 
W einmannia  parviflora,  collected  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 

Hivaoa:  Kakahopuanui,  alt.  2,500  ft.,  one  specimen,  Jan.  5,  1932,  col- 
lected by  LeBronnec.  Tahauku,  one  specimen  taken  near  seashore,  July  10, 

1929,  collected  by  Mumford  and  Adamson.  Teava  Uhia  i  te  kohu,  alt.  2,100 
ft.,  eight  specimens,  Feb.  15,  1930,  beating  on  Hibiscus  tiliaccits,  collected  by 
Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Tahuata :  Vaitahu  Valley,  seashore,  one  specimen  taken  at  light,  Aug.  8, 

1930,  by  LeBronnec. 

Fatuhiva :  Ouia  Valley,  near  sea  level,  Sept.  2,  1930,  three  specimens 
taken  on  Ocimuni  hasilicuui,  by  LeBronnec. 

Campylomma  luteola,  new  species  (hg.  1,  k) . 

Allied  to  C.  adainsoni  but  smaller,  distinguished  by  the  more  prominent  tylus  and 
different  spotting  of  the  femora. 

Male.  Length  2.3  mm.  Head :  width  0.65  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm. ;  tylus  distinctly 
more  prominent  than  in  allied  species,  C.  fiisca  excepted.  Rostrum :  length  0.95  mm., 
reaching  to  middle  of  posterior  trochanters.    Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.17  mm.; 

II,  0.70  mm.,  nearly  cylindrical,  slightly  more  slender  than  segment  I ;  III,  0.52  mm. ; 
IV,  0.25  mm. ;  yellowish,  last  two  segments  fuscous.  Pronotum :  length  0.41  mm.,  width 
at  base  0.91  mm. ;  disk  much  flattened.  Dorsum  clothed  with  prominent,  suberect,  black 
pubescence,  intermixed  with  a  few  very  fine,  pale  hairs. 

General  coloration  pale  to  yellowish,  deeper  yellow  on  head  and  pronotum ;  hind 
femora  with  many  fuscous  dots  as  shown  in  figure  1,  k  ;  tibial  spines  prominent,  black,  a 
very  small  dot  at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  2.4  mm.  Head:  width  0.62  mm.,  vertex  0.27  mm.;  tylus  prominent 
as  in  the  male.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.14  mm.;  II,  0.64  mm.;  Ill,  0.46  mm.; 
IV,  0.24  mm. ;  yellowish,  last  two  segments  fuscous.  Pronotum :  length  0.39  mm.,  width 
at  base  0.90  mm.    Very  similar  to  male  in  pubescence  and  coloration. 

Marquesas  Islands.  Fatuuku :  alt.  860  ft.,  Nov.  19,  1930,  beating  on 
Morinda  citrifolia  by  Tauraa ;  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum.  Paratypes : 
twelve  specimens  taken  with  the  type. 

Campylomma  tinctipennis,  new  species  (fig.  1,  a). 

Distinguished  from  alHed  species  by  the  roseate  color  of  the  hemelytra  which  is  paler 
along  claval  suture,  apex  of  embolium  and  on  cuneus ;  rostrum  attaining  apices  of  hind 
coxae. 

Male.  Length  2.9  mm.  Head :  width  0.82  mm.,  vertex  0.35  mm.  Rostrum  :  length 
1.23  mm.,  attaining  apices  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.19  mm.;  II,  0.91 
mm.,  cylindrical,  nearly  as  thick  as  segment  I,  clothed  with  fine,  short,  dusky  pubescence; 

III,  0.65  mm. ;  IV,  0.34  mm. ;  yellowish  brown,  last  two  segments  fuscous  to  black. 
Pronotum:  length  0.52  nun.,  widtli  at  base  1.17  mm.  Dorsum  clothed  with  rather  promi- 
nent, black,  bristlelike  pubescence,  hairs  stronger  and  more  erect  on  clavus,  pronotutn,  and 
scutellum. 

General  coloration  yellowish,  sides  of  body  tinged  with  roseate  and  brownish  ;  hem- 
elytra  roseate;  cuneus  except  inner  margin,  li])  of  clavus,  and  more  or  less  broadly  along 
claval  suture,  pale  to  yellowish.  Membrane  fuscous,  veins  reddish.  Scutellum  roseate 
to  fuscous.    Legs  pale  to  yellowisli,  liind  femora  spotted  on  anterior  face  as  shown  in 


i84 


Bar  nice  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


figure  1.  a;  frcMit  and  middle  femora  with  three  dots  beneath;  tibial  spines  prominent, 
black,  basal  dots  scarcely  evident. 

Female.  Length  3  mm.  Head:  width  0.82  mm.,  vertex  0.39  mm.  Rostrum  attain- 
ing imsteriin-  margins  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.19.;  II,  0.86  mm.; 
Ill,  0.00  mm.;  0.32  mm.    Pronotum :  length  0.56  mm.,  width  at  base  1.21  mm. 

i-^lightly  more  robust  than  the  male  and  paler  in  color;  the  roseate  color  much  reduced, 
sometimes  apparent  only  on  apical  area  of  corium. 

iMarquesas  Islands.  Nnkuhiva:  Tekao  Hill,  alt.  3,020  ft.,  July  25,  1931, 
taken  on  Metrosideros  collina  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa;  holotype  male  in 
Bishop  ]\Iuseuni. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Nukuhiva:  Tekao  Hill,  alt.  3,020  ft.,  11  specimens,  July  23,  1931,  collected 
on  Metrosideros  collina  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa.  Ooumu,  alt.  3,000  ft., 
12  specimens  on  W eimnannia  parz'iflora,  May  27,  1931 ;  and  27  specimens, 
]\Iay  28,  1931,  on  Metrosideros  collina  and  W einmannia  parvi flora,  collected 
by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa.  Muake,  north  side,  24  specimens,  alt.  2,500  ft., 
and  12  specimens,  alt.  3,000  ft.,  Aug.  3,  1931,  collected  on  Metrosideros 
collina  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa.  Oomaka,  alt.  2,350  ft.,  seven  specimens, 
Aug.  6,  1931,  on  Metrosideros  collina,  collected  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 
Tapuaooa,  alt.  about  2,500  ft.,  eight  specimens,  May  30,  1931,  on  ]]^ einmannia 
parviflora;  one  specimen,  about  2,750  ft.,  June  17,  1931;  eight  specimens, 
June  16,  1931 ;  two  specimens,  June  18,  1931 ;  two  specimens,  July  20,  1931 ; 
all  taken  on  Metrosideros  collina  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa.  Toovii,  alt.  2,500 
ft.,  15  specimens,  Aug.  4,  1931,  by  beating  Metrosideros  collina,  collected  by 
LeBronnec  and  Tauraa.  Tauamaka,  alt.  2,900  ft.,  three  specimens,  Xov.  10, 
1929,  beating  on  Metrosideros  collina  by  Mumford  and  i\damson.  Ridge 
north  of  Teuanui,  alt.  2,800  ft.,  two  specimens,  Oct.  26,  1929,  collected  on 
Metrosideros  collina  by  Mumford  and  Adamson.  Vaihakameama,  about  2,700 
ft.,  four  specimens,  June  19,  1931,  on  VV eimnannia  parviflora  by  LeBronnec 
and  Tauraa.  Vaiotekea,  alt.  2,200  ft.,  one  specimen,  Aug.  6,  1931,  beating  on 
Metrosideros  collina  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 

Uapou:  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  1,950  ft.,  one  specimen,  Nov.  20, 
1931 ;  alt.  2,000  ft.,  nine  specimens,  Nov.  19,  1931  ;  alt.  1,950  ft.,  three  speci- 
mens, Nov.  16,  1931  ;  all  collected  on  Metrosideros  collina  by  LeBronnec. 
Teavanui  Pass,  alt.  2,900  ft.,  three  specimens  taken  at  light,  Nov.  26,  1931, 
collected  by  LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa:  Kopaafaa,  alt.  2,800  ft.,  one  specimen,  Feb.  25,  1930,  collected 
on  IV eimnannia  parviflora  by  Mumford  and  Adamson.  Tepuna,  alt.  3,010  ft., 
one  specimen,  Aug.  1,  1929,  collected  on  Metrosideros  collina  by  ]Mumford 
and  Adamson. 

Tahuata :  Vaitahu,  seashore,  one  specimen,  June  17,  1930,  taken  at  light 
by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 


M arqiicscui  Insects — /// 


185 


Campylomma  breviata,  new  species  (fig.  1,  c). 

Allied  to  C.  tinctipcnnis  and  resembling  it  in  color,  but  distinguished  at  once  by  the 
shorter  rostrum  which  extends  only  to  middle  coxae. 

Male.  Length  2.7  mm.  Head :  width  0.86  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Rostrum :  length 
0.91  mm.,  just  reaching  to  middle  of  intermediate  coxae.    Antennae :  segment  I,  length 

0.  17  mm.;  II,  0.91  mm.,  cylindrical,  slightly  more  slender  than  segment  I;  III,  0.65  mm.; 
IV,  0.30  mm. ;  yellowish,  last  two  segments  fuscous.  Pronotum :  length  0.48  mm.,  width 
at  base  1.08  mm.  Dorsum  clothed  with  prominent,  black,  bristlelike  pubescence,  inter- 
mixed on  hemelytra  with  a  few  very  fine,  recumbent,  pale,  pubescent  hairs. 

General  coloration  pale  yellowish;  pleura,  sternum,  and  sides  of  venter  fuscous; 
hemelytra  tinged  with  red,  embolium  and  tip  of  cuneus  more  strongly  red ;  cuneus  pale 
yellowish,  apex  and  inner  margin  slenderly,  bright  red ;  membrane  fuscous,  veins  bright 
red.    Legs  pale  to  yellowish,  femora  strongly  marked  with  black  spots  as  shown  in  figure 

1,  c;  tibial  spines  prominent,  black;  setigerous  dots  large  and  prominent. 

Female.  Length  2.8  mm.  Head :  width  0.86  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Antennae :  seg- 
ment I,  length  0.17  mm.;  II,  0.82  mm.;  HI,  0.65  mm.;  IV,  0.30  mm.  Pronotum:  length 
0.52  mm.,  width  at  base  1.12  mm.  More  robust  than  the  male  and  paler  in  color;  reddish 
coloration  apparent  only  on  apex  of  cuneus  and  mere  traces  on  corium.  Pubescence 
similar  to  that  of  the  male. 

Marquesas  Islands.  Hivaoa:  Kaava  Ridge,  alt.  2,000  ft.,  Oct.  27,  1931, 
beating  on  Glochidiou  rauiifloniui,  collected  by  LeBronnec ;  holotype  male  in 
Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Hivaoa:  one  specimen  taken  with  type;  Kakahopuanui,  alt.  2,460  ft.,  one 
specimen,  Jan.  5,  1932,  taken  at  light  by  LeBronnec.  Kopaafaa,  alt.  2,770  ft,, 
one  specimen,  Aug.  3,  1929,  collected  by  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Uapou :  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  2,000  ft.,  one  specimen,  Nov.  19, 
1931,  collected  by  LeBronnec.  Teavanui  Pass,  alt.  2,900  ft.,  one  specimen, 
Nov.  26,  1931,  taken  at  light  by  LeBronnec. 

Uahuka :  Tauheeputa,  alt.  1,770  ft.,  one  specimen,  March  23,  1931,  col- 
lected on  Glochidiou  ramiflonun  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 

Campylomma  rubrotincta,  new  species  (fig.  1,  e). 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  a  small  amount  of  sericeous,  pale  pubescence 
intermixed  with  the  suberect,  black,  bristlelike  pubescence  on  the  hemelytra ;  the  whole 
body  colored  by  reddish  in  the  hypodermis. 

Male.  Length  2.7  mm.  Head :  width  0.74  mm.,  vertex  0.26  mm.  Rostrum  :  length 
0.78  mm.,  just  reaching  to  middle  of  intermediate  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length 
0.19  mm.;  II,  1.08  mm.,  scarcely  equal  to  thickness  of  segment  I,  more  slender  on  basal 
half;  III,  0.57  mm.;  IV,  0.26  mm.  Pronotum:  length  0.47  mm.,  width  at  base,  1.08  mm. 
Clothed  with  prominent,  suberect,  blackish  pubescence  and  intermixed  on  hemelytra  with 
a  small  amount  of  pale  sericeous  pubescence. 

General  coloration  dusky  to  reddish,  cuneus  dark  ruby  red  but  pale  at  the  fracture, 
membrane  fuscous  ;  femora  dusky  red,  dotted  with  black  as  shown  in  figure  1 ,  c  ;  tibiae 
pale,  more  or  less  reddish  on  basal  half,  armed  with  prominent  black  spines,  a  dark  spot 
at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  2.5  nun.  Head  :  width  0.73  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Antennae  :  seg- 
ment I,  length  0.17  mm.;  11,  "-93  mm.;  HI,  0.60  mm.  Pronotum:  length  0.47  mm.,  width 
at  base  1.12  mm.  More  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  i)ubescence  and  colora- 
tion. 


i86 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  AIuscuui — BuUetin  142 


^rar(nu'sas  Tskinds.   Nukuhiva :  Vaiotekea,  alt.  2,000  ft.,  Aug.  6,  1931, 
coUccicd  l)y  Lolh-onnec  and  Tauraa ;  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum. 
rarat\  i)cs  as  f tallows  : 

Xnkuhiva:  nine  specimens  taken  with  type;  Oomaka,  alt.  2,350  ft.,  Aug.  6, 
U;3i.  l)eating  on  Mctrosidcros  coU'uia,  one  specimen  collected  by  LeBronnec 
and  Tauraa. 

Campylomma  cuneolata,  new  species  (fig.  1,  /). 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  the  short  rostrum  and  the  roseate  cuneus. 

i\Ialc.  Length  2.7  mm.  Head :  width  0.69  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Rostrum :  length 
0.82  mm.,  just  reaching  to  middle  of  intermediate  coxae,  x^ntennae :  segment  I,  length 
0.19  mm. ;  II,  0.91  mm. ;  III,  0.60  mm. ;  IV,  0.34  mm. ;  brownish  yellow,  last  two  segments 
blackish.  Pronotum :  length  0.43  mm.,  width  at  base  0.95  mm.  Clothed  with  prominent, 
suberect,  black  pubescence  with  very  little  finer  pubescence  intermixed. 

General  coloration  pale  to  brownish  yellow,  clavus  and  corium  becoming  dusky,  cuneus 
distinctly  roseate,  outer  margin  paler,  genital  segment  fuscous  on  base ;  hind  femora  with 
black  spots  as  shown  in  figure  1,  i;  tibial  spines  prominent,  black,  with  distinct  fuscous 
spot  at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  2.6  mm.  Head :  width  0.67  mm.,  vertex  0.32  mm.  Antennae :  seg- 
ment L  length  0.18  mm.;  II,  0.78  mm.;  Ill,  0.56  mm.;  IV,  0.27  mm.  Pronotum:  length 
0.43  mm.,  width  at  base  0.97  mm.  More  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  pubes- 
cence and  coloration. 

Marquesas  Islands.   Uapou :  Tekohepu  Summit,  alt.  3.000  ft..  Nov.  28, 
1931,  collected  by  LeBronnec;  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Aluseum. 
Paratypes  as  follows : 

Uapou:  Teavanui  Pass,  alt.  2,900  ft.,  two  specimens.  Nov.  28.  1931, 
beating  on  Bidciis  lantanoidcs ;  one  specimen,  alt.  3,200  ft.,  Nov.  28,  1931, 
beating  on  Angioptcris  sp.,  collected  by  LeBronnec.  Teavavanui,  alt.  3,200 
ft.,  one  specimen,  Nov.  28,  1931,  beating  on  Angioptcris  sp.  by  LeBronnec. 
Teavaituhai,  Paaumea  Valley,  alt.  3,020  ft.,  one  specimen,  Nov.  20,  1931, 
beating  on  Bidcns  lantanoidcs  by  LeBronnec. 

Campylomma  minuenda,  new  species  (fig.  1,  /). 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  the  small  size,  pale  color,  and  the  long  rostrum 
which  extends  to  middle  of  the  venter. 

Male.  Length  1.9  mm.  Head:  width  0.57  mm.,  vertex  0.27  mm.  Rostrum:  length 
0.92  mm.,  reaching  to  middle  of  venter.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.13  mm.;  11.  0.60 
mm.,  nearly  equal  in  thickness  to  segment  I  but  tapering,  more  slender  on  basal  half: 
III,  0.38  mm. ;  IV,  0.21  mm. ;  pale,  last  two  segments  dusky.  Pronotum :  length  0.37 
mm.,  width  at  base  0.82  mm.  Dorsum  clothed  with  prominent,  suberect.  black  pubescent 
hairs,  and  intermixed  with  an  equal  amount  of  more  recumbent,  pale  yellowish  pubes- 
cence. 

Color  uniformly  pale  testaceous,  membrane  lightly  infuscated ;  hind  femora  with 
distinct  black  dots  on  anterior  face  as  shown  in  figure  1,  ;;  tibiae  armed  with  prominent 
black  spines ;  those  on  basal  half  with  small  black  dot  at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  2  mm.  Head :  width  0.56  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm.  Antennae :  seg- 
ment L  length  0.13  mm.;  II,  0.52  mm.;  Ill,  0.35  mm.;  l\\  0.21  mm.  Pronotum:  length 
0.35  mm.,  width  at  base  0.82  mm.  Slightly  more  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in 
pubescence  and  coloration. 


M arqucsan  Insects — /// 


187 


Marquesas  Islands.  Uahuka :  Teavamataiki,  alt.  730  ft.,  March  24,  1931, 
taken  on  Melocliia  vclutina  by  LyeBronnec  and  Tauraa ;  holotype  male  in 
Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Uahuka:  Teavamataiki,  alt.  730  ft.,  16  specimens,  March  24,  1931,  col- 
lected on  Melocliia  veliitina  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa.  Teanatuhiva,  alt.  300 
ft.,  16  specimens,  March  18,  1931,  on  WaUheria  auiericaiia  hy  LeBronnec 
and  Tauraa. 

Tahuata :  four  specimens,  alt.  100  ft.,  June  7,  1930,  on  Sida  sp. ;  Vaitahu, 
seashore,  one  specimen,  June  17,  1930;  Hanahevane  Valley,  seashore,  one 
specimen,  July  16,  1930;  Motopu,  alt.  15  ft.,  20  specimens,  July  17,  1930,  on 
Sida  sp.,  all  collected  by  LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 

Fatuhiva:  Ooia  Valley,  alt.  500  ft.,  fi\^e  specimens,  Sept.  9,  1930,  beat- 
ing on  Melocliia  vclutina  by  LeBronnec. 

Mohotani :  two  specimens,  northern  part  of  island,  alt.  400  ft.,  Feb.  4, 
1931,  on  Melocliia  vclutina. 

Campylomma  longirostris,  new  species  (fig-.  L  /). 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  the  long  rostrum  which  reaches  beyond  middle 
of  venter  or  upon  genital  segment. 

Male.  Length  2.7  mm.  Head  :  width  0.75  mm.,  vertex  0.37  mm. ;  tylus  more  promi- 
nent than  in  C.  marqucsana.  Rostrum:  length  1.21  mm.,  reaching  upon  base  of  genital 
segment.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.18  mm.;  II,  0.86  mm.,  cylindrical,  slightly  more 
slender  at  base,  thickness  slightly  less  than  segment  I ;  III,  0.57  mm. ;  IV,  0.30  mm. ; 
yellowish,  last  two  segments  fuscous.  Pronotum :  length  0.43  mm.,  width  at  base  1.08 
mm.  Dorsum  clothed  with  prominent,  suberect,  bristlelike  pubescence,  base  of  vertex 
and  anterior  margin  of  pronotum  set  with  a  few  stronger  bristles. 

General  coloration  uniformly  yellowish,  cuneus  without  indication  of  deeper  color, 
membrane  fuscous.  Legs  pale  yellowish,  hind  femora  with  fuscous  dots  as  shown  in 
figure  1,  /;  tibial  spines  black,  prominent,  without  indication  of  setigerous  dots. 

Female.  Length  2.9  mm.  Head  :  width  0.82  mm.,  vertex  0.38  mm.  Rostrum  :  length 
1.48  mm.,  reaching  upon  base  of  ovipositor.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.17  mm.;  11, 
0.91  mm.;  Ill,  0.65  mm.;  IV,  0.34  mm.  Pronotum:  length  0.56  mm.,  width  at  base  1.25 
mm.    More  robust  than  the  male  but  very  similar  in  pubescence  and  coloration. 

Marquesas  Islands.  Nukuhiva :  ridge  north  of  Teuanui,  alt.  2,800  ft., 
Oct.  26,  1929,  on  Metrosideros  coUina,  collected  by  Mumford  and  Adanison ; 
holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Nukuhiva:  one  specimen  taken  with  type;  Tauamaka,  alt.  2,000  ft.,  one 
specimen,  Nov.  lo,  1929,  beating  on  Metrosideros  collina,  collected  by  Mum- 
ford  and  Adam  son. 

Fatuhiva:  'J'aluma,  alt.  2,050  ft.,  one  s])ecimen,  vSe])t.  3,  1930,  beatmg  on 
Metrosideros  collina.  collected  by  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Campylomma  hivaoae,  new  species  (fig.  i,  li). 

Distinunisbcd  t  roni  alhed  species  by  tlie  short  second  ?inlennal  segment  and  reddisli 
coloration  of  the  hemclytra. 


i88 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


]\Iale.  Leni^th  2.8  mm.  Head:  width  0.82  mm.,  vertex  0.34  mm.;  tylus  moderately 
prL>iniiK'nt.  Kostrnm:  length  1.12  mm.,  reaching  upon  base  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae: 
segment  1,  length  0.17  mm.;  II,  0.78  mm.,  cylindrical,  nearly  equal  in  thickness  to  segment 
I,  length  not  equal  to  width  of  head ;  III,  0.56  mm. ;  IV,  0.30  mm. ;  browmish  yellow,  last 
two  segments  blackish.  Pronotum ;  length  0.52  mm.,  width  at  base  1.12  mm.  Dorsum 
clothed  with  suberect,  bristlelike,  black,  pubescent  hairs,  intermixed  on  pronotum  and 
clavus  with  a  few  erect  bristles. 

General  coloration  yellowish  to  salmon  pink,  hemelytra  distinctly  reddish,  apex  of 
embolium  and  outer  base  of  cuneus  paler ;  membrane  uniformly  blackish,  veins  bright 
red.  Legs  pale  yellowish,  hind  femora  with  black  spots  as  shown  in  figure  1,  h;  tibial 
spines  black,  prominent,  a  very  small  spot  at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  2.6  mm.  Head :  width  0.73  mm.,  vertex  0.35  mm.  Antennae : 
segment  I,  length  0.17  mm.;  II,  0.69  mm.,  more  slender  than  in  the  male;  III,  0.56  mm.; 
IV,  0.30  mm.  Pronotum:  length  0.46  mm.,  width  at  base  1.04  mm.  Very  similar  to  the 
male  but  hemelytra  pale  reddish,  cuneus  and  embolium  paler. 

Marquesas  Islands.  Hivaoa:  Kakahopuanui,  Kaava  Ridge,  alt.  2,800  ft., 
Oct.  27,  1931,  beating  on  Glochidion  rmniflonmi,  by  LeBronnec;  holotype 
male  in  Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Hivaoa:  Tenatinaei,  Feani  Ridge,  two  specimens,  alt.  3,970  ft.,  Jan.  12, 
1932,  and  one  specimen,  Jan.  13,  1932,  collected  by  LeBronnec;  Kakahopua- 
nui,  Kaava  Ridge,  alt.  2,800  ft.,  one  specimen,  Oct.  27,  1931,  on  GlocJiidion 
ramiflorum,  and  one  specimen,  Jan.  7,  1932,  by  beating  JVeiiuauuia  sp.,  col- 
lected by  LeBronnec. 

Campylomma  fusca,  new  species  (fig.  I,  d). 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  the  longer  and  more  prominent  tylus.  rostrum 
attaining  posterior  margins  of  hind  coxae;  hemelytra  fuscous,  embolium  and  cuneus  pale. 

Male.  Length  3.1  mm.  Head:  width  0.82  mm.,  vertex  0.36  mm.  Rostrum:  length 
1.34  mm.,  attaining  posterior  margins  of  hind  coxae.  Antennae:  segment  1.  length  0.21 
mm.;  11,  0.91  mm.,  cylindrical,  thickness  slightly  less  than  segment  I;  HI.  o.Oo  mm.; 
IV,  0.39  mm. ;  yellowish,  last  two  segments  blackish.  Pronotum :  length  0.52  mm.,  width 
at  base  1.12  mm.  Dorsum  clothed  with  suberect,  bristlelike,  black  pubescent  hairs,  with 
stronger,  more  erect  hairs  on  base  of  clavus  and  pronotum. 

General  coloration  pale  greenish  yellow,  hemelytra  distinctly  infuscated,  embolium 
and  cuneus  paler ;  hind  femora  with  black  dots  on  anterior  face  as  shov;n  in  figure  1,  d ; 
tibial  spines  black,  with  small  fuscous  dot  at  base  of  each. 

Female.  Length  3.1  mm.  Head:  width  0.82  mm.,  vertex  0.43  mm.;  tylus  distinctly 
more  prominent  than  in  C.  iiiarquesana.  Antennae:  segment  I,  length  0.21  mm.;  II. 
0.95  mm.;  HI,  0.65  mm.;  IV,  0.39  mm.  Pronotum:  length  0.82  mm.,  width  at  base  1.21 
mm.  More  robust  than  the  male  but  pubescence  very  similar ;  color  uniformly  pale  with 
tinge  of  yellow,  membrane  only  infuscated. 

Marquesas  Islands.  Uapou :  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  3.020 
ft.,  Nov.  18,  1931,  collected  by  LeBronnec,  beating  on  Vacciuiuiii  sp. ;  holo- 
type male  in  Bishop  Museum. 

Paratypes  as  follows : 

Uapou:  Vaihakaatiki,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  3.020  ft.,  two  specimens  by 
beating  Vaccinium  sp.  and  six  specimens  by  beating  Cyrtaiidra  sp.,  Nov.  18, 
1931,  collected  by  LeBronnec.  Teoatea,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  2,000  ft.,  five 


Marqueson  Insects — /// 


189 


specimens,  Nov.  16,  1931  ;  alt.  1,950  ft.,  10  specimens,  Nov.  19,  1931,  and  one 
specimen,  Nov.  21,  1931  ;  all  collected  on  Mctrosideros  collina  by  LeBronnec. 
Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  3,020  ft.,  one  specimen,  Nov.  20,  1931, 
beating  on  Sclcrotheca  sp.,  by  LeBronnec.  Teavaituhai,  alt.  3,020  ft.,  three 
specimens,  Nov.  20,  1931,  beating  on  Cyrtandra  sp.,  by  LeBronnec.  Teavai- 
tuhai, alt.  3,000  ft.,  one  specimen,  Dec.  8,  1929,  on  SclerotJieca  sp.,  collected 
by  Adamson.  Tekohepu  Summit,  alt.  3,200  ft.,  seven  specimens,  Nov.  28, 
1931,  beating  on  Cyrtandra  sp.,  and  one  specimen  on  Mctrosideros  collina ;  alt. 
3,300  ft.,  one  specimen,  Nov.  27,  1931,  beating  on  Sclcrotheca  sp.,  collected 
by  LeBronnec. 

Hivaoa :  Kaava  Ridge,  alt.  2,800  ft.,  six  specimens,  Jan.  7,  1932,  beating 
on  Rcynoldsia  sp. ;  one  specimen,  Oct.  27,  1931,  beating  on  Ageratiiin  cony- 
zoides  by  LeBronnec.  Avaoa  Valle3%  alt.  1,350  ft.,  one  specimen,  Jan.  4,  1932, 
taken  at  light,  by  LeBronnec.  Feani  Ridge,  Tenatinaei,  alt.  3,970  ft.,  two 
specimens,  Jan.  13,  1932,  by  LeBronnec.  Matauuna,  alt.  3,800  ft.,  one  speci- 
men, March  3,  1930,  taken  on  Sclcrotheca  by  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Tahuata:  Amatea,  alt.  2,600  ft.,  one  specimen,  June  28,  1930,  collected  by 
LeBronnec  and  Tauraa. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CAMPYLOMMA  (HEMIPTERA:  MIRIDAE) 
FROM  THE  SOCIETY  ISLANDS* 


By 

Harry  H.  Knight 
Iowa  State  Cou.ege,  Ames,  Iowa 

In  a  previous  paper^,  I  described  eleven  new  species  of  Campyloninia 
from  the  Marquesas  Islands,  as  well  as  enumerating  some  of  the  characters 
used  for  separating  the  several  species  of  this  genus.  I  now  describe  a  new 
species  from  Tahiti  in  the  Society  Islands. 

Campylomma  tahitica,  new  species  (fig.  1). 

Distinguished  from  allied  species  by  the  uniformly  pale  color,  pale  pubescence,  and 
characteristic  spotting  of  the  hind  femora. 

Alale.  Length  2.4  mm.  Head :  width  0.69  mm.,  vertex  0.30  mm. ;  tylus  slightly 
prominent.  Rostrum  extending  upon  hind  coxae  (imbedded  in  glue).  Antennae:  seg- 
ment I,  length  0.16  mm.;  II,  0.65  mm.,  not  equal  to  width  of  head;  III,  0.47  mm.;  IV, 
0.26  mm. ;  yellowish,  last  two  segm.ents  fuscous.  Pronotum :  length  0.43  mm.,  width  at 
base  0.91  mm.  Dorsum  clothed  with  simple,  recumbent,  pale  yellowish  pubescence,  some- 
times a  few  fuscous  hairs  appearing  on  base  of  clavus. 

General  coloration  uniformly  pale  or  pale  yellowish,  cuneus  uniformly  pale  like  the 
corium,  membrane  pale  fuscous.  Legs  pale,  hind  femora  with  characteristic  spots  as 
shown  in  figure  1  ;  tibial  spines  prominent,  black,  sometimes  with  small  setigerous  dots. 

Female.  Length  2.7  mm.  Head :  width  0.73  mm.,  vertex  0.34  mm.  Antennae : 
segment  I,  length  0.17  mm.;  II,  0.69  mm.;  Ill,  0.47  mm.;  IV,  0.28  mm.  Very  similar  to 
the  male  in  pubescence  and  coloration. 


Figure  1. — Anterior  aspect  of  left  hind  femur  of  Caiiipyloiiiina  tahitica. 

Society  Islands.  Tahiti,  Papeete,  at  sea  level  Sept.  9,  1928,  taken  at  light 
by  A.  M.  Adamson;  holotype  male  in  Bishop  Museum. 
Paratypes  as  follows : 

Tahiti,  Fautaua  Valley,  alt.  1,500  ft.,  Sept.  11,  1928,  on  Hibiscus  tUiacciis, 
six  s])ccimens;  1  mile  from  sea,  Sept.  9,  1928,  one  specimen;  Sept.  11,  1928, 
four  specimens;  all  collected  by  A.  M.  Adamson.  Papenoo  Valley,  alt.  150  m., 
10  km.  from  sea,  Oct.  25,  1928,  on  Hibiscus  tiliaccus,  two  specimens;  Hitiaa, 
alt.  1,000  ft.,  4  miles  from  sea,  Nov.  20,  1928,  on  M ctrosidcros  sp..  one  s])eci- 
men;  all  collected  by  A.  M.  Adamson;  Paca,  Aug.  29,  1928,  on  Hibiscus 
tiliaceus,  one  specimen  collected  by  A.  M.  Adamson. 

*  Pacific  Entomological   Survey  Pii])licalion  8,  article  20.     Issued  October   15,  19.38. 
^  B.  P.  Bishop  IMuseuni,  Hull.   142,  article  ly. 

[191] 


NEW  FIGITIDAE  FROM  THE  MARQUESAS  ISLANDS^ 

By 

ALFRED  C.  KINSEY 

Indiana  University^' 

The  collections  made  by  the  Pacific  Entomological  Survey  inckide  perhaps 
nine  species  of  cynipoids  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  and  two  from  Tahiti. 
All  are  parasitic  forms  belonging  to  the  family  Figitidae. 

Any  systematic  data  from  oceanic  islands  as  remote  as  the  Marquesas 
should  be  of  considerable  importance  in  evolutionary  analyses ;  but,  unfortu- 
nately, only  one  of  the  eleven  species  which  the  Survey  has  forwarded  for 
my  study  is  represented  by  a  series  large  enough  to  allow  me  to  distinguish 
individual  from  group  variation.  Without  such  series  there  is  no  sound  basis 
for  recognizing  the  slight  differences  which  ordinarily  separate  insular  species. 
Having  to  depend  on  such  small  series  (in  half  the  present  instances  on  single 
specimens  of  each  species)  one  may  be  misled  into  believing  the  material  from 
each  island  distinct  because  of  characters  which  larger  series  might  show  up 
as  individual  variation  on  a  single  island.  Or,  if  one  ventures  to  recognize 
identity  in  scant  collections  from  tw^o  different  islands,  it  is  at  the  risk  of 
overlooking  minute  variations  or  differences  in  averages  which  are  often  the 
most  significant  diff'erences  between  island  races. 

With  these  things  in  mind,  it  seems  necessary  to  conclude  that  the  cynipoid 
material  now  available  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  can  add  little  to  our 
knowledge  of  insular  species,  although  it  may  serve  as  a  preliminary  check 
against  wdiich  additional  collections  from  these  and  other  parts  of  Oceania 
may  be  compared. 

Perhaps  800  "species"  of  parasitic  cynipoids  are  ''described"  in  the  litera- 
ture ;  but  in  all  the  collections  of  the  world  there  are  probably  not  more  than 
five  or  ten  thousand  specimens  of  this  group.  If  all  this  material  wxre  brought 
together  at  one  place,  it  would  provide  no  sound  understanding  of  such  a 
long  list  of  forms.  On  the  other  hand,  many  of  the  species  of  gall-making 
Cynipidae  are  represented  by  thousands  of  individuals,  one  species  by  over 
100,000  individuals  in  my  collection.  It  is  from  such  series  that  data  of 
evolutionary  significance  are  to  he  derived.  However,  most  of  the  species  of 
parasitic  cynipoids  are  known  from  single  specimens  or  from  perhaps  half  a 
dozen  specimens  per  species,  scattered  in  museums  and  private  collections  all 
over  the  world.   From  a  number  of  these  collections  material  has  1)een  sent 

1  Pacific   E^ntomological   Survey   Pul)lication,  article   21.     Issued  Octol)er   20,  1938. 
-  Contriliutiou  from  the  Department  of  Zoology,  Indiana  University,  no.  273  (Entomological  Series 
no.  2.^). 

[  1 


194 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  I\Iitscu]ii — Bulletin  142 


nu\  (lurini^-  the  last  twenty  years,  for  determination  and  description.  I  have 
iisiia!l\'  pronounced  such  material  inadequate  for  study  and  returned  the  col- 
lections to  the  far-sj^read  museums.  In  no  single  place  is  it  possible  to  find 
a  collection  of  parasitic  cynipoids  large  enough  to  warrant  serious  taxonomic 
treatment.  If  collectors  who  find  these  insects  would  forward  them  to  me 
or  to  some  other  specialist  for  study  at  such  future  time  as  the  accumulated 
material  might  warrant,  or  if  collectors  would  forward  their  material  to 
such  central  depositories  as  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  or  for  Oceania  to 
the  Bishop  Museum  in  Honolulu,  enough  material  might  be  gathered  to  allow 
us  to  straighten  out  the  chaos  into  which  the  book  descriptions  have  already 
thrown  our  knowledge  of  this  group. 

Under  the  circumstances  I  describe  here  only  the  one  species  of  ]\Iar- 
Cjuesan  cynipoids  which  is  represented  by  a  fair  series  of  specimens,  and  three 
other  species  which  are  so  closely  related  to  the  first  that  they  may  be  evaluated 
to  some  extent  by  comparison  with  the  first.  There  remain  eight  specimens, 
representing  possibly  seven  species,  all  in  the  tribe  Eucoilinae  if  not  in  the 
genus  Biicoila  itself,  which  I  refrain  from  describing  until  more  material  is 
available.  Types  of  the  new  species  and  the  undescribed  material  will  be 
deposited  in  the  Bishop  Museum  wdiere  it  may  prove  significant  when  addi- 
tional material  is  collected  from  Oceania. 

The  species  described  below  belong  to  a  single  group  which  is  possibly  a 
single  complex  of  closely  related  species.  Two  of  the  species  are  from  the 
island  of  Uapou  and  two  from  Hivaoa,  but  the  apparent  occurrence  of  the 
first  species  on  both  islands,  and  the  occurrence  of  more  than  one  species  on 
each  island  suggests  that  these  are  not  island  races.  As  parasitic  insects  they 
may  prove  to  be  isolates  occurring  on  distinct  hosts. 

The  generic  relations  of  the  complex  are  not  precisely  determinable.  Three 
of  the  species  run  to  Aglaotoina  in  the  Dalla  Torre  and  Kieft'er  key  (Das 
Tierreich,  1910),  but  the  new  complex  is  distinct  in  several  respects  from 
the  descriptions  of  the  species  assigned  to  Aglaotoina.  One  of  the  species  of 
the  complex,  because  of  the  terminal  segments  of  the  antennae,  runs  to  some 
undetermined  subgenus  of  the  genus  Bncoila  (fig.  1,  c,d).  Until  material  is 
available  for  a  sound  evolutionary  redefinition  of  these  groups,  it  would  merely 
add  to  the  confusion  to  describe  a  new  genus  here.  The  new  species  are, 
therefore,  put  into  the  already  over-flowing  genus  Bucoila,  without  an\- 
opinion  as  to  their  relationship  with  the  type  of  that  genus. 

Holotypes  are  stored  in  Bishop  Museum,  ])aratypes  in  the  Kinsey  collec- 
tion. Some  paratypes  of  Bucoila  (iiuirqucsiaua)  luarqucsiaiun  are  also  in 
Bishop  Museum. 


Marqii csa n  I n s c c ts — /// 


195 


EUCOILA 

Marquksiana  Complex 

The  characters  common  to  all  four  of  the  species  descrihed  below  are  as 
follows : 

Female.  Body  almost  entirely  black,  smooth,  and  shining.  Head  almost  entirely 
black,  naked,  smooth,  and  shining,  rufo-piceous  to  black  on  mouth  parts  ;  fully  as  wide 
as  thorax,  with  eyes  rather  large,  slightly  protuberant,  making  front  profile  somewhat 
triangulate  ;  with  a  very  fine  but  distinct  malar  furrow.  Antennae  of  moderate  length, 
slender,  with  13  segments;  light  yellow  to  dark  brown;  finely  pubescent  especially  on 
terminal  segments ;  first  segment  short,  vase-shaped,  second  nearly  globular,  third  dis- 
tinctly long  and  slender,  but  fourth  longer  than  third,  the  remaining  segments  increasingly 
shorter  to  the  last  which  is  shortest,  with  only  a  suggestion  of  a  club  in  the  terminal 
segments. 

Thorax  rather  narrow,  slender,  considerably  elongate  back  of  scutellum,  well  rounded 
on  dorsal  surface;  entirely  black,  entirely  smooth,  naked,  and  shining  except  on  scutellum; 
dorsally  without  lines  or  grooves ;  scutellum  definitely  marked  off  from  rest  of  mesonotum 
by  its  lower  level,  but  without  a  scutellar  ridge  to  separate  the  two  parts,  anteriorly  with 
two  large,  rounded,  shallow  but  well  defined,  finely  separated  foveae  which  are  smooth 
at  bottom,  the  median  line  which  separates  the  two  foveae  connected  posteriorly  with 
a  well-raised  area  which  has  an  elongate  oval  center,  the  depressed  area  in  the  oval  and 
the  steeply  sloping  sides  of  the  oval  being  roughened,  with  stray  hairs  about  the  margin 
of  the  scutellum ;  pronotum  very  narrow  dorsally,  but  very  broadly  triangulate  laterally, 
entirely  smooth  and  naked ;  propleuron  very  narrow,  almost  linear ;  mesopleuron  almost 
as  broad  as  high,  with  a  fine,  deep  groove,  about  as  deep  as  grooves  between  other 
thoracic  segments,  extending  across  the  mesopleuron  parallel  to  and  rather  near  the 
lower  margin,  with  a  few  faint  aciculations  paralleling  the  anterior  end  of  this  groove ; 
metapleuron  similarly  divided  by  a  horizontal  groove  which  is,  however,  nearer  the 
middle  of  the  segment. 

Abdomen  no  larger  than  thorax,  somewhat  triangulate,  only  short  petiolate,  rather 
compressed  laterally,  with  second  segment  covering  nearly  the  whole  area,  exposing  only 
tips  of  posterior  segments  and  nothing  of  ventral  segments  ;  entirely  black,  smooth,  shining, 
and  naked  except  for  a  narrow  ring  of  short,  matted  hairs  on  very  anterior  margin ; 
hypopygium  usually  not  visible,  with  a  very  short,  hardly  noticeable,  blunt  spine  which 
bears  a  few  stray  hairs. 

Legs  long  and  slender,  finely  punctate  and  finely  hairy ;  with  two  short,  incon- 
spicuous spines  at  terminal  end  of  tibiae ;  tarsal  claws  fine,  very  weak,  simple. 

Wings  a  little  longer  than  body,  the  wing-body  ratio  from  1.08  to  1.12,  averaging 
nearer  1.10;  well  rounded  at  tip;  only  slightly  tinged  yellowish;  finely  hairy,  rather 
long  ciliate  on  margin,  especially  on  outer  hind  margin ;  veins  fine,  light  honey  brown, 
subcosta,  basalis,  and  veins  bounding  radial  cell  most  evident ;  terminal  portion  of  cubitus 
faint  to  obsolete,  cubitus  from  areolet  to  basalis  practically  obsolete  but  with  suggestion 
enough  of  its  position  to  indicate  its  origin  at  ventral  tip  of  basalis ;  discoideus  similarly 
gone ;  subcosta  depressed  at  its  union  with  basalis,  without  any  break  between  there  and 
point  of  union  with  radius  ;  terminal  portion  of  subcosta  long,  straight ;  first  abscissa  of 
radius  nearly  straight  but  with  downward  curve  near  areolet ;  second  abscissa  of  radius 
long  but  curved  upward  so  radial  cell  is  distinctly  short,  broad,  and  rather  triangulate ; 
radial  cell  closed ;  marginal  vein  sometimes  extending  a  bit  on  either  side  of  radial  cell, 
areolet  closed ;  hind  wing  with  subcostal  vein  only. 

Very  small  insects,  1.3  to  2.2  mm.  long. 

Male.  Hardly  different  from  female  except  in  having  antennae  longer  and  more 
slender,  with  15  segments;  abdomen  slightly  smaller;  wing  slightly  longer,  with  wing- 
body  ratio  nearer  1.15.  The  third  and  fourth  segments  of  antennae  are  as  in  the  female, 
and  the  abdomen  is  not  more  petiolate  and  hardly  more  i)ointcd  posteriori}-,  although  the 
hypopygium  is  not  so  well  developed. 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  Aluscum — Bulletin  142 


Eucoila  (marquesiana)  marquesiana,  new  species  (fig.  i,  a-h,  d-e). 

Vcuiolc  and  luaJc.  Antennae  light  golden  rufous,  dark  brown  on  first  segments 
browner  on  terminal  third  to  half,  with  last  3  to  7  segments  (the  number  varying  even 
in  the  two  antennae  of  one  individual)  more  moniliform  and  distinctly  shorter;  legs 
large!}-  rich  rufous,  dark  piceous  on  coxae  and  rarely  on  centers  of  femora;  whole  insect 
1.5  to  2.2  mm.,  averaging  near  2.0  mm.  long 


Figure  1. — New  Bucoila  species  from  the  Marquesas:  a,  B.  inarqiicsiaim.  female;  b, 
B.  marquesiana,  detail  of  mesonotum  showing  sculptured  scutellum  typical  of  generic 
group  (X15);  c,  B.  ncgatrix,  antenna,  male;  d,  B.  marquesiana,  antenna,  male;  e,  B. 
marquesiana,  antenna,  female ;  c-c  show  differences  in  terminal  segments  of  antennae 
used  as  a  basis  for  distinguishing  "genera"  in  current  classifications  of  Bucoila :  the 
species  shown  clearly  belong  to  one  complex  of  closely  related  species. 

Uapou :  holotype  female,  Tekohepu  Summit,  alt.  3,000  ft.,  beaten  from 
W einmannia  sp.,  Nov.  30,  1931  ;  2  female  and  4  male  paratypes  from  same 
locality,  beaten  from  M ctrosidcros  colliiia,  JJ\'i)niiainna  sp.  and  Cyrtandra 
sp.,  Nov,  28,  30,  1931  ;  3  female  paratypes  from  Teavanui.  alt.  2,900  ft., 
on  Bidens  lantanoides  and  Angiopteris  sp.,  Nov.  27,  28,  30,  1931 ;  1  female 
and  3  male  paratypes,  Paaumea  Valley,  Teavanui,  alt.  2,900  ft.,  beaten  from 
Bidens  lantanoides  and  Freycinctia-  sp.,  Nov.  27,  1931  ;  2  female  and  1  male 
paratypes,  Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  3,020  ft.,  beaten  from  Prey- 
cinetia  sp.,  Nov.  20,  1931  ;  3  male  paratypes,  Teavaituhai,  Paaumea  side,  alt. 
3,020  ft.,  beaten  from  Vacciniiim  and  Cyrtandra  spp.,  Nov.  19,  20,  1931.  All 
collected  by  Le  Bronnec. 


M arqitcsaii  Insects — /// 


197 


Hivaoa :  i  female  specimen,  Mataiuma,  alt.  3,760  ft.,  on  W einmannia  sp., 
July  24,  1929,  Mumford  and  Adamson;  1  female  specimen,  Kaava  Ridge, 
alt.  2,800  ft.,  beaten  from  IVeiiniiaiiiiia  sp.,  Jan.  7,  1932,  Le  Bronnec. 

The  two  females  from  Hivaoa  appear  identical  with  the  type  insects  from 
Uapou,  but  the  series  is  too  small  to  make  the  identity  of  the  material  from 
the  two  islands  quite  certain. 

Eucoila  (marquesiana)  mellosa,  new  species. 

Female  and  tuale.  Antennae  light  yellow-brown,  light  yellow  basally,  Hght  golden 
yellow  on  basal  segments,  terminal  segments  still  rather  elongate,  not  moniliform ;  legs 
entirely  light  rufo-yellow ;  whole  insect  very  small,  about  1.3  mm.  long. 

Uapou:  holotype  female,  Teavaituhai,  Hakahetau  Valley,  alt.  3,020  ft., 
beaten  from  Prcycinetia  sp.,  Nov.  19,  1931  ;  paratype  male,  Tekohepu  Summit, 
alt.  3,200  ft.,  beaten  from  Preycinetia  sp.,  Nov.  28,  1931  ;  both  collected  by 
LeBronnec. 

Eucoila  (marquesiana)  negatrix,  new  species  (fig.  1,  c). 

Male.  Antennae  distinctly  brown  on  all  but  first  three  segments,  these  basal  seg- 
ments rufo-yellow,  the  terminal  segments  more  slender,  cylindrical,  not  moniliform ;  legs 
entirely  light  golden  yellow  to  light  rufo-A^ellow,  even  on  coxae;  whole  insect  1.7  to  1.9 
mm.  long. 

Hivaoa:  holotype  male  and  1  male  paratype,  Kopaafaa,  alt.  2,770  ft., 
miscellaneous  sweeping,  Aug.  2,  1929,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

In  the  collections  now  on  hand,  there  is  one  male  from  the  island  of  Uapou 
(Tekohepu  Summit)  which  is  very  close  to  the  present  species  from  Hivaoa, 
but  the  legs  are  somewhat  more  rufo-yellow,  the  antennae  a  bit  heavier,  and 
the  whole  insect  a  bit  larger.  This  may  represent  an  island  isolate  of  B.  nega- 
trix, but  the  material  is  too  scant  to  warrant  naming. 

Eucoila  (marquesiana)  orta,  new  species. 

Female.  Antennae  almost  entirely  rich,  dark  brown,  touched  more  rufous  only  on 
basal  segments;  legs  entirely  amber  rufous,  even  on  coxae;  whole  insect  small,  about  1.3 
mm.  long. 

Hivaoa:  holotype  female,  Teava  Uhia  i  te  Kahu,  alt.  2,100  ft.,  beaten 
from  Hibiscus  tiliacens,  Feb.  15,  1930;  1  female  paratype,  Mt.  Temetiu,  north- 
east slr)])e,  alt.  2,500  ft.,  miscellaneous  beating,  July  24,  1929;  both  collected 
by  Alum  ford  and  Adamson. 

In  addition  to  the  two  females  from  HiA'aoa,  there  is  a  single  female  from 
Fatuhiva  which  is  very  similar,  but  it  has  the  base  of  the  antennae  more  amber 
rufous.  More  adequate  material  might  show  it  to  be  an  island  isolate  of 
B.  orta. 


UNA  NUOVA  SPECIE  DI  BLASTOPHAGA  DELLE  ISOLE 

MARQUESAS^  - 

per 

GuiDO  Grandi 

DiRETTORE  DEEE'IsTITUTO  DI  EnTOMOEOGIA  DEELA  R.  UnIVERSITA  DI  BOEOGNA 

Ho  ricevuto  dal  Signor  E.  P.  Mumford  6  Agaonidi  raccolti  nelle  Isole 
Marquesas.  II  materiale,  conservato  a  secco,  comprende  solo  feminine  e  si 
trova  in  condizioni  poco  buone  e  poco  adatte  ad  uno  studio  moderno  e 
preciso.  Mi  e  stato  tuttavia  possibile  di  individuare  in  esso  una  nuova  specie 
di  Blastophaga  che  qua  sotto  viene  descritta  ed  illustrata. 


Figura  I. — Blastophaga  mmnjordi,  n.  sp. :  i,  antenna  di  un  individuo  di  Uahiika ; 
2,  i  primi  cinque  articoli  della  stessa  veduti  dalla  f  accia  opposta ;  3,  articoli  3-7  dell'an- 
tenna  di  un  esemplare  raccolto  a  Hivaoa ;  4,  I'ultimo  articolo  della  stessa. 


Blastophaga  (Valentinella)  Mumfordi,  n.  sp. 

Femmina.  Colore  fondamentale  unibrino  castagno,  con  la  porzione  anteriore  del  capo, 
i  primi  3  articoli  delle  antenne,  le  mandibole  con  le  loro  appendici,  le  regioni  pleuro- 
sternali  del  torace  e  le  zampe  isabellini  slavati  di  melleo  (esemplari  conservati  a  secco  e 
semiimmersi  nella  gomma). 

Capo.  Cranio  (fig.  II,  1)  distintamente  pin  largo  (occhi  compresi)  che  lungo.  li 
maggior  diametro  delle  orbite  e  evidentemente  piu  lungo  delle  rispettive  guance.  Tri- 
cotassi  e  chetotassi  come  nella  figura  citata. — Antenne  (fig.  I,  1-4)  di  11  articoli  liberi. 
Lo  scapo  e  piu  lungo  che  largo  e  sporge,  piu  indietro  della  meta  della  sua  lunghezza,  in 
una  prominenza  odontoide  assai  vistosa.  Esso  e  fornito  di  numerosi  peli  brevi,  e,  prossi- 
mamente  dopo  la  strozzatura,  si  allarga  in  una  porzione  di  notevole  ampiezza.  II  2° 
articolo,  un  po'  piu  lungo  di  due  volte  la  sua  larghezza.  c  poco  sporgente  sullo  scapo. 
Setole  come  nella  figura.  II  3°  articolo  e  distintamente,  ma  parzialmente,  diviso  in  due 
parti,  delle  quali  quella  bratteiforme  sorpassa  I'estremita  distale  del  4°  articolo,  che  e 
circa  tanto  lungo  quanto  largo.    II  5"  articolo  non  c  molto  piu  voluminoso  del  preccdente 

1  Pacific  Kntomological  Survey  Publication  8.  article  22.    Issued  November  10.  1938. 
"  41°  Contril)uto  alia  conoscenza  degli  Tnsetti  del  Fichi. 


1  199  ] 


200 


Bcriiicc  P.  Bishop  Museuin — Bulletin  142 


e  risnlt;i  lornito  cH  una  scric  di  sensilli  celoconici  modestamente  sporgenti  oltre  il  suo 
margino  distalc.  So  nc  vedono,  piu  o  meno  completamente,  4  per  ogni  faccia.  II  6° 
articolo  assonii.ulia  al  precedente,  ma  e  iin  po'  piu  stretto.  II  7°  si  avvicina  talora  al  6'' 
e  talora  al  5^  Gli  articoli  8°,  9°  e  10°  sono  simili  fra  loro,  piu  larghi  che  lunghi,  e 
ft  unit  i  di  una  serie  (4-5  per  faccia)  di  sensilli  celoconici  sensibilmente  prominenti  oltre 
il  marline  distale  di  ciascun  articolo'.  L'ii°  e  grande,  a  forma  di  pina,  lungo  circa 
come  i  tre  precedenti,  non  peduncolato,  coi  sensilli  che  si  vedono  nella  figura.  Chetotassi 
come  nelle  figure. — Mandibole  (fig.  II,  2  e  3)  fornite  di  numerose  e  lunghe  setole  dis- 
tribuite  come  lo  mostra  la  figura,  e  col  dente  apicale  di  notevoli  dimensioni.  II  processo 
prossimale  e  un  po'  piu  lungo  della  mandibola  e  presenta  8-10  laminette  rilevate  tras- 
verse.  — MasceUc  come  nella  fig.  II,  4,  e  con  2  setole  subdistali.  Labbro  inferiore  con  2 
setole  distali. 

Toracc.  Pronoto  fornito  di  numerosi  peli  distribuiti  particolarmente  nelle  zone  laterali. 
— Mcsonoto  provvisto  dei  seguenti  peli  lunghetti  (negli  esamplari  esaminati,  naturalmente)  : 
2  (1  per  parte)  laterali  e  subposteriori  nello  scuto;  8-9  in  ogni  scapola ;  7-9  in  ogni 
ascella ;  7-8  nello  scutello.  Vi  sono  inoltre  5  microchete  spiniformi  presso  il  margine 
interne  di  ciascun  processo  alare  anteriore.  La  regione  sterno — pleiiralc  mcsotoracica 
mostra  quattro  gruppi  di  setoline :  2  submediali  di  5-6  elementi  ciascuno  e  2  sublaterali  e 
subanteriori  di  10  elementi  circa  ciascuno;  le  due  espansioni  laterali  del  prepetto  hanno 
2-3  brevi  peli  ciascuna ;  I'espansione  di  ogni  mesopleura,  adiacente  all'epimero  e  connessa 
intimamente  con  I'area  che  dififerenzia  il  processo  alare  mesopleurale,  presenta  4  peli 
brevissimi  in  una  serie  marginale. — Metanoto  con  2  serie  (1  per  lato)  anteriori  e  laterali 
di  4-5  minuti  peli  ciascuna,  e  con  3-4  peluzzi  in  ogni  processo  alare. 


Figure  II. — Blastophaga  mumfordi,  n.  sp :  1,  cranio  veduto  di  faccia  (es.  di  Hivaoa)  ; 
2,  mandibola  senza  processo  prossimale  veduta  dal  dorso  (es.  di  Hivaoa)  ;  3,  processo 
prossimale  della  stessa  mandibola;  4,  una  mascella  veduta  di  lato  (es.  di  Nukuhiva)  ; 
5,  porzione  di  un'ala  anteriore  (es.  di  Uahuka)  ;  6,  porzione  della  regione  marginale 
posteriore  della  stessa  ala ;  7,  porzione  di  un'ala  posteriore  per  mostrare  gli  hamuli  (es. 
di  Nukuhiva)  ;  8,  porzione  del  femore,  tibia,  tarso  e  pretarso  di  una  zampa  anteriore 
(es.  di  Uahuka)  ;  9,  tibia  di  una  zampa  posteriore  veduta  dalla  faccia  esterna  (es.  di 
Uahuka) . 


M arqiicsan  Insects — /// 


201 


Ali  aiiteriori  (fig.  II,  5-6).  La  venatura  marginale  e  circa  tanto  lunga  quanto  la 
stigmatica,  che  e  quasi  normale  al  margine  costale  deU'ala  e  fortemente  espansa  alia  sua 
estremita  distale,  ove  possiede  3  sensilli.  Delia  v.  postmarginale  e  accennato  solo  un 
breve  tratto.  Peli  della  cuticola  alare  fitti  e  di  seiisibile  lunghezza ;  quelli  della  f  rangia 
come  nella  figura.  —  Ali  posteriori  (fig.  II,  7).  Setole  ed  "hamuli"  come  nella  figura. 

Zaiiipe.  Quelle  anteriori  (fig.  II,  8)  e  quelle  posteriori  (fig.  II,  9)  hanno  le  carat- 
teristiche  rappresentate  nelle  figure. 

Addome.  L,a  porzione  sporgente  della  terebra  e  un  po'  piu  lunga  del  gastro. 

Cinque  esemplari  femmine  conservati  a  secco,  delle  Isole  Marquesas 
(Oceano  Pacifico)  :  3  esemplari  raccolti  da  LeBronnec  &  H.  Tauraa  ad 
Qahuka,  Penau  Ridge,  2,010  ft.,  il  2  marzo  1931  ;  1  esemplare  raccolto  da 
Mumford  &  Adamson  a  Nukuhiva,  Tunoa  Ridge,  3,485  ft.,  il  22  ottobre  1929; 
1  esemplare  raccolto  pure  da  Mumford  &  Adamson  ad  Hivaoa,  Matauuna, 
3,760  ft.,  il  24  luglio  1929. 

Un  sesto  esemplare,  pervenutomi  senza  testa  e  con  grande  approssimazione 
riferibile  alia  medesima  specie,  e  stato  catturato  nella  stessa  localita  citata 
per  i  primi  tre  (Uahuka,  Penau  Ridge). 

Nelle  Isole  Marquesas  vegeta  un  Ficiis  endemico,  il  Piciis  uiarqitcscnsis 
F.  Brown.  Molto  probabilmente  la  B.  mumfordi  si  evolve  nei  suoi  ricettacoli. 

Sono  stato  un  po'  incerto  se  inscrivere  la  specie  ora  descritta  nel  sotto- 
genere  ValcntincUa,  ma  ho  finito  col  decidermi  in  senso  affermativo,  riser- 
vandomi  di  ritornare  sulla  questione  allorche  sara  possibile  studiare  altri  indi- 
vidui  in  migliori  condizioni  e  il  sesso  maschile.  Ouesta  BlastopJiaga  e,  ad 
ogni  modo,  bene  distinta  da  tutte  le  altre  conosciute. 

I  2  esemplari  raccolti  a  Nukuhiva  e  a  Hivaoa  hanno  7  peli  alle  ascelle 
anziche  9  come  quello  esaminato  di  Uahuka.  L'esemplare  raccolto  a  Hivaoa 
presenta  il  7°  articolo  delle  antenne  simile  al  6°  e  non  al  5°  come  si  verifica 
negli  esemplari  di  Uahuka  e  di  Nukuhiva.  Detti  reperti  fanno  supporre 
I'esistenza  di  varieta  insulari,  delle  quali  si  potra  trattare  solamente  quando 
avremo  a  disposizione  materiale  piu  abbondante. 


TAHITIAN  AND  OTHER  RECORDS  OF  HAPLOCHERNES  FUNA- 
FITTENSIS  (WITH)i-  (ARACHNIDA:  CHELONETHIDA) 


By 

J.  C.  ChamberIvIN 

Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine,  U.  S.  Department 
oE  Agriculture,  Corvallis,  Oregon 

Since  my  statement  of  January  1934  [B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Occ.  Pap.  10 
(22),  1934]  that  no  false  scorpions  had  been  recorded  from  the  Society 
Islands,  I  have  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  some  specimens  of  Haplo- 
chcnics  fiinafutensis  (With)  collected  in  Tahiti  by  A.  M.  Adamson.  This 
species,  hitherto  known  in  the  literature  from  a  single  female  collected  on 
the  island  of  Funafuti  in  the  Ellice  Islands,  has  also  been  taken  by  E.  H. 
Bryan,  Jr.,  in  Fiji. 

Haplochernes  funafutensis  (  With)  (fig.  1). 

Chelifer  funafutensis  V/ith,  Linn.  Soc.  London,  Jour.  Zool.  30:57,  1907- 
Haplochernes  fuuafiitcusis  (With)  Beier,  Das  Tierreich  58:113,  1932. 
Haplochernes  fuiiafitleiisis  (With)   Chamberlin,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
XI,  2  :  275,  1938. 

Diagnosis  (emended).  For  both  male  and  female  unless  otherwise  noted.  Carapace 
1.2-1.3  times  as  long  as  broad;  eye  spots  present  but  indistinct;  anterior  carapacal  furrow 
well  defined,  distad  of  median ;  posterior  furrow  typical  in  position,  less  prominent  than 
anterior  furrow.  Carapace,  tergites,  and  palps  smooth  and  almost  "polished"  except  for 
lateral  margins  of  carapace  and  anterior  face  of  femur,  which  are  weakly  and  sparsely 
granulate  (a  few  scattered  granules  may  occur  on  tibia  as  well).  Tergites  1  and  11  entire, 
2-4  generally  partially  divided  (in  some  specimens  2  and  3  entire),  5-10  with  an  obscure 
linear  impression  and  complete  (sometimes  partial)  scutal  division;  tergites  1-3  uniseriate 
bordered  by  8-10  setae,  tergites  4-10  biseriate  with  4  discal  and  10-14  marginal  setae. 
Sternites  4-10  with  partial  to  complete  linear  division;  median  sternites  biseriate  with  4 
discal  and  14-18  marginal  setae;  tergite  10  with  a  submedian  discal  pair  of  unusually 
slender  but  scarcely  pseudotactile  setae ;  tergite  1 1  with  a  shorter  median  and  longer 
lateral  pair  of  discal  pseudotactile  setae ;  sternite  10  with  a  median  and  lateral  semi- 
tactile  discal  seta  on  each  scutum;  sternite  11  with  a  median  pseudotactile  and  a  lateral 
pair  of  pseudotactile  setae.  Chelicerae  normal ;  setae  es,  sb,  and  b  terminally  denti- 
culate;  serrula  exterior  with  17-20  ligulate  teeth  (generally  18),  serrula  interior 
with  3  dentate  subapical  lobes ;  galea  variable  but  terminally  6-branched  and  equally 
developed  in  both  sexes  (fig.  1,  C-H)  ;  flagellum  with  anterior  blade  denticulate,  the 
others  nearly  acuminate,  at  most  with  1  or  2  denticulations.  Palps  moderately  attenuate 
(fig.  1,  /I)  ;  trochanter  with  a  moderately  developed  sub-dorsal  conical  protuberance, 
1.5-1.8  times  as  long  as  broad  and  only  a  little  shorter  than  breadth  of  chela;  femur 
1.5-1.6  times  as  long  as  trochanter,  slightly  but  distinctly  shorter  than  tibia  and  2.4-2.6 
times  as  long  as  broad;  tibia  2.25-2.34  times  as  long  as  broad;  chela  1.6-1.9  times  as  long 
as  tibia  and  2.9-3.2  times  as  long  as  broad ;  chela  slightly  but  distinctly  broader  than 

1  Pacific  Kntomolf),<,nc;il  Snr\cy  rulilicatidii  X,  ;ir!iclc  J3.     Issued  March  15,  igjg. 

2  For  the  privilege  of  -In.hiii,-  ihis  material  I  am  iinlclitcl  Id  \\.  P.  Mumford  of  the  Pacific  Entom- 
ological Survey,  and  to  ]',.   II.   r.r\an.   |r.,  Cairalnr  o\    liishop  iMuscuni. 


[203] 


204 


Bcruicc  P.  BisJiop  Muscuui — Bulletin  142 


deep;  hand  1.1-1.2  times  as  long  as  fingers,  which  are  much  shorter  than  femur;  chela 
as  ilhistrated  (fig.  i  B)  ;  fixed  finger  with  58-67  and  movable  finger  with  61-73  marginal 
teeth;  accessory  teeth  poorly  developed  interiorly,  with  only  a  single  terminal  accessory 
tooth  on  fixed  finger ;  exteriorly  each  finger  bearing  a  series  of  5-8  evenly  spaced  teeth 
(fig.  1.  B)  ;  pattern  of  chaetotaxy  as  illustrated;  two  accessory  pseudotactile  setae  on 
nunable  finger,  one  slightly  ventrocaudad  of  T,  the  other  submedian  between  T  and 
finger  tip;  ISB  and  IB  caudad  of  ESB  and  EB  ;  EST  nearly  opposite  1ST;  IT  slightly 
proximad  of  median  and  slightly  closer  to  EST  than  EST  is  to  ESB  ;  nodus  ramosus 
submedian  between  T  and  ST ;  duct  of  venom  apparatus  normal,  not  inflated.  Linear 
cluster  of  7-11  sense  spots  extending  interiorly  on  fixed  finger  from  between  setae  ISB 
and  IB  to  distad  of  seta  1ST.  One  or  two  sense  spots  sometimes  occurring  exteriorly 
on  fixed  finger  near  setae  ESB  and  EB  and  a  similar  pair  occurring  interiorly  on 
movable  finger  opposite  and  distad  of  setae  IB  and  ISB,  none  exteriorly  on  movable 
finger.  Tibia  of  leg  I  with  a  subterminal  sense  dome;  tarsus  of  leg  IV  with  a  sense 
dome  proximad  of  tarsal  pseudotactile  seta,  which  is  placed  0.29  to  0.33  of  tarsal  length 
from  its  base  (fig.  1,  /).  Tibia  of  leg  IV  with  a  weakly  differentiated,  denticulate,  sub- 
median  and  subterminal  pseudotactile  seta  (fig.  1,  /).  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of 
both  subsegments)  2.8-3.0  as  long  as  its  greatest  depth  and  1.36-1.44  times  as  long  as 
tibia;  tibia  1.07-1.19  times  as  long  as  tarsus  and  2.12-T).2,2,  times  as  long  as  deep;  tarsus 
3.84-4.12  times  as  long  as  deep.    Leg  IV :  femur  (greatest  length  of  both  subsegments) 


Figure  1. — Haplochernes  fnnafutciisis  (With)  :  A.  ventral  aspect  of  right  palp, 
female;  B,  extero-lateral  aspect  of  left  chela,  female;  C-H,  variations  in  galeal  develop- 
ment {C,H,F,H,  female;  D,G,  male)  ;  /,  genital  area,  female;  /,  lateral  aspect  of  tibia 
and  tarsus  IV,  male.  {A,B,nj,  JC-222.02001 ;  C,  JC-818.01001  ;  D,  JC-234.01001 ;  F, 
JC-223.01001 ;  //,  JC-222.01002;  G,  JC-8ii. 01001 ;  /,  JC-222.01001.) 


Marqii  csa  n  In  sec  ts — /// 


205 


1.39-1.46  times  as  long  as  tibia  and  2.7-2.9  times  as  long  as  deep;  tibia  1.28-1.43  times 
as  long  as  tarsus  and  3.2-3.5  times  as  long  as  deep  ;  tarsus  1.17-1.29  times  as  long  as  fore 
tarsus  and  3.7-4.0  times  as  long  as  deep.  Genital  area  of  male  typical  lamprochernetine 
type,  almost  as  in  Lamprochcnics  samoauus  Chamberlin.  Genital  area  of  female  typical, 
characterized  by  a  compact  median  cluster  of  14-16  microsetae  (fig.  1,  1). 

Mcasureincnts  (in  millimeters).  Below  are  listed  the  extremes  of  measurements  in 
the  smallest^  and  largest  specimens,  respectively,  of  3  males  and  4  females  : 

Males  (JC-81 1.01001  and  JC-222. 01001)  :  Total  length,  indet.  to  2.6.  Abdominal 
breadth,  o.90*-o.98.  Carapace,  0.72-0.84  long  and  0.59-0.64  broad  posteriorly.  Palps : 
trochanter,  0.385-0.410  X  0.243-0.259;  femur,  0.620-0.656  X  0.238-0.261;  tibia,  0.640-0.677- 
X  o.273*-o.294;  chela,  1.092-1.188X0.361-0.394  broad,  and  indet.  to  0.369  deep;  hand, 
0.640-0.672  long;  fingers  0.523-0.616  long.  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  combined 
subsegments),  0.422-0.445  X  o.i44*-o.i55  ;  tibia,  0.295-0.312  X  o.096*-o. 099 ;  tarus,  0.262- 
0.288  X  O.o67*-o.o7o.  Leg  IV:  femur  (greatest  length  of  combined  subsegments),  0.622*- 
0.653  X  o.22i*-o.236 ;  tibia,  0.424-0.453  X  o.i27*-o.  138  ;  tarsus.  0.312-0.351  X  o.o85*-o. 092. 

Females  ( JC-223.01001  and  222.02001)  :  Total  length,  2.90-3.25.  Abdominal  breadth, 
1.15-1.31,  Carapace,  0.82-0.95  long  by  0.66-0.77  broad  posteriorly.  Palps:  trochanter, 
0.394-0.459X0.310-0.295;  femur,  0.590-0.740X0.243-0.300;  tibia,  0.609-0.770X0.268- 
0.332;  chela,  1.150-1.340  X  0.362-0.465  broad  and  0.339-0.4-13  deep;  hand,  0.656-0.762  long; 
fingers,  0.538-0.670  long.  Leg  I:  femur  (as  in  male),  0.426-0.508X0.144-0.177;  tibia, 
0.312-0.370  X  0.099-0.114;  tarsus,  0.276-0.314  X  0.072-0.077.  Leg  IV:  femur  (as  in  male), 
0.630-0.779X0.228-0.276;  tibia,  0.445-0.539X0.132-0.166;  tarsus,  0.324-0.375X0.088- 
0.099. 

Society  Islands.  Tahiti :  Papeari,  altitude  900  feet,  November  9,  1928,  on 
pandanus,  male  (JC-81 1.01001 )  ;  Fautaua  Valley,  2  miles  from  sea,  Septem- 
ber 13,  1928,  on  Hibiscus  tiliacciis,  2  females  and  1  nymph  ( JC-818. 01001-3) , 
A.  M.  Adamson.  (Specimens  JC-222.01001,  JC-81 1.01001,  JC-818.01002  in 
Bishop  Museum;  others  in  author's  collection.) 

Fiji.  Viti  Levu:  Colo-i-Suva,  June  29,  1924,  male  and  female  (JC-222.- 
01001-2)  ;  June  21,  1924,  female  ( JC-222. 02001 ) .  Lau  :  Naitaumba,  Septem- 
ber 30,  1924,  male  ( JC-234.01001 )  ;  Yathata,  October  1,  1924,  female  (JC- 
223.01001).  All  collected  by  E.  H.  Bryan,  Jr. 

The  palpal  proportions  and  other  measurements  given  by  With  (Linn. 
Soc.  London,  Jour,  Zool.  30:  57,  1907)  for  the  type  specimen  fall  v^ell  within 
the  limits  of  variation  found  in  the  present  material. 


3  Measurements  indicated  by  the  asterisk  are  indeterminable  for  the  smallest  specimen  (JC-81 1.- 
oioox);  hence  corresponding  measurements  from  specimen  JC-234.01001  are  substituted. 


NEW  AND  LITTLE-KNOWN  FALSE  SCORPIONS  FROM  THE  MAR- 
QUESAS ISLANDS!  -  (ARACHNIDA:  CHELONETHIDA) 


By 

J.  C.  ChambkrIvIn 
Bureau  of  Extomology  axd  Plant  Quarantine,  U.  S.  Department 
OF  Agriculture,  Corvallis,  Oregon 


It  is  doubtful  whether  anything  hke  true  insular  endemism  occurs  in  most 
species  of  false  scorpions,  because  of  the  ease  with  which  they  are  distributed 
by  commerce,  both  primitive  and  modern,  and  by  such  natural  carriers  as 
birds,  strong-  flying  insects,  and  drift.  Although  the  records  are  too  few  to 
permit  a  conclusive  statement,  there  is  no  indication  that  any  of  the  species 
herein  described  are  truly  local  in  distribution.  Thus,  as  I  have  pointed  out 
elsewhere  [B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.  Bull.  142  (23):  1939],  Haplochernes  funa- 
fiitensis  (With),  which  had  been  known  from  a  single  female  collected  on 
Funafuti  Island  in  the  Ellice  group,  has  been  found  in  both  the  Society  and 
Fiji  islands.  Orateinniis  sauwanus  Beier,  originally  described  from  Samoa, 
is  here  recorded  from  the  ^Marquesas  Islands  and  from  shipments  originating 
in  Jamaica  and  St.  Kitts  of  the  West  Indies  and  intercepted  at  quarantine  in 
Boston  and  New  York. 

In  view  of  the  foregoing  facts  and  the  incompleteness  of  our  knowledge, 
it  is  evident  that  great  caution  should  be  exercised  in  drawing  conclusions 
as  to  the  original  distribution  of  any  chelonethid  species.  Likewise,  the  use 
of  these  data  for  the  support  or  nonsupport  of  any  hypothesis  as  to  the  origin 
and  distribution  of  a  given  fauna  should  be  carefully  considered. 

About  the  most  that  can  be  said,  at  present,  about  the  relationship  of 
the  false  scorpions  of  these  south  Pacific  archipelagos  is  that  they  belong  to 
a  group  of  genera  derived  from  Asiatic,  Neotropical,  and  holarctic  faunas. 
In  addition,  certain  nearly  tropicopolitan  genera  are  represented. 

All  species  treated  here  are  considered  in  serial  taxonomic  order.  These 
records  may  be  considered  as  a  supplement  to  my  ''Check  list  of  the  false 
scorpions  of  Oceania"  [B.  P.  Bishop  AIus.  Occ.  P^ap.  10  (22)  :  1-14,  1934]. 

^  P.ncific  Kiitoniolosical  Survej'  Puhlicition  8,  article  24.     Tssned  ]\Iarch  20,  1939. 

2  Mv  acknow  Icvl'^MK'iil s  arc  due  to  V,.  1'.  AIi"!,rnril.  ilir  T  n  itic  Kiitomological  Survey,  and  to 
H.  E.  ^I.H-n^un  .hkI  (.'.  I-.  W.  M.uM-lurk.  ,,t  ili,  i:.,r,,,ii  ^.1  V.ui.  .uu  .1  .ind  Plant  Quarantine  of  the 
U.S.  Dciiarlnicnt  ot  Agriculture,  tur  the  ]'ri\iii;;r  ni  ^ui'Inih-  ilic  111,^-1  rial  upon  which  this  report  is 
based. 


[207] 


208 


Bcrnicc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


Subordl:r  DIPLOSPHYRONIDA  Chambi:ri.in 
Supi:ri^amii.y  GARYPOIDEA  ChambERUN 
Famiey  GARYPIDAE  Hansen 
SuBEAMiEY  GEOGARYPINAE  ChambERLIN 
Geogarypus  (Geogarypus)  marquesianus,  sp.  nov.  (fig-,  i). 

jMedinm-sized  species  for  the  genus,  the  ackilt  female  measuring  2.0-2.2  mm.  long. 
Carapace  shorter  than  posterior  breadth  (0.8-0.9  as  long  as  broad)  and  4.0  times  as  long 
as  the  well  developed  cucullus,  which  is  typical  in  appearance  and  with  a  distinct  longi- 
tudinal furrow ;  medianly  on  each  lateral  half  of  the  cucullus  a  single  seta  which  is  much 
longer  and  stouter  than  the  other  vestitural  setae.  Eyes  typically  developed,  nearly  con- 
tiguous. Carapace  and  palps  unicolorous  throughout  and  evenly  granular,  the  granules 
uniform  in  size  and  moderately  large.  Tergites  squamotessellate,  the  median  tergites  with 
14-16  marginal  setae  and  about  6  large  discal  lyrifissures  as  well  as  other  smaller  ones. 
Vestitural  setae  of  palps,  carapace,  and  abdomen  minute,  acuminate,  and  apparently  com- 
pletely nondenticulate  (fig.  1,  F).  No  abdominal  or  pedal  pseudotactile  setae.  Abdomen 
scarcely  longer  than  broad;  broadly  ovate  (0.98-1.15  times  as  long  as  broad).  Tergites 
4-10  each  with  a  pair  of  darker,  more  sclerotic  areas  on  each  scutum  (4  per  tergite)  ; 
tergites  1-2  with  a  darker  patch  on  each  side  and  a  larger  median  one :  tergite  3  with 
only  the  small,  lateral,  darker  patches.  Chelicerae  of  usual  structure;  galea  of  female  a 
simple  unbranched  stylet  (fig.  1,  C)  ;  serrula  exterior  with  18  teeth.  Palps  of  usual 
form  and  moderately  slender  (fig.  1,  A)  ;  trochanter  with  a  rather  narrow  but  strongly 
marked  subventral  process  (fig.  1,  B)  ;  trochanter  1.60-1.65  times  as  long  as  broad; 
femur  4.2-4.5  times  as  long  as  broad,  2.3-2.5  times  as  long  as  trochanter,  and  1.37-1.45 
times  as  long  as  the  tibia,  which  is  2.96-3.01  times  as  long  as  broad ;  chela  3-9-4.0  times 


FiGURK  1. — Geogarypus  (Geogarypus)  luarquesiatuis,  sp.  nov.:  A,  ventral  aspect  of 
right  palp,  female ;  B,  ventral  aspect  of  palpal  trochanter ;  C,  tip  of  fixed  finger  of  cheli- 
cera  showing  galea,  female ;  D,  median  portion  of  fixed  finger  of  chela  showing  marginal 
and  accessory  teeth,  sense  spots,  etc.,  female;  B,  extero-lateral  aspect  of  left  chela,  female; 
F,  vestitural  seta  and  granulations  from  trochanter  of  palp,  female ;  G,  tip  of  movable 
finger  of  chela  showing  venedens  and  lamina  defensor.  (A-C,  F,  JC-820.01001 ;  D,  JC- 
816.01001;  B,  JC-813. 01001.) 


Marqiicsan  Insects — /// 


209 


as  long:  as  broad  and  4..^o-4.4.S  times  as  \on^  as  deep;  hand  1.1  times  as  broad  as  deep; 
contour  of  chela  evenly  rounded  dorsally  and  laterally,  without  a  markedly  angular  de- 
pression at  finger  base;  fingers  1.14-1.22  times  as  long  as  hand  and  its  pedicel  (hand 
without  pedicel  0.76-0.82  as  long  as  fingers).  Chaetotaxy  and  dentition  of  chela  as 
illustrated  (fig.  1,  D-B).  Well  developed  but  basally  obsolescent  teeth  occurring  on 
both  fingers,  those  of  the  movable  finger  nearly  contiguous  (fig.  1,  -G)  and  numbering 
between  37  and  43;  teeth  of  fixed  finger  distinctly  spaced  medianly  by  about  their  own 
width  (fig.  1,  D-B)  ;  marginal  series  numbering  31-35  and  with  a  closely  parallel  series 
of  12-13  "accessory"  teeth  (fig.  1,  I))  ;  no  accessory  teeth  on  movable  finger;  venom  duct 
elongate,  extending  nearly  to  seta  ST  and  ISB  on  movable  and  fixed  fingers  respectively; 
nodus  ramosus  proximad  of  median  (fig.  1,  B) .  With  or  without  a  single  basal  sense 
spot  at  base  of  movable  finger;  fixed  finger  with  a  series  of  about  4-6  sense  spots  exter- 
iorly and  3  or  4  interiorly,  these  occurring  about  medianly  on  finger  and  lying  between 
setae  IB  and  1ST  (fig.  1,  D-B).  Dorsum  of  fixed  finger  granulate  to  a  point  just 
distad  of  seta  EST  (fig.  1,  D-B).  Leg  I:  femur  pars  basalis  2.7-3.0  times  as  long 
as  deep;  femur  pars  tibialis  1.7-1.9  times  as  long  as  deep;  femur  pars  basalis  1.6-1.7  times 
as  long  as  pars  distalis  ;  tibia  3.3  times  as  long  as  deep  and  0.70-0.73  times  as  long  as 
combined  length  of  two  tarsal  segments;  metatarsus  0.98-1.07  times  as  long  as  telotarsus. 
Leg  IV  :  femur  (greatest  length  of  both  subsegments)  3.5-3.7  times  as  long  as  deep  and 
1.57-1.60  times  as  long  as  tibia;  tibia  4.1-4.3  times  as  long  as  deep  and  0.92-0.95  as  long 
as  total  length  of  both  tarsal  segments;  metatarsus  1.02-1.07  times  as  long  as  telotarsus. 

Mcasnrcincnis  (in  millimeters).  Holotype  female  ( JC-820.01001 ) .  Total  length, 
1.95.  Carapace,  0.629  long,  0.77  broad;  cucullus,  0.156  long.  Abdomen,  1.30  long;  1.33 
broad.  Palps:  trochanter.  0.295  X  0.187;  femur,  0.730  X  0.167;  tibia,  0.525  X  0.176; 
chela,  1.122  X  0.288  broad  and  0.256  deep;  hand,  0.500  long  (with  pedicel  0.541)  ;  fingers, 
0.656  long.  Leg  I:  femur  pars  basalis,  0.320  X  0.111,  pars  tibialis.  0.192  X  0.101;  tibia, 
0.239X0.072;  metatarsus,  0.164X0.057;  telotarsus,  0.164X0.-120.  Leg  IV  (greatest 
length  of  combined  subsegments)  :  0.575  ^  0.162;  tibia,  0.364  X  0.085;  metatarsus,  0.208 
X  o.o6o ;  telotarsus,  0.202  X  0.044. 

Paratype  female  (JC-816. 01001 ) .  Total  length,  2.04.  Carapace,  0.606  long,  0.755 
broad  posteriorly;  cucullus,  0.151  long;  eyes,  diameter  of  anterior  pair  0.074,  of  posterior 
pair  0.055.  Abdomen,  1.44  long  and  1.30  broad.  Palps:  trcchanter,  0.296X0.181; 
femur,  0.714  X  0.164;  tibia,  c.521  X  0.146  ;  chela,  1.089  X  0.270  broad  and  0.244  deep  ;  hand, 
0.437  long  (with  pedicel  0.525);  fingers,  0.642  long.  Leg  I:  femur,  pars  basalis,  0.309 
X  0.103,  pars  tibialis,  0.180  X  0,096;  tibia,  0.226  X  0.068;  metatarsus.  0.155  X  0.052;  telo- 
tarsus, 0.155X0.039.  Leg  IV:  femur  (as  above),  0.562X0.156;  tibia,  0.357  X0.087; 
metatarsus,  0.210  X  0.060;  telotarsus,  0.204  X  0.044. 

Paratype  female  (JC-813  oiooi  ) .  Total  length,  2.15.  Carapace,  0.705  long  and 
0.820  broad  posteriorly;  cucullus,  0.176  long.  Abdomen,  1.51  long  and  1.44  broad.  Palps: 
trochanter,  0.344  X  0.208;  femur,  0.809  X  0.194;  tibia,  0.590  X  0.197;  chela,  1.240  X  0.320 
broad  and  0.288  deep;  hand,  0.567  long  (with  pedicel,  0.606)  ;  fingers,  0.693  long.  Leg  I: 
femur,  pars  basalis,  0.338  X  0.125,  pars  tibialis,  0.210  X  0.114;  tibia,  0.256  X  0.377;  meta- 
tarsus, 0.167X0.057;  telotarsus,  0.162X0.040.  Leg  IV:  femur  (as  above),  0.655  X 
0.181;  tibia,  0.415  X  0.099;  metatarsus,  0.233  X  0.065;  telotarsus,  0.215  X  0.047. 

Uahiika :  Putalaiiua,  Vaipaee  Valley,  altitude  800  feet,  Sei)teml)er  21, 
1929,  from  dead  banana  leaves,  holotype  female  (JC-820.01001 )  and  3  topo- 
type  females  (JC-820.01 002-4),  A.  M.  Adam.son. 

Hivaoa:  Pouau,  altitude  1,500  feet,  A-Iarch  5,  1929,  1  paratvpe  female 
( TC-816. 01001 ) .  Mumford  and  .Adamson. 

Nukuliiva:  Teuanui,  Tovii,  altitude  2,000  feet,  October  27,  1929,  from 
dead  sti])e.s  of  Angio/'l cris  .sp..  paratype  female  ( JC-813.01001 ) ,  Mumford 
and  A  dam  son. 


210 


Bern  ice  P.  Bishop  Muscinn — Bulletin  142 


Tlolcnyiu^  ( TC-820.01001)  and  paratypes  ( JC-820.01003  and  813.01001) 
in  llislu)])  Ainscnm  ;  others  in  author's  collection. 

This  species  is  quite  close  to  G.  elegans  (With),  a  Malayan  species,  to 
^\•h^ch  it  runs  in  Beier's  key  (Das  Tierreich,  57:  227,  1932).  It  differs  in  the 
broader  carapace  and  abdomen  and  the  more  robust  chela.  From  G.  longidi- 
(/i  fat  Its  (known  from  Funafuti)  it  differs  in  having  the  femur  much  longer 
than,  rather  than  subcqual  to,  the  fingers.  P'rom  G.  personatiis  (Simon),  an 
inadequately  described  Hawaiian  species  which  has  not  been  available  for 
study,  it  dift'ers  in  its  larger  size  and  in  the  carapace  being  broader  than  long 
instead  of  longer  than  broad. 

The  single  individual  from  Nukuhiva  ( JC-813. 01001 )  differs  in  certain 
details  from  the  other  available  specimens,  but  the  material  is  inadequate  to 
permit  its  separation  as  a  subspecies.  All  points  of  dift"erence  found  in  my 
studies  are  contrasted  in  the  following  couplet : 

Fingers  1.22-1.23  times  as  long  as  hand  with  its  pedicel;  femur  4.36-4.48  times  as 
long  as  broad ;  fingers  3-69-3.72  times  as  long  as  tibial  breadth ;  movable  finger  with 
37-39  marginal  teeth  typical  form  from  Uahuka  and  Hivaoa. 

Fingers  1.14  times  as  long  as  hand  and  its  pedicel;  femur  4.17  times  as  long  as 
broad ;  fingers  3.52  times  as  long  as  tibial  breadth ;  movable  finger  with  43  marginal  teeth 
 -  --  —  -  Nukuhiva  specimen. 

SuBORDi-R  MONOSPHYRONIDA  Chambkrun 

SuPHRi^AMiLY  CHELIFEROIDEA  Chamberlin 

Family  CHERNETIDAE  Chambkrun 

SuBi^AMiLY  LAMPROCHERNETINAE  Beii:r 

Lamprochernes  kanaka  Chamberlin  (fig.  2). 

Laiiiprochenics  kanaka  Chamberlin,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  London,  XI, 
2  :  279,  1938. 

Carapace  distinctly  longer  than  broad  (1.15  times)  ;  anterior  groove  prominent  and 
nearly  median ;  posterior  groove  obscure  but  present ;  ocular  spots  obscure  but  present ; 
•carapace,  palps,  and  tergites  smooth  and  polished  except  for  a  few  scattered  and  rounded 
granules  on  anterior  face  of  femur.  All  but  eleventh  tergites  and  sternites  longitudinally 
divided  by  a  nearly  linear  suture  (tergites  3-5  of  holotype  show  only  an  obscure  division). 
Tergal  chaetotaxy  tending  toward  a  biseriate  type;  medianly  with  4  discal  and  14-16 
marginal  setae;  posteriorly  with  6  discal  and  12  marginal  setae;  sternal  chaetotax}-  sim- 
ilar; tergites  1-3  markedly  narrowed;  segment  11  with  a  lateral  and  a  submedian  pair 
of  pseudotactile  setae  both  dorsally  and  ventrally ;  lateral  marginal  setae  of  segment  1 1 
elongate  and  perhaps  semitactile  in  function.  Pleural  membrane  smoothly  plicate.  \^esti- 
tural  setae  almost  truly  acute,  at  most  with  an  extremely  minute  denticule  which  causes 
a  typical  angular  curve  of  seta  (fig.  2,  B).  Setae  esb,  eb,  and  es  of  chelicera,  each 
with  a  single  minute  subapical  denticle  ;  lamina  interior  with  3  dentate,  subapical  lobes  ; 
serrula  exterior  with  18-20  ligulate  teeth;  galea  (fig.  2,  B)  well  developed,  with  a  single 
large  shaft  and  6  subapical,  small,  and  slightly  recurved  simple  branches.  Palps 
robust  (fig.  2,  D)  ;  trochanter  dorsally  with  a  distinct  conical  protuberance  twice  as  long 
as  broad  and  subequal  in  length  to  breadth  of  hand  ;  femur  clearly  shorter  than  length 


M arquesan  Insecfs — /// 


211 


of  carapace  but  about  equal  to  its  breadth,  scarcely  as  long  as  tibia,  2.1-2.2  times  as  long 
as  broad;  tibia  2.1  times  as  long  as  broad;  chela  2.5  times  as  long  as  broad,  very  slightly 
broader  than  deep;  hand  and  fingers  of  equal  length,  shorter  than  femur;  fixed  finger 
of  chela  with  26  and  movable  finger  with  27  marginal  teeth ;  movable  finger  exteriorly 
with  3  evenly  spaced,  accessory  teeth  anterior  to  nodus  ramosus,  interiorly  with  a  large 
subterminal  pair  which  are  nearly  contiguous  ;  fixed  finger  interiorly  with  2  almost  ter- 
minal accessory  teeth  (fig.  2,  A)  ;  general  pattern  of  tactile  setae  of  chela  generically 
typical  (fig.  2,  A)  ;  setae  SB  and  B  almost  contiguous,  less  than  an  areolar  diameter 
apart,  ST  median  between  T  and  SB,  1ST  and  IB  much  farther  apart  than  ESB  and 
EB,  which  are  scarcely  more  than  an  areolar  diameter  apart,  seta  T  opposite  nodus 
ramosus  of  venom  apparatus,  the  basal  accessory  tooth,  and  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth 
marginal  teeth ;  a  median  and  distal  pseudotactile  seta  on  the  movable  and  a  single 
median  one  on  the  fixed  finger  (fig.  2,  A).    Chela  exteriorly  with  a  loose  longitudinal 


FiGURK  2. — LaiJiprochcnies  kanaka  Chamberlin  (male  holotype)  :  A,  extero-lateral 
aspect  of  left  chela ;  B,  tip  of  movable  finger  of  chelicera  showing  galea ;  C,  lateral  aspect 
of  tibia  and  tarsus  of  leg  IV^ ;  D,  ventral  aspect  of  right  palp;  B,  vestitural  seta  from 
palpal  tibia. 

cluster  of  about  8  sense  spots  extending  from  base  of  fixed  finger  to  slightly  caudad  of 
seta  EST ;  interiorly  2  or  3  sense  spots  occurring  basally  on  the  fixed  finger ;  no  sense 
spots  noted  on  movable  finger  (fig.  2,  A).  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  both  sub- 
segments)  shorter  than  fingers  of  chela,  1.31  times  as  long  as  tibia  and  2.7  times  as  long 
as  deep;  tibia  no  longer  than  tarsus  and  3.3  times  as  long  as  deep;  tarsus  4.7-4.8  times 
as  long  as  deep.  Leg  IV :  femur  (greatest  length  of  both  subsegments)  longer  than 
palpal  femur,  1.29  times  as  long  as  tibia,  and  3.06  times  as  long  as  deep;  tibia  as  long 
as,  or  slightly  longer  than,  palpal  fingers,  1.24  times  as  long  as  tarsus  and  about  3.4  times 
as  long  as  deep;  tarsus  much  shorter  than  tibia  and  4.1  times  as  long  as  deep.  Pseudo- 
tactile  seta  of  fourth  tarsus  about  one  fourth  (0:27)  of  tarsal  length  from  its  base;  fourth 
tibia  with  a  short  basal  and  distal  seta  and  a  long  median  tactile  seta  (fig.  2,  C).  Both 
fore  and  hind  tarsi  with  a  sub-basal  sense  dome.  Genital  area  of  male  of  typical  lampro- 
chernetine  facies,  much  as  in       sdiiiodiiiis  Chamberlin. 

Alcasurrmcnts  (in  millimeters) .  Holotype.  Total  length,  1.68.  Abdominal  breadth.  0.70. 
Carapace,  0.514X0.445.  Palps:  trochanter,  0.299X0.150;  femur,  0.420-0.440X0.198; 
tibia,  0.454  X  0.215;  chela,  0.729  X  0.278  broad  and  0.267  deep;  fingers,  0.368  long;  hand, 
0.368  long  (with  pedicel  0.417).  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  both  subsegments), 
0.343X0.127;  tibia,  0.262X0.080;  tarsus,  0.264X0.055.  Leg  I\^ :  femur  (greatest 
length  of  both  subsegments),  0.483  X  0.160;  tibia,  0.376  X  0.111  ;  tarsus,  0.303  X  0.074. 


Bcniicc  P.  BisJiop  MiisciDii — BuUcfin  142 


rajMui :  Tckohepu  Summit,  altitude  3,200  feet,  November  28,  1931,  from 
(lead  sii]ics  of  Cyaihea  sp.,  holotype  male  ( JC-823. 01001 ) ,  Le  Bromiec  (in 
I'ishoii  Museum). 

In  inan\'  respects  this  form  seems  close  to  the  North  American  species 
obloihiiis  (v'^ay).   This  species  was  diagnosed,  but  not  fully  described  in 

the  reference  above  cited,  in  a  key  segregating  it  from  another  species  (L. 

sdiiKHUiits  Chamberlin). 

Lamprochernes  (?)  sp. 

In  some  characters  this  tritonymph  seems  close  to  Lainproclicrnes  sa- 
in oainis  Chamberlin.  The  following  observations  may  ultimately  permit  a 
definite  generic  and  specific  assignment  to  be  made. 

Carapace  1.28  times  as  long  as  broad;  eye  spots  distinct;  carapacal  grooves  well 
developed.  Tergites  1-3  uniseriate  with  11  or  12  marginal  setae,  the  rest  biseriate  with 
4  discal  and  11-1.3  marginal  setae;  sternite  biseriate  with  4  discal  and  12  or  13  marginal 
setae.  Chelicerae  typical,  setae  b,  sb,  and  es  terminally  denticulate ;  serrula  exterior 
with  17  teeth ;  galea  with  .S  terminal  and  subterminal  branches  ;  anterior  biade  of  flagellum 
marginally  serrate.  Palps  moderately  robust ;  facies  much  as  in  L.  kanaka,  smooth  and 
polished;  trochanter  1.88  times  as  long  as  broad;  femur  1.37  times  as  long  as  trochanter 
and  2.1-2.2  times  as  long  as  broad;  tibia  almost  as  long  as  femur  and  1.97  times  as  long 
as  broad;  chela  1.97  times  as  long  as  tibia  and  2.64  times  as  long  as  broad;  hand  about 
as  broad  as  deep  and  1.17  times  as  long  as  fingers  ;  chela  with  typically  reduced  chaeto- 
taxy  (1ST  and  SB  absent)  ;  disposition  of  other  tactile  setae  much  as  in  L.  kanaka:  with 
two  weakly  developed  pseudotactile  setae  on  movable  finger  placed  as  in  L.  kanaka  ;  fixed 
finger  with  35  and  movable  finger  with  31  or  32  marginal  teeth;  about  5  evenly  spaced 
accessory  teeth  exteriorly  on  distal  half  of  each  finger;  no  sense  spots  noted;  nodus 
ramosus  slightly  proximad  of  seta  T.  Tibia  and  tarsus  of  leg  IV  with  acuminate  pseudo- 
tactile  setae  as  in  L.  kanaka.  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  both  subsegments)  2.8-2.9 
times  as  long  as  deep  and  1.3  times  as  long  as  tibia  ;  tibia  1.06  times  as  long  as  tarsus 
and  3.2-3.3  times  as  long  as  deep ;  tarsus  about  4.0  times  as  long  as  deep.  Leg  IV : 
femur  (greatest  length  of  combined  subsegments)  3.3  times  as  long  as  deep  and  1.3 
times  as  long  as  tibia;  tibia  1.3  times  as  long  as  tarsus  and  3.5  times  as  long  as  deep; 
tarsus  i.i.S-1.17  times  as  long  as  tarsus  I  and  3.6-3.7  times  as  long  as  deep. 

Measurements  (in  millimeters).  Total  length,  2.18.  Abdominal  breadth.  0.77.  Cara- 
pace, 0.59  X  0.46.  Palps:  trochanter,  0.287  X  0.155;  femur,  0.392  X  0.184;  tibia,  0.386  X 
0.195;  chela,  0.757  X  0.287  broad  and  0.285  deep;  hand.  0.420  long;  fingers.  0.359  long. 
Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  combined  subsegments),  0.320X0.110;  tibia,  0.246  X 
0.077;  tarsus,  0.231  X  0.057.  Leg  IV  :  femur  (greatest  length  of  combined  subsegments), 
0.467  X  0.140;  tibia,  0.349  X  0.099;  tarsus,  0.270  X  0.071. 

Hivaoa:  Matauuna,  altitude  3,900  feet,  IMarch  4,  1930.  under  dead  leaves 
on  ground,  tritonymph  ( JC-815.01001 ) ,  Mumford  and  Adamson. 

Famii,y  ATEMNIDAE  Chambe:ri.in 

SuBi^AMii,Y  ATEMNINAE  Be:iKr 

Oratemnus  samoanus  Beier,  (fig.  3). 

Oratcninus  sainoaniis  Beier,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Abt.  Syst.,  Oekol,  ii.  Geogr.  Tiere, 

62:  593,  fig.  16,  1932. 
Oratcninus  samoanus  Beier,  Das  Tierreich  58:6i,  fig.  78,  1932. 
(Diagnosis  addenda  and  emendata.)   ]\fedium-sized  species,  female  3.6-3.7  nun.,  male 


Marqucsaii  Insects — /// 


213 


2.5-3.0  mm.  long  (not  KOH-treated) .  Carapace,  tergites,  sternites,  and  palps  polished; 
carapace  without  transverse  furrows;  e.ve  spots  distinct;  tergites  1-3  narrowed,  nearly 
or  quite  entire;  tergites  and  sternites  4-10  completely  (or  nearly)  divided  into  subrec- 
tangular  scuta  by  a  more  or  less  linear  suturelike  stripe;  tergite  and  sternite  11  entire. 
Carapace  1.2-1.3  times  as  long  as  broad,  with  subparallel  sides.  Abdomen  elongate,  with 
subparallel  sides  and  scarcely  wider  than  cephalothorax ;  entire  animal  3.2-4.4  times  as 
long  as  broad.  Abdominal  chaetotaxy  of  male :  tergites  1-3  uniseriate  with  about  8 
marginal  setae,  tergites  4-9  biseriate  with  6  more  or  less  distinct  discal  and  8-10  marginal 
setae;  sternites  uniseriate  except  for  a  lateral  discal  seta  on  each  scutum,  with  11  to  13 
marginal  setae ;  chaetotaxy  of  female  essentially  similar  except  that  there  are  slightly 
more  marginal  setae  than  in  the  male,  (9-11  instead  of  8-10  on  the  tergites  and  14  or  15 
instead  of  11-13  on  the  sternites).  In  one  of  the  West  Indian  specimens  the  median 
discal  seta  of  each  scutum  is  almost  marginal  but  still  more  or  less  differentiated  from 
the  marginal  setae.  Scuta  of  sternite  10  each  with  a  lateral  and  a  submedian  pseudotactile 
seta;  scuta  of  sternite  11  with  a  lateral  and  a  median  pair  of  pseudotactile  setae  (4  in 
all)  ;  tergites  with  the  lateral  distal  setae  becoming  progressively  longer  toward  the 
terminal  segments,  being  semitactile  in  form  on  segment  9  and  pseudotactile  on  10  and  11  ; 
a  median  pair  of  pseudotactile  setae  on  tergites  10  and  11  (fig.  3,  M).    Serrula  exterior 


Figure  3. — Oratcmnus  samoaniis  Beier :  A,  ventral  aspect  of  right  palp,  female;  B, 
ventral  aspect  of  right  palp,  male ;  C ,  genital  area  of  female ;  D,  galea  of  female ;  H, 
galea  of  female;  F,  galea  of  male;  G,  sketcli  of  male  genitalia,  cleared  and  stained 
specimen ;  H,  dorsal  aspect  of  palpal  trochanter,  male ;  /,  dorsal  aspect  of  palpal  tro- 
chanter, female;  /,  tibia  and  tarsus  of  leg  \\\  female;  /\',  oxterodalera!  aspect  of  right 
chela,  female;  L,  sketch  of  male  genitalia,  nnslaincd  specinKit  :  .1/,  terminal  abdominal 
segments  showing  chaetotaxy,  left  sternal,  right  dorsal,  male.  (A,  P,  I,  J  C-821.01002 ; 
B,  H,  L,  M,  JC-821.01001 ;  C,  B,  JC-835.01001 ;      /, /v,  JC-817.01001  ;  (V,  JC-8i7.oioo2.) 


214 


Bcni'icc  P.  BisJiop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


of  cheliccra  with  18-20  teeth;  anterior  blade  of  flagellum  with  8-10  deep  serrations  anter- 
iorly; setae  os  and  b  terminall}^  denticulate,  galea  sexually  differentiated,  with  6  short 
terminal  branches  in  female  (fig.  3,  D,  B)  and  only  obsolete  traces  of  branching  in  male 
(fig.  3,  F).  Palps  smooth  and  polished  except  for  small  and  scattered  but  distinct 
gi-aiuilati(Mis  exteriorly  on  trochanter,  interiorly  on  femur  and  tibia,  and  exteriorly  and 
iiitoricMly  at  base  of  fingers;  appearance  as  shown  in  figure  3,  A-B  ;  only  slightl}^  dif- 
ferentiated sexually  but  slightly  less  robust  in  male ;  trochanter  strongly  bigibbose  in 
both  sexes,  but  more  strongly  so  in  male  (fig.  3,  H-I)  ;  femur  stoutly  pedicellate,  1.6-1.7 
times  as  long  as  trochanter,  subequal  to  tibia,  and  2.2-2.4  times  as  long  as  broad ;  tibia 
rather  slenderly  pedicellate  (pedicel  much  longer  than  narrowest  breadth)  and  1.9-2.1 
(where  accurately  dorsoventrally  oriented  about  2.0)  times  as  long  as  broad ;  chela  robust, 
1.5-1.6  as  long  as  tibia  and  2.4-2.6  times  as  long  as  broad;  hand  deeper  than  broad 
(breadth  0.85-0.95  as  great  as  the  depth)  ;  fingers  short,  slightly  longer  than  breadth  of 
chela  (1.00-1.07  times),  shorter  than  its  depth  (0.93-0.95)  and  0.60-0.70  as  long  as  hand; 
chela  1.2-1.3  times  as  broad  as  tibia;  hand  subequal  to  tibial  length  in  female  and  slightly 
shorter  than  tibial  length  in  male;  chaetotaxy,  dentition,  and  sense  spots  of  chela  as 
illustrated  (fig.  3,  K)  ;  with  25  or  26  marginal  teeth  on  fixed  and  33-36  on  movable 
fingers ;  two  pseudotactile  setae  on  movable  finger.  Two  or  three  sense  spots  exteriorly 
on  both  fixed  and  movable  fingers  immediately  anterior  to  basal  tactile  setae,  and  a  group 
of  5  to  7  sense  spots  interiorly  between  setae  IB  and  ISB  and  extending  distad  nearly  to 
seta  1ST  (fig.  3,  K).  Legs  of  usual  form.  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  combined 
subsegments)  1.27-1.32  times  as  long  as  tibia,  which  is  1.15-1.25  times  as  long  as  tarsus; 
femur  2.48-2.63  times  as  long  as  deep ;  tibia  3.34-3.42  times  as  long  as  deep ;  tarsus  4.3-4.6 
times  as  long  as  deep.  Leg  IV:  femur  (greatest  length  of  combined  subsegments)  1.0-1.1 
times  as  long  as  palpal  femur  and  1.35-1.45  times  as  long  as  tibia,  which  is  1.3-1.4  times 
as  long  as  tarsus ;  femur  2.6-2.7  times  as  long  as  deep ;  tibia  3.2-3.4  times  as  long  as 
deep;  tarsus  3.9-4.1  times  as  long  as  deep.  Pseudotactile  seta  of  fourth  tarsus  long  and 
slender  and  only  0.09-0.10  of  tarsal  length  from  its  base  (fig.  3.  /).  Xo  tibial  tactile 
seta.  Pattern  of  male  and  female  genital  areas  as  shown  in  figure  3.  C ,  G,  L. 

Tritonymph.  Facies  like  adult.  Chaetotaxy  of  chela  characteristically  reduced,  1ST 
and  SB  absent,  otherwise  essentially  as  in  the  adult ;  sense  spot  distribution  as  in  adult 
but  only  about  half  as  numerous ;  venom  apparatus  as  in  adult.  About  25  marginal  teeth 
on  movable  finger  and  22-23  on  fixed  finger,  of  which  all  but  the  distal  7  are  reduced 
and  nearly  obsolete.  Serrula  exterior  with  16-17  teeth;  galea  essential!}^  as  in  female, 
with  5  short,  recurved  terminal  branches.  Flagellum  and  chaetotaxy  of  chelicera  as  in 
adult.  Fourth  tarsal  tactile  seta  as  in  adult.  Palps  wuth  chela  normally  sclerotic  and 
colored,  the  other  segments  lighter  in  color ;  both  tibial  and  femoral  pedicels  broader 
than  long;  trochanter  as  long  as  breadth  of  chela  and  1.90  times  as  long  as  broad;  not 
noticeably  bigibbose;  femur  1.34  times  as  long  as  trochanter,  slightly  shorter  than  tibia, 
and  2.1  times  as  long  as  broad;  tibia  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad;  chela  1.7  times  as 
long  as  tibia  and  2.4  times  as  long  as  broad ;  hand  only  slightly  deeper  than  broad  and 
slightly  longer  than  tibia;  fingers  1.07  times  as  long  as  breadth  of  hand  and  0.71  times 
as  long  as  its  length. 

Measurements  (in  millimeters).  Male  ( JC-821.01001) .  Total  length,  2.84.  Abdom- 
inal breadth,  0.83.  Carapace,  0.82  long  and  0.64  broad  posteriorly.  Palps  :  trochanter. 
0.415  long;  femur,  0.692X0.301;  tibia,  0.685X0.333;  chela,  1.045X0.398  broad  and 
0.454  deep;  hand,  0.654  long;  fingers,  0.421  long.  Leg  I:  femur  (dorsal  length  of  com- 
bined subsegments),  0.484  X  0.190;  tibia,  0.365  X  0.108;  tarsus,  0.312  X  0.068.  Leg  lY : 
femur  (greatest  length  of  combined  subsegments),  0.696X0.262;  tibia,  0.518X0.155; 
tarsus,  0.377  X  0.091. 

Female  (JC-821. 01002).  Total  length,  3.76.  Abdominal  breadth,  0.84.  Carapace, 
0.85  long  and  0.65  broad  posteriorly.  Palps  :  trochanter,  0.398  long  ;  femur,  0.639  ^  0.287 ; 
tibia,  0.639  X  0.319;  chela,  1.019  X  0.400  broad  and  0.426  deep;  hand,  0.646  long;  fingers, 
0.406  long.  Leg  I  (as  above)  ;  femur,  0.458  X  0.179;  tibia,  0.358  X  0.105;  tarsus,  0.296  X 
0.068.  Leg  IV:  femur  (as  above),  0.715  X  0.263;  tibia,  0.511  X  0.152;  tarsus,  0.365  X 
0.091. 


Marqucsan  Insects — /// 


215 


Tritonymph  (JC-814.01001 ) .  Total  length,  2.42.  Abdominal  breadth,  0.67.  Cara- 
pace, 0.59  long  and  0.43  broad  posteriorly.  Palps:  trochanter,  0.277X0.146;  femur, 
0.370X0.177;  tibia,  0.385X0.195;  chela,  0.651  X  0.268  broad  and  0.275  deep;  hand, 
0.402  long ;  fingers,  0.285  long. 

Eiao :  altittide  1,600  feet,  April  23,  1931,  from  dead  wood  of  Pisonia  sp., 
tritonymph  ( JC-810. 01001 ) ,  Le  Bronnec  and  H.  Tauraa ;  plateau  above  Vai- 
tuha,  altitude  1,150  feet,  October  2,  1929,  under  stone,  male  and  female 
(JC-817.01001-2),  A.  M.  Adamson;  near  center  of  island,  altitude  1,450  feet, 
October  1,  1929,  under  bark  of  Thespcsia  populnea,  2  males  (JC-819. 01001- 
2),  A.  M.  Adamson;  altitude  1,600  feet,  April  16,  1931,  on  Thespcsia 
populnea,  male,  female  and  tritonymph  ( JC-821. 01001-3) ,  Le  Bronnec  and 
H.  Tauraa. 

Hatutu  (Hatutaa),  April  28,  1931,  1  tritonymph  (JC-814.01001),  Le 
Bronnec  and  H.  Tauraa. 

Specimens  JC-810.01001,  817.01001-2,  821.01001,  821.01003  in  Bishop 
Museum,  others  in  author's  collection. 

Female  ( JC-834.01001 )  intercepted  at  quarantine  in  New  York  City  by 
Inspectors  Fitzgerald  and  Woodluiry  in  a  parcel  post  shipment  of  38  Bryo- 
phyllitni  cuttings  from  Jamaica,  British  West  Indies,  January  15,  1935  (N.Y. 
entry  No.  33594).  Female  and  tritonymph  ( JC-835. 01001 )  intercepted  at 
quarantine  at  Boston,  Mass.,  June  18,  1935,  by  Inspector  O.  H.  Hardy  on 
a  pineapple  in  a  parcel  post  shipment  from  St.  Kitts,  British  West  Indies 
(Boston  entry  No.  10,708).  Both  lots  of  material  submitted  for  determina- 
tion by  the  Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine,  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agricuhure.  Author's  collection. 

There  is  some  doubt  as  to  the  tritonymphal  determinations  noted,  but  the 
facies  is  so  similar  to  that  of  the  adult  that  it  probably  belongs  to  this  species. 

Although  Beier's  description  lacks  important  details  and  is  based  entirely 
upon  a  single  female  from  "Samoa",  I  am  unal)le  to  find  any  points  of  signi- 
ficant difference. 

The  material  intercepted  by  quarantine  inspectors  at  New  York  and 
Boston  in  parcel  post  shipments  from  the  British  West  Indies  seems  to  agree 
in  every  essential  respect  with  the  Marquesan  material.  Later  studies  may 
prove  the  West  Indian  form  distinct,  but  no  characters  yet  employed  in  dis- 
criminating chelonethid  species  suffice  to  distinguish  them  at  i)resent. 

Since  the  genus  Orafcinnus  is  primarily  Asiatic  (representatives  have 
heretofore  been  recorded  only  from  Sumatra,  India,  the  Philippine  Islands, 
the  Dutch  East  Indies,  and  Samoa),  it  seems  prol)al)le  that  O.  saiuoauus  is 
either  a  s|)ecies  that  was  introduced  into  the  West  Indies  or  has  an  exceedingly 
wide  range.  There  is,  of  course,  the  possibility  that  the  West  Indian  ship- 
ments were  secondarily  infested,  while  in  transit,  from  specimens  originating 
from  other  shi])ments  from  vSamoa  or  the  Marquesas  Islands. 


TWO  NEW  GENERA  OF  HYDROMETRIDAE  FROM  THE  MAR- 
QUESAS ISLANDS  (HEMIPTERA)i- 


By 

H.  B.  HUNGKRI^ORD 

Department  of  Entomology,  University  oe  Kansas 

In  1934  Mr.  E.  P.  Van  Duzee  [B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114(26)  :  326], 
described  a  curious  new  hydrometrid  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  which  he 
named  Hydrometra  pacifica.  He  kindly  sent  me  for  study  the  male  paratype 
of  this  species  and  another  strange  Marquesan  species  which  came  to  the 
attention  of  Mr.  Robert  L.  Usinger.  These  two  specimens  are  most  unusual 
and  cannot  be  assigned  to  any  previously  described  genera.  Mr.  Van  Duzee 
was  not  certain  that  the  two  specimens  of  H.  pacifica  were  mature,  but  the 
male  paratype  which  I  have  seen  is  fully  developed. 

The  general  facies  of  Mr.  Usinger's  specimen  reminded  me  of  Limnoha- 
todes  paradoxus  Hussey  [Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc,  Bull.  20(3)  :  115-118,  pi.  4, 
1925],  so  I  re-examined  the  type  of  this  species.  L.  paradoxus  is  only  about 
as  long  as  the  head  and  thorax  of  the  hairy  Marquesan  species  and  its  thorax 
is  no  broader  than  the  front  of  the  head  of  the  new  species.  It  is  not  as  hairy 
as  the  insular  species,  although  it  has  some  hairs  that  are  fairly  long  and 
unlike  the  spinules,  and  has  conspicuous  small  black  spinules  on  the  head  and 
pronotum  which  are  entirely  lacking  in  the  new  species.  The  tarsus  of  L.  para- 
doxus has  the  terminal  segment  a  little  longer  and  decidedly  thicker  than  the 
preceding  and  very  inconspicuous  claws.  On  the  head  of  Hussey's  type  I  find 
the  four  long  hairs  arising  from  pale  spots  and  can  find  no  indication  of  the 
usual  anterior  pair  common  to  other  h3^drometrids.  The  drawing  given  by  Dr. 
Hussey  shows  the  spinules  as  light  instead  of  black. 

Genus  TRICHOMETRA,  new  genus 

Hairy,  stout-bodied  hydrometrids ;  head  stout,  longer  than  thorax  but 
shorter  than  abdomen,  three  pairs  of  head  setae  located  as  in  Hydrometra, 
both  dorsal  and  ventral  interocular  grooves  absent,  eyes  of  moderate  size  but 
about  half  the  diameter  of  that  of  head,  antennae  probal^ly  4-segmented,  first 
segment  shortest  and  stouter  than  those  following,  third  longest ;  rostrum 
elongate,  tip  may  attain  anterior  margin  of  prothorax.  Thorax  short,  width 
across  meta-acctabula  about  three-fourths  the  median  length,  the  middle  coxae 

1  Pacific  l^ntomological  Survey  Publication  8,  article  25.     Issued  March  25,  1939. 

2  Contribution  from  the  Department  of  I^ntomology,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


[217] 


2l8 


Bcniicc  P.  Bishop  Museum — Bulletin  142 


almost  equidistant  between  anterior  and  posterior  coxae,  scutellum  minute, 
sternum  neither  sulcate  nor  longitudinally  sutured;  omphalium  absent. 
Abdcnninal  segments  broader  than  long.  Legs  stout,  hairy,  first  tarsal  segment 
half  as  long  as  second  which  equals  third  in  length ;  tarsal  claw^s  apical,  stout. 
Genot3'pe,  Trichoinetra  robusta  Hungerford. 


Figure  1. — a,  Dolichoccplialomctra  pacifica;  h,  Trichomctra  robusta. 


Trichometra  robusta,  new  species  (fig.  i,b). 

Si^c  and  color:  length  6  mm.;  greatest  width  of  abdomen  1.11  mm.  General  color 
dark  brown ;  median  longitudinal  stripe  on  pronotum,  caudal  half  silvery ;  silvery  spots 
on  anterior  half  of  second,  third,  fourth  and  fifth  connexival  sections  and  faint  spots  on 
sixth.    Venter  lightly  frosted. 

Structural  characteristics :  stout  and  hairy. 

Head:  length  73  units;  breadth  across  antenniferous  tubercles  18  units;  across  eyes 
14  units;  across  postocular  portion  11  units;  ratio  of  anteocular  to  postocular  portion  of 
head  is  39  to  28 ;  the  eye  6  units  in  diameter  and  about  midway  between  antenniferous 
tubercle  and  anterior  margin  of  prothorax ;  interocular  grooves  absent  ;  clypeus  longer 
than  broad,  somewhat  inflated,  setiferous,  truncate  apically ;  rostrum  barely  attaining" 
front  margin  of  prothorax ;  beginning  with  the  basal  segment  the  ratio  of  the  lengths  of 
the  antennal  segments  is  expressed  by  the  formula:  15  :22  :49.7  :x.  (the  antennae  in  t3-pe 
are  broken.) 

Thorax:  prothorax  short,  compact,  distance  between  first  and  second  coxae  is  to  that 
between  the  second  and  third  as  18  :20.  Unpitted  except  for  four  pits  on  venter  of  pro- 
thoracic  collar.  Length  of  pronotum  30  units  which  is  three- fourths  length  of  thorax 
measured  on  median  dorsal  line;  acctabula  without  pits;  legs  short,  stout  and  hairy; 


Marqucsan  Iiiscc Is — /// 


219 


coxae  and  trochanters  relatively  longer  than  in  species  of  Hydromctra ;  hind  coxa  and 
trochanter  together  one-fourth  the  length  of  hind  femur.  Leg  measurements  as  follows : 
anterior  femur  56  units,  tibia  64  units,  tarsus  15  units;  posterior  femur  85  units,  tibia  110 
units,  tarsus  15  units.  Anterior  femur  just  attaining  antenniferous  tubercle;  posterior 
femur  surpassing  apex  of  abdomen  by  15  units. 

Abdomen:  length  90  units,  greatest  width  37  units.  Tergites  broader  than  long,  less 
hairy  than  connexivum  which  is  broadest  in  the  middle,  tapering  to  narrow  ridge  on  both 
ends.  First  dorsal  genital  short,  tapering  and  truncate  at  tip ;  second  dorsal  genital 
declivant,  conate.  Ventral  abdominal  segments  more  or  less  hairy ;  last  one  roundly  pro- 
duced apically. 

Described  from  a  single  wingless  female  found  on  Hivaoa,  Marquesas 
Islands,  Temetiu  Summit,  alt.  4,160  ft.,  on  ferns,  Jan.  20,  1932,  by  LeBronnec. 
Holotype  in  Bishop  Museum. 

Genus  DOLICHOCEPHALOMETRA,  new  genus 

Body  clothed  with  appressed  pubescence.  Head  elongate,  nearly  as  long  as 
thorax  and  abdomen  together,  three  pairs  of  head  setae  located  as  in  Hydro- 
metra,  both  dorsal  and  ventral  interocular  grooves  absent,  eyes  reduced  to 
about  a  dozen  coarse  facets  and  half  or  less  than  half  the  diameter  of  head, 
antennae  probably  4-segmented,  relatively  stout,  first  segment  slightly  shorter 
than  second,  third  segment  longest.  Rostrum  extremely  long,  considerably 
surpassing  anterior  margin  of  prothorax.  Thorax  short,  width  across  meta- 
acetabula  a  little  more  than  three-fifths  the  median  length;  the  middle  coxae 
almost  equidistant  between  anterior  and  posterior  coxae,  scutellum  invisible, 
sternum  neither  sulcate  nor  longitudinally  sutured,  omphalium  absent. 
Abdominal  segments  broader  than  long.  Legs  moderately  stout  and  covered 
like  the  body  with  appressed  pubescence,  first  tarsal  segment  less  than  half 
as  long  as  second  which  is  subequal  in  length  to  third,  tarsal  claws  apical, 
moderate  in  size. 

Genotype,  DolicJiocc phalomctra  pacifica  (Van  Duzee).  \ Hydromctra 
pacifica  Van  Duzee,  B.  P.  Bishop  Mus.,  Bull.  114(26)  :  326,  1934.] 

These  two  new  genera  have  many  characteristics  in  common.  However,  as 
shown  in  figure  1,  the  body  vestiture  and  the  proportional  size  of  the  head, 
eyes  and  rostrum  are  of  generic  value.  Both  genera  belong  to  the  Hydrome- 
trinae  and  are  distinguished  from  Hydromctra  by  the  short  thorax  with  the 
middle  coxae  al:>out  equidistant  between  the  other  two  and  l)y  having  the 
abdominal  tergites  at  least  as  broad  as  long. 

The  genera  of  Hydromctridae  may  be  se])arated  as  follows: 

A.  Antennae  5-segmentc(l,  omphalium  ])rcsenl,  body  more  or  less  clothed  with 

minute  but  stout  black  spinules  and  some  erect  pubescence  

  Limnobatodes  Hussey 


Bcni'icc  P.  Bishop  ]\Iiisciiiii — Bulletin  142 


Antennae  4-se!;mente(l,  onii)halinni  absent,  body  not  clothed  with  minute  but 
stout  spinules. 

B.   Sternum  neither  sulcate  nor  longitudinally  sutured. 

C.  Thorax  compact,  short,  median  coxae  about  equidistant  between 
the  other  two,  abdominal  tergites  at  least  as  broad  as  long. 
D.  Bod}''  clothed  with  hair,  eyes  of  moderate  size  on  a  head  of 

moderate  length   Trichometra  Hunger  ford 

DD.   Body  clothed  with  appressed  pubescence,  eyes  reduced  on 

a  head  nearly  as  long  as  the  body  

 Dolichocephalometra  Hungerford 

CC.  Thorax  elongate,  the  median  coxae  nearer  the  anterior  than  the 

posterior  coxae.  Abdominal  tergites  longer  than  broad  

 Hydrometra  Lamarck 

BB.   Mesosternum  sulcated  along  median  longitudinal  line,  mesosternum 

with  two  distinct  longitudinal  sutures  Bacillometra  Esaki 


Date  Due 


907015